Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Tue, 28 Nov 2023 22:45:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ 32 32 The best outdoor speakers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-outdoor-speakers/ Tue, 28 Nov 2023 22:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592540
The best outdoor speakers in 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We’ve looked at all sorts of weatherproof speakers to find the ones that hit all the right notes. Here's what's in while you're out.

The post The best outdoor speakers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best outdoor speakers in 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker
SEE IT

A balance of sound and style help the AW6500s to stand out.

Best portable outdoor speaker Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Portable Wireless Bluetooth Speaker
SEE IT

A long-lasting outdoor speaker you can take anywhere, anytime.

Best budget Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System
SEE IT

A pair of powerful, water-resistant speakers that’ll only set you back $30.

Our yards and patios often have just as much decorating TLC as our indoor spaces, so why shouldn’t they have a set of outdoor speakers, too? Outdoor speakers can turn open-air space from just rocks into the rock and roll garden party of your dreams or allow chill tunes to accompany the natural breeze and rustling leaves. But bringing the boom beyond a climate-controlled room can be challenging. We’ve assembled a list of the best outdoor speakers, from pairs that require permanent wiring to portable options that’ll make your neighbors wish they were on your guest list.

How we chose the best outdoor speakers

The only thing predictable about the weather is its unpredictability. But good outdoor speakers should reliably produce a sonic landscape while withstanding the elements. The PopSci team combined our collective experience testing speakers of all sorts with user feedback to create a list anchored in brands with innovative audio engineering and products that fit a range of price points.

The best outdoor speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

We’ve selected speakers for people who want higher sound quality and a more permanent setup in their outdoor oasis. Most will take running speaker wire to an indoor setup, installing mounting brackets, and adjusting the aim until you create a sonic sweet spot. Keep in mind that it takes more speakers outside than it does inside to create the same sound. If installing passive speakers sound like too much work, revisit our best portable party speakers.

All these speakers boast weatherproofing and durable casings. Still, when you dive into user guides, most manufacturers recommend installing them where they have some protection from the elements to prolong how long they will last and make sure the mounting angle doesn’t allow water to pool. Beach and coastal residents may also want to look into how speakers fare in the salt air. Beyond that, just add friends and snacks and the perfect playlist to keep the energy up.

Best overall: Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker

Definitive Technology

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.88 inches by 14.44 inches by 9.25 inches
  • Weight: 9.2 pounds
  • Drivers: 1-inch aluminum dome tweeter, 6.5-inch round BDSS bass mid/woofer, 5.5 by 10-inch pressure-driven bass radiator
  • Power range: 10-200 watts
  • Frequency response: 40Hz to 30kHz

Pros

  • Can be oriented horizontally or vertically
  • Comes in black or white
  • Galvanized steel mounting brackets included
  • Can stick to one or add many to the setup
  • 5-year warranty

Cons

  • Higher end of price scale per speaker
  • Relies on receiver/amp to have Bluetooth/WiFi compatibility

Definitive Technology makes some of our favorite indoor tower speakers, but they’re a luxury for the living room. We recommend the Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker to ensure you have great sound during patio party season. Packed into an installation-friendly form and for about $300 each, this passive speaker rocks a 1-inch aluminum dome tweeter and pairs a  6.5-inch Balance Double Surround Sound System mid-woofer with a 10-inch passive bass radiator, resulting in bumping bass whether you’re aiming to be the center of the block party or keep the next great barbecue at a neighbor-respecting volume.

Designed to withstand rain, snow, and heat, the AW6500 is housed in a PolyStone casing and an aluminum mesh grill that can be mounted horizontally or vertically. The included steel mounts allow for 360-degree rotation, so you can fill the space with sound whether you’re working with one or several to fill a vast backyard. According to DT’s user guide, a pair covers about 200 to 400 square feet.

Best speaker disguised as a rock: Klipsch AWR-650-SM Indoor/Outdoor Speaker

Klipsch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11 inches by 15 inches by 17 inches
  • Weight: 13 pounds
  • Drivers: Two 3/4 inch polymer dome tweeter, 6.5 inches dual voice coil polymer woofer
  • Power range: up to 50 watts
  • Frequency response: 60Hz to 20kHz

Pros

  • UV-resistant enclosure
  • Can be mono or stereo
  • Available in granite or sandstone
  • Comes with 3-foot pre-attached speaker cable
  • 5-year warranty

Cons

  • You got a rock

Speakers come in three very broad groups: eye-catching statement designs, traditional enclosures that don’t bring attention to themselves, and then some designs meant to blend in completely. The Klipsch AWR-650-SM Indoor/Outdoor Speaker looks like a rock that is somehow eye-catching but also could vanish into a rustic setting. Whether the granite colorway suits your mountain vista or the sandstone better complements your desert panorama, the Klipsch AWR-650-SM is the best design to be put on the ground where conventional loudspeakers can’t go. The fiberglass enclosure houses two 3/4-inch tweeters and 6.5-inch subwoofer that can be configured for use as a single dual-channel speaker or a pair of single-channel speakers when connected to your receiver or amp. Each rock will set you back about $330, though they seem oddly addictive. Many users note they purchased one and then went back for more.

Best landscape speakers: Furrion Aurora 4.1 Veranda Series Outdoor Landscape Speaker System

Furrion

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: Speakers without stake 6 inches by 7.5 inches by 8.9 inches; Subwoofer 16 inches by 26.8 inches
  • Weight: Speakers 2.7 pounds; Subwoofer 31 pounds
  • Drivers: 0.75-inch marine-grade PEI with 10-inch dual voice coil long throw
  • Power range: 50 to 150 watts
  • Frequency response: 80Hz to 20kHz

Pros

  • Weatherproof
  • Can cover 3,500 square feet
  • Multiple mounting options

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Installation will take considerable work

When your outdoor living takes place primarily off the patio, the Furrion Aurora 4.1 Veranda Series Outdoor Landscape Speaker System might be the investment for you. For about $1,800, the system includes a 10-inch DVC subwoofer and is rounded out by four two-way speakers to help cut through ambient noise and create your own immersive soundtrack. The weatherproof fluorocarbon components can be mounted in the ground with stakes, tucked discreetly in plants, or mounted on trees. The 150-degree pivoting arm allows for plenty of flexibility as you aim to eliminate sound dead spots, no matter how irregularly shaped a yard may be. The system is compatible with most two-channel receivers or amplifiers, but expansions require additional Furrion brand speakers and subwoofers. Two sets—that’s two subwoofers and eight speakers—can cover 3,500 square feet.

This kind of installation may require digging or trenching, so the company recommends checking with the dig agency in your area before picking up a shovel.

Best for live performances: SOUNDBOKS4—Bluetooth Performance Speaker

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 20.87 inches by 15.55 inches by 29.17 inches
  • Weight: 34 pounds
  • Connectivity: XLR or Bluetooth

Pros

  • Loud
  • 40 hours of battery life (charges in 3.5 hours)
  • Portable if you’ve got the space
  • Customizable EQ and sound modes

Cons

  • Larger and harder to transport
  • Only battery-powered

The Soundboks 4 performance Bluetooth 5.0 speaker isn’t for your apartment, main casual speaker situation, or even something you want to toss in your car for a quick trip camping. You could absolutely use it for all of these scenarios, but it is likely overkill, and certain design aspects could prevent challenges—not to mention your need to have extremely understanding neighbors. That being said, the speaker is perfect for a smaller patio party or tailgating and allows you to add up to five other Soundbok speakers if you’re throwing a full-on rager in your backyard. Able to reach up to 126dB while maintaining audio clarity—just into the uncomfortable/damaging level—you don’t have to worry about people talking getting in the way of your cha-cha slide number.

If you are going into the wood or a setting requiring a speaker that can stand up to the elements, the Soundboks 4 has you covered with silicone ball corners that prevent the powdered aluminum frame, steel honeycomb grill, and an IP65 waterproof rating. The built-in carrying handles also make the 34-pound speaker fairly easy to pick up and place in your car if you did need to transport it.

The companion smartphone app gives you all the typical controls over a connected speaker including multiple sound mounds, the ability to customize the EQ, and connecting multiple other speakers. While we don’t love that the speaker is ONLY battery-operated, you can buy more batteries for extra battery life. But to be fair, you get up to 40 hours out of each charge, and we can’t imagine most people needing more than that. If you do, you’re probably on a longer trip and have portable power stations or another type of generator to re-up the battery.

One other standout feature is the speaker’s microphone and instrument input. Perfect for streaming your favorite Spotify artists, you’ll also have a chance to plug in an electric guitar, DJ controller, or vocal mic to host a show or perform. All in all, this is a solid multi-purpose speaker that can be used for anything, but its size might get in the way of some use cases.

Best portable outdoor speaker: Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Portable Wireless Bluetooth Speaker

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.38 inches by 4.7 inches by 9.5 inches
  • Weight: 4.36 pounds
  • Battery life: 17 hours
  • Bluetooth range: 180 feet

Pros

  • Portable
  • Can be wirelessly linked with other UE speakers
  • Waterproof, IP67 rating
  • Onboard controls
  • NFC pairing for Android 8.0 and later

Cons

  • No WiFi
  • No voice assistant
  • No microphone
  • No aux port for other sources

The wired life isn’t for everyone, which is why Bluetooth speakers are so popular. For the very digital, the Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM offers 360 degrees of big, bassy sound in a durable but attractive package for about $300. In either charcoal or cotton white, the EPICBOOM is a shockproof, dustproof, waterproof device that can be immersed in up to one meter of water for up to 30 minutes. Forget poolside; the EPICBOOM can be in the pool. (Its little sibling, the Wonderboom, is also one of our picks for a swim or a soak, as it’s one of the best shower speakers.)

The EPICBOOM needs to be paired with a phone to stream music, but it excels at this. The speaker itself features buttons for fast play, pause, skip, and volume changes, so wet or dirty hands don’t have to handle a comparatively delicate smartphone to change the vibe. The BOOM app adds additional controls, like customizable EQ and connecting several UE BOOM devices together to create a dispersed sound system on the fly.

While some Bluetooth speakers can serve as an access point for voice assistants or pull double-duty as a phone speaker, the EPICBOOM focuses on music and playing music only. However, the EPICBOOM’s battery life is a decent 17 hours, so it will likely last longer than your favorite playlist. Still, anyone aiming to party all night and every day will need to keep a USB-C charger handy (and maybe some comfy patio furniture and some of the best deck lights).

If it’s a smart speaker you’re after, the Sonos Move 2 costs $150 more but adds more connectivity alongside durability (and if you really love the multiroom Sonos ecosystem and are tired of moving things around, the best splurge is to install Sonos by Sonance Architectural speakers, which are $900 a pair).

Best budget: Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System

Pyle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.75 inches by 5.25 inches by 3 inches
  • Weight: 2.63 pounds
  • Drivers: 1-inch superior dome tweeter, 3.5-inch aluminum injection cone with 1.75-inch-wide dispersion cone midrange with bass reflex vent
  • Power range: up to 200 watts
  • Frequency response: 70Hz to 21kHz

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Quick connect/disconnect terminals
  • Waterproof; IP-44 rating
  • Corrosion and stain-resistant mesh grills

Cons

  • May want to upgrade the included speaker wire
  • Relies on receiver/amp to have Bluetooth/WiFi compatibility

File the Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System under “good things in small packages.” For about $30, this pair of small speakers features are marine-grade, so they can be mounted outdoors on the patio, near a pool, or on a boat without worrying about splishes or splashes. The speaker system is waterproof with stain and corrosion-resistant mesh fronts. These little guys come with removable mounting and can be attached horizontally or vertically. They’ll deliver good sound for the price, but people who want to flood a large yard with tunes may want to look elsewhere. However, this could be a pro depending on whether your neighbors like to lodge complaints. A few users also suggest ditching the included but thin speaker wire for an upgraded one.

Want the best value on something really whimsical? You can hang a 2-pack of the pohopa 20W lantern-shaped waterproof Bluetooth speakers with built-in LED color lights for less than $175.

What to consider when buying outdoor speakers

We love making the great outdoors greater by adding music. As you shop for outdoor speakers, start by thinking about the size and shape of the space you want to fill, what elements the speakers will operate in, and your price point.

Weather resistance

If you’ve ever mistaken water-resistant hiking boots for waterproof ones, you’ll understand the difference between weatherproof and waterproof. Water-resistant boots are good for the occasional puddle or light rain, but crossing a stream will quickly lead to soaked feet. Weatherproof and waterproof speakers are similar. All of the selections in our list have weatherproofing—resistance to elements and more durable, sealed housing—but truly waterproof speakers come with an IP rating. Generally, manufacturers recommend finding spots to mount outdoor speakers that have some protection from the elements, like under an awning or a covered patio. For more extreme climates, like beaches and deserts, look for additional information about how speakers deal with salt air and sand. So, can you leave outdoor speakers in the rain? Many of them, yes. But look at those ratings to be sure.

Installation options

Do outdoor speakers require amplification? It depends. Portable outdoor Bluetooth speakers are best for setting up a sound system without installing amps or anything else. However, more permanent options will require patience and expertise running speaker wires between the outdoor speakers and the indoor A/V components (and sometimes drilling a hole through a wall). The upside is higher sound quality and a wider source selection.

The size and layout of the outdoor space will also dictate some system features. Many systems include wall mounts that allow for adjustable angles, though a space with no walls may need speakers that can go on the ground or on stakes. Little spaces, like a condo patio, don’t need as many watts as trying to turn a large yard into the daytime version of your favorite club.

FAQs

Q: Which speaker is best for the outdoors?

What speaker is best for your space depends on the size of your space and mounting possibilities. A full concert sound in a vast backyard will require a system with more watts and multiple speakers working together. Frequent pool partiers should prioritize waterproof speakers, while someone with an aversion to wiring should stick to Bluetooth speakers.

Q: Can these speakers be connected wirelessly?

It depends on the speaker. While there are some wireless outdoor speakers, most outdoor speaker systems are passive, just pushing out the sounds of an external amplifier. If you want to connect outdoor speakers to a streaming platform, you must ensure the amplifier has that capability or connect a compact streamer to the AVR.

Q: Can I recreate the same great sound I have inside when I’m outside?

Probably not without a lot of effort. Outdoor speakers contend with more ambient noise—traffic, dogs barking, neighbors, possibly airplanes flying over—and then they have to be durable on top of that. While an indoor system prioritizes sound quality, an outdoor speaker makes some sonic tradeoffs to enhance durability and weatherproofing. Plus, there’s just the reality that a closed room allows you to have an optimized environment and seating arrangement in front of your stereo turntable setup, lets you add in components such as subwoofers to compensate for and reinforce specific frequencies, and just isn’t as diffuse as being outdoors, so can produce more clarity at lower decibels. But that doesn’t mean you can’t get good sound for a good time.

Q: How much do outdoor speakers cost?

This depends on their size and components. Our recommendations range in price between $30 and $1,800.

Final thoughts on the best outdoor speakers

Elevate your outdoor experience by turning it into a concert-in-waiting. Investing a little extra effort into installing outdoor speakers on your porch, patio, or garden offers a higher sound quality while setting a vibe. For durable, traditional aesthetics, consider the refined audio performance of the Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker or the budget-friendly Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System. The Klipsch AWR-650-SM adds a touch of whimsy by disguising itself as a rock, seamlessly blending into its natural surroundings. For larger landscapes or irregular spaces, the Furrion Aurora 4.1 Veranda Series delivers harmonious melodies that resonate far and wide. If portability is a priority, the Soundboks 4 cranks up the volume for dynamic live performances, while the Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Portable Wireless Bluetooth Speaker ensures your outdoor gatherings stay waterproof and musically vibrant. Unleash the potential of your outdoor oasis by dragging out a packed cooler and entertaining surrounded by speakers that make every note count.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor speakers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Our favorite cannabis vaporizer is $90 off for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/pax-cannabis-amazon-deals-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 21:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592584
A Pax Plus cannabis vaporizer on a rolling tray with some oregano seasoning
Amanda Reed

When it comes to saving money on Cyber Monday, this is a CANNabis deal, not a CAN'Tabis one.

The post Our favorite cannabis vaporizer is $90 off for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Pax Plus cannabis vaporizer on a rolling tray with some oregano seasoning
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays are filled with lots of green things. Pine trees. Holly. Mistletoe. The holidays can also be stressful, leading us to indulge in a different bit of greenery to relax. Our favorite vaporizer from PAX is $90 off so you can toke it and have some green of the currency kind left in your pocket.

PAX Plus Vaporizer $160 (Was $250)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

The PAX Plus is a cannabis essential and one of the easiest to use. Simply click the top once, wait until the purple light turns green, and inhale. You won’t have to worry about temperature either—the PAX Plus will cool down when not in use and heat up when it’s picked back up. It also comes with a concentrate chamber to enjoy the wax, shatter, or budder of your choice. 

More cannabis deals

The post Our favorite cannabis vaporizer is $90 off for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Powerful Cyber Monday deals: Solar generators from Jackery, Anker, and more up to 50% off https://www.popsci.com/gear/solar-generator-deals-anker-jackery-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 21:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590790
Jackery Explorer Plus solar generators arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

Some of the best solar generators on the market are currently at their cheapest prices ever for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Powerful Cyber Monday deals: Solar generators from Jackery, Anker, and more up to 50% off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Jackery Explorer Plus solar generators arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A solar generator is a sizable investment, but can really save you in a pinch. These portable power stations store enough juice in their built-in batteries to keep your devices, appliances, and anything else that requires electricity going when the grid isn’t an option. Cyber Monday has brought some of the deepest discounts we’ve ever seen on brands like Bluetti, Jackery, Anker, and Ecoflow, so we’ve collected the best Black Friday deals on solar generators we’ve seen so far.

Anker SOLIX C1000 Portable Power Station, 1800W Solar Generator $649 (was $999)

Anker

SEE IT

This is Anker’s newest portable power station, and it’s cheaper than we’ve ever seen it for Black Friday. The super-fast battery charges to 100 percent from zero in just under an hour so that it can be ready on short notice. It offers six full-sized outlets (with ground), two USB-C ports, and two USB-A ports for powering devices. That’s more than you’ll find on many similar models. Plus, the internal battery has enough juice to charge an iPhone nearly 100 times or keep a camp light going for up to 60 hours.

Jackery solar generator deals

Ecoflow solar generator deals

Bluetti solar generator deals

Ugreen solar generator deals

The post Powerful Cyber Monday deals: Solar generators from Jackery, Anker, and more up to 50% off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This is your last chance to save $100 on an Xbox Series X during Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gaming-deals-playstation-xbox-nintendo-cyber-monday-2023/ Sun, 26 Nov 2023 22:17:35 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592123
The best Cyber Monday gaming deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Also save big on Xbox Series, PlayStation, and Nintendo Switch games, plus gaming PCs and accessories, during these limited-time sales.

The post This is your last chance to save $100 on an Xbox Series X during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Cyber Monday gaming deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You’re in luck if you’ve resisted the temptation of Black Friday deals to get your gaming deals. You can still save hundreds of dollars on a new console gaming PC and get deep discounts on plenty of games across every major platform. These deals are going fast, so while your patience has been rewarded, it can also be your undoing if you don’t act quickly enough.

Xbox Series X $399.99 (w/ clickable coupon, Was $499.99)

Microsoft

SEE IT

The Xbox Series X is Microsoft’s most powerful game console to date, capable of playing 4K games at up to 120 frames per second with HDR (High Dynamic Range) enabled. It can play Xbox One and some Xbox 360 games as well. The system can play game discs but comes equipped with a 1TB SSD to store digital games as well. This $100 Cyber Monday discount brings the console down to its lowest price ever, and it likely won’t stay there for very long. And don’t forget to grab some great games:

Xbox Series X/S game deals

PlayStation 5 game deals

Nintendo Switch game deals

Razer deals

MSI deals

The post This is your last chance to save $100 on an Xbox Series X during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-blender-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592435
The best appliance Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These limited-time deals won't last long, but the quality appliances you buy will.

The post Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best appliance Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Cyber Monday is the ideal time to save hundreds of dollars on a kitchen upgrade that might be hard to justify otherwise. Vitamix, KitchenAid, Breville, and other premium appliance makers have slashed hundreds of dollars off the price of their highest-end gear. Any of these appliances will save you time in the kitchen, making tasks like kneading bread dough, blending homemade soup, or brewing barista-quality coffee at home a cinch.

Vitamix Propel Series 510 Blender $279.95 (Was $479.95)

Vitamix

SEE IT

If you need a blender powerful enough for making everything from smoothies to soups, Vitamix’s Propel Series 510 is a can’t-miss Cyber Monday deal. A $200 discount on Amazon brings the 48-ounce blender down to its lowest price ever. The Propel Series 510 is outfitted with 10 speed settings, a BPA-free dishwasher-safe container, and laser-cut stainless steel blades that won’t dull after years of use. Glyphs located next to the speed control knob allow you to access settings specifically designed for smoothies and soups with a single twist. Once you’re done cooking, add a little soap and water to the blender’s container and run it at its highest speed. This will quickly clean the bowl.

Want to check out other blenders, or maybe coffee makers, air fryers, multi-cookers, nugget ice, toasters, and any manner of other countertop convenience? We got you:

Vitamix deals

Breville deals

Ember Mug deals

GE Profile deals

KitchenAid deals

Wolf Gourmet deals

OXO deals

De’Longhi deals

The post Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
My dog’s safe space can be your dog’s new happy place https://www.popsci.com/environment/fable-crate-dog-accessories-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592450
Charli my toy Aussie Shepherd in her Fable crate next to the couch
Tony Ware

If you need a crate your dog will love napping in and you won't get tired looking at, check out this Cyber Monday special.

The post My dog’s safe space can be your dog’s new happy place appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Charli my toy Aussie Shepherd in her Fable crate next to the couch
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Anyone with a small dog will tell you that they come with big personalities. Charli, my Aussie Shepherd-Japanese Chin mix, is 10 pounds of opinion. So, if she doesn’t like something, well, hope you kept the receipt. And, while every comfy spot in the house is ultimately hers, she still likes to have a space that’s exclusive when she’s feeling reclusive. But when it came time to upgrade her crate, we not only had to deal with a picky pup but also the logistics of limited space—which is why we love the Fable Crate, which lets her have a cozy den and we don’t have to lose a “side table.” And right now, the stylish accessory is up to 30% off if you buy it today.

Fable Crate $345 – $1,015 (w/ coupon BFCM2023, was $495 – $1,499)

Fable

SEE IT

Arriving in five easily assembled bentwood pieces, Charli’s Fable crate blends in seamlessly in the corner beside our couch (as seen at the top of the page). Topped by planters and bathed in indirect light for much of the day, it’s like a secluded forest glen for when she needs to recover from her adventures—or just take a mid-afternoon post-nap nap. We opted for the small, naturally, and went with the lighter signature finish. But there are also medium and large sizes, and you can go darker walnut if you’re feeling it. You can also choose between a metal or clear acrylic built-in gate … for when contractors come calling or for any other reason you don’t want your loyal companion snuffing around the house. I couldn’t remember where I put the Fable receipt if my life depended on it, but the restful look on Charli’s face when she’s nestled in her crate says it’s safe to rip it up anyway.

Additional Fable accessories for outdoor exploration:

Want to know more about your dog than where they like to sleep? Get a DNA test:

The post My dog’s safe space can be your dog’s new happy place appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Cyber Monday deals on expert-approved Bluetooth speakers https://www.popsci.com/gear/jbl-sony-bose-bluetooth-speaker-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592368
The best Bluetooth speaker Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These deals include speakers of every size and shape to deliver beats at prices you can't beat

The post The best Cyber Monday deals on expert-approved Bluetooth speakers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Bluetooth speaker Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Cyber Monday is officially here, and you can save big on everything from smart home tech and soundbars to sought-after Bluetooth speakers—essential for anyone who wants to listen to music with friends and family this holiday season. Many of the deals we’ve found are discounts on Bluetooth speakers that have found themselves in our buyer’s guides. If your current Bluetooth speaker is on the fritz, or you’d like to treat yourself (or someone you know) to an audio upgrade they can appreciate on the go (or with a wireless turntable), don’t miss these limited-time deals.

Sony SRS-XE200 $97.95 (Was $129.99)

Sony

SEE IT

Sony SRS-XE200 is an excellent mid-sized Bluetooth speaker whose Cyber Monday discount brings it down to its lowest price ever. The speaker has a pair of drivers and passive radiators for well-balanced sound, a battery that lasts up to 16 hours per charge, and an IP67 durability rating, which means it’s dustproof and can be completely submerged under water. The SRS-XE200 can also take advantage of Sony’s Wireless Party Connect feature, allowing you to sync up to 100 speakers. A built-in strap makes the speaker easy to carry or hang outdoors. This Bluetooth speaker even has a microphone, so you can use it as a speakerphone.

Sony Bluetooth speaker deals

Sonos Bluetooth speaker deals

JBL Bluetooth speaker deals

Bose Bluetooth speaker deals

Ultimate Ears Bluetooth speaker deals

Bang & Olufsen Bluetooth speaker deals

Marshall Bluetooth speaker deals

TREBLAB Bluetooth speaker deals

Tribit Bluetooth speaker deals

Soundcore Bluetooth speaker deals

The post The best Cyber Monday deals on expert-approved Bluetooth speakers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Upgrade your space with these limited-time Cyber Monday smart home deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-home-amazon-deals-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:58:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592139
Best Smart Home Cyber Monday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Save hundreds of dollars on smart security systems, locks, light bulbs, thermostats and more during Cyber Monday.

The post Upgrade your space with these limited-time Cyber Monday smart home deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Smart Home Cyber Monday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Setting up a smart home can save you a considerable amount of time, improve your house’s aesthetics, and even increase its safety. But replacing each light bulb, lock, and everything in between can get expensive fast. Thankfully, Cyber Monday is jammed full of deals that dramatically reduce the amount you’ll have to spend on the highest-end gear, with some items clocking in at under $10. If you’re looking to start (or expand) your smart home this year, don’t miss these Cyber Monday deals.

Google Nest Thermostat $89.99 (Was $129.99)

Google

SEE IT

Google’s Nest Thermostat is one of the few smart home gadgets that may actually pay for itself over time, which sweetens this already excellent Cyber Monday deal. Once it’s connected to your HVAC system and Wi-Fi network, the smart thermostat will learn your habits and intelligently heat and cool your home based on when you wake up and go to bed. This is far more efficient than leaving your heating and cooling system on all day. By reducing the amount of time the HVAC system is running, Google’s Nest Thermostat can lower your utility bill, which is especially important during the hottest and coldest months of the year.

Nanoleaf deals

Philips Hue deals

August home deals

Schlage deals

Yale deals

Ecobee deals

Eufy deals

GE Cync deals

Ring deals

The post Upgrade your space with these limited-time Cyber Monday smart home deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:43:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592194
A Shak vacuum and griddle in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

From vacuums to coffee makers and blenders, here's what you can get on sale from Shark and Ninja this Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Shak vacuum and griddle in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Appliances make for excellent gifts around the holidays. Need to impress the in-laws you’re meeting for the first time? Here is a nice immersion blender! Is there a White Elephant around the corner? Three words: Hot dog toaster. You can always get something for yourself, too. No matter whose kitchen and home game needs upgrading, you can find the perfect gift with these steep Shark and Ninja deals at Amazon for Cyber Monday.

Ninja GR101 Sizzle Smokeless Indoor Grill & Griddle $79.99 (Was $139.99)

Ninja

SEE IT

Bring the barbecue inside with this grill-griddle combo that would make George Foreman envious. It can reach up to 500 degrees and its perforated mesh lid eliminates smoke and reduces splatter. The removable grill and griddle plates are easy to clean, and the mesh lid is dishwasher safe. It’s a great investment since a Big Mac is $7 now.

Shark WD201 HydroVac Cordless Pro XL 3-in-1 Vacuum, Mop & Self-Cleaning System $199.99 (Was $359.99)

Shark

SEE IT

This cordless 3-in-1 device vacuums, mops, and cleans itself. You can use it on hard floors, area rugs, tiles, and laminate. The included multi-surface concentrate eliminates and prevents odors. The water tank is designed to separate liquid from solids to quickly and easily empty the tank. And placing the HydroVac on its dock after every use activates self-clean mode so you don’t even have to think about it.

The post Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save big on soundbars from Sonos, JBL, Sony, Bose, Samsung, and more during Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-soundbar-deals-samsung-sonos-polk-jbl-sony-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:28:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592191
The best cyber monday soundbar deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These Cyber Monday deals will quite literally sound good.

The post Save big on soundbars from Sonos, JBL, Sony, Bose, Samsung, and more during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best cyber monday soundbar deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’ve recently picked a big, new 4K TV, you’ll want to get a soundbar to go with it. These compact speaker systems can pump out louder, higher-quality sound than the audio equipment built into ultra-thin TVs without taking up a tremendous amount of space. Some soundbars come with additional speakers—a subwoofer for more bass or wireless rear speakers for surround sound—while others stand on their own. You can save hundreds of dollars on a wide range of soundbars thanks to an abundance of Cyber Monday deals.

Sonos Ray $223 (Was $279)

Sonos

SEE IT

The Sonos Ray is the best Cyber Monday soundbar deal due to its impressive audio fidelity for something of such a diminutive size. At just 22 inches wide, you can easily fit this soundbar beneath any TV or inside an entertainment center. Sonos packed the Ray with a multi-driver audio system, including a pair of woofers and outward-facing tweeters connected to a custom-designed amplifier that guarantees well-balanced sound. This Cyber Monday deal on the Sonos Ray solves both issues if you’ve put off getting a soundbar due to its high price and large size.

Bose soundbar deals

LG soundbar deals

Vizio soundbar deals

JBL soundbar deals

Samsung soundbar deals

Sony soundbar deals

Polk soundbar deals

Denon soundbar deals

Bang & Olufsen soundbar deals

Need a top-quality source and/or screen to pair with that soundbar? Pick up a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player on sale and shop these amazing deals on Samsung TVs.

The post Save big on soundbars from Sonos, JBL, Sony, Bose, Samsung, and more during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Our favorite smart lighting from Govee is up to 44% off for Cyber Monday at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/govee-smart-lights-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:13:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592187
Govee smart LED strip lights lit up in different colors with the control app in the foreground
Govee

Govee smart lights add tons of illumination options to the inside and outside of your home. They're all on sale for Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Our favorite smart lighting from Govee is up to 44% off for Cyber Monday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Govee smart LED strip lights lit up in different colors with the control app in the foreground
Govee

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Holiday lights are fun, but keeping them up all year round can bring about the judgy comments from friends and visitors. Govee smart lights, however, allow you to keep festive illumination around your space all year with no fear of judgment. They make everything from behind-the-TV lights to improve your binge-watching experience to outdoor illumination and simple LED light strips. Right now, Amazon has Govee smart lights up to 44 percent off for Cyber Monday. Fight off those winter blues with some saucy red lights.

Govee Smart Outdoor String Lights $57 (was $99)

Govee

SEE IT

This ample kit gets you 96 total feet of RGB bulbs that you can program to show up to 16 million colors in 47 different program modes. So, decorate the outside space at your home for the holidays with red and green bulbs. Then, once the holidays are over, switch them over to white (or whatever color you want). They’re IP65-rated against the elements, so you can leave them up in the weather without worrying about them. This is a great, easy, and now affordable way to upgrade your outdoor space.

More Govee smart lighting deals

The post Our favorite smart lighting from Govee is up to 44% off for Cyber Monday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/air-purifier-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:58:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592140
A PuroAir air purifier in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Get major savings on air purifiers from BLUEAIR, Levoit, Molekule, and more for Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PuroAir air purifier in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Holiday travel means your family’s germs have a chance of making themselves home when the celebration is over. Amazon has deals on air purifiers from our favorite brands this Cyber Monday to obliterate unwelcome microscopic company so you can focus on reuniting with your loved ones.

PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier $154.99 (Was $229)

PuroAir

SEE IT

Our favorite air purifier for mold, the PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier covers a massive 1,115 square feet and includes a powerful HEPA 14 air filter, which is ten times more powerful than HEPA 13. What you get is a hospital-grade air purifier under $200 that removes 99.99% of fine particles down to .1 microns in size. Mold? Other things in the air that cause allergies? Sorry, you won’t find any here. It’s third-party lab tested and certified, meaning you’re getting a scientifically-developed air purifier from scientists and virologists at Harvard, MIT, Johns Hopkins, and Oxford universities that are backed up by other scientists. You can also get a two-pack to put one in the bedroom and another in the living room.

BLUEAIR deals

Levoit deals

Molekule deals

NuWave deals

Miscellaneous deals

The post Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These limited Cyber Monday deals have Jackery generators at their lowest prices of the year https://www.popsci.com/gear/jackery-solar-generator-amazon-deals-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:28:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592145
Jackery 2000 plus solar generator sitting on a paved driveway
Stan Horaczek

Whether you need a small portable power station or a massive solar generator, these Cyber Monday deals on Jackery products will save lots of cash.

The post These limited Cyber Monday deals have Jackery generators at their lowest prices of the year appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Jackery 2000 plus solar generator sitting on a paved driveway
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’re huge fans of solar generators around here. Yes, they’re an investment, but they can really come in handy when the power goes out or you head out into the wilderness. Jackery regularly tops our lists of the best solar generators and portable power stations because the company builds sturdy, powerful, reliable products that excel in our hands-on tests. Amazon has a bunch of fantastic Jackery deals for Cyber Monday right now, but they’ll only last as long as they’re in stock, so grab one to ensure your back-up power will last.

Jackery Explorer 1500 Pro Portable Power Station $899 (was $1,699)

Jackery

SEE IT

While Cyber Monday is notorious for fake deals that only offer a discount on jacked-up prices, that’s not the case here. This 1800W charger typically actually sells for more than $1,600, which makes this nearly half-off the regular price. It offers a total of eight outputs, including three typical outlets, two USB-A, two USB-C, and a 12V DC port for RV travelers. With this much power stored up, it can charge an iPhone more than 60 times. Plus, it can run a TV for up to 17 hours, and power all sorts of tools if you’re using it on a work site. It’s super-versatile and weighs less than 40 pounds, which makes it very easy to lug around thanks to the super-sturdy built-in handle.

More Jackery portable power station and solar generator deals

The post These limited Cyber Monday deals have Jackery generators at their lowest prices of the year appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Ooni’s pizza oven is down to its lowest price ever on Amazon for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/ooni-pizza-oven-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:13:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592235
ooni Fyra 12 Wood Fired Outdoor Pizza Oven
ooni

This discount on the Fyra 12 is a can't-miss deal for anyone who loves homemade pizza.

The post Ooni’s pizza oven is down to its lowest price ever on Amazon for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
ooni Fyra 12 Wood Fired Outdoor Pizza Oven
ooni

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The idea of having authentic, pizzeria-quality pizza is possible with an Ooni Fyra oven, which is currently $105 cheaper than usual, thanks to a Cyber Monday deal. This relatively compact oven runs on wood pellets and can get up to 950 degrees Fahrenheit in roughly 15 minutes. Ooni is responsible for making our favorite pizza oven ever, and this discount brings the Fyra 12 down to its lowest price ever on Amazon.

ooni Fyra 12 Wood Fired Outdoor Pizza Oven $244.30 (Was $349)

ooni

SEE IT

A big part of the Fyra 12’s appeal is its size. At 20 pounds, a single person can set up, break down, and move this pizza oven before and after use. The oven’s tall stack keeps smoke from billowing on your face as you launch and retrieve home-cooked pizzas, while a pellet hopper on its backside can be monitored to maintain a steady stream of fuel. This ease of operation, combined with Amazon’s Cyber Monday discount, makes the Ooni Fyra 12 a no-brainer for any pizza enthusiast looking to up their game from an indoor home oven.

More pizza oven deals for devoted pie lovers

The post Ooni’s pizza oven is down to its lowest price ever on Amazon for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $105 on an eero mesh network for Cyber Monday and kiss your WiFi woes goodbye https://www.popsci.com/gear/eero-router-cyber-monday-deal/ Sun, 26 Nov 2023 12:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592209
Amazon eero 6+ mesh Wi-Fi system
Amazon

Cyber Monday is loaded with great tech deals, but this discount on Eero's fast WiFi routers is amongst the best we've seen so far.

The post Save $105 on an eero mesh network for Cyber Monday and kiss your WiFi woes goodbye appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Amazon eero 6+ mesh Wi-Fi system
Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Need a fast, reliable way to connect all of your gear to the Internet? A three-pack of eero 6+ mesh WiFi routers has returned to its lowest price ever for Cyber Monday. The routers were designed to blanket an area of up to 4,500 square feet with a fast, reliable, and stable connection to the Internet. It’s this extreme range (amongst other technical feats) that landed these routers a spot on our guide to the best WiFi routers.

Amazon eero 6+ mesh Wi-Fi system $194.99 (Was $299.99)

Amazon

SEE IT

With speeds of up to 1Gbps, and the ability to connect over 75 devices to the Internet simultaneously, this mesh WiFi system will solve any lingering WiFi issues you may have for good (and this Cyber Monday deal will help deal with any price issues you might have). One router has to be connected to your ISP-supplied cable modem with an Ethernet cable, but the others can be placed anywhere there’s an outlet. This flexibility is especially helpful if you live in a large home, and don’t want to string Ethernet cables through your walls. If you’re having trouble with a spotty home Internet connection, this is the best Cyber Monday deal we can recommend.

Here are more Cyber Monday Eero deals

The post Save $105 on an eero mesh network for Cyber Monday and kiss your WiFi woes goodbye appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This essential work-from-home accessory is on sale for a limited time https://www.popsci.com/gear/ember-mug-2-deal-black-friday-2023/ Sat, 25 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592093
Multiple black Ember Mug 2 on a while background
Tony Ware

Our favorite temperature-control mug is discounted for Black Friday/Cyber Monday ... and this deal is hot if you're a coffee or tea lover.

The post This essential work-from-home accessory is on sale for a limited time appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Multiple black Ember Mug 2 on a while background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’re like us, your blood is more coffee than plasma at this point. And there’s nothing worse when it comes time to work than being cold-blooded (unless you’re a reptile or Rick James). That’s why we love the Ember Smart Mug 2, a powered mug that lets you set your desired beverage temperature and maintain it thanks to multiple sensors and a microprocessor-controlled heating system. It’s the perfect desk accessory for coffee and tea lovers, and it’s 23% off if you act fast.

The Ember Smart Mug 2 $99 (was $129.95)

The Ember Smart Mug 2 is stainless steel coated with ceramic, an ideal vessel for 10 ounces of caffeinated (or unleaded) lifeblood (there are also 14-ounce options on sale). Synced via smartphone to the Ember app, it maintains presets (between 120°F – 145°F) for your favorite beverage for up to 80 minutes when fully charged or indefinitely if put back on its charging coaster between sips. You can get lost in your workflow and not be disappointed when, 45 minutes later, you pick your head up and find a lukewarm liquid. And if you are done for the day, the mug enters sleep mode when empty or after two hours of inactivity. And don’t we all dream of sleep mode, our bellies warm with some calming concoction? Day or night, the Ember Mug 2 can be your constant companion (and Ember also makes a travel mug we love).

Speaking of coffee … check out this espresso machine and these Yeti mugs.

Looking for non-beverage kitchen accessories? We got you.

The post This essential work-from-home accessory is on sale for a limited time appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These Black Friday turntable deals are still spinning, but not for long https://www.popsci.com/gear/turntable-deals-denon-fluance-audio-technica-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 16:24:50 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591841
Best Turntable Black Friday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Know what's music to our ears? Saving hundreds of dollars on turntables from the best brands during Black Friday.

The post These Black Friday turntable deals are still spinning, but not for long appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Turntable Black Friday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The explosion in the popularity of turntables and vinyl proves that what goes around comes around—in this case quite literally. If you’re looking to supplement your music streaming with high-fidelity slabs of wax, Black Friday is the best time to pick up a new record player. Many turntables, including advanced models with high-tech features like Bluetooth connectivity, are deeply discounted for a limited time. If you want a new deck or to give vinyl a try for the first time, don’t miss out. And if you need some LPs to play on your turntable, you can take advantage of VinylMePlease’s buy one get one 50% off sale.

House of Marley Stir It Up Wireless Bluetooth Turntable $199.99 (Was $249.99)

House of Marley

SEE IT

House of Marley’s Stir It Up is an excellent turntable for newbies and more seasoned LP lovers alike. Its deck is made of bamboo—in keeping with the company’s commitment to sustainability—and comes bundled with an Audio-Technica cartridge. This record player has a built-in phono preamp and Bluetooth support, so you can hook it up directly to any pair of powered or wireless speakers and play albums without additional hardware. A switch on the top of this turntable allows you to jump between 33- and 45-RPM settings. A conveniently located headphone jack lets you enjoy your collection without disturbing others. And if you’re willing to spend $100 more, you can also upgrade to the stylish belt-drive Stir It Up Lux with its Audio-Technica elliptical stylus (AT-95E), Bluetooth 5.3 connection, and more. And those are just a couple of the many deeply discounted platters being served up this Black Friday. Check these out:

Audio-Technica turntable deals

1ByOne turntable deals

Denon turntable deals

Fluance turntable deals

Victrola turntable deals

Need a system to play that turntable through? Check out these other amazing speaker deals before they’re gone. Prefer some affordable wireless headphones or earbuds if it’s a Bluetooth turntable? We got you.

The post These Black Friday turntable deals are still spinning, but not for long appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
It’s not too late to save hundreds on a Sonos sound system https://www.popsci.com/gear/sonos-speaker-crutchfield-deals-early-black-friday/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 20:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590371
Sonos Pre Black Friday Deals
Sonos

'Tis the season to gift others (or yourself) with a house full of cheer and multiple rooms of connected/surround sound speakers.

The post It’s not too late to save hundreds on a Sonos sound system appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Sonos Pre Black Friday Deals
Sonos

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is over or ongoing, depending on your understanding of the time-space continuum. And multiroom audio experts Sonos are offering great deals on connected speakers so you can fill the home theater, whole house, or someone else’s heart with cheer this holiday season. Sonos’ speakers and soundbars were designed to work together, and these deals allow you to assemble a full wireless system in a couple of clicks.

Sonos Arc Soundbar $719 (Was $899)

Sonos

SEE IT

The Arc soundbar is the centerpiece of the most immersive Sonos system. Pair it wirelessly with either a Sonos Sub (Gen. 3) or Sub Mini and two Era 100 speakers for rear channels and you’ve got a compact 5.1 surround sound system (available in black, white, or a Cruella De Vil-worthy combo if that’s your vibe). The soundbar connects to your TV via eARC HDMI to take advantage of top-tier Atmos material, but you can stream stereo music to it wirelessly from Apple devices through AirPlay 2. And you can add additional speakers throughout the house (assuming your WiFi is up to the task) if you need to hear Vince Guaraldi and other Christmas classics no matter where you roam.

Check out all the Sonos deals that are music to our ears:

Looking for other soundbar deals? We got you. We’ve also collected deals on some of our favorite speakers for stereo and multichannel setups.

The post It’s not too late to save hundreds on a Sonos sound system appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These deep soundbar discounts are still live, but won’t be for long https://www.popsci.com/gear/jbl-soundbar-black-friday-deal-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 15:21:34 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591846
A JBL soundbar in a home entertainment center in a living room
JBL

One of our favorite JBL soundbars is literally half-price at Amazon—just one of many Black Friday deals still available.

The post These deep soundbar discounts are still live, but won’t be for long appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A JBL soundbar in a home entertainment center in a living room
JBL

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’re big fans of soundbars here at PopSci. They’re a simple and often-affordable way to seriously upgrade your TV’s sound. Right now, Amazon has pretty absurd deals on JBL soundbars, including $300 off one of our favorites. That’s half-price. Stop reading and go get it.

JBL Bar 5.1 – Soundbar with Built-in Virtual Surround, 4K and 10″ Wireless Subwoofer $299 (was $599)

JBL

SEE IT

This high-end soundbar offers 5.1 surround sound performance thanks to JBL’s clever beam-forming technology, which can chuck sound around the room with impressive accuracy. The 10-inch wireless subwoofer connects easily and booms when you want it to. It supports all sorts of wireless technology, like Bluetooth and AirPlay 2, for playing music. Plus, it looks slick, so you won’t want to hide it in your entertainment center.

More Black Friday soundbar deals

Some of these soundbars are literally half-price, so if you see something you want, grab it because it will probably sell out before Cyber Monday rolls around.

Want a complete wireless surround sound system? We love the Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 Channel Dolby Atmos/DTS:X Soundbar with Dual 10″ Wireless Subwoofers, and it’s only $1,399 (usually $1,899).

Interested in building a more traditional multi-component surround system or stereo listening station? Check out these other amazing speaker deals before they’re gone.

The post These deep soundbar discounts are still live, but won’t be for long appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can still get the best Apple products at the best prices … if you act fast https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-apple-black-friday-deals-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 21:01:32 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591953
AirPods Pro 2 Black Friday Deal
Apple

Whether you need a new computer, tablet, or headphones, Apple's Black Friday deals have you covered.

The post You can still get the best Apple products at the best prices … if you act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
AirPods Pro 2 Black Friday Deal
Apple

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Apple doesn’t discount its own hardware, and although the company is currently holding a Black Friday promotion in which you get gift cards toward a future purchase, there are deals out there that save you money immediately. We’ve scoured the web to find the best Black Friday discounts on Apple hardware, and have come up with a surprising amount of deals. If you’ve been holding off on getting a new piece of gear for the right price, now is the time to shop. We wouldn’t be surprised if many of these items sell out before the day is done.

Apple AirPods Pro (2nd Generation) $189.99 (Was $249)

Apple

SEE IT

Apple’s AirPods 2 are the company’s latest true wireless earbuds, and they’re down to their lowest price ever on Black Friday thanks to a $60 discount. The earbuds support active noise cancellation, are IPX5 water-resistant, and last up to six hours per charge. Their included battery case can fully recharge them four times. These earbuds support Spatial Audio, which means they can decode music and movie soundtracks with a Dolby Atmos mix and give you the feeling of listening to music in surround sound on speakers. This feature works shockingly well. Additionally, the processor in each earbud optimizes and adjusts its sound in real-time, so you always get the best EQ setting. No true wireless earbuds are as good for all-around use as the AirPods Pro 2, and this discount makes them even easier to recommend.

AirPods deals

MacBook deals

iPad deals

HomePod deals

Mac Mini deals

Mac Studio deals

Apple Watch deals

Need a monitor for that Mac Mini? Samsung has gaming flagships on sale.

Looking for more affordable audio? These headphones and earbuds are all under $100.

The post You can still get the best Apple products at the best prices … if you act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop our favorite speakers of 2023 and save up to 30% right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/definitive-technology-speakers-deal-amazon-early-black-friday-2023/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590466
Eight Definitive Technology DM70 speakers in a decorative pattern
Tony Ware

The Dymension DM70 tower speakers have built-in powered subs to hit the lows, and they're at their lowest price ever during Amazon's early Black Friday sale.

The post Shop our favorite speakers of 2023 and save up to 30% right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Eight Definitive Technology DM70 speakers in a decorative pattern
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Imagine your favorite artist just released a new album, and all you want to do is be surrounded by sound … but maybe not by speakers. Maybe you don’t have the space, budget, or just plain desire for a surround sound system. But you’re worried a two-channel system can’t quite satisfy you. After spending three months with a pair of Dymension DM70 floor-standing speakers, I can say … definitively … that one can. Whether I’m streaming, playing CDs, or enjoying my latest pressing from Vinyl Me Please, these loudspeakers don’t need Atmos to be immersive. If I were buying a music lover an indulgent gift right now (and you can be your indulgent music lover in question), these are what I’d buy. And, at hundreds less than their typical prices, they’ve never been more affordable … if you act fast.

Definitive Technology Dymension DM70 Large Tower Speakers $1,399.00 each (was $1,999.00)

Tony Ware

SEE IT

They may look like the 2001 monolith, but what’s under the minimalist fabric cover makes the DM70 speakers multidimensional. Each three-way tower has a bipolar array, meaning two 5.25-inch long-throw midrange drivers and a 1-inch aluminum oxide dome tweeter on each side. And the reflections of those rear-focused channels mean there’s enveloping energy throughout the room. Anchoring that expansive soundstage is the integrated powered 10-inch subwoofer and two passive radiators within each speaker. That’s a lot of muscularity rounding out pure musicality, and it’s available for $600 off—a total of $1,200 in savings per pair.

The DM70 towers are basically 2.1 systems and don’t need a separate sub to shine (just add wall outlets for the Class D 180W amplifiers and a sturdy floor), but the balanced bipolar arrays do require external power. I’ve been using a Cambridge Audio Evo 150 and NAD C 700 at various times because I’m a fan of compact network players/integrated amps. But if you do end up wanting a 5.1 or 7.1 system, you can use a powerful multichannel AV receiver and expand the system with DM60 mid-sized towers for the rears, a DM20 center speaker, and DM90 height modules (all of which are on sale right now).

Here are additional audio components offering more for less:

The post Shop our favorite speakers of 2023 and save up to 30% right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop Samsung’s best OLED and QLED Black Friday TV deals now https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-monitors-tvs-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 01:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591482
The front and back of the Samsung G8 OLED curved monitor repeating in an alternating pattern
Tony Ware

Whether you're looking for OLED or 8K, Samsung has flagship screens on sale during Amazon's Black Friday deals.

The post Shop Samsung’s best OLED and QLED Black Friday TV deals now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The front and back of the Samsung G8 OLED curved monitor repeating in an alternating pattern
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I spend a lot of time in front of screens. And, in 2023, a lot of that time was in front of Samsung screens. They’re a favorite of the whole office, really, because Samsung truly makes a monitor or TV to suit every conceivable space and activity—from affordable standouts to straight-up statement pieces. And the best is even better priced during Black Friday on Amazon. The following are a few of our favorites:

SAMSUNG 34″ Odyssey OLED G8 Curved Gaming Monitor $899 (was $1,499)

Tony Ware

SEE IT

We call it the Helm, like in Star Trek, because it really feels like you’re navigating the farthest expanses of websites and spreadsheets. It’s where my wife sits doing much of her work, intently plotting her output as I stare longingly—No. 1 wishing he had the conn. It’s the 34-inch OLED G8 curved USB-C monitor, and it was supposed to be mostly for me … but you know how that goes. When I can use it, it’s possibly the biggest boost to efficiency I’ve ever set up, as the value in laying out every conceivable window and document I need for immediate reference on the 21:9 panel cannot be oversold. I’d have two of these monitors if I had more space and budget—don’t be like me, have your own cockpit! I love how the curvature makes everything so immersive but also ergonomic. I feel no pain, only pleasure, as I absorb the full Ultra WQHD resolution of new product images and promo videos, Slack in one quadrant and CMS in another. The OLED screen delivers rich color and true blacks (though, like all OLED panels, it performs best away from bright light, so consider your placement carefully). And did I mention the mini-HDMI/DisplayPort connections, 175 Hz refresh rate, and 0.03ms response time are great for gaming? But so are many Samsung monitors, including:

SAMSUNG 65-Inch Neo QLED 8K QN900C Mini-LED Quantum HDR Smart TV $3,297.99 (was $4,997.99)

Samsung

SEE IT

If you pay more, you surely want to see more. And with Samsung’s flagship QN900C QLED 8K TV, you most certainly do. Its nigh-invisible bezel, what Samsung calls its Infinity Screen, is immediately striking and makes you feel like you’re completely immersed in the image. And the image itself, well, is brighter and more vivid than any TV you’ll encounter. With 33 million pixels, nearly 2,500 nits in HDR, brilliant color and contrast, and impeccable upscaling, the QN900C conveys the ultimate expression of any content in any environment, even the kind of bright room that neuters an OLED panel. The internal sound is even surprisingly radiant (though we always recommend investing in a soundbar/surround sound system if it’s within your budget—which it may be during Black Friday). As for Game Mode, the four HDMI 2.1 ports—with variable refresh rates (VRR), up to 144 Hz, and auto low-latency mode (ALLM)—mean you can enjoy all the 4K/120fps goodness of next-gen. consoles, like the Spider-Man 2 PlayStation 5 I’ve been testing, with zero distractions or frustrations. If you can afford to be future-proofed, you can’t afford to miss this TV at this price.

Loyal to another brand? They have some more equally deep discounts:

Need something to play so you can show off all those pixels? Shop these great 4K Blu-ray deals.

The post Shop Samsung’s best OLED and QLED Black Friday TV deals now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% https://www.popsci.com/gear/irobot-roomba-robovac-amazon-early-black-friday-deal-2023/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590383
A Roomba put into a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Why clean up after Thanksgiving when your Roomba can do it for you. Snag one at Amazon before Black Friday even happens.

The post Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Roomba put into a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays are a stressful time. There are too many people coming in and out of your home, bringing their own personal crust and dust that you’re left to clean once they leave. Thankfully, Amazon is already offering Roomba robovacs up to 42% off before Black Friday to lend you a valuable hand to vacuum the floors—some even mop, too.

iRobot Roomba Combo j5+ Self-Emptying 2-in-1 Robot-Vacuum with Optional Mopping $499 (Was $799)

Roomba

SEE IT

The iRobot Roomba j5+ has the same vacuum tech as the company’s j7+ robovac (currently sold out) but with more flexibility. You can choose to only run the vacuum, or you can vacuum and mop with a quick bin swap. The j5+ also avoids obstacles like pet waste and cords to prevent a robovac-adjacent accident and empties itself for up to 60 days. You can control it via the iRobot Home app (for iOS and Android) or with Amazon Alexa and Siri.

Here are more Roomba deals that won’t suck all the money out of your bank account:

The post Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap https://www.popsci.com/gear/dyson-airwrap-amazon-black-friday-deal-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 23:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591989
Dyson Air Wrap and its accessories arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

You can also get deals on Dyson vacuums and air purifiers at Amazon during this Black Friday sale.

The post Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Dyson Air Wrap and its accessories arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Shopping for the person in your life who longs for tresses that would make Fabio envious? We love the Dyson Airwrap for that. It provides salon-worthy curls at home and the patented Coanda airflow gently dries hair for less damage compared to other heat tools. It went out of stock for a bit after blowing up on TikTok, but the price has discouraged some from hitting “add to cart.” It’s $100 off for Black Friday at Amazon, meaning the love in your life can finally get the show pony hair they’ve wished for.

Dyson Airwrap $499 (Was $599.99)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

The Dyson Airwrap is a drawer’s worth of tools in one handy device. It includes attachments to curl, shape, dry, and hide flyaways. The round brush is our personal favorite attachment since it gives us Cindy Crawford-esque bounce and shine.

Here are more Black Friday Dyson deals at Amazon:

Dyson vacuum deals

Dyson air purifier and fan deals

Dyson hair styling tool deals

The post Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Start streaming for as little as $25 thanks to Roku’s Black Friday deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/roku-media-streamer-deals-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591349
Roku Express 4K+ Black Friday Deal
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Save $15 on Roku's entry-level streaming stick for Black Friday and access Netflix, Hulu, and more.

The post Start streaming for as little as $25 thanks to Roku’s Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Roku Express 4K+ Black Friday Deal
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is all about getting the best possible deals, and you can’t get much better than Roku’s $15 discount on the Express 4K+. The media streamer was an excellent value at its original price—especially since it comes bundled with Roku’s new Voice Remote—but this Black Friday deal pushes it over the top. Anyone who wants to make an older TV smart, or a new TV easier to use, should take notice.

Roku Express 4K+ $24.97 (Was $39.99)

Roku

SEE IT

This pocket-sized media streamer allows you to play 4K HDR video anywhere you go, and the included voice remote allows you to control it totally hands-free. The biggest reason to choose a Roku device over the competition is the company’s commitment to ease of use. The Voice Remote has large, tactile buttons, with shortcuts to popular streaming services. Roku’s digital user interface is easy to navigate, and its devices always feel snappy. Roku continually updates the software to add new features and channels for its media streamers, oftentimes automatically in the middle of the night to avoid downtime.

Roku Streamer deals

Fire TV deals

Chromecast deals

Want to ditch streaming for discs? Check out this deal on a 4K Blu-ray player. And need somewhere to showcase all that quality content? Shop these amazing deals on Samsung screens.

The post Start streaming for as little as $25 thanks to Roku’s Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get the best picture and price with $50 off a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/panasonic-4k-blu-ray-player-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 13:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591302
Panasonic Streaming 4K Blu Ray Player Black Friday Deals
Panasonic

The holidays are a perfect opportunity to curl up with a good movie, and you can save on a 4K Blu-ray player thanks to this Black Friday deal.

The post Get the best picture and price with $50 off a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Panasonic Streaming 4K Blu Ray Player Black Friday Deals
Panasonic

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

In the age of streaming, it’s easy to forget that movies are still released on discs, and a 4K Blu-ray player will offer a far more high-fidelity experience than what you’ll see from streaming services. Expect better-looking colors and improved contrast to showcase that 4K flatscreen, equally uncompressed Atmos audio that will make your surround system shine, and, of course, all those special features like filmmaker commentaries, deleted scenes, and blooper reels. If you’re considering upgrading from a standard Blu-ray player or want to get back into collecting movies in the fear that all the streaming services could one day go dark, we’ve found the best Black Friday deals on a 4K Blu-ray player and classic films.

Panasonic DP-UB420-K Streaming 4K Blu-ray Player $197.99 (Was $247.99)

Panasonic

SEE IT

The Panasonic DP-UB420-K is a 4K Blu-ray player designed for the streaming age, and it’s currently $50 off thanks to a Black Friday deal. In addition to playing 4K Blu-ray (plus standard Blu-rays and DVDs), the DP-UB420-K doubles as a media streamer. That means you can access services like Netflix and Prime Video directly from the player when you’re not watching disks. The DP-UB420-K supports the latest HDR (high dynamic range) video formats, high-resolution audio formats, and even supports Alexa and Google Assistant for hands-free operation. If you want to see movies the way the director intended, this is as close as you’ll get at home.

Looking to expand your film library? Spin through these 4K Blu-ray deals:

Need somewhere to showcase all that 4K goodness? Shop these amazing deals on Samsung screens.

The post Get the best picture and price with $50 off a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 23:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591409
Shark and Ninja house products arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Finish all your appliance and kitchen shopping, then your cooking and cleaning, with deals from Shark and Ninja for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Shark and Ninja house products arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Shark and Ninja are known for creating well-priced products that perform better than their expensive competitors. They also changed the appliance game. I personally remember when the Ninja Creami was all over my TikTok For You page, with lots of creators making protein ice cream just by freezing some Fairlife. Whether you’re living that lactose life or not, you can save on Shark and Ninja products, like a vacuum to clean up after family visits you, at Amazon this Black Friday.

Shark AI Ultra Voice Control Robot Vacuum with Matrix Clean Navigation $299.99 (Was $599.99)

Shark

SEE IT

The smart robovac can be controlled using the SharkClean app (for iOS and Android) or your voice. It has Matrix Clean tech, which leaves no crumb left behind by passing over unclean areas multiple times. The bagless, self-emptying base holds up to 60 days of dirt, and a self-cleaning brushroll picks up more hair lingering in your home. 360-degree LiDAR vision maps your home so the robovac can detect and avoid objects in its path, day or night.

Ninja OO101 Woodfire 8-in-1 Outdoor Oven $399.99 (Was $600.95)

Ninja

SEE IT

If you handle the cooking in your house, consider this outdoor oven your new bestie. This bundle includes a Pizza Peel to make (surprise!) pizza, an oven cover to protect your precious new toy from the elements, an outdoor stand, and pellets. It has eight functions in one, with settings like Pizza, Max Roast, Specialty Roast, Broil, Bake, Smoker, and Dehydrate to keep your creative chef brain quite content with all the new recipes you can make. Best of all, there’s no flame involved. Save the fire for the digital Yule log.

Looking for more appliance deals? Check out these sales from Insant Pot, KitchenAid, and more.

The post Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/drinkware-yeti-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 22:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591329
Yeti drinkware in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Keep your spirits merry and bright—and really cold, thanks to the Yeti drinkware deal at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Yeti drinkware in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Having a lukewarm beverage is one of the largest party fouls at a holiday shindig. There’s always a shortage of ice! There’s so much schmoozing happening that our hot boozy beverage becomes tepid! We give thanks if you didn’t experience this at turkey dinner and want to make sure it doesn’t happen when Christmas ham or any other festive favorites roll around. Keep your drinks hot and/or cold all night all year with this Yeti tumbler and insulated koozie deal at Amazon.

YETI Rambler 16 oz. Colster Tall Can Insulator for Tallboys & 16 oz. Cans $15 (Was $30)

Yeti

SEE IT

This stainless steel, vacuum-insulated Tall Colster is great for anything that involves a 16-ounce can: a holiday work party; meeting the parents for the first time; a winter football tailgate; and more. It’s dishwasher-safe and can accommodate a Liquid Death pounder can.

Here are more Yeti deals happening for Amazon Black Friday:

The post Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bird feeder camera is cheaper than ever at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/bird-buddy-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Wed, 22 Nov 2023 19:02:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591312
A blue Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder filled with seed is mounted to a green post.
Abby Ferguson

We love the Bird Buddy for capturing impossibly close images of feathered friends. It's on deep discount at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post The best bird feeder camera is cheaper than ever at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A blue Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder filled with seed is mounted to a green post.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Bird photography is hard. It can require years of practice, expensive equipment, and endless patience. We don’t have any of those, so we really like the Bird Buddy, which puts a camera in a feeder that brings your avian models to you. Usually $279, this clever contraption is just $209 right now at Amazon for Black Friday—making it something for the birds, even if the discount is anything but. It’s a phenomenal gift and a gateway to a whole new hobby.

Bird Buddy Bird Feeder Camera $209 (was $279)

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Bird Buddy took home the best overall title in our list of the best bird feeder cameras. Setup is simple: Just mount the feeder, connect it to the app, fill it with food, and get ready to observe some birds. The camera is smart so it can recognize what kind of feathered friends it sees while they feed. It will automatically capture images of the birds and catalog them so you can look at your avian visitors later. It can even send live alerts to your phone when birds arrive so you can watch in real-time.

Even if you’re not the biggest birding fan, this is a super cool way to see nature from an up-close view that would otherwise be impossible.

Once you’ve ordered your Bird Buddy, go check out our big list of the Best Black Friday deals to kill time before it arrives.

The post The best bird feeder camera is cheaper than ever at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
50+ sizzling Black Friday cookware deals you can get right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/kitchen-le-creuset-rubbermaid-oxo-cusinart-t-fal-amazon-deal-black-friday-2023/ Wed, 22 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591205
Le Creuset Enameled Cast Iron Signature Round Dutch Oven
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Save on cookware and kitchen tools from Le Creuset, Cuisenart, KitchenAid and more with these limited-time Black Friday deals.

The post 50+ sizzling Black Friday cookware deals you can get right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Le Creuset Enameled Cast Iron Signature Round Dutch Oven
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Are you looking to upgrade your tools when it comes to cooking? Black Friday is the ideal time to save big on appliances and kitchen gadgets you’ll rely on every day to get food on plates. But what if you’re feeling a little more analog when it comes to setting the kitchen mood and dining room table? We’ve found deep discounts on heritage cookware that’ll last a lifetime, from non-stick pots and pans that’ll save you time at the sink. This is a range for the range, so no outlet will be necessary to take advantage of any of the gear you’ll find below—just add stove, a counter, and an appetite. We’ve sussed out sales on staples and splurges, plus anything in between. These Black Friday deals are active now and will only be around for a limited time, so if you hunger for something, act fast.

Le Creuset Enameled Cast Iron Signature Round Dutch Oven $287.95 (was $359.95)

Le Creuset

SEE IT

No kitchen tool has become as iconic as Le Creuset’s Dutch ovens, lauded worldwide for their even cooking, extreme durability, and simple-yet-striking look. This Black Friday discount brings the 3.5-quart size down to its lowest price ever. The big appeal to using a Dutch oven from Le Creuset is its even heating, which will prevent sauces from scorching or the bottom of bread loaves from burning. The enamel coating on this French-made cookware piece is thick enough to prevent chipping, while its handles make it easy to transfer from the stovetop to your oven and vice versa. Le Creuset cookware is always a splurge, but this Black Friday deal makes it a little more accessible.

Le Creuset deals

Made In deals

OXO deals

Staub deals

Rubbermaid deals

All-Clad deals

T-fal deals

Our Place deals

Cuisinart deals

KitchenAid deals

The post 50+ sizzling Black Friday cookware deals you can get right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/appliance-kitchenaid-cuisinart-breville-deals-amazon-black-friday/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590971
KitchenAid Appliance Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Some of the best appliances we've tested are currently at their cheapest prices ever for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
KitchenAid Appliance Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday deals are here, and we’ve seen deep discounts on some of the best appliances we’ve tested, like this KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 stand mixer, now a whopping $110 off at Amazon.

KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Stand Mixer $349.99 (Was $459.99)

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Appliances can cut your cooking time in half and are necessary to make some recipes, but they can get expensive fast. No appliance is as iconic as the KitchenAid stand mixer, and getting a $110 discount on its Artisan Series 5 for Black Friday is no small feat. If we could only recommend one Black Friday appliance deal, it’s this stand mixer, which will last a lifetime. The five-quart mixer has 10-speed settings and comes with a whisk, beater, and dough hook attachment. These three tools will allow you to make bread, cookie dough, cake batter, whipped cream, and most sweet treats in between. You can extend its usefulness with optional accessories, which coincidentally are also on sale.

KitchenAid appliance deals

Breville appliance deals

De’Longhi appliance deals

Ninja appliance deals

OXO appliance deals

Instant Pot appliance deals

Typhur appliance deals

Foodsaver appliance deals

Cosori appliance deals

Meater thermometer deals

Fellow coffee accessory deals

The post Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This isn’t an illusion: save up to $900 on a 4K projector at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/xgimi-projector-amazon-deal-black-friday-2023/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591055
Xgimi Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Some of the best 4K and HD projectors you can get are deeply discounted on Amazon for Black Friday.

The post This isn’t an illusion: save up to $900 on a 4K projector at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Xgimi Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A 4K projector is the type of uber-indulgent gadget every home theater enthusiast desires but finds clicking “add to cart” hard to justify. Enter Xgimi’s Black Friday deal. The company has knocked $900 off the price of its premium short-throw laser projector. What’s more, you can get its most entry-level HD projector for just $249, which is an incredible price for a gift you (or a gamer or movie lover in your life) would enjoy.

XGIMI Aura 4K UHD Ultra Short Throw Laser Projector $1,599 (Was $2,499)

XGIMI

SEE IT

The Aura 4K is Xgimi’s latest and greatest laser projector. It can create a 120-inch 4K image from 11.7 inches away from your wall. If you’ve put off getting a projector because your room isn’t deep enough, the Aura 4K solves that issue. If you have more space, you can use this projector to create a 150-inch image. The Aura 4K is equipped with a pair of 15-watt Harman Kardon speakers, two HDMI ports, three USB-A ports, an Ethernet jack, an optical audio output, and a headphone jack. It runs Android TV, so you can stream media from the most popular apps directly from the projector. If you’ve been interested in upgrading your home theater setup from a TV to a projector, you won’t find a better Black Friday deal than this $900 discount on the Xgimi Aura 4K.

Xgimi projector deals

The post This isn’t an illusion: save up to $900 on a 4K projector at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best indoor security cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-indoor-security-cameras/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590157
A lineup of the best indoor security cameras on a plain background
Amanda Reed

I spy with my little eye ... an indoor security camera that helps you make sure things at home are in check.

The post The best indoor security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best indoor security cameras on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Blink mini Compact Indoors Plug-in Cam Blink Mini
SEE IT

A small camera packed with features like motion detection.

Best system A 9-piece SimpliSafe set on a plain background SimpliSafe 9-Piece Wireless Home Security System
SEE IT

Expand from protecting just one room with this system.

Best budget A white WYZE Cam v3 against a white background with a gray gradient. WYZE Cam v3
SEE IT

Simple, cheap, easy.

Indoor security cameras can be invaluable if you’re curious about what happens when you’re not home. How are your pets when it’s your day to go to work? Are the children revolting against the babysitter? You can ponder about it and give yourself a heart attack or simply set up a camera and see for yourself. We don’t think setting one up will reveal new horrors to you, but we do think you’ll have peace of mind knowing that you have an eye on your home when you’re not there. Extra features like motion detection, voice assistant compatibility, and cloud storage allow you to get the most out of your new indoor viewpoint. Ensure your house is a shenanigan-free place with the best indoor security cameras.

How we chose the best indoor security cameras

I’ve previously written about the commercial security industry in a past life, so I know what features to look out for when purchasing a DIY model. I also edit/oversee the majority of smart home coverage here at the ye olde PopSci Gear desk (#subjectmatterexpert). To choose the best indoor security cameras, I looked at reviews, recommendations, did heavy research, and looked at past home security coverage for inspo.

The best indoor security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

Some of these cameras do double duty and can work outdoors, but any of these models is made to keep a careful, watchful eye over your hearth and home.

Blink

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Wired
  • Viewing angle: 110 degrees diagonal
  • Storage: Cloud storage

Pros

  • Two-way audio
  • Day and night HD video
  • Motion detection

Cons

  • Needs more cameras for more comprehensive coverage

The Blink Mini is a practical, wired palm-sized cube packed with features outside its $35 price tag. If you want the most approachable way to get 1080p livestream video with infrared night vision into your Alexa-maintained (or IFTTT-automated) monitoring routine, this is the best minimalist model to pick. It’s incredibly compact and features motion detection and two-way audio. More cameras, restricted to available wall sockets, might be required for the most comprehensive, widescreen coverage, but it’s not a heavy lift at this price. It also doesn’t feature the same audio triggers as Ring devices and only saves clips to the cloud. If you’d like a device with a 360-degree view, consider the Blink Mini Pan-Tilt Camera.

Best system: SimpliSafe 9-Piece Wireless Home Security System w/HD Camera

SimpliSafe

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Rechargeable battery 
  • Viewing angle: 90 degrees
  • Storage: Cloud storage only

Pros

  • Lets you set up a whole security system right out of the box
  • Outside cam has a very good quality video with 90 degrees field of view
  • Easy to install and use
  • Comes with a professional monitoring option
  • Compatible with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant 
  • Includes convenient magnetic mount

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Lacks support for HomeKit 

If you’re looking to install an indoor security camera and a DIY home security system along with it, the SimpliSafe 9-Piece Wireless Home Security System might be your best bet. It’s pricey but far less expensive than buying the components individually. But even more importantly, it lets you set up a whole security system right out of the box.

The kit includes a 1080p camera, a base station, keypad, two motion sensors, and four entry sensors. All the components, including the cameras, connect to the base station, generating a loud siren to scare off intruders. Although the inside security camera isn’t the most robust model, the outside camera offers very good quality video with color night vision. What’s also nice is that the SimpliSafe mobile app (for iOS and Android) is nicely designed to let you effectively interact with your entire setup, and it comes with the option of including a professional monitoring system. However, for the price, it would be nice if both cameras had the option to store videos locally. 

Best 4K: Arlo Ultra 2

Arlo

SEE IT

Specs 

  • Video resolution: 4K
  • Power: Wireless
  • Viewing angle: 180 degrees
  • Storage: Cloud-based (via subscription); accepts microSD memory card for local storage (sold separately)

Pros 

  • Compatible with major smart technologies
  • Cloud subscriptions are relatively inexpensive
  • Color night vision is very good

Cons

  • Lacks support for HomeKit compatibility
  • May not be as sturdy as other models

This wireless, weather-resistant security camera isn’t one of the cheapest on the market, but it captures excellent 4K video. It also provides you with the option of storing your videos in cloud storage or on local storage using a microSD memory card. 

Two cameras are included in this bundle, and you can use them indoors and outdoors. You can see faces, license plates, and there’s even color night vision. WiFi isn’t required to use, thanks to the Arlo Smart Hub. A 180-degree field of view catches everything happening in the room. And, with an Arlo Secure Plan, you can receive notifications for people, vehicles, packages, or ward off unwanted indoor guests by triggering the siren.

Best wireless: Ring Stick Up Cam

Ring

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Rechargeable battery
  • Viewing angle: 130 degrees diagonal, 110 degrees horizontal, 57 degrees vertical
  • Storage: Cloud (available with subscription)

Pros

  • Robust app
  • Lots of accessories and integrations
  • Indoor- and outdoor-friendly

Cons

  • Strategic placement is important
  • Some features require Ring’s cloud plan

When you hear the brand Ring, you may immediately think about doorbell cams, which is understandable. But this Ring is more versatile, at home on any flat surface or wall. This Ring Stick Up Cam Battery has 1080p video with a 110-degree horizontal/57-degree vertical field of view, so strategic placement is important. And some features require paying for Ring’s cloud plan, but it’s a quickly up-and-running value with a robust app, particularly great for folks who already have Alexa devices (Amazon now owns Ring). And, because it’s an Amazon product, there are copious accessories (such as solar panels) for those inclined to upgrade.

Best budget: WYZE Cam v3

WYZE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Wired
  • Viewing angle: 130 degrees
  • Storage: microSD card

Pros

  • Two-way audio
  • IP65 weather resistance
  • Continuous recording with microSD card

Cons

  • Lacks removable battery

While it won’t win awards for aesthetics (unless you have fond memories of playing with building blocks as a child), the WYZE Cam exceeds in inexpensive efficiency as long as you don’t mind dedicating some in-home space. The WYZE outdoor security camera is weather-resistant for deployment around your home (network) perimeter, but it’s also easily detachable with a “Travel Mode” that allows you to take the camera with you to record video directly to your phone without WiFi. There are sacrifices—like the lack of a removable battery, so you have to dismount the entire camera for charging—but it’s magnetically connected, so that’s just a simple twist.

What to consider when buying the best indoor security cameras

Easy-to-install indoor security cameras capture just “standard” HD all the way up to 4K, storing video locally or in the cloud, permanently or temporarily. Some are part of entire home security systems.

Wireless security cameras continue to evolve at a dizzying pace, with many models coming with better connectivity and cutting-edge technologies, such as artificial intelligence, to improve a host of features. However, if you’re new to these types of cameras, it can be confusing to figure out which features, specs, and capabilities are important for you and your home security cameras. 

Here is what you should look for when you purchase an indoor security camera: 

Video resolution and field of view 

You’ll see 1080p, 2K, or 4K resolutions in indoor security cameras. A higher resolution means you’ll get a crisper image. It will also fill up your local or cloud storage faster. That’s a problem if your subscription plan or card has a fixed limit to its capacity. If you’re trying to balance subscription costs for cloud storage with what resolution you’ll need, consider how detailed of a picture you’ll need. If you need more detail, go with a higher resolution. 

You’ll also want to check a security camera’s field of view specification, which is measured in degrees and tells you how much of a particular scene your security camera is capturing. The higher the FOV number indicates a wider lens and lets you see more of a particular scene in front of your house.  

Power options and storage

When setting up a new indoor security camera, you must consider where to install it. If it’s a light bulb camera, it has obvious restrictions. But you can post the wireless, battery-powered models we recommend anywhere. Wired options, however, require a nearby outlet.

Most indoor security cameras store video in the cloud, which is convenient, but you’ll most often have to pay a fee to access them. So, if you don’t want to pay a fee for a cloud service, consider models that let you store them on a memory card. 

Other features to look for

Many brands have introduced privacy features like two-factor authentication to ensure devices are not compromised or hacked. Many brands are also making security cameras that integrate with smart home features and connections to voice assistants like Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, and others. Some brands even offer professional monitoring services for extra protection with a subscription.

FAQs

Q: Are indoor security cameras safe?

While there have been instances of hackers breaching security camera systems, that risk has pushed companies to roll out features like two-factor authentication, which uses unique codes to confirm the identity of anyone who attempts to access an account. In addition, password managers can help create and maintain long, randomly generated character strings to further reduce potential intrusions. If you follow good password protocols and cyber hygiene on both your camera and your WiFi network in general, WiFi security cameras are very safe.

Q: Should I get wired or wireless indoor security cameras?

Wireless security cameras are great if you don’t want to have to worry about placement, as you’re no longer tethered to power outlets and Ethernet cables. But the more you rely on wireless, the more you need to factor in the cost of WiFi reinforcement and cloud services. Also, many wireless cameras are magnetically mounted, so could be more easily stolen (taking previous footage with it if stored locally). Ultimately, each house’s infrastructure and your needs will determine the best means of installation.

Q: Can an indoor security camera work without the internet?

You’ll need a wireless connection to access the internet if you have a camera that needs to store video footage in a cloud server (via a cloud subscription plan). However, several models can store video locally, on a memory card, hard drive, or other local storage. Additionally, some models use cellular data plans to store video footage. 

Final thoughts on the best indoor security cameras

You may not be able to have eyes in the back of your head, but you can have eyes in your own home. Look for an indoor security camera with a wide frame of view to capture it all, and consider wireless options so placement isn’t a problem. If you’d like to compile a highlight reel of all that’s happened in your home, you can take that video from the cloud or a microSD card and use some editing magic to make it happen. Regardless, you won’t need to sleep with one eye open. Or maybe you will, since you discovered what the dog does when you’re not around.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best indoor security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric cooktops of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-cooktops/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586336
Four examples of electric cooktops against a white background
Tony Ware

From induction to coil cooktops, modernize your cooking experience by going electric.

The post The best electric cooktops of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of electric cooktops against a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best 30-inch Frigidaire FGEC3068UB Gallery 30-in. Electric Cooktop Frigidaire FGEC3068UB Gallery 30-in. Electric Cooktop
SEE IT

Ideal for large families and folks who love hosting gatherings, this smooth surface, glass-ceramic cooktop features five burners, including a 7-inch burner and two 6-inch burners to fit a variety of pots and pans.

Best splurge Bosch Benchmark® Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop built into a countertop Bosch Benchmark Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop
SEE IT

This WiFi-connected induction cooktop offers a luxury feel and cooking experience with tons of features that make the higher price tag worth it if, especially if you’re setting up your ideal smart home.

Best budget black Elite Gourmet Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner over a white background Elite Gourmet ESB-301BF Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner
SEE IT

Weighing only 3.5 lbs with adjustable temperature settings and non-slip feet for safety, it’s lightweight, portable, and easy to store away in cabinets when not in use.

Electric cooktops offer a modern solution to an ancient practice. Many customers, not just those without natural gas hookups, prefer them for their sleek and polished appearance, ease of cleaning, steady heat, energy efficiency, and overall pleasant cooking experience. However, electric cooktops aren’t one size fits all. There are a wide variety of types and styles at varying price points, making selecting them difficult if you’re new to the world of electric stovetops. From induction cooktops to electric coil cooktops, we’ve done the research on the best electric cooktops in 2023 to make the world of alternative cooking methods a little less overwhelming.

How we chose the best electric cooktops

We understand how many options are out there when it comes to the kitchen—whether it’s countertop smart ovens, latte machines, or more serious appliances. We wanted to represent that variety in our selections because we know there is a wide range of needs and, in turn, types of electric cooktops. Our list of best electric cooktops represents those varying needs from portability to size to number of burners. 

We looked at ratings and reviews, looking especially for commentary on durability and quality. The last thing we’d want is for your electric cooktop to be unreliable or malfunction. We paid special attention to heat times and safety features like auto shut-off, manual control knobs, hot surface indicator lights, etc. 

We also looked at value for money. Everybody’s budgets are different, but we can all agree that higher price tags should come with higher quality, features, and reliability. 

The best electric cooktops: Reviews & Recommendations

Unlike traditional gas cooktops, the best electric cooktops remove the need for an open flame by evenly distributing heat using electricity instead of gas, like a hot plate. That doesn’t mean all the options are evenly matched, so we’ve picked the best and presented them here—from renovation-worthy to giftable.

Specs

  • Material: Glass ceramic
  • Product Dimensions: ‎21.38 x 30.63 x 2.63 inches
  • Wattage: 32000 Watts

Pros

  • Five burners at varying sizes
  • Hot surface indicator lights for safety
  • Fits above most wall ovens
  • Quick boiling function
  • Attractive and sleek

Cons

  • Doesn’t come with a rubber gasket to seal the glass to counter
  • Some had issues with damage during shipping

Ideal for large families, this smooth surface, glass-ceramic cooktop features five burners, including a 7-inch burner and two 6-inch burners to fit a variety of pots and pans. The fifth burner comes in handy for big gatherings or those who cook often.

We love that it heats up quickly, has Express-Select control knobs for quick boiling, and a hot surface indicator light for added safety. You also have to push down to turn the dials, making it even safer to prevent kids and pets from accidentally turning it on.

At 30 inches, this cooktop fits above most wall ovens. It looks sleek, modern, and attractive, suitable for a variety of kitchen styles. Note that it doesn’t come with a rubber gasket to seal the glass to the counter, and many complained of shipping issues and damage during transit. 

Best two burner: Cuisinart Cast-Iron Double Burner 

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel
  • Product Dimensions: 11.5″D x 19.5″W x 2.5″H
  • Wattage: 1800 Watts

Pros

  • Very portable
  • Durable
  • Great for RVs, parties, road trips, camping, short-term renters, etc
  • Two separate 6-setting adjustable temperature controls
  • Stable with non-slip feet

Cons

  • Temp control; it heats up and cools down much slower than alternative types
  • Not ideal for boiling large amounts of water

At just 10 pounds, this super-portable double burner is the ideal solution for small spaces like RVs, apartments, and dorms. It’s easy to take along with you for road trips, camping, or setting up at a party or backyard barbecue.

With a brushed stainless steel base and durable cast iron plating, it features nonslip feet, adjustable control knobs, and two different burners. The large plate features 1300 watts of power, and the small plate has only 500 watts, making it more ideal for heating up food or lightly sauteing. 

Many reviewers state that you should never try to move this after it’s been running—set it and leave it until it’s fully cooled. One knock against this model is it can be very slow to boil larger pots of water. This is best for cooking food in a pan or boiling smaller amounts, but waiting for it to boil a gallon of water will drive you nuts.

Best scratch-resistant: Viking – Professional 5 Series 36″ Electric Cooktop

Viking

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel/Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: 6.1” x 21” x 36.7”
  • Wattage: 3200 Watts

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Sleek, modern, luxury appearance
  • Glass is scratch-resistant and durable
  • Six burners
  • Bridge element to create one larger cooktop for oversized cookware

Cons

  • Shows fingerprints 
  • 36” is on the larger size for standard oven cooktops

The Viking Professional 5 Series 36″ Electric Cooktop has an impressive six burners made from high-quality ceramic glass that is scratch-resistant and extremely durable. As a radiant heat cooktop, this cooktop cooks your food faster and more efficiently than alternative cooking methods and is compatible with nearly all cookware.

We love that the cooktop can accommodate a variety of cookware types. It has a triple element and a bridge element to turn two elements into one for a larger cooking surface or to accommodate bulky or oddly shaped cookware. There’s also a 12” warming zone to keep meals warm conveniently. 

There’s a hot surface indicator light for added safety and BlackChrome knobs that are removable for quick, simple cleaning. Note that the glass may be scratch-resistant, but that doesn’t mean you can go hog wild. It also does show fingerprints very easily, so may require more cleaning. At just over 36”, it’s on the larger end of standard oven tops. Be sure to measure your space to ensure a proper fit.

Best four burner: Karinear 4 Burner Electric Cooktop

Karinear

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Glass Ceramic
  • Product Dimensions: 23.62 x 19.69 x 1.97 inches
  • Wattage: 1200, 1800 Watts

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Affordable, great value for money
  • Several safety features
  • Comes with scraper tool for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Knob order/correspondence seems confusing and non-intuitive for some
  • Pets (cats) can easily step on the on/off switch

This affordable, easy-to-install, hard-wired, four-burner electric cooktop has nine heat level settings that allow you to boil, stew, fry, stir fry, and melt, all with just a button switch. 

It has overheating protection and an automatic safety shut-off function when the internal temperature is too high. There are also manual knobs, so pets or children aren’t as easily able to activate the cooktop. It’s compatible with any pot or cookware. 

If you have trouble cleaning the glass, use the cooking tool provided with the cooktop. The heat indicator lights are very sensitive, which we think is ultimately a positive for added safety, but can be annoying for some users. Also, many customers found that the knobs were not intuitive and could be confusing to use; some had trouble remembering which control was for which ring. You could add a colored mark to correspond to the ring. 

Best splurge: Bosch Benchmark Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop with FlexInduction

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: D21.25 in x H4.125 in. x W37 in.
  • Wattage: 12,000 W

Pros

  • SpeedBoost® technology adds a boost of power for faster cooking
  • AutoChef technology automatically regulates cooking temperature
  • FlexInduction technology for cooking flexibility
  • Induction provides precise temperature control
  • 17 power levels

Cons

  • The app doesn’t provide much value
  • Some customers desired individual timers per burner, instead of just one

If you’re going to spend top dollar on high-end electric cooktops, you want all the bells and whistles. This induction cooktop offers a luxury feel and cooking experience with tons of features that make the higher price tag worth it if you’re setting up your ideal smart home

The WiFi-enabled induction cooktop allows for app-controlled remote monitoring. It features a keep warm function, 17 power levels, five frying levels, and FlexInduction technology for added flexibility by combining two cooking zones into one larger zone. The AutoChef technology automatically regulates the cooking temperature, and the SpeedBoost technology adds a boost of power for faster cooking or to quickly boil water. 

It also has several safety features to keep your little ones and pets safe. Featuring a childproof lock, key lock, pan recognition, and power management function, you’ll have less worry and stress when it comes to accidents, burns, and mishaps. 

Best portable: Nuwave Flex Precision Induction Cooktop

Nuwave

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: 10″D x 12″W x 2″H
  • Wattage: 600, 900, 1300 Watts

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight and compact
  • Three wattage settings
  • Six temp presets
  • Super quick heating

Cons

  • Short power cord can be inconvenient 
  • No on/off switch 
  • Temperature display panel is really more “watts,” which is confusing

This fun-sized induction cooktop is a handy on-the-go stove, perfect for RVs, small spaces, travel, and office use. We love that it comes with three different wattage settings: 600, 900, and 1300 watts. To give you an idea of what that means in practice, boiling water would take about 15 minutes at 600, 8-9 minutes at 900, and 5 minutes at 1300W. 

The level of temperature precision and control is superior to many other models at a price point that doesn’t break the bank. It can heat from 100 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit in 10-degree increments with six preset temperature settings. 

Now for some downsides: there’s no on/off switch, so it’s automatically on when you plug it in. This isn’t great as far as safety and energy efficiency go, especially if you’re the type that forgets to unplug your appliances. It also has a short cord that exits from the right-hand side, so you’re a bit limited on how you use it. 

This isn’t a con, but do note that for an induction cooktop, you’ll need induction-ready cookware. 

Best budget: Elite Gourmet ESB-301BF Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner

Elite Gourmet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Aluminum 
  • Product Dimensions: 9″D x 9″W x 3.25″H
  • Wattage: 1000 Watts

Pros

  • Extremely affordable
  • Portable 
  • Compact; great for small spaces and can be stored when not in use
  • Safety features

Cons

  • No auto shut-off
  • Can’t use cookware larger than 9.5” 
  • Not ideal for boiling large pots of water

At less than $25, this single cast iron compact cooking appliance is a total steal. Weighing only 3.5 lbs with adjustable temperature settings and non-slip feet for safety, it’s lightweight, portable, and easy to store away in cabinets when not in use.

Best for sauteing and frying foods (and not so ideal for boiling large pots of water), we recommend this compact cooking solution for dorms, camping trips, and RVs rather than elaborate cooking needs unless you’re cool with waiting 30 minutes for your water to boil.

You must use cookware less than 9.5” in diameter or less than 4 qt. if it’s a pot. Note that the power indicator will turn off when the desired temperature has been reached, so it will re-activate when it needs to raise the temperature as an overheating safety measure. The hot plate itself hasn’t turned off!

Things to consider when buying an electric cooktop

The primary thing that will guide your decision when buying an electric cooktop is space. You’ll obviously need a different cooktop if you’re a van-lifer than if you’re building your dream kitchen. And even beyond that, you’ll need to consider the layout of your space—whether you want a cooktop near the sink, on an island, that can tuck into a cabinet, etc. And the available dimensions will also dictate the number and configuration of burners you end up with—typically two, four, or five—and their size/number of heating elements, which will all impact your creativity and flexibility while cooking.

There is also what’s under the cooking surface that you must consider. Radiant and induction heating elements operate differently and require different cookware. Radiant heat is more traditional in that heat radiants from it and into any cookware, while induction uses electromagnetism, which requires compatible cookware with magnetic discs in the base, allowing the pots and pans to become the heating surface itself and leaving the cooktop’s surface cool to the touch. So, if you like ceramic, glass, copper, and aluminum cookware, go radiant. If you’re worried kids might touch stuff, maybe induction is better.

FAQs

Q: Which material is best for an induction cooktop?

Certain materials are better suited for induction cooktops because they use magnetic force. These materials include cast iron or enameled cast iron and stainless steel cookware with a magnetic base. Not all stainless steel has a magnetic layer, so be sure to read the descriptions to ensure it has one. 

When using cast iron on an induction cooktop, be mindful to handle it carefully as it is heavy and may scratch the stovetop. 

Q: Which cooktop uses less electricity?

While all electric cooktops use less energy, induction cooktops use the least amount of electricity when compared to other forms of cooking styles. Induction cooktops use electromagnetic energy to heat the pans and cookware with minimal heat loss, and faster heating means shorter cooking times, contributing to less energy use.

Q: How long do electric cooktops take to heat up?

The time it takes for electric cooktops to heat depends on the type of cooktop and its specific model, quality, settings, type of cookware used, etc. Generally speaking, though, induction cooktops are known for the most rapid heat times (within seconds), whereas traditional electric coil cooktops take about five minutes to become hot. Radiant electric cooktops are faster than coils but will still take a few minutes longer than induction.

Q: How long do electric cooktops last?

Like any household appliance, the lifespan of your electric cooktop will depend on usage, care, maintenance upkeep, and the quality of the cooktop purchased. Depending on these factors, you can get up to 20 years of usage out of your cooktop if you take good care of it. 

Final thoughts on the best electric cooktops

Electric cooktops are a great choice for those looking to modernize their kitchen experience. Whether you’re sick and tired of cleaning gas stoves, want a more even heat distribution, are looking for better energy efficiency, need a hot plate for on-the-go use, or simply like the appearance of a smooth stovetop with touch controls, there are many reasons you may be drawn to one of these top electric cooktops. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric cooktops of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best neck massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-neck-massagers/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588879
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

Release muscle tension, warmup and promote recovery, and get some relaxation with the help of these devices.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black Viktor Jurgen Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager with red heated panels for deep tissue massage. VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager
SEE IT

This option features eight massage heads and uses infrared heat to provide relief to sore muscles.

Best for athletes Black Hyperice Hypervolt 2 percussion massager with five attachments against a blue and gray gradient Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

This powerful percussion massager operates at five different speeds and comes with five head attachments to customize the sensation.

Best budget A black and gray neck massager by Homedics with red panels that provide heat and massage. Homedics Neck Massager with Heat
SEE IT

This affordable model provides Shiatsu and vibrational massage and lets users control the intensity.

Working from home may be more comfortable in many ways, but it can also do a number on your muscles—the kind of number that calls for a neck massager. Typing with your laptop in your lap on the couch or looking down at your phone throughout the day can cause tightness and strain in your neck. According to John Hopkins Medicine, at least 25 percent of Americans experience neck or back pain at some point in their lives.

Investing in a neck massager is one way to get some relief at home. These devices “significantly improve blood circulation in the neck region,” says Kevin Huffman, D.O., specializing in bariatric surgery and treating whiplash and other car accident injuries. “Improved blood circulation delivers not only instantaneous relief, it also hastens the recovery process and delivery of vital nutrients to impacted areas.”

He adds that neck massagers also provide rhythmic pulses on pressure points that help alleviate muscle tension, which lessens pain and promotes relaxation. So, if you’ve got some knots in your neck, we’ve rounded up the best neck massagers to provide some relief.

What causes neck pain?

Neck pain is the fourth leading cause of disability around the globe. While most acute cases resolve themselves within about a month, nearly 50 percent of people go on to experience more pain or frequent occurrences. This pain can result from both our environment and underlying conditions.

“Our lifestyle choices contribute to neck pain. These include enduring constant stress—whether professional or personal—which often precipitates physical manifestations of the tension we feel; one such manifestation is chronic neck discomfort,” Huffman says. “Moreover, a lack of attention towards ergonomic health in our work and living environments can permit conditions that exert undue pressure upon our necks, resulting in persistent strain and subsequent pain.”

As we increasingly adopt sedentary lifestyles and become more dependent on technology, the prevalence of neck pain could get worse. Poor posture is, arguably, the most pervasive cause. “And in our digital age, a modern epidemic known as tech neck has emerged due to continual strain on the neck muscles from looking down at handheld devices,” Huffman says. “And as we age, the degeneration caused by wear and tear on our neck joints can lead to painful sensations.” Chronic conditions like migraine and osteoporosis can also result in neck pain. And muscle soreness can also result from strenuous exercise and injury.

That said, neck massagers can only do so much. If your neck pain is a result of an injury or underlying condition, you should always consult your healthcare provider if your aches increase or persist over time.

How we chose the best neck massagers

In searching for the best neck massagers to help alleviate some of that pain, we considered options from leading brands, including Homedics and Victor Jurgen. We also prioritized the new technologies developed by Hyperice and Theragun. We looked for various form factors in these devices, from massage guns to U-shaped models people hang around their necks. In addition, we considered the types of massage provided by these devices, whether they provided heat, and how customizable and portable they were. We also consulted user reviews when making our picks.

The best neck massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking to relieve tech neck, are searching for some targeted relief after a tough workout, or are looking for some respite from a chronic condition, these neck massagers can help relieve muscle tension and help you feel more relaxed.

Best overall: VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

Viktor Jurgen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Allows you to customize intensity of massage
  • Heated
  • Can be used on different parts of the body
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Controls are small
  • Extension cord isn’t long

When your neck is aching after a long day working on a computer, VIKTOR JURGEN’s Neck and Shoulder Massager can rescue you. This massager is designed with eight massage heads and infrared heat for deep tissue Shiatsu massage. Just plug this massager in, pull it around your neck and shoulders, and choose between high, medium, and low-intensity settings for targeted relief. It will knead tired muscles in your neck, back, and shoulders and provides about 113 degrees Fahrenheit of heat to encourage blood flow. The controls on the front of the device also allow you to customize the Shiatsu massage in three modes: Auto-Reversing, Single Direction, and Timed Interval, which goes for 15 minutes before it automatically shuts off.

Best for neck, shoulders, and back: Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, low

Pros

  • Works on different types of body
  • Can turn heat on or off
  • Compact

Cons

  • Attached to cord

The Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager has lots in common with our best overall pick. This massager is similarly designed for users to hang around their neck and control the deep kneading settings with the control panel on the handles. Users choose between three intensities: high, medium, and low. Heat is an option you can turn on and off. This neck massager is particularly attractive because of its easy portability and the option to use it all over the body: shoulders, lower back, calves, and more. Looking for more targeted relief? Check out the best back massagers.

Best intelligent: COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager

Comfier

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Six modes, including Shiatsu
  • Weight: .72 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: Ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F
  • Settings: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation, plus 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation (EMS)

Pros

  • Provides six different types of massager
  • Offer 15 levels of EMS
  • Features two electrodes for extra coverage
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users had a hard time getting it to work

If you’re looking for a greater range of therapy from a neck massager, the COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager might be the right option. This battery-powered U-shaped device features six modes of massage: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation. This massager also incorporates 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation, which uses electricity to stimulate muscle contractions. You can also incorporate heat into the experience, which ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F, and change the settings through a remote control. And the battery life is impressive as well. The company says a three-hour charge should last up to 10 days.

Best handheld: TruMedic Massage Gun

Trumedic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 3.61 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Six levels, plus

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Powerful
  • Portable

Cons

  • Should only use low settings on neck

People who need more powerful relief may want to consider a massage gun like this option from TruMedic. This percussion massager features six frequency settings, from 2,000 to 7,000 vibrations per minute. The TruMedic also comes with six interchangeable heads that users can use to customize the intensity of their massage. Powered by a lithium-ion battery, this massage gun has a quiet motor and can last up to four hours on a single charge. And it’s also ultra-portable and can be used all over the body.

Best for athletes: Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro

Hyperice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Five percussion speeds

Pros

  • Modern design
  • Powerful
  • Comes with five head attachments for customizations

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

Muscle soreness is common for athletes, so investing in a high-quality massager for your whole body makes sense. The powerful HyperVolt 2 features five different head attachments to customize your experience: fork, ball, cushion, flat, and bullet. This gun also operates at five speeds, but given the sensitivity of the neck area, Hypervolt recommends that you use the slow and easy setting around that area. This massage gun may be overkill if you’re only concerned about your neck. But if your whole body needs relief, this massage gun is up to the task.

Best pillow: Homedics Back and Neck Massager, Portable Shiatsu All Body Massage Pillow

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu, vibration
  • Weight: 4.18 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, heat, vibration

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide range of vibration or heat levels

When you just want to lie your head down at the end of a long day and relieve your aching neck, consider Homedics’ Body Massage Pillow. This cushion has massage nodes that let you switch between Shiatsu, vibration, and heated settings. The pillow adjusts to the contours of your body and can be used for your back, shoulders, and calves, as well. The heat also has an automatic shut-off after 15 minutes should you be lulled into slumber. If you’re looking for full-body relaxation, check out the best massage chairs.

Best mini: Theragun Mini Gen 4

Theragun

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion 
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No 
  • Settings: Three speeds

Pros

  • Small
  • Powerful
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Works on range of body parts

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

The Theragun Mini Gen 4 provides impressive power in an extremely portable package. This pocket-sized, battery-powered percussion massager weighs in at just one pound. Yet it can provide up to 20 pounds of pressure. It’s ergonomically designed to be easy to hold, and you’ll want to use the lowest speed for your neck. But this deceptively small device can provide relief for your whole body.

Best budget: Homedics Neck Massager with Heat

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu and vibration
  • Weight: 1.14 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, vibration, heat

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Provides Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat
  • Lets you combine settings
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users say it doesn’t fit ergonomically on the neck

If you’re looking for a neck massager that covers the basics but doesn’t cost a lot, Homedics’ Neck Massager with Heat checks all the boxes. This device lets users switch between Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat modes or use them together for maximum relief. This foam massager is also comfortable, and the handles let you manually control the intensity of the experience. You can also complement this device with one of the best foot massagers.

What to consider when choosing the best neck massager

There are lots of options on the market for massagers. Before making a purchase, consider these elements to find the best option for you.

Types of massage

Neck massagers feature several types of massage, and some combine different methods. The most common are:

Shiatsu: Originating in Japan, Shiatsu, which translates as “finger pressure,” is a type of massage in which practitioners use their hands and fingers to knead muscles to release tension. Neck massagers that feature Shiatsu massage mimic that kneading motion. 

Vibrating: Vibrating massagers vibrate at a frequency, typically between 20 and 60 hertz, that causes muscles to contract and relax in quick succession, increasing blood flow to the muscles.

Percussion: Percussion massage combines vibrating massage with quick, forceful, and repetitive motions that encourage circulation and oxygen and nutrient flow to the muscles. Massage guns typically are percussion massagers, and they often feature a variety of attachments, such as balls, forks, bullets, and more, that allow users to customize the experience of the massage.

Percussion massagers often operate at a range of speeds, which are typically measured in vibrations per minute. And users can also choose the intensity of the massage. For the neck, it’s always best to use the lowest setting.

Heated: Many massagers also include heated elements. Some allow you to adjust the temperature to your liking, while others operate at a fixed temperature once they heat up. Often, heated massagers are designed with automatic shutoffs for safety. It’s worth noting that massage guns typically don’t provide heat therapy if that’s a feature you’re looking for.

Electric muscle stimulation: With this type of therapy, a massager uses electrodes to send electrical impulses to the muscles, which causes them to contract. 

Other modalities: Some massagers offer settings for cupping, tapping, acupressure, and other types of massage.

Form

Neck massagers come in a variety of forms, from U-shaped devices users hang around their necks to foam pillows to massage guns. Before making a purchase, consider whether you prefer to have the massage be more of a passive or active experience. Would you like just to turn the massager on, adjust the settings, and let it get to work? Or are you (or a partner or friend) interested in more of an active experience using a massage gun to target neck pain? Take into consideration that reaching the neck area with a massage gun may be hard for one person, depending on your mobility.

Versatility

Some neck massagers specifically target the neck, while others also simultaneously provide relief to the shoulders and upper back. Many devices, such as Homedics’ Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager, are designed to target several body parts at once. Others work specifically on the neck. Massage guns are typically more expensive than other neck massagers, and buying one makes more sense if you also plan to use it on different locations on the body.

Portability

Many neck massagers are corded electric, so you’ll need access to an outlet or another power source to use them. Other options are designed with rechargeable batteries and are lightweight, making it much easier to take them with you in the car or when you travel.

FAQs

Q: How much do neck massagers cost?

The price of neck massagers depends on what features they provide. The latest model of massage gun, like the Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, which can be used on the whole body, costs about $329. Our budget pick, the Homedics Neck Massager with Heat, is a lo-fi option that specifically targets the neck and costs about one-tenth as much as the Hypervolt 2 Pro.

Q: Do neck massagers really work?

Neck massagers increase blood flow to the area, which encourages the release of muscle tension, helping to alleviate pain and promote relaxation. Using one may be safer and provide more relief than taking an over-the-counter pain reliever. That said, you should consult your healthcare provider about acute neck pain or injury that persists.

Q: How long should you use a neck massager?

The best practice is to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for how long to use a neck massager. It’s worth noting that devices incorporating heat are also often designed with an automatic shutoff after 15 minutes for safety reasons.

Q: How do you massage the back of your neck?

You can massage the back of your neck by opting for one of the neck massagers on this list. You can also massage your neck yourself several times a day with these steps provided by the Arthritis Foundation.

Final thoughts on the best neck massagers

Fortunately, relieving the neck pain you get from sitting hunched at your desk or looking down at your phone all day can often be remedied with some electronic massage and heat. The best neck massagers are a relatively affordable way to release that tension without medication and promote overall relaxation and well-being.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best golf simulator projectors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-golf-simulator-projectors/ Sun, 19 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589116
Four examples of the best golf simulator projectors shown on a white background
Tony Ware

Shine a little light on how to improve your golf game with these highly recommended projectors.

The post The best golf simulator projectors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best golf simulator projectors shown on a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall black BenQ TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector over a white background BenQ TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector
SEE IT

A brightness level of 3000 lumens, 4K resolution, and gaming-tuned contrast and frame rate make this the best short-thrown projector for those long drives.

Best value Optoma EH200ST DLP Short Throw Projector Optoma EH200ST Full 3D 1080p 300 Lumen DLP Short Throw Projector
SEE IT

Optoma’s EH200ST projector is an incredibly well-specced projector at a world-beating price—something you CAN swing a stick at.

Best budget white BenQ TH671ST Full HD 1080p Projector over gradient background BenQ TH671ST Full HD 1080p Projector
SEE IT

While it won’t deliver its best performance in a bright room, it will more than impress in a dark room, especially for the price.

Golf is a fantastic hobby. However, being able to play is largely dependent on the weather. Technology to the rescue! These days, you don’t need a shining sun to get in a solid back nine, thanks to golf simulators. Immersive and convenient, simulators let you play virtually on the world’s top courses—from the comfort of your own home. However, to get the most out of your simulated experience, you will need a great projector, and that’s where this list of the best golf simulator projectors comes in.

How we chose the best golf simulator projectors

To arrive at this selection of the best golf simulator projectors, we looked at various projectors across the spectrum and from all price points. We compared features and specifications and cross-referenced them with commentary and analysis from a number of well-respected critics, as well as general consensus and reviews from online users and retailers.

The best golf simulator projectors: Reviews & Recommendations

Seasoned pros will already know that the best golf simulator projectors are actually just general-use projectors. However, there are a few things to remember when shopping for one for your sim space. Aside from budget (which is always a consideration no matter the hobby), brightness and distance are the key factors to consider. In short, you want a bright projector with a short throw—one that sits relatively close to the screen. There are other things to keep in mind as well, such as aspect ratio, which relates to the size of your screen (the standard is 16:9). No matter your requirements, though, you’re sure to find a winner here.

Best overall: BenQ TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector

BenQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 3000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 4K
  • Connectivity: USB, HDMI, 3.5mm jack

Pros

  • 4K resolution
  • Great picture
  • Affordable price

Cons

  • Could be brighter

Our choice for the overall best golf simulator projector is the TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector from BenQ. Although aimed primarily at gamers, it’s also incredibly popular with golfers looking to practice their swing in a home environment. It’s not hard to see why, given the brightness level of 3000 lumens (get it?). Although it could be brighter (4000 lumens is a good benchmark), it will still perform admirably given a darkish space. This short-throw projector also boasts 4K resolution at 60 Hz (1080p at 240 Hz), giving you a crisp and clear representation of the on-screen virtual fairway. And, as it’s aimed at gamers, it has sharp 10,000:1 contrast plus 4.16ms low latency, resulting in overall picture quality that you can definitely write home about.

And the best part is that it all comes in an eminently affordable package. If you’ve considered splashed out for a top-quality golf simulator, you may be worried you’ll feel the economic pinch, but know that the TK700STi will deliver without forcing you to reach deeper into your pockets than is comfortable.

Best value: Optoma EH200ST Full 3D 1080p 300 Lumen DLP Short Throw Projector

Optoma

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 3000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 1080p
  • Connectivity: HDMI, MHL

Pros

  • Excellent brightness
  • Supports multiple aspect ratios
  • Incredible price

Cons

  • Could be brighter

Optoma’s EH200ST projector consistently appears on lists of the best golf simulator projectors, and for a good reason: it’s an incredibly well-specced projector at a world-beating price. This is why it’s our pick for best value.

As an entry-level projector, you can’t go wrong with the EH200ST. Sporting 3000 lumens of brightness, a contrast ratio of 20,000:1, and DLP technology to ensure sharp, colorful images, this projector will help elevate your game. It also has a 0.49:1 throw ratio, which means you can achieve a 100-inch image with the projector placed 3.5 feet from the simulator screen. There’s even an onboard speaker.

Best budget: BenQ TH671ST Full HD 1080p Projector

BenQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 3000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 1080p
  • Connectivity: HDMI, VGA

Pros

  • 16:9 native aspect ratio
  • Plenty bright
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Darks not great in bright conditions

BenQ’s TH671ST makes a great entry-level projector if you’re working within a limited budget. While it won’t deliver its best performance in a bright room, given the 3000-lumen rating (essentially the minimum brightness spec for golf simulators), it will more than impress in a dark room.

Along with the brightness, this projector offers a clear picture at 1080p resolution plus a native aspect ratio of 16:9. It also features BenQ’s LumiExpert technology to automatically adjust brightness should you need it. While lag may not be of the most concern with a golf sim, it still boasts an ultra-smooth 16.67ms input lag, something your kids may appreciate if you let them play games on it. Overall, it is an excellent budget-minded projector.

Best ceiling-mounted: Panasonic PT-VZ580U 5000-Lumen WUXGA 3LCD Projector

Panasonic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 5000 lumens
  • Display resolution: WUXGA
  • Connectivity: Wireless

Pros

  • LCD display
  • WUXGA 1900 x 1280 resolution
  • Easy installation

Cons

  • On the older side

This 2017 ceiling-mount projector from Panasonic may be getting long in the tooth, but it still comes recommended due to its fantastic brightness. Designed primarily as a conference room projector, it has 5000 lumens of brightness, so it looks sharp and luminous even in a bright room. If your golf sim space is on the bright side, this is one to consider.

The PT-VZ580U is a ceiling mount projector, which makes it ideal for those who want to save some space in their golf sim room by getting the projector up off the floor. Installation is a breeze, so don’t worry if you’re not very handy. It also runs on the quiet side, allowing you to focus on what’s important: your golf game.

Best standard throw: ViewSonic PX748-4K UHD Projector

ViewSonic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 4000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 4K
  • Connectivity: USB, Ethernet, HDMI

Pros

  • Excellent brightness
  • 4K resolution
  • 1.3x optical zoom

Cons

  • Won’t work in small rooms

The best golf simulator projectors that we’ve looked at so far have all been short-throw projectors, making them appropriate for smaller rooms. However, if your golf sim room is on the larger side, you’ll need a projector to mount further back. The ViewSonic PX748-4K projector is meant to be used in standard throw situations and excels in that.

It’s plenty bright, for one. With its lumens rating of 4000, you won’t lose any of the picture, even with the lights on. It’s also 4K with SuperColor technology under the hood, giving it a vibrant and crystal-clear image. It even has a short lag rate of as low as 4.2 ms, meaning it can double as a gaming projector should you ever get tired of hitting the virtual links. If your room (and budget) will allow, remember this one for your best golf simulator projector.

Things to consider when choosing the best golf simulator projectors

Aside from budget, the major contributing factor to the best golf simulator you go with is your golf sim room. Everything else depends on this.

First, if your room is on the small side (and it probably is), you’ll want a short-throw projector. The throw is the distance between the lens and the screen; short-throw projectors can comfortably be placed between three and eight feet from the screen, while longer throws will be farther away and usually installed on the ceiling.

You’ll next want to think about aspect ratio, which your screen’s shape will determine. Finally, there’s brightness. If your room is sufficiently blacked out, 3000 lumens will be fine. Of course, brighter is always better. Additional factors like color accuracy can also contribute to your enjoyment.

FAQs

Q: What should I look for in a golf simulator projector?

Ideally, you want a bright projector (at least 3000 lumens) with good resolution and high color accuracy. Remember that you’ll rely on the projected image to represent the fairway—the clearer and more accurate the image, the better your experience will be.

Q: Where is the best place to put a golf simulator projector?

Place your projector on the floor, away from swinging clubs. You’ll want to place it so that you fill the screen, of course, and don’t cast any shadows from players. If you have the space, mounting it on the ceiling can be an effective option.

Q: How many lumens do I need for a golf simulator projector?

Broadly speaking, you want a projector that has 3000 lumens or more. At 3000 lumens, you’ll be able to see the image well in darkness. If your sim room tends towards the bright side, you’ll want to go with a projector with more lumens, such as 4000 or 5000.

Q: What is the best resolution for a golf simulator projector?

Generally speaking, 1080p or WUXGA (1920×1200) are the minimum standards. These are also cost-effective. You can go higher, to 4K and above, and while higher resolutions are generally better, the impact screen (what you hit the golf ball against) will also affect image clarity.

Final thoughts on the best golf simulator projectors

When shopping for the best golf simulator, we recommend going for brightness over resolution. As long as your projector puts out at 1080p, you’re good to go. While gaming projectors are nice and all, they’re made for fast-moving images and lots of detail. Golf sims display the fairway, and as long as you can make out things in the distance, such as sand traps, you’ll be fine. That being said, a good color balance is key. If you’re going to splurge on one area, make it brightness. With good blackout curtains, a brightness of 3000 lumens will be fine, but if you can pump that up to 4000 or even 5000, you’ll be good to go in even bright light. Remember, your golf simulator projector is your key to golf fun, regardless of the conditions outdoors. Enjoy.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best golf simulator projectors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best zero gravity chairs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-zero-gravity-chairs/ Sun, 19 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589087
Four examples of the best zero gravity chairs shown next to each other
Tony Ware

Take a load off and sit a spell in some top-of-the-line seats meant to (literally) elevate your experience.

The post The best zero gravity chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best zero gravity chairs shown next to each other
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall black Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair over a white background Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair
SEE IT
Best for kids playroom Woman reclining in a grey Moonpod bean bag zero gravity chair on a white background Moonpod
SEE IT
Best for a splurge brown Perfect Chair PC-420 Classic Manual Plus Perfect Chair Human Touch PC-420
SEE IT

Zero gravity chairs aren’t quite a trip to a planet with a different gravitational pull, but they are a way to have a healing experience by simply sitting down. The chairs perfectly position your body so your feet and head elevate above your body at about a 120-degree angle, which helps to take pressure off your spine and lumbar. Many use the chairs to help recover from an injury or to just relax after a tough workout or demanding work day. Read on to find the best zero gravity chair for you.  

How we chose the best zero gravity chairs

When it comes to grading, rating, and choosing the best zero gravity chairs, comfort is key. A zero gravity chair that doesn’t immediately make you forget your body is there simply isn’t worth the space it’s taking up. Beyond comfort, ease of use is important, as is the ability to adjust the chair to a desired reclining level. When it comes to a top-quality zero gravity chair, you’re going to want it to be built with sturdy, long-lasting materials that are easy to keep clean—all things we kept in mind when considering chairs. Price is a factor, too, so we included options under $100, those that cost a few Benjamins, and one high-end option if you want it to blend seamlessly with your living room decor.

The best zero gravity chairs: Review & Recommendations

While the reason you need a zero gravity chair might range from needing a comfy place for an afternoon nap to needing a seat that helps you heal from an injury, you still want a reliable way to unwind. From zero gravity chairs that fold for easy transport to ones made from leather to fit into the fanciest of decor, these are the top picks for taking a load off and staying a while (which means the facilities at NASA are out).

Best overall: Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 17.8 pounds
  • Size: 31.5″D x 26″W x 33.9″H
  • Frame material: Alloy steel

Pros

  • Lightweight and foldable for easy carrying
  • Low price point given its features
  • Small profile for reclining chair
  • Contoured armrests for comfortable arm positioning

Cons

  • Design is more about utility than good looks
  • Narrow width may be uncomfortable for some

The Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair hits all the notes you want in a zero gravity chair, and it does it for a price that won’t take all your banknotes. Heck, you might even be able to get one for every member of the family at this price. The Amazon Basics chair is marketed as an outdoor chair at home on your patio, poolside, or next to your RV, but nothing stops you from setting it up in your office, garage, or wherever you want to put your feet up. It comes in four attractive colors—beige, black, burgundy, and navy blue—to match whatever decor or color scheme you’ve got in mind. Truly, this is a go-anywhere chair.

Coming in at under 18 pounds, it’s light enough to move around or take to the beachfront or lakeside easily, and the powder-coated steel alloy frame also means it’s durable enough to hold up to 300 pounds. The smaller footprint of 31.5 inches in diameter by 26 inches in width and 33.9 inches in height works for tight spaces and for collapsing and folding up for storage in a closet or your vehicle’s backseat. Some people may find that 26 inches isn’t as wide as they’d prefer, but those with a smaller frame might be able to squeeze in with a dog or cat without much trouble. Its portability is a big factor in its place at the top of this list of zero gravity chairs.

As for features, the elastic mesh material of the seat and backrest allows for airflow and is easy to spray off if it gets dirty. And the corded bungee attachment to the frame is also key to its comfort. There’s also a detachable headrest you can reposition anywhere on the back portion of the chair. 

The chair’s starting position includes a bit of a recline, which may be enough on some days. For the moments when you need to relieve pressure on your back, spine, or life in general, you can go from upright to way back with ease by simply tilting backward. In fact, some customers think it’s almost too easy to recline in. However, once you’re in a near recline position, it’s nap-time city. And when you’re done, simply tilt forward to return to the upright position. Knobs on the side help to secure the chair at your desired recline.

The chair is missing a few things you might want in a zero gravity outdoor chair: a side table to hold drinks or your favorite novel or an overhead umbrella to protect from the sun. Some users report adding additional padding at the footrest or on the back panel of this chair for an experience that brings you closer to the classic recliner experience without the price or bulk.

Given that the Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair can collapse and is relatively lightweight, you may find this zero gravity chair taking the place of your regular patio furniture or even subbing in for your favorite armchair. And, at such an accessible price, the chair is a fantastic entry for newbies into the zero gravity chair world, and it comes with very few drawbacks.

Best outdoor: PHI VILLA Oversized Zero Gravity Chair

PHI VILLA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 24 pounds
  • Size: 35″D x 29″W x 45″H
  • Frame material: Alloy steel

Pros

  • Comes with attachable cup holder
  • Wide armrests for comfort
  • Wide seat accommodates wider bodies 
  • Headrest pillow can be repositioned as needed

Cons

  • Reclines just short of horizontal
  • Heavier chair weight makes portability an issue

The PHI VILLA Oversized Zero Gravity Chair is the overstuffed version of the foldable zero gravity chair. With padding from tip to toe on its very roomy seat, the chair offers a lot of comfort, whether in its normal chair position or fully reclined to near vertical. Its adjustable headrest doubles down on the cushy theme, and the respectably sized armrests with faux wood grain add further comfort and visual appeal.

This oversized zero gravity chair comes in five color choices—navy blue, aqua, black, green, and gray—to mesh with whatever visual color palette you’d like to use. The fully padded seat is attached to the steel alloy frame via a double bungee system to support up to 400 pounds of weight.

As a folding zero gravity chair, you might be tempted to pick this one up and haul it to the campground or from the car to the ocean. At 24 pounds, the chair isn’t the lightest foldable zero gravity chair on the market, but those with strong arms or a wheeled beach cart may find it’s worth hauling the extra weight to recline in style, especially with the detachable drink holder. Stylish enough to wriggle its way into permanent indoor status, the chair would be equally at home in a den, office, closed-in porch, or bedroom for those who like to relax without the distraction of nature. 

Best for gaming or reading: Zinus Lotus Zero Gravity Chaise

Zinus

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 27.2 pounds
  • Size: 59″D x 23″W x 28.5″H
  • Material: Textile, foam

Pros

  • Dense foam material is easy on the body
  • Fabric cover zips on and off for easy spot cleaning
  • Comes with lumbar pillow for extra comfort

Cons

  • Cover could fit more tightly over foam base
  • Larger adults may find the width a bit narrow

The Zinus Lotus Zero Gravity Chaise takes a different approach to the zero gravity chair experience. It uses a molded dense foam to cradle the body in a sort of bumpy C-shape. Your head will sit a bit above the feet when seated in the chair, but the feet, calves, and thighs are boosted and supported to take the pressure off the joints and muscles. Likewise, the back, neck, and shoulder get a boost in the reclined seated position, making the chair ideal for semi-active reclined activities such as gaming, reading, or watching television. Some people find it comfortable enough to nap in.

For a chair that essentially has you lying down, it takes up a scant amount of floor space, with a 59-inch diameter, 23-inch width, and 28.5-inch height. Some find the width a bit narrow. The maximum weight recommendation is 250 pounds, which is less than some of the other zero gravity chairs on this list, although as it’s made of foam vs. a crackable frame, the ramifications for overloading it are less dire.

The chair comes in multiple fabric choices—including dark gray and oatmeal. With an ergonomic shape and friendly, soft lines, the chair fits well into the living room, bedroom, family room, or gaming room. Toss a fancy blanket over it, and you’ve got a cozy reading nook or just a space to stare out the window and watch the seasons change.

Best for kids playroom: Moonpod

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

  • Weight: 12 pounds
  • Size: 10″D x 5″W x 5″H
  • Material: Cotton, spandex, and polyester cover

Pros

  • Expanded polystyrene bead filling creates a floating sensation
  • Removeable, machine-washable cover for easy cleaning
  • Optional lunar footrest and crescent backrest for more lounging options
  • Lightweight and easy to move from room to room

Cons

  • Larger adults may not fit as well
  • Without the optional crescent backrest and footrest, it’s hard to get true zero gravity positioning

The Moonpod proudly calls itself an “adult bean bag,” although we think it’s pretty good for kids of all ages. The bulbous chair is different from the other zero gravity chairs on this list in that it’s highly flexible and can be morphed into whatever shape the user prefers, much like a beanbag. Sitting down, leaning back, laying down—each position is possible with this chair that’s more of a baguette than a bun in shape. That said, calling it a chair is a stretch, but it will support up to 300 pounds. 

Anyone looking for a traditional chair shape and off-the-ground profile, including older people or those who have trouble getting up off the floor, may want a more traditional zero gravity chair experience. Kids, on the other hand, will love its ability to quickly morph into whatever shape they’d prefer, and as they tend to be smaller and weigh less, they’ll have no problem splaying out and being fully supported. Bonus points for parents: Due to its shape, it’s easier to stuff this into a corner when not in use vs. a traditional space-hogging bean bag chair.

The Moonpod has a removable, machine-washable cover that comes in five colors: blue, charcoal, gray, navy, and pink. The cover is a polyester, spandex, and cotton blend. Then there’s an inner shell that holds the responsive high-density beads that the company says are the secret behind the chair’s floating-on-air feel (and weight, it’s just 12 pounds). The nice thing about a beanbag — ahem, Moonpod — is that you can buy extra refill beads if you want your chair a bit firmer or take some out if you want it a bit more squishy. You can also accessorize by purchasing the optional footrest and crescent backrest for a truly luxurious nap session.

Best for a splurge: Perfect Chair PC-420 Classic Manual Plus

Perfect Chair

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 145 pounds
  • Size: 43″D x 31″W x 47″H
  • Material: Premium or top-grain leather and wood finishes

Pros

  • Attractive look with quality finishes blends into high-end decor
  • Full support head pillow for comfort
  • Easy-to-use recline lever for ease
  • Adjustable lumbar support for easy positioning
  • Customizable finishes, including Memory Foam PLUS and Jade Heat

Cons

  • Comes with the high-end furniture price tag
  • With a reclined dimension of 64 inches, it takes up a lot of space

Think of this as the classic Lazy-Boy recliner but updated for a more modern decor and a more discerning zero gravity audience. It stands apart from the other zero gravity chairs on this list in both looks (it feels like a substantial piece of furniture) and cost (it costs what you’d pay for a lounge chair at a pricey furniture store). In the seated position, the Perfect Chair PC-420 Classic Manual Plus is 43 inches in diameter by 31 inches in width and 47 inches in height. You’ll want to leave room for its expanded length of 64 inches, too. That 5-plus feet of expansion means you really get to stretch and receive the benefits of the zero gravity positioning, even if you’re on the taller or heavier side (holds up to 400 pounds).

There’s no skimping on looks or luxury extras with this chair. Finishes include either premium or top-grain leather and wood. Bonus features like an adjustable neck pillow and lumbar support add value to what is, admittedly, a very expensive zero gravity chair. It’s even possible to upgrade by adding upgrades including Memory Foam Plus or internal heat control. You’ll get your feet above your heart in comfort and style in this executive-worthy chair that will look perfect in the drawing room, library, or, yes, even the plain old living room. 

What to consider when buying the best zero gravity chairs

Here’s what you should consider when shopping for zero gravity chairs:

How much floor space do you have for your zero gravity chair?

Zero gravity chairs come in a wide range of styles and sizes. Some fold up for easy storage, while others come permanently in the reclined position. When choosing the right zero gravity chair for you, consider if you’ll want to leave it out all the time, or if you’d rather be able to move it from room to room or, perhaps, store it in a closet when it’s not in use. 

Do you want to take your zero gravity chair with you outside in nature?

The good news is that portable zero gravity chairs suitable for outdoor use are on the cheaper side and are made with durable materials meant to withstand what nature can throw at it. Portable zero gravity chairs are also usually foldable, which means you can pop one in your trunk to take it down to the lake for a relaxing day of napping and then stow it in your garage for storage.

Do you want your zero gravity chair to double as a real piece of furniture?

When it comes to zero gravity chairs, there’s function—will this chair elevate my legs and offer the circulatory, digestion, and muscle and joint benefits I’m after—and then there’s form. Will this chair look great in my living room? Once you figure out what amount of form and function you’d like your zero gravity chair to offer, you’re on your way to picking the perfect one for you.

FAQs


Q: How much does a zero gravity chair cost? 

It’s possible to find a zero gravity chair for around $50, but top-of-the-line models with heating and auto recline may cost in the hundreds or thousands of dollars. 

Q: Will a zero gravity chair make me healthier?

Zero gravity chairs aren’t cure-alls, but many people find that elevating their legs and head while prone can help to decompress the spine and lower back and relieve pressure in the feet and legs. There are real health benefits to a neutral body position, like reducing swelling and improving blood flow.

Q: Can I sleep in a zero gravity chair?

For many people, taking a nap in a zero gravity chair is a benefit of owning one. Some people may be able to get a full night’s sleep in one. Generally, the zero gravity position reduces pressure on parts of the body and can improve breathing and blood flow.

Final thoughts on the best zero gravity chairs

The best zero gravity chairs are comfortable to sit in and easy to recline to a zero gravity position. You might opt for a chair that folds for easy transport or one that’s more furniture-like to make it a centerpiece in your room. Likewise, you might prefer something made of soft foam or filled with beads over a leather and wooden statement piece. If you’ve ever come home after a long day at work and wanted to get your feet up, a zero gravity chair might be just your ticket to the relaxation train.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best zero gravity chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ratcheting screwdrivers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-ratcheting-screwdrivers/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590011
The best ratcheting screwdrivers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Get it done and undone faster with one of these speedy and versatile tools.

The post The best ratcheting screwdrivers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best ratcheting screwdrivers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Klein Tools 32305 Multi-bit Ratcheting Screwdriver Klein Tools 32305 Multi-bit Ratcheting Screwdriver
SEE IT

A tough, high-quality example that underlines all the features that make these such popular and flexible tools.

Best Kit Makita B-50289 47 Pc. Ratchet and Bit Set Makita B-50289 47 Pc. Ratchet and Bit Set
SEE IT

A comprehensive kit of screwdriver bits, sockets, and adapter all organized in a useful storage case.

Best Budget Amazon Basics 12 Piece in-1 Magnetic Ratchet Screwdriver Set Amazon Basics 12-in-1 Magnetic Ratchet Screwdriver
SEE IT

Offers many of the benefits associated with tools from top brands, and comes at a very affordable price.

A ratcheting screwdriver is one of those tools you didn’t know you needed and then wondered how you did without. They are simple yet effective and popular with engineers, electricians, model makers, DIYers, and anyone else who works with screws or small nuts and bolts regularly. They are faster than a standard screwdriver and usually more comfortable to use. In this article, we examine the wide variety of models available and talk about the key features that will impact choice. We also closely examine what we think are the best ratcheting screwdrivers on the market right now.

How we chose the best ratcheting screwdrivers

As a qualified engineer and keen DIYer, I know the benefits offered by ratcheting screwdrivers and have used them regularly. In addition to my experience with many types of different tools, we surveyed the market to get an understanding of what is available today. Finally, we checked what owners have to say to get some feedback on real-world performance and durability. What we ended up with are choices we’d be happy to have in our toolbox.

The best ratcheting screwdrivers: Reviews & Recommendations

After some consideration, we eventually chose six key categories that allowed us to showcase what we feel are the best ratcheting screwdrivers for a wide variety of purposes and different end users. Just be sure to operate all your tools safely.

Best overall: Klein Tools 32305 Multi-bit Ratcheting Screwdriver

Klein Tools

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 8.71 inches
  • Handle Material: Cushion grip plastic
  • Bits Provided: 14 plus nut driver
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • High-quality tool from a renowned US manufacturer
  • High-strength carbon steel barrel with rust-resistant finish
  • 14 heat-treated bits with storage in the handle

Cons

  • Storage dividers occasionally break
  • 1 bit needs to stay in the screwdriver

Klein Tools has been around since 1857, and most of its manufacturing, including its screwdrivers, is done in the US. They have a reputation for durable, high-quality equipment that is particularly popular with professional electricians.

The Klein Tools 3205 ratcheting screwdriver is a fine example of the elements that make these devices so useful. The main shaft is strong carbon steel with a bright coating to prevent rust. At the front of the handle is the ratchet mechanism with forward, reverse, and lock positions. The handle itself has what Klein Tools call a Cushion-Grip, which is soft plastic designed to maximize comfort and torque.

The 3205 has 14 heat-treated double-ended bits included. These are a mix of Phillips, slotted, square, combo, and Torx. They are held in place in the shaft by a ball-bearing detent rather than a magnet. Twelve of these can be carried inside the handle but two have to remain in the end of the screwdriver which not everyone cares for. When not occupied by a bit, the end of the shaft can be used as a 1/4” nut driver.

Best grip: Wera 05073661002 Slotted Ratcheting Screwdriver

Wera

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 9.06 inches
  • Handle Material: Bi-material Plastic
  • Bits Provided: 6
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • Ergonomic handle is comfortable and generates tremendous torque
  • 44-tooth ratchet allows fine adjustment
  • Stainless steel shaft is strong and will not rust

Cons

  • Comes with a premium price tag
  • Only 6 bits included

German manufacturer Wera Tools developed its unique screwdriver handle with the help of the Fraunhofer Institute for Industrial Engineering, a company that specializes in the interaction between humans and the equipment they work with. The ergonomic design has two functions. First, it allows maximum torque to be applied. It is rated for up to 50 Newton meters (Nm), which is equal to 37 foot-pounds (ft.lbs.). Second, it reduces stress and abrasion, thus helping to prevent tiredness and blisters. Usefully, it also stops the screwdriver rolling off a table or workbench.

Other aspects of the Wera ratcheting screwdriver underline its quality. The shaft is stainless steel, which is more expensive than other steels but strong and will not rust. A powerful magnet holds bits in place. The ratcheting mechanism has 44 teeth giving an 8-degree pitch, so small turns and therefore fine adjustments are possible.

The six slotted, Phillips, and Torx bits included are carried within the handle. Given the premium price, we’re a little surprised more aren’t supplied though bit sets are widely available and not expensive.

Best speed: Craftsman SpeedDrive Ratcheting Screwdriver

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 11.3 inches
  • Handle Material: Bi-material plastic
  • Bits Provided: 14
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • Patented SpeedDrive for rapid working
  • Positive locking bit holder
  • Bi-material handle textured for better grip

Cons

  • One bit stays in the screwdriver
  • A few people found bits hard to remove

Craftsman has been supplying tools in the US since 1927, and the company’s reputation has always been one of providing great value for money. This ratcheting screwdriver costs very little money and, along with the features found on many rivals, has a patented SpeedDrive mechanism that is claimed to be twice as fast as alternatives. For those who work with a screwdriver in production or repair environments, this can be a major benefit.

Another interesting feature was the locking bit holder that grips small slots in the Craftsman double-ended bits to prevent them from coming loose. Whether this is any more secure than detent ball bearings or a strong magnet is a matter of debate. A few people thought it a little too effective and found bits difficult to remove.

A combination of 14 double-ended bits is provided in slotted, Phillips, square, and Torx formats. Twelve can be stored in the soft-grip, textured handle, but one must stay in the shaft. At 11.3 inches, the Craftsman ratcheting screwdriver is quite long. A lot of that length is the handle, and while that does allow good torque, the shaft is relatively short, so it doesn’t offer particularly good reach.

Best kit: Makita B-50289 47 Pc. Ratchet and Bit Set

Makita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 6.25 inches
  • Handle Material: Rubberized Plastic
  • Bits Provided: 46
  • Bit Storage: Case

Pros

  • Good variety of bits, sockets, and a quick-change adapter
  • Textured, rubberized handle provides excellent grip
  • Storage case gives easy access

Cons

  • Handle may not suit small hands
  • A few reports of mechanism breakages

For those who work on a wide variety of different devices, Makita’s 47-piece ratchet and bit set may well be the answer, especially given the very reasonable price. There are 38 screwdriver bits in slotted, Phillips, square, hex, and Torx formats, plus seven sockets ranging from 3/16-inch to 7/16-inch. There is also a quick-change adapter that can accept all of those items and allows them to be used in drills/drivers and impact drivers.

The ratcheting screwdriver itself has a steel shaft with a magnetic bit holder that will take bit lengths of up to 1- inch. The handle is a chunky item made of rubberized plastic with raised pimples. There’s also a lanyard/hanging hole that some might find useful. The handle does provide good grip, but is quite bulky and might be difficult for those with small hands.

The case is well made with everything laid out for easy access though a few people thought the bits could be awkward to remove.

Best T-handle: Williams WRST4 Ratcheting Screwdriver

Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 2, 3-7/8, and 7-7/8 inches
  • Handle Material: High-impact plastic
  • Bits Provided: 1
  • Bit Storage: None

Pros

  • Impact-resistant handle applies good leverage
  • Three lengths available to suit different tasks
  • Stainless steel shaft will not rust

Cons

  • Relatively high price
  • Only one bit included

Williams Industrial Tools is another long-standing company, having been around for over 140 years. As the name suggests, the focus is on heavy-duty equipment for tough working environments. In the case of their ratcheting screwdriver, this means a handle made from impact-resistant plastic, a highly durable mechanism, and a shaft made from stainless steel, which won’t rust and has no need of a finish that might chip off over time.

T-handles offer good ergonomics, and as the bulk of the length is shaft, they can provide good reach in awkward places. They also make it easier to generate leverage than standard handles. The Williams ratcheting screwdriver is available in three lengths from a stubby 2-inch model, through 3-7/8-inch to 7-7/8-inch. Only one Phillips bit is included, and while others are readily available, a few more might have been expected for the price.

Best budget: Amazon Basics 12-in-1 Magnetic Ratchet Screwdriver

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 9.3 inches
  • Handle Material: Non-slip plastic
  • Bits Provided: 12
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • Competitive specification for less money than most rivals
  • Corrosion-resistant chrome vanadium shaft
  • Single bits rather than double-ended

Cons

  • Ratchet mechanism occasionally jams
  • Magnetism can be weak

The Amazon ratcheting screwdriver might be called Basic, but it is anything but in many ways. The shaft is made of chrome vanadium steel which is a popular choice for making tools as it is strong, and corrosion resistant. It uses a common forward, reverse or fixed mechanism, and the plastic handle has enough grip to provide a confident hold. The base is free-spinning so fingers can be used to turn the handle while pressure is applied to the rear.

There are 12 single bits, which some people prefer to the double-ended type. They are slotted, Phillips, Torx, and hex. All of them can be stored within the handle. The shaft tip is magnetic to hold them in place, though some owners felt the strength was rather weak. The ratchet mechanism itself also came in for occasional criticism with a few owners experiencing jams or breakages.

What to consider when shopping for the best ratcheting screwdrivers

All the ratcheting screwdrivers we looked at have a similar mechanism, but there are a number of individual features that are likely to have an impact on your choice. The following section explains them in depth.

Operation & comfort

The benefit of a ratcheting screwdriver is that the mechanism allows force to be applied in one direction (either forward or reverse) but spins freely in the other. This allows screws or nuts to be tightened or loosened without breaking contact. The result is increased driving speed. Additionally, using a ratcheting screwdriver for long periods is often less tiring. Some have a spin cap that allows the main body to be turned with the fingers while the palm applies pressure. Most ratcheting screwdrivers have forward, reverse, and a central lock position where they act like a fixed screwdriver.

Handles are often made of a soft-grip or rubberized plastic that not only makes them more comfortable to work with but may also increase the torque (twisting force) that can be applied. T-handle ratchet screwdrivers have the same kind of mechanism, but some people prefer that style of grip. It also provides additional leverage.

Shape & reach

A quick check of the images of the different models in our top six will reveal that bodies have a number of different shapes. Some of this is to provide comfort or increase torque, but personal preference is equally important. If you don’t like the shape, you’ll struggle to use it effectively, whatever the supposed benefits.

Reach is another important area. Sometimes screws are buried deep within a device and a long shank is needed. At other times space is limited, so a ‘stubby’ ratcheting screwdriver will be required. Many people will end up with several to cope with all situations.

Bits & bit storage

We looked at several dozen different ratcheting screwdrivers when researching this article, and all of them take universal 1/4” bits. Some also take hex sockets, and there are adapters that allow other sizes to be used. The devices you work on will dictate how important each of these is.

There are also many styles of bit. Typically slotted, Phillips, and Torx (also called star) will be provided, but others may be included. While they can always be bought as extras, it’s useful to have the ones you need most supplied with the screwdriver.

Many ratcheting screwdrivers store bits within the screwdriver body. This provides convenient access and means they take up less space in your toolbox. Larger sets usually come in a storage case. It’s worth checking the quality of this because it can be frustrating if it breaks, and another way of keeping the bits together has to be found.

FAQs

Q: Do ratcheting screwdrivers take ordinary screwdriver bits?

Yes, all the ratcheting screwdrivers we found take the ordinary (also called universal) 1/4” bit. It’s also possible for them to take sockets.

Q: Are ratcheting screwdrivers magnetic?

Some ratcheting screwdrivers are magnetic. Others have detents—small indentations inside the shaft. A sprung ball bearing in the screwdriver bit fits into the detent when inserted and stops it dropping out.

Q: Is a ratcheting screwdriver worth it?

A ratcheting screwdriver is definitely worth it if you regularly work with screws because it enables you to tighten and loosen them more quickly and with less effort than a standard screwdriver.

Q: How much do ratcheting screwdrivers cost?

Our recommendations cost between $13.27 and $41.07.

Final thoughts on choosing the best ratcheting screwdrivers for you

Although all ratcheting screwdrivers work in basically the same way, construction quality and materials vary. Brand reputation had a bearing on our choices because some manufacturers are known for supplying premium tools, while others are recognized for their value for money. We also looked at the number and variety of bits provided; for convenience, it’s nice to have either onboard bit holders or a storage case. We believe that there is something in our selection above that can make the job easier for everyone.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ratcheting screwdrivers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best light bulb security cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-light-bulb-security-cameras/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589102
Four examples of the best light bulb security cameras on a white background
Tony Ware

Protect your home or office with one of these compact and discreet security cameras.

The post The best light bulb security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best light bulb security cameras on a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera over plain background Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera
SEE IT

With its wealth of functions and excellent affordability, this should be your first choice when shopping for the best light bulb security camera.

Best for monitoring LaView 4 MP Bulb Security Camera and smartphone on a white background LaView 4 MP Bulb Security Camera
SEE IT

With 4 megapixels, solid detection and motion-tracking, Starlight color night vision, and Alexa support, it has the clarity of image and connectivity that you require even up to 30 feet.

Best value two RakeBlue Light Bulb Cameras over a white background RakeBlue Light Bulb Camera
SEE IT

While it’s not 2K, the 1080p resolution should be enough for most applications, and the color night vision and two-way audio come in handy.

You value the safety and security of your home and/or business, so it never hurts to take precautions—and light bulb security cameras can help. These ingenious devices are the size and shape of a traditional light bulb and can be easily installed anywhere you have a light socket. They’re compact, discreet, and—best of all—extremely affordable. While they may look like a light fixture at first glance, they’re actually fully equipped cameras with infrared motion detection that can capture high-quality video. They also offer several other benefits, such as wide visibility, WiFi connectivity, two-way audio, and more. And, thanks to the clever design, they don’t require any additional mounting brackets or wires, making setup no muss and no fuss. If you’re in the market for peace of mind but don’t want to lay out a lot of cash, these best light bulb security cameras should definitely be on your radar.

How we chose the best light bulb security cameras

How do you go about selecting the best of the best when it comes to light bulb security cameras? The most important element that we considered was security. How well does the product fulfill its obligation of protecting you, the resident or businessperson? After ascertaining that, we looked at a variety of additional factors to choose the best light bulb security cameras. These included WiFi connectivity, range of visibility, use-case, and more. Next, we compared the many on the market by looking at both consumer responses and reviews from our industry peers. Lastly, we cross-referenced these points to elements such as price and quality, arriving at our final list.

The best light bulb security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

The PopSci writers and editors have experience covering wireless security cameras and other home security accessories. We’ve used that experience to narrow down the options. Now all you have to do is pick the one that suits your needs, screw it into a light socket that you already have, and pair it to an app to let you help protect your property in seconds.

Best overall: Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera

Galayou

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 2K
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz
  • Storage: TF card and cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • Color night vision
  • Two-way audio
  • Voice control via Alexa and Google Assistant

Cons

  • No 5GHz support
  • Not waterproof

You’d be hard-pressed to find a better, all-around deal for the best light bulb security camera than this offering from Galayou. This company knows security cameras, with a variety of well-reviewed products in its catalog.

We highly recommend the 360 Light Bulb Security Camera for a number of reasons. First, it has a stellar picture, with 2K Ultra resolution. This kind of clarity means you can easily make out faces and license plate numbers. This also extends to when it’s dark, with color night vision on board for clear viewing when the sun goes down. Security functions include motion tracking–detection plus following—as well as a siren warning and 360 viewing thanks to the 355-degree pan and 65-degree tilt range.

You control the Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera with a smartphone app. It also supports connectivity to Alexa and Google Assistant for voice control. The included two-way audio means you can even use it as an intercom.

Lack of 5GHz WiFi connectivity may be a deal-breaker for some, and it’s not waterproof, meaning you’ll need to be careful when setting it up for outdoor use. However, with its wealth of functions and excellent affordability, this should be your first choice when shopping for the best light bulb security camera.

Best value: RakeBlue Light Bulb Camera

RakeBlue

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 1080p
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz/5GHz
  • Storage: Cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • Color night vision
  • Includes two camera units
  • 18 months free cloud storage

Cons

  • No card storage

If value for money is a driving factor in your choice for the best light bulb security camera, look no further than this two-pack from RakeBlue. For the same price as some single-camera products, you can get two cameras and expand the range of your security.

In terms of features, these cameras have motion detection and tracking with 350-degree pan and 90-degree tilt, effectively removing blind spots. While it’s not 2K, the 1080p resolution should be enough for most applications, and the color night vision can come in handy. The two-way audio allows you to speak with people remotely. As with most light bulb security cameras, you interface with the camera via a smartphone app.

While you’re restricted to cloud storage (there’s no card support), RakeBlue does offer a year and a half of free cloud subscription. You’ll have to pay after that, so factor that into your total cost.

Best budget: GuFamily Light Bulb Security Camera

GuFamily

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 2K
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz/5GHz
  • Storage: TF card and cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • Support of up to 16 simultaneous app users
  • IR-cut filter for better night vision
  • Includes AC adapter base

Cons

  • Not waterproof

Sometimes, the cheapest option is the best option. If that’s the situation you find yourself in, GuFamily’s Light Bulb Security Camera offers plenty of functionality at an extremely affordable price.

With 2K resolution and 360-degree coverage, you’ll be able to see clearly and comprehensively. There’s also IR-cut for clear night vision, although vertical panning stops a little short at 52 degrees. When you’re unable to check the camera feed via the smartphone app, it’s good to know there are motion detection and app alerts. Additionally, GuFamily’s camera utilizes a human filtering function to minimize false alarms. WiFi connectivity is also good with both 2.4GHz and 5GHz options on hand. Additional bonuses include up to 16 simultaneous app users and an AC adapter base for indoor use.

Best outdoor: Symynelec Light Bulb Security Camera Outdoor

Symynelec

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 2K
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz
  • Storage: TF card

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • View up to 9 cameras and 20 users
  • Voice control via Alexa and Google Assistant

Cons

  • Pricier than some other cameras

While most other cameras on this list advertise indoor and outdoor use, they are not waterproof, meaning you’ll need to use them in a covered area. Not Symynelec’s Light Bulb Security Camera Outdoor. Thanks to its waterproofing, it’s rated for outdoor use in a variety of weathers.

Other than waterproofing, it features a number of standard and attractive options. It records images at 2K, making it easy to recognize small details like faces, numbers, and letters. The smartphone app is fairly comprehensive as well, supporting up to nine cameras with access for 20 people, making it a good solution for large yards and businesses. There’s even Alexa and Google support.

While it may be pricier than some other cameras, the waterproofing will ensure that the camera won’t stop working outdoors when you need it. If you have a lot of land to cover—farms and other agriculture-related businesses, take note—this is the camera for you.

Best for monitoring: LaView 4 MP Bulb Security Camera

LaView

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 4 MP
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz
  • Storage: MicroSD card and cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • High resolution for a light bulb camera
  • AI to filter our false alerts
  • Voice control via Alexa

Cons

  • No 5GHz support

Light bulb security cameras are meant to provide security monitoring at affordable prices. Because they’re easy on the wallet, you don’t expect them to have high resolution like a wired camera. However, if you prefer something with a clearer picture, LaView’s 4 MP Bulb Security Camera is the way to go.

With four megapixels, it has the clarity of image that you require even up to 30 feet. Along with this, you get solid detection and motion-tracking at up to 17 feet, plus an AI algorithm that filters out false reports. The range is 355 degrees and not a full 360, although there is Starlight color night vision for peace of mind even when it’s dark. It also plays well with Alexa for hands-free voice operation.

This 2.4GHz camera is our choice for when monitoring is your top priority.

Things to consider when choosing light bulb security cameras

Compared to some other home security devices, light bulb cameras aren’t too complicated. They all mount the same way—in a standard E27-size socket—meaning there isn’t too much to worry about when choosing the best light bulb security cameras. However, there are a couple of things to keep in mind.

Where you plan to use the camera is important. Most can be used indoors or outdoors, but not all are waterproof. If your chosen location is outside but not in a covered location, you’ll want to go with waterproofing. You’ll also need to decide how clear you want the picture. Most are either 1080 or 2K. Regarding WiFi, most support 2.4GHz, but only some are also compatible with 5GHz. Keep that in mind if that’s important to you.

The remaining options will largely depend on the area that you want to monitor. Range of viewing and number of supported cameras are two things to consider. Lastly, if Alexa compatibility is a deal-breaker, ensure it offers that.

FAQs

Q: Are light bulb security cameras worth it?

In short, yes. A light bulb security camera is an affordable way to effectively monitor and ultimately protect an area, such as a front porch or room in your house. WiFi light bulb cameras are the way to go if you need to keep an eye on something and don’t want to bother with wires and installation.

Q: Do light bulb security cameras work when the light is off?

Light bulb security cameras are all equipped with some kind of night vision, enabling them to function even when there’s little or no ambient light. They have their own LEDs, meaning they can create light to properly record.

Q: Do you need WiFi for a light bulb camera?

WiFi is required to properly set up a light bulb camera, as it pairs to your smartphone via an app wirelessly. Most require 2.4GHz frequencies, but some can also handle 5GHz. Additionally, many are able to save video to the cloud, although this requires an additional subscription. Some may not function properly without WiFi.

Q: What are the disadvantages of light bulb cameras?

Light bulb cameras generally have a more limited field of view compared to larger, wired cameras. The quality of light may also be poor, as they have to rely on a limited set of on-board LEDs. They also may require WiFi to operate properly.

Final thoughts on buying the best light bulb security cameras

Light bulb security cameras are an elegant solution to a casual security problem. You want to keep an eye on an area of your home or office but don’t relish spending a lot of money on the camera itself or installation. By keeping a few variables in mind—indoor or out, supported WiFi frequency band, and picture resolution—you can find the best light bulb security camera to meet your needs. Extras, such as Alexa compatibility and number of people allowed for simultaneous viewing, are the icing on the cake.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best light bulb security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for allergies in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-air-purifiers-allergies/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588863
Four choices for the best air purifiers for allergies on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Tear up over airborne allergens? There are air purifiers that can help with that, and our selection is nothing to sneeze at.

The post The best air purifiers for allergies in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four choices for the best air purifiers for allergies on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Mila air purifier next to guitars right by a doorway Mila Air Purifier for Large Room | Big Sneeze
SEE IT

Choose from seven filters dedicated to tackling one problem.

Best for pets A Bissell air320 air purifier on a plain background BISSELL air320 Smart Air Purifier
SEE IT

An option that’s as powerful as it is stylish.

Best budget A Levoit Core 300 Air purifier in a sunny corner Levoit Core 300
SEE IT

You’ll want to put this budget-friendly pick in every room.

If you suffer from allergies, an air purifier can be your saving grace. There are already so many things that affect the air quality of your home, like smoke. Pollen, dust, and other indoor particulate matter are just the icing on the cake of things that make you sneeze or put your air purifier into overdrive. Puffy eyes and sniffly noses can leave you saying “gesundheit,” and you can only bless yourself so many times before you start to believe that maybe you’ve been cursed. There’s also only so much allergy medicine you can take before you start hallucinating and get a visit from the Hat Man. Life doesn’t have to be sneezy, runny, hoarse, and itchy, however. The best air purifiers for allergies eliminate pet dander, airborne allergens, and pathogens, letting you breathe easily without the help of medication.

How we chose the best air purifiers for allergies

All of us on the PopSci gear desk live in highly polluted cities (New York, D.C., and Pittsburgh, specifically) and own pets whom we adore dearly. We love where we live and the animals we call our fur children, who we treat just like real children. But one thing we don’t love: When the pollen count skyrockets, our pets decide to release more dander than usual, and existence feels like a hazy, miserable, (hay) fever dream.

We’ve written about air purifiers before and even delved into those that take mold out of the air. We considered factors like HEPA filtration, efficiency, smart-home features, design, and room coverage. Air purifiers work best when they’re out of sight and out of mind. You’re already worried about what’s in the air—you don’t want to worry about how well your air purifier is removing the gunk out of it.

The best air purifiers for allergies: Reviews & Recommendations

You want your Air Quality Index (AQI) like how The Youths are choosing the rise of their jeans: low. One of our choices will let you drop it* (*the amount of dust, pet dander, and pollen chilling out in your home) like it’s hot. You may have outgrown trends from the early 2000s, but you’ll never tire of retiring from your allergy era.

Best overall: Mila Air Purifier for Large Room | Big Sneeze

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • Weight: 12 lbs.
  • Coverage area: 920 square feet

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Clean look
  • Lots of customization

Cons

  • Expensive

Instead of offering one filter that does everything OK, the Mila lets you choose from seven filters, each aimed at solving a particular need. We’re a fan of the Big Sneeze, which is made to fight allergy triggers like pollen, dander, and dust. It has a HEPA 13 filter with a powerful clean air delivery rate (CADR) of 416 cubic feet per hour. That gives you fully circulated air in a 920-square-foot room every 30 minutes.

The unit also has eight environmental sensors, including CO2 and humidity sensors. It’s literally as quiet as a library, thanks to its 24-decibel output. It’s also super sensitive: the air purifier kicked into high gear when I sprayed an aerosol air freshener in the room.

Mila’s app is where this connected smart-home device shines, however. Available for Android and iOS, the app gives you more preset modes like Bubble Boy (which keeps the AQI as low as possible, no matter the setting), sleep, white noise, energy save, Turndown Service, and child lock. We also love the app’s included local pollen forecasts from the National Allergy Bureau to stay in the know of elevated allergen levels. The air purifier is also incredibly stylish. Its cube shape gives “technologically advanced fancy marshmallow” compared to “bleak, unaesthetic cylinder” like many others on the market. The Mila is expensive, but you get lots of perks and flexibility.

Dyson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.7 x 4.3 x 4.01 inches
  • Weight: 7.9 lbs.
  • Coverage area: Up to 999 square feet

Pros

  • Does double duty
  • App provides detailed air quality reports
  • Sleek

Cons

  • Expensive

The Dyson Pure Cool Link excels at both purifying the air and providing a satisfying breeze. Its filtration system works quickly to clean a large area of all airborne allergens, including pollen, bacteria, and both human and pet dander. Expect all contaminants to be filtered out down to 0.3 microns. An activated carbon layer filters out paint fumes, smoke from tobacco and cooking, and nasty odors. Using the MyDyson app (available on Google Play and App Store) you can get real-time insights on air quality with detailed metrics.

You can even sync it up to an Amazon Alexa device and operate it using voice controls. Its fan is almost as powerful, with 10 different speeds, and automatic shut-off in the event that it’s knocked over. It also oscillates, and its bladeless design makes it safe for smaller humans and furry friends alike. The only downside here is almost ubiquitous with all other Dyson products: the cost. 

Best for pets: BISSELL air320 Smart Air Purifier

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.3 x 14.7 x 25 inches
  • Weight: 18.25 lbs.
  • Coverage area: Up to 1,582 square feet

Pros

  • Commercial-grade
  • Pet-specific filter
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Difficult to move

Don’t lets its pretty exterior fool you; this pet dander-demolishing air purifier means business. It has three levels of filtration: A pre-filter, an activated carbon filter (good for getting rid of pet smells), and a HEPA 13 filter. H13 and H14-level filters are considered hospital-grade, meaning you’re getting the purest air possible. The Pet Pro filter specifically captures 99.97% of .3 microns and is smaller, and its added Zeolite layer is better for capturing and controlling pet odors compared to traditional carbon filters. You only need to change the filter every six months, and doing so is incredibly easy.

We also love that it is whisper-quiet, takes very little energy to run, and cleans the air fast. It is a beautiful air filter, but it’s heavy and hard to move from room to room. Consider parking this air purifier in one place.

Best with UV light: InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.34 x 6.25 x 17.75 inches
  • Weight: 8.9 lbs
  • Coverage area: Up to 1,094 square feet

Pros

  • Four fan speeds
  • Quiet
  • CARB compliant

Cons

  • No auto-sensing

The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers who are looking for something with UV light. In this case, a UV-C light neutralizes any airborne pathogens that the filter doesn’t catch. The California Air Resources Board requires purifiers to produce .050 parts per million of ozone or less, so any device with this certification keeps you safe from unsafe gas levels.

Best smart: Coway Airmega 250S

Coway

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.3 x 18.5 x 19.7 inches
  • Weight: 20.5 lbs.
  • Coverage area: Up to 930 square feet

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Easy-to-monitor LED lights
  • Pulls even the small particles out of the air

Cons

  • Noisy on higher fan speeds
  • Expensive

This retro-inspired air purifier packs some seriously advanced tech. The touch panel at the top is easy to read and use. Plus, it’s not crowded with unnecessary settings: you just get an on/off button, and switches that control fan speed and different operational modes. Speaking of turning on, a long LED light flashes one of four colors for an instant read on air quality. If the light is blue, your air is so fresh and so clean. If it’s red, you might want to turn (the air purifier) up.

It can cycle 930 square feet of air in 30 minutes and can clean smaller rooms even faster than that. A multi-layered filtration system gets rid of mold, dust, pet dander, food smells, allergens, and even viruses—talk about a multi-hyphenate. Changing the filter is easy: simply open it up and slide a new one in. Practically everything with this air purifier, from its touch panel to the Coway IoCare app (available for Android and iOS devices), is user-friendly, which justifies its high price and occasional noisiness when running at high speeds.

Best budget: Levoit Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • Weight: 7.48 lbs.
  • Coverage area: 219 square feet

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inconspicuous
  • Incredibly quiet

Cons

  • Have to pay more for a WiFi-enabled model
  • Small coverage area compared to others on this list

This sub-$100 air purifier packs a punch well beyond its price. It’s incredibly quiet, easy to use, and lightweight for moving around the house. I’ve sneezed far less after running it in my living room and bedroom for the past two years. Its touch panel comes with three airflow presets (I, II, III), a quiet mode, a timer, a child lock, and a “lights off” button that turns off the panel lights without shutting down the air purifier. Each filter lasts for six months, and they come in a two-pack, so you only need to order them once a year. I’ve purchased this air purifier twice and would buy it again for every room in my apartment. I’ve used the general filter that comes with it and have had no problems, but the toxin absorber filter (sold separately) is a perfect match for mold catching. If you’re looking to pay extra for a WiFi-enabled model, it’s your lucky day.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers for allergies

Looking at nature should make you cry because you’re moved by its astounding beauty, not because you’ve been ambushed by pollen. It’s also awful when you go inside to get some respite from that mulberry tree tackling your olfactory receptors, and you’re somehow still sneezing. Here’s what you should know when bringing home air purifiers for allergies:

Maintenance

Air purifiers generally require very little maintenance. If you have a pet, you’ll need to vacuum any excess hair stuck outside the filter. You’ll have to change the filter itself every six months. Most air purifiers will alert you when it’s time to change your filter, giving you the perfect opportunity to set up autoship so that they come to your door without having to think.

Filtration

HEPA stands for “high-efficiency particulate air.” They remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, and bacteria down to .3 microns. Make sure your filter is a HEPA 13 or HEPA 14 for maximum filter power. Additionally, some models are compatible with filters that tackle specific problems, like pet dander or fumes.

Efficiency and coverage

Look at the clean air delivery rate (CADR) of the model you’re considering. Per Energy Star, the higher the CADR, the larger the area it can purify. If you want to put an air purifier in one small room, you can get away with something with a lower CADR. However, if you live in a home or have a large room you want to purify, you’ll need a higher CADR. You can use an air purifier with a lower CADR in a large room, but it will take longer to fully filter the air. Also, if you have a high ceiling, you’ll need an air purifier with a higher CADR.

Tech

Smart air purifiers give you convenience and advanced metrics, but sometimes you gotta keep it simple, sunshine. Air purifiers with apps give you more specific numbers on the air quality in your home. If you just want something that filters the air—no bells, no whistles, just a simple air purifier that’s like a regular cup of coffee—look for a model that at least has controls for airflow, a timer, and a sleep mode.

Design

You worked hard to make your house a home. Don’t let your air purifier ruin the vibes you have cultivated over many months (and even years in some instances). However, don’t choose an air purifier just because it’s a pretty face. Make sure it works just as hard as those that look more utilitarian.

FAQs

Q: Do air purifiers really help with allergies?

Yes. A 2022 study suggests that a portable HEPA air purifier with appropriate CADR can significantly reduce pet dander, dust mites, particulate matter, and other allergens from indoor air.

Q: What is better for allergies: a humidifier or an air purifier?

Humidifiers help relieve allergy symptoms, but an air purifier removes allergens from the air and completely cure symptoms.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

Yes. Leaving an air purifier on for an extended period of time helps increase its effectiveness. Plus, some people enjoy the white noise an air purifier makes. If the noise and the lights bother you, consider an air purifier with a designated sleep mode that quiets things down and dims all lights.

Q: Do air purifiers work with windows open?

Yes, but it will operate less effectively. New pollutants come in from outside air and slow down the time it takes for an air purifier to cleanse the air in the room.

Q: How often should I change my air purifier filter?

It depends on the model you own. Some advertise a never-change filter that lasts up to five years. Others require a filter change every six months.

Q: Where should I place an air purifier?

You don’t want to keep an air purifier hidden in a corner or camouflaged by some furniture. Put it by a doorway, window, or any other place that has good airflow. For maximum efficacy, keep an air purifier in each room or move it around. Stick it near a particular pollutant that’s bothering you, like the litter box. It should also be 3-5 feet off the ground if it’s not tower-styled.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers for allergies

There’s no need to cry over spilled pollen, loose dust, and floating dander with an air purifier made specifically for allergies. Make sure you choose one that’s appropriately sized for your home, and let the device take care of the rest. HEPA 13 or HEPA 14 filters will give you the airborne purity you desire, and special add-ons like carbon filters can tackle odors and other pain points in your home. You’ll see clearly after using one of the best air purifiers for allergies.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for allergies in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to 50% on DeWalt power tools, batteries, and kits during Amazon’s early Black Friday sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-tool-deals-amazon-early-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 15:30:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590234
DeWalt tools arranged on a white background. The pattern includes circular saws and impact drivers.
Stan Horaczek

You won't find better prices than these on DeWalt tools for the rest of the year.

The post Save up to 50% on DeWalt power tools, batteries, and kits during Amazon’s early Black Friday sale appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
DeWalt tools arranged on a white background. The pattern includes circular saws and impact drivers.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon’s Black Friday sale is already in full swing, and you can save huge amounts on DeWalt tools before the turkey even hits the table (though we’d recommend a different type of tool for carving it). The sale touches on just about every corner of the DeWalt tool world, from huge socket sets to replacement batteries and bread-and-butter power tools. Here are some of the stand-out deals if you’re ready to retool the storage shed arsenal. These tend to sell out quickly, though, so don’t wait if you see something you want.

DEWALT 20V MAX Drill And Grinder Kit, Power Tool Set, 2 Batteries and Charger Included $269 (was $349)

DeWalt

SEE IT

Buying tools individually is fine, but bundling them together can really save you some cash. This kit includes a powerful drill, a burly grinder, and a pair of batteries to keep them running until the job is done. You also get a carrying bag to bring them to and from the worksite.

DEWALT Mechanics Tool Set, SAE and Metric, 1/2, 1/4, 3/8 Drive Sizes, 192-Piece $154 (was $277)

DeWalt

SEE IT

With 192 pieces, this is like a sturdy stocking already stuffed with other gifts. This set includes all the familiar sizes of sockets that you could need. You also get three ratchets, a full run of hex keys, and extenders for reaching tough spots. This is one of the best tool gifts you can give and it’s heavily discounted, so snatch it up quick—don’t screw it up so you can screw more in.

DeWalt battery deals

DeWalt tool deals

The post Save up to 50% on DeWalt power tools, batteries, and kits during Amazon’s early Black Friday sale appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hammer drills for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hammer-drills/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589076
Four examples of the best hammer drills against a white background
Tony Ware

When the going gets tough, reach for a tough hammer drill to punch through masonry and concrete and make the job a whole lot easier.

The post The best hammer drills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best hammer drills against a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best splurge DeWalt 20V MAX SDS Rotary Hammer Drill Kit over white background DeWalt 20V MAX SDS Rotary Hammer Drill Kit
SEE IT

The most impressive cordless model we’ve come across, this prosumer model should appeal to DIY enthusiasts taking on substantial remodeling jobs, and contractors looking for lightweight and versatility.

Best overall red Milwaukee 2804-20 M18 FUEL 1/2 in. Hammer Drill over gradient background Milwaukee 2804-20 M18 FUEL 1/2 in. Hammer Drill
SEE IT

It delivers the kind of performance and reliability that makes it a good investment for both keen amateurs and professionals.

Best budget red Skil 7.5-Amp 1/2-Inch Corded Hammer Drill over white background Skil 7.5-Amp 1/2-Inch Corded Hammer Drill
SEE IT

An ideal choice for the occasional user—it has all the necessary functions and is perfectly adequate for hanging pictures on a brick wall or putting up shelves in a cinder block garage.

Anyone who has ever tried hanging a shelf on a masonry wall will appreciate the benefits of a good hammer drill. They are a great addition to any DIY toolkit. At the entry-level, they are as easy to use as a standard drill driver but have the performance necessary to make light work of drilling holes in tough materials. For more challenging jobs we turn to rotary hammers. These powerful tools are not only capable of making holes large enough for pipework and electrical conduit but can also be fitted with chisels for light demolition duties. In this article, we explain all the key features to help you find the right tool for the task and offer recommendations for the best hammer drills for both DIY and professional users.

How we chose the best hammer drills

There are hundreds of electric drills available, and sometimes it can be difficult to tell what the important differences are. We wanted to focus on the distinct benefits of each type, while still offering as wide a choice as possible. I own a couple of these tools myself (not to mention many others), having remodeled two of our homes. So I know my way around saws and sanders and grinders, and as a team, we know drills and drivers. To supplement my experience, we researched all the leading manufacturers to ensure we were up-to-date with current technology.

Performance was obviously a key aspect while making selections, but we also looked at power source, ease of use, weight, and any useful extras. Brand reputation played a part because hammer drills are often used in harsh conditions, and reliability and durability are vital. Adding to that, we checked buyer feedback for a sense of how each one coped in real-world use.

The best hammer drills: Reviews & Recommendations

Each of the following is what we believe to be the best hammer drill currently available in its category and something we’d be proud to have in our storage shed. The wide range of models provided should mean there’s something for everyone, and the detailed descriptions will help potential buyers go beyond power drills and focus on the right tool for their needs.

Best overall: Milwaukee 2804-20 M18 FUEL 1/2 in. Hammer Drill

Milwaukee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Cordless 18V
  • Chuck Size: 1/2”
  • Maximum Speed: 2,000 rpm
  • BPM: 32,000

Pros

  • Claimed to be the most powerful hammer drill in its class
  • Compact and lightweight making it easy to handle
  • Redlink technology maintains performance under load and maximizes battery life

Cons

  • Battery and charger cost extra
  • Premium price tag does not include a case

Milwaukee is one of the world’s leading power tool brands with a reputation for high quality, and durability. Their compact hammer drill takes our top spot for its all-around appeal. It delivers the kind of performance and reliability that makes it a good investment for both keen amateurs and professionals.

Milwaukee claims the 2804-20 cordless hammer drill is the most powerful in its class. For standard drilling operations, it offers 2,000 rpm, and its 100 ft.lbs. of torque on tap are sufficient to drive substantial augers and hole saws when drilling wood. Switching to hammer action provides 32,000 BPM for efficient drilling in masonry and concrete.

The Powerstate brushless motor combines with Redlink battery management to maximize power delivery and run time between charges. It also has overload protection to prevent damage when the drill is pushed to its limits. A drill of this power needs a high-capacity battery, and a 5Ah unit is recommended. However, as is common with cordless tools, neither this nor the charger are included. If a spare is added it will more or less double the initial price. Given that this is already a premium tool we would have expected a case but one is not provided.

Best budget: Skil 7.5-Amp 1/2-Inch Corded Hammer Drill

Skil

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1/2”
  • Maximum Speed: 3,000 rpm
  • BPM: 48,000

Pros

  • A good choice for the DIYer at a very competitive price
  • Has soft grip handle and two-finger trigger for comfort
  • Useful depth gauge included

Cons

  • Keyed chuck is less convenient than keyless
  • While normally reliable motor burnouts are not unknown

The Skill 7.5 amp corded hammer drill is an ideal choice for the occasional user. It isn’t big on features but has all the necessary functions, and is perfectly adequate for hanging pictures on a brick wall or putting up shelves in a cinder block garage.

The 1/2-inch chuck means it will take large drill bits, and with a maximum speed of 3,000 rpm, it will outperform most drill drivers. Skil gives an impact per minute (ipm) rate rather than the more common BPM but it means the same. In this case, it’s a surprising 48,000.

The two-finger trigger and soft-grip handle are nice touches that add a little comfort. A trigger lock means it doesn’t need to be held in all the time. There’s also a useful depth gauge. The power cord is only 6 feet which means you’re going to be using an extension cord most of the time, but that’s true of most corded power tools. It’s a shame they decided to save a few cents with a keyed chuck rather than keyless. Those keys are all too easy to misplace which can be very frustrating.

Best splurge: DeWalt 20V MAX SDS Rotary Hammer Drill Kit

DeWalt

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Cordless 20V
  • Chuck Size: 1” SDS Plus
  • Maximum Speed: 1,050 rpm
  • BPM: 4,600

Pros

  • Powerful cordless drilling, hammer drilling, and chipping
  • Vibration control for increased user comfort
  • Includes two high-capacity 5Ah batteries, charger and case

Cons

  • It’s hard to fault but it is a lot of money
  • No drill or chisel bits included

The DeWalt SDS rotary hammer drill is the most impressive cordless drill we came across during our research. It’s what is often called a prosumer model, appealing to DIY enthusiasts taking on substantial remodeling jobs, and contractors looking for lightweight and versatility. This drill set has drill, hammer drill, and hammer-only functions.

It is fitted with a 1-inch SDS Max chuck and runs at a maximum speed of 1,050 rpm. BPM is 4,600, and each blow comes with an impact force of 2.1 joules (1.5 ft.lbs.). Heavy hammering like that causes a lot of vibration, which soon becomes tiring. DeWalt employ Shock Active Vibration Control to dramatically reduce user discomfort, and extend working time.  

The DeWalt SDS rotary hammer comes with a charger and two high-capacity 5Ah batteries so there can always be a spare available to reduce downtime. Each has a useful 3-stage LED giving charge status. There’s a depth rod, and the whole kit comes in a durable plastic case. For professional users, the DeWalt SDS rotary hammer can be paired with DeWalt’s onboard extractor thus complying with OSHA Table 1 standards for protection against respirable crystalline silica.

Best corded: Bosch 11255VSR Bulldog Xtreme SDS-Plus Rotary Hammer

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1” SDS Plus
  • Maximum Speed: 1,300 rpm
  • BPM: 5,800

Pros

  • A robust tool at a competitive price from a market leader
  • Ergonomic handle and modest weight aid working at all angles
  • Automatic clutch helps prevent wrist injuries

Cons

  • Requires periodic maintenance
  • No vibration suppression

You can tell by the appearance that the Bosch Bulldog Xtreme is made for serious work. The slender design allows you to lean into the tool when necessary, applying maximum pressure. Not that much effort will usually be required. Performance figures are impressive for a tool in this price range with a maximum speed of 1,300 rpm, 5,800 BPM, and impact energy of 2.0 ft.lbs.

The variable trigger allows slow starting, reducing the chances of the drill bit wandering. It also allows accurate positioning when chiseling. The large ‘D’ handle has plenty of room for a gloved hand and includes a metal plate at the front that flips down to create a useful hanging hook. There’s a depth rod, and Bosch Pro-Guard dust extraction can be added for those who need to comply with OSHA regulations.

An automatic clutch is fitted to the SDS Plus chuck, which is a great safety feature. If the bit jams the drive is disconnected thus preventing wrist injury. There isn’t any vibration control so although the Bosch Bulldog Extreme is only 6.7 pounds it can get tiring after a while. As with all brush motors, the brushes will eventually wear, and need replacing though the job is fairly straightforward.

Best DIY demolition: Eneacro 1-1/4 Inch SDS-Plus Rotary Hammer Drill

Eneacro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1-1/4” SDS Plus
  • Maximum Speed: 820 rpm
  • BPM: 4,200

Pros

  • Kit includes drill and chisel bits, spare brushes, grease, wrench, and case
  • Exhaust protects motor from excess heat
  • Anti-vibration system and safety clutch

Cons

  • It’s heavy
  • Occasional breakdowns suggest inconsistent quality control

The Eneacro SDS Plus rotary hammer is remarkable both in terms of what you get for the money, and the performance it delivers. In addition to the drill itself the kit includes 3 drill bits, 2 chisel bits, grease, spare brushes for the motor, and a wrench. To keep everything organized, there’s a tough plastic case.

A top speed of 820 rpm isn’t as fast as some, but the 4,200 BPM is delivered with a powerful impact force of 5.5 ft.lbs. There’s an anti-vibration system and a soft grip handle for operator comfort. There’s also a safety clutch that disengages the drive if the bit jams to prevent injury. An exhaust helps stop the motor from overheating, and the base is designed to prevent dust from getting in. We’re a little surprised there isn’t a depth gauge, but it’s a minor gripe on an otherwise very good tool.

There’s really only one thing that prevents us from recommending the Eneacro rotary hammer for professional use, and that’s the weight. At 12.58 pounds it is heavy for a tool that is going to be used all day. DIYers can usually take a break, but contractors can’t afford to.

Best heavy-duty: Bosch 1-9/16-Inch SDS-Max Combination Rotary Hammer

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1-9/16” SDS Max
  • Maximum Speed: 340 rpm
  • BPM: 2,750

Pros

  • Variable speed dial for consistent control
  • Vario-Lock mechanism provides optimum chisel angle
  • Service minder brushes indicate when maintenance is required

Cons

  • No drill-only option
  • Heavy, and no vibration control

The Bosch SDS Max rotary hammer is a heavy-duty tool that, according to the manufacturer, is aimed at concrete contractors and professional remodelers. Its focus is underlined by the fact that there’s no standard drill function. It is either hammer drill or hammer-only.

Maximum speed is a relatively slow 340 rpm, but when you are driving very large drill bits control is more important. Most hammer drills offer variable speed triggers that demand you keep your fingers steady. The big Bosch has a stepped speed dial instead so concentration can stay at the business end. BPM is 2,750 delivered with a class-leading 6.1 ft.lbs. of impact energy.

In addition to mode selection the Bosch SDS Max rotary hammer has a Vario-Lock mechanism that allows chisel bits to be fixed in one of 12 positions so users have the optimum working angle without having to contort hands and arms. Service minder brushes give a clear visual indication of when they need to be changed, taking the guesswork out of a vital maintenance operation.

What to consider before buying a hammer drill

When detailing each of our best hammer drill picks, we’ve highlighted performance specifications and key features. In the following section we look at exactly what each of these means, and the impact they can have on your choice.

Types of hammer drill

The term ‘hammer drill’ can cover a varied range of tools, so they are usually divided into two groups: standard hammer drills, and rotary hammers.

Standard hammer drills are the first step up from an ordinary drill/driver adding a hammer action to the drill function so that in combination with a masonry bit they can drill holes in tough materials like brick, concrete, paving, and stone.

Rotary hammers usually have three functions: drill, hammer drill, and hammer only (some heavy-duty tools don’t offer a drill-only option). Rotary hammers accept much larger drill bits, and as a result, are capable of making much larger and deeper holes. When switched to the hammer-only function and fitted with chisel bits, they can be used to strip tile and undertake light demolition tasks.

Demolition hammers are heavy-duty tools that are sometimes confused with hammer drills but they have no drilling function at all, and so fall outside the scope of this article.

Chuck

There are two types of chuck used in these tools.

Standard hammer drills have a three-jaw chuck, the same as those found in drill/drivers. It is usually tightened by hand, though some use a key.

Rotary hammers use SDS chucks. SDS stands for Slotted Drive Shaft, a system that interlocks the drill or chisel bit with a spring-loaded collar on the tool to prevent them from slipping under heavy load. There are three shaft types: SDS, SDS Plus, and SDS Max. The first two have a 10mm shaft, but the slots are slightly different. SDS bits will usually fit SDS Plus drills, but not the other way around. SDS Max has an 18mm shaft and therefore can take larger diameter and longer drill bits.

Although it’s not a precise measure, generally speaking, the larger the chuck diameter, the more powerful the tool.

Performance

Rotational speed is an important factor in any kind of power drill. Whatever the material, a faster speed usually means the bit cuts more quickly. This is equally true of hammer drills whether the hammer action is engaged or not.

BPM stands for blows per minute and is the impact speed of the hammer action. A faster BMP might be seen as delivering more destructive force but the figure can be deceptive. Standard hammer drills often have very high BPM but the energy behind each impact is limited. Rotary hammers have lower BPM but actually deliver more force (impact energy) with each blow. Impact energy figures are often unavailable for standard hammer drills but are usually provided for rotary hammers either in joules or ft.lbs. For those buying a tool for demolition work as well as drilling impact energy is a good way to compare performance.

Torque is the twisting force. The international standard is Newton-meters (Nm), but in the US, it’s usually given as inch-pounds (in.lbs.) or foot-pounds (ft.lbs.). There are 12 inch-pounds to the foot-pound. Torque is important when turning screws or bolts (drill/drivers and impact wrenches tend to have high torque figures) but is not a major factor when drilling holes, and irrelevant when chiseling.

Additional Features

  • Hammer drills create a lot of force so handling them can be challenging. In tough materials, the drill can sometimes jam momentarily sending a sharp reaction through the tool. This can cause painful wrist injuries. An auxiliary handle is fitted to provide a second grip, and should always be used.
  • When drilling large, deep holes, having a sliding depth gauge can be very convenient, and many hammer drills have them fitted.
  • Cordless hammer drills often have LED work lights that make it easier to see what you’re doing in poor light or dusty conditions.
  • It’s nice to have a case to protect your hammer drill, and have somewhere handy to store drill and chisel bits. Some manufacturers include them, some don’t.
  • Some of the best hammer drills have dust extraction systems available that fit right on the tool. These can be very efficient but do cost extra.

Note: Working with masonry, concrete, etc., can cause sharp fragments to be ejected and create a lot of dust. Always put on protective eyewear or a face shield, as well as some kind of dust mask.

FAQs

Q: Do I need special drill bits for a hammer drill?

Yes. Ordinary drill bits are not designed for tough materials like brick or concrete. They won’t make a hole, and the impact power of the hammer drill could easily break them. For non-SDS hammer drills, you should choose round-shanked, carbide-tipped masonry bits. SDS drills have different chucks to standard hammer drills. It’s important to get the right bit for the particular SDS type or they won’t fit.

Q: Can a hammer drill break masonry and concrete?

Lightweight hammer drills are designed for efficient drilling in masonry and concrete, but not actual breaking or demolition. You need to look for what is usually called a rotary hammer, or SDS rotary hammer. Importantly these have a hammer-only function, and accept chisel bits used to break masonry and concrete.

Q: What is the expected life of a hammer drill?

The expected life of a hammer drill will depend on how much it is used, the work environment, and how well it is maintained. Generally speaking, it could be 5 to 10 years, but a tool used in a dusty jobsite environment day after day might wear out more quickly.

Final thoughts on the best hammer drills

The hammer drill market is very competitive which is good news because we get a host of excellent tools to choose from. The Milwaukee 2804-20 that takes our top spot is a superb all-rounder that will suit both keen amateurs and pro users. The corded Skil is light, easy to use, and ideal for DIYers on a tight budget. At the other end of the scale the Bosch SDS Max delivers remarkable performance though weight, and the lack of an ordinary drill function might limit it to contractors and site workers.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hammer drills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best wired security cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-wired-security-cameras/ Wed, 15 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586328
Four of the best wired security systems are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Today’s wired security cameras are capable, versatile, convenient, and comprehensive.

The post The best wired security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best wired security systems are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Wired security cameras is a somewhat vague, catch-all term that covers a number of types of security cameras. Often, they’re referred to as PoE security cameras, which stands for “power over Ethernet” and means that the cameras are connected by Ethernet lines for both power and for enabling the captured video footage to be downloaded. However, these cameras are also part of a system: In this case, it is an NVR, or “network video recorder,” system since the video is stored locally on a server in your house. You may also come across an older type of security camera system, called a DVR, or “digital video recorder system, which relies on coaxial cables instead of Ethernet lines. Many of these cameras are also referred to as IP cameras, which stands for “Internet Protocol,” which means they can send data over the internet, although many of these cameras simply send their video over a Local-Area Network (or LAN) instead of online. Regardless of going IP, POE, or DVR, the best wired security cameras are now significantly easier for consumers to install than they have been in the past. 

How we chose the best wired security cameras 

I’ve written about many types of different cameras, including security cameras, for a number of publications over the years, including PCMag.com, Consumer Reports, The New York Times, Popular Photography, Popular Science, Tom’s Guide, and Gearbrain. I brought my expertise in this area to help discover the best wired security cameras. I also looked at critical reviews, user recommendations, and did a lot of research to narrow down our list to find the best models.

To find the best ones, I carefully considered a number of factors, including specific features such as video resolution, video frame rates, night vision capability, and audio, as well as more expansive qualities, like ease of use, versatility, and smart-home compatibility.

The best wired security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

Historically, wired security camera systems require you to hire a professional to install the systems. And even today, you might consider hiring a professional, since the security cameras need to be connected via Ethernet lines, which can be a bit challenging to install. You’ll find a variety of wired security cameras on this list, which should also accommodate a wide range of budgets and needs, from inexpensive models that cost as little as $40 to more feature-packed models and bundles that can cost $1,400 or more. One of our wired security camera picks should give you a steady eye on your driveway, backyard, or any room in your home and can help complement and strengthen a home security system.

Best overall: Lorex 4K with 4TB Wired NVR System with Nocturnal 4 Smart IP Bullet Cameras

Lorex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution at 30 fps
  • Field of view: 110.4 degrees to 45 degrees (optical zoom-lens field-of-view range)
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 10.8 x 3.7 x 3.7 inches (camera)

Pros

  • A rugged four-camera system designed to withstand all weather conditions
  • Each camera includes an optical zoom lens
  • Excellent in low light
  • Color night vision
  • Comes with a very large 4TB hard drive for local storage 

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Some consumers may need professionals to install

Although this bundle is expensive, it’s worth the price: For starters, it features four 8-megapixel rugged-and-waterproof cameras that can capture high-quality 4K resolution in low-light conditions. It also comes with advanced color night-vision capabilities to further enhance low-light video footage. Each camera comes with a 4x optical zoom lens and a very durable camera exterior (IP67 rated), which ensures protection against harsh weather conditions. The Lorex system also includes advanced people-counting analytics and heat mapping capabilities. This system also includes a large 4TB security-grade hard drive, which is designed for advanced processing and 24/7 recording capabilities.

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution video at 25 fps (both models)
  • Field of view ( E1 Outdoor): 94 to 50 degrees (horizontal) and 53 to 30 degrees (vertical)
  • Field of view (RLC-823): 105 to 31 degrees (horizontal) and 55 to 17 degrees (vertical)
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes (both models)
  • Size: 4.6 x 4.6 x 3.3 inches (E1 Outdoor); 7.91 x 8.58 x 8.58 inches (RLC-823A)

Pros

  • Very good price for two 360-degree cameras
  • Each camera includes an optical zoom lens
  • Comes with smart detection and auto-tracking features
  • Both models include color night vision

Cons

  • Both cameras have a frame rate of just 25 frames per second for 4K video

This pair of 360-degree cameras offers a lot of value for the money. Not only do both cameras come with the ability to pan and tilt nearly 355 degrees horizontally, but each camera has an optical zoom lens that allows you to more clearly focus on the scene. Each also has 4K video resolution, to capture video footage with clearer details, which is especially important if you’re using it as an outdoor security camera. Each also comes with color night vision, two-way audio, and more.

Best with dome-type POE camera: Annke H800 8MP PoE Security Camera System

Annke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution at 15 fps 
  • Field of view: 123 degrees
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 6.1 x 6.0 x 5.6 inches

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Both models include color night vision
  • Comes with large 2TB hard drive for local storage

Cons

  • Frame rate is only 15 frames per second
  • Lens is fixed, with no optical zoom

This wired security camera system bundle from Annke offers a lot of value for the money: It gives you four PoE dome cameras, which are designed to provide extra protection from the weather and the elements as well as intruders trying to tamper with the camera units. It captures video in 4K but uses H.265+ compression, which allows you to record longer videos and consume less bandwidth without losing 4K quality. The included NVR comes with a 2TB hard drive for storage but can be expanded to 10TBs. However, the camera lenses lack optical zooms, and the 4K video footage is captured at only 15 frames per second, which is lower than other systems. 

Best smart: Swann’s 8-Channel/4-Camera Home Security Camera System

Swann’s

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution (frame rate not listed) 
  • Field of view: 93 degrees
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 3.94 x 3.94 x 3.94 inches

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Both models include color night vision
  • Offers smart detection and other smart features
  • Comes with large 2TB hard drive for local storage

Cons

  • Lens is fixed, with no optical zoom
  • Frame rate not listed and may be less than 30 fps

There’s a lot to like about this four-camera 4K wired security camera system from Swann. The camera units capture video at 4K resolution video, which includes color night vision capability for better quality video in very low-light settings. The system is also easy to use and easy to use. What makes it smart is that it comes with face recognition, human and vehicle detection (via heat detection), as well as alerts and notifications to your phone via the Swamm Security app. The system comes with a pre-installed 2TB hard drive. However, the lens on the camera is fixed and lacks optical zoom, which makes it a bit less versatile than other systems. Also, the frame rate for the 4K video is not listed, which means it may be less than 30 frames per second.

Best budget: EZVIZ C3N

EZVIZ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 1080p resolution at 30 fps
  • Field of view: 104 degrees
  • Power: wired
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 2.83 x 2.83 x 5.91 inches

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Easy to set up
  • Offers the option of either Wi-Fi or wired connection
  • Works with Amazon Alexa
  • Can store video clips on cloud or microSD memory card

Cons

  • Not exclusively a wired security camera system
  • System isn’t as robust as true wired PoE security systems

This very inexpensive security camera offers the option of using either an Ethernet connection or a WiFi connection. So, if you’ve never had a security camera system, you can get a feel for how both a wired and wireless security camera functions. It shoots at 1080p resolution and gives you the option of storing video clips in the cloud, starting at $3.99 a month

What to consider when buying the best wired security cameras

Most security cameras, as well as security camera systems, can be broken down into two main groups: Wireless security cameras, which as the name implies, generally connect to your home wireless network in order to store the video footage it records, as well as enabling other functions; and wired security cameras, which are connected via cables for power, storing video footage, and accessing the Internet.  

Although wired security camera systems offer some of the same features available with wireless systems, they’re a little more complicated to install, since you’ll need to run Ethernet cables to provide both power and connectivity. However, there are other features and capabilities that they do share with WiFi models:

Installation: DIY or professional

Before you buy into a wired security camera system, be sure to do some research to see if you can do it yourself, or if you’ll need to spend extra money to have a professional install the system.

Video resolution

An important factor when buying a security camera since the higher the resolution, the more detailed the video footage can be. So, as far as video resolution goes, you’ll want to make sure that you buy a system that at least can capture 1080p-resolution video. Of course, you’ll find many recent models that include features that capture 2K or 4K resolution. Be sure to also check that the cameras can catch the video at a frame rate (frames per second) that you need: 30 frames per second will provide you with smoother, less jittery video than lower frame rates (25 fps or 15 fps).

Angle of view

Another important technical specification is the angle of view, which indicates how wide or how narrow the lens is on the security camera. The higher the number, the wider the view. The lower the number, the greater the telephoto effect.  

Video recording options

A network video recorder will include a number of important options that you’ll want to check. See if you need an NVR that uses cloud storage to store video clips, or if you only need your video stored on-premise or using a local drive. There are other features to check as well, including the ability to set alerts, remote access, the ability to search video clips using artificial intelligence tools, and more.

Specific features you find important

Most wired security camera systems include some of the latest features that might be important to you, such as night vision, the ability to capture 360-degree coverage of a scene, mobile app access, and more. However, you’ll need to research and compare the features with other comparable models or systems to see if they fit your specific needs.

FAQs

Q: What are the advantages of a wired security camera system?

One reason you might choose a wired security camera system is if you don’t have a good home wireless signal coming from your home WiFi network. Since wired security cameras connect via Ethernet cables, the signal is always consistent and reliable. Another benefit is that, in the long run, you can save money: Most PoE cameras store video locally, onto an NVR’s hard drive or SSD, which means you don’t need to spend extra money on cloud storage. 

Q: What kind of Ethernet cables are used to connect PoE security cameras?

You can use either Cat 5E or Cat 6 cables for your PoE security cameras. Either of these types of cables will power the wired security cameras and allow you to download video from the individual cameras to your hard drive or SSD. 

Q: How many cameras can be used with an NVR wired camera security system?

Most NVR systems allow you to connect as many as 8 or 16 PoE cameras to your system via Ethernet cables, depending on the model. There are some models that may be able to handle more, but it’s important to remember that the NVR needs to power each PoE camera via Ethernet cables. So, the more cameras you have in your system, the more power the NVR needs.

Final thoughts on the best wired security cameras

In theory, criminals can hack into almost any type of wireless or wired security camera system. However, wired home security cameras are more difficult to compromise since they don’t need to be connected to the internet. Wired systems can simply use a local-area network to power the cameras and download video. But, there are many wired systems that offer WiFi features, too. Make sure you choose a wired security camera with plenty of built-in safety and privacy features. You want peace of mind for your home; you want to feel safe installing security cameras, too.   

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best wired security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-smart-oven-air-fryer-early-black-friday-deal-2023/ Wed, 15 Nov 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589704
A pattern of breville smart oven pros on a white background
Stan Horaczek

Save up to 70 percent on high-end cookers from Breville, Whall, and Ninja.

The post The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pattern of breville smart oven pros on a white background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Whether you’re a certified gourmet or you struggle not to burn your Hot Pockets, a smart oven can seriously upgrade your kitchen situation. Right now, the Breville Smart Ovens are at their cheapest prices of the year. That means you can save money and have this baby all set up before Thanksgiving. Your leftovers will thank you.

Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro $319 (was $449)

Breville

SEE IT

This is our pick for the best smart oven and for good reason. It can air fry, bake, broil, and do pretty much anything else you could want out of a single kitchen appliance. It has plenty of room inside, so you could even cook a small turkey if you wanted. It’s one of the best kitchen appliances we’ve ever tested.

If you don’t need the top-of-the-line Pro model (though we really like it), you can get other Breville Smart Ovens even cheaper.

WHALL Toaster Oven Air Fryer, Max XL Large 30-Quart Smart Oven $139 (was $569)

Whall

SEE IT

If you’re looking for a pro-grade smart oven/air fryer, you can’t beat a more than 70 percent discount on this Whall model. It can accommodate up to a seven-pound chicken and it has 11 different cooking modes to choose from. This is a wild deal on a great oven.

More smart oven and air fryer deals from Amazon

The post The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best flashlights in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-flashlights/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=587899
Four of the best flashlights on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Don’t get caught out in the dark without a flashlight that illuminates the way.

The post The best flashlights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best flashlights on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Fenix PD36R Tactical Flashlight, box, and batteries Fenix PD36R 1600 Lumen USB Rechargeable LED Tactical Flashlight
SEE IT

Rugged enough for outdoor use but still delivering ample brightness and surprisingly easy to handle, with a compact size of just 5.3 inches long and about an inch in diameter.

Best for worksites A green and black Greenworks 24V Cordless LED Flashlight outside at night on a table Greenworks 24V Cordless High-Intensity LED Flashlight Kit
SEE IT

Powered by a rechargeable lithium-ion battery that provides up to 23 hours of light on a single charge and ergonomically designed, so it’s comfortable and convenient on a worksite no matter how long the job.

Brightest black Olight Warrior X Pro Tactical Flashlight Olight Warrior X Pro Tactical Flashlight
SEE IT

A worthy choice if you’re looking for the brightest flashlights you can buy and are willing to pay for them.

Descending into a dark basement to flip a breaker or finding the keys you dropped in your car is a lot easier with the help of a flashlight. That little light in your smartphone isn’t bright enough, and you can save your phone’s battery for making phone calls, texting friends, and updating your Instagram. Gone are the days of large clunky flashlights with weak incandescent bulbs. Today’s models come with rechargeable batteries and bright LED lights capable of illuminating objects hundreds of feet away. Unlike the flashlights of yesteryear, modern flashlights are small enough to fit in your pocket and weigh next to nothing. The best flashlights will illuminate your search so you can choose the model that will light up the darkness when you need it.

How we chose the best flashlights

As an avid camper and one who lives in a rural area prone to power outages, I find myself traipsing around the dark quite often, so I know a thing or two about flashlights. I considered a few important criteria in researching more than a dozen flashlights for this article. Brightness, of course, is key.

However, I didn’t just consider flashlights with exceptional brightness. While a 1,000-plus lumen output is great when searching for a missing person or pet, it’s too bright for close-quarters use inside a house or tent. With that in mind, I chose models that offered multiple modes that would allow them to be used both indoors and outdoors. 

They should be able to endure a fair amount of abuse, so I chose models with rugged anodized aluminum construction and waterproof ratings. For rechargeable models that come equipped with batteries, I chose those with at least 3,000 mAh (milliamp per hour) batteries that can last for many hours on moderate light settings. While cost was not a major factor, I did include lights for those budget-conscious users, as well as expensive high-end models. 

The best flashlights: Reviews & Recommendations

For many people, your smartphone is the only flashlight you might think you need. But you should probably conserve phone battery if you’re in the kind of situation where you really need to use a flashlight (and you don’t want to drop that expensive phone trying to fish it out of your pocket in the dark, cracking the screen). From late-night dog walks to trips to the basement breaker when the electricity goes out, a flashlight can keep you seeing clearly. One of our choices should rescue you from stumbling over your own feet.

Best overall: Fenix PD36R 1600 Lumen USB Rechargeable LED Tactical Flashlight

Fenix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 1,600
  • Dimensions: 5.33 inches in diameter and 1.04 inches long
  • Weight: 3 ounces

Pros

  • Ample 1,600 lumens of brightness
  • Rugged IP68 rating
  • Long run time

Cons

  • Expensive
  • May be overkill for some

Sure, the PD36 is one of the pricier flashlights on the market, but if you’re serious about having a good flashlight, it’s worth it. The PD36’s runtime is nothing short of phenomenal. Expect more than four days’ worth of battery life on a single charge at the light’s lowest setting, which is still a very usable 30 lumens. That means you can get hours and hours out of this flashlight before needing to charge it. We also like the fact that the flashlight is rechargeable via USB-C, which can add five hours of battery life to the flashlight with just 10 minutes of charge time.

There’s also a broad range of modes with the flashlight, ranging from its energy-saving 30-lumen mode all the way up to a headlight-like 1,600 lumens, which is bright enough to light up objects more than 900 feet away. While using the PD36R at max brightness will drain the battery fairly quickly, you can still get three hours at that level. 

The flashlight is also rugged enough for outdoor use, thanks to an IP68 rating that allows it to withstand being submerged in up to 6.5 feet of water for 30 minutes without suffering damage. Despite its ample brightness, it is still surprisingly easy to handle, with a compact size of just 5.3 inches long and about an inch in diameter.

Best for worksites: Greenworks 24V Cordless High-Intensity LED Flashlight Kit

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 200
  • Dimensions: ‎3.21 inches by 2.61 inches by 4.17 inches
  • Weight: 15.6 ounces

Pros

  • Provides up to 23 hours of power
  • Pivoting head adjusts to where you need light
  • Energy efficient
  • Ergonomically designed

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide bright light
  • Not waterproof

Low light is handy when fixing a tire or checking a fusebox—just enough to illuminate what you need across a wide field without being blinding. Greenworks’ Cordless High-Intensity LED Flashlight Kit provides up to 200 lumens of light when needed. The 24-volt flashlight is powered by a rechargeable lithium-ion battery that provides up to 23 hours of light on a single charge. It’s also ergonomically designed, so it’s comfortable to hold when you’re on a worksite. On your off hours, this flashlight is also great for hiking.

Brightest: Olight Warrior X Pro Tactical Flashlight

Olight

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 2,100
  • Dimensions: 1.5 inches in diameter by 5.9 inches long
  • Weight: 8.4 ounces

Pros

  • Can project up to 500 meters
  • Compact size and lightweight make it suitable for camping
  • Rugged waterproof construction

Cons

  • Minimum brightness of 300 lumens is high
  • Too bright for everyday use

With its 2,100-lumen output and ability to throw a beam 500 meters away, the Olight is probably overkill for most people not part of a search-and-rescue team. That said, the Warrior is a worthy choice if you’re looking for the brightest flashlights you can buy and are willing to pay for them. 

Despite that extraordinary brightness, the Olight manages to stay surprisingly compact. It measures just 1.5 inches in diameter at the business end and a hair under 6 inches long with a weight of fewer than 9 ounces. That small size, coupled with an IP68 rating, makes the Olight Warrior a worthy companion for hunting trips or backwoods camping adventures. 

Just keep in mind that all that brightness significantly strains the Warrior’s 5,000-mAh rechargeable battery. Don’t expect to get more than a couple of hours at 2,100 lumens. With a minimum brightness of 300 lumens, the Warrior is simply too bright for applications that require dimmer lighting, such as illuminating the inside of a tent or the area under a car hood. Regardless, keep this flashlight topped up with the best power banks.

Best EDC: Wuben Tactical EDC Flashlight

Wuben

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 1,200
  • Dimensions: 1.7 inches in diameter by 6.9 inches long
    Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • Compact size suitable for carrying in a pocket
  • Anodized aluminum construction
  • Fast USB-C charging

Cons

  • Uses smaller capacity batteries than other flashlights
  • Easy to misplace

For a flashlight to qualify as an EDC (everyday-carry flashlight), it’s got to be compact enough to fit into a pocket comfortably. Measuring less than 5 inches long and just an inch in diameter, Wuben’s EDC option fits the mold. And for those whose pockets are occupied, it also comes with a lanyard and pocket clip.

Some EDC flashlights are compact but don’t produce enough brightness to make them worth carrying. Wuben has no problems in this department, producing an impressive 1,200 lumens despite its small size. It comes with five light modes, including four light levels, along with a strobe and SOS mode. We also like the USB-C charging port on this flashlight, which allows it to charge from zero to full power in less than an hour. A handy indicator lets you know when the battery drops below 15 percent. 

A flashlight banging around in a pants pocket or backpack all day long every day should be sturdy, and this one is, with its anodized aircraft-grade aluminum body and waterproof construction. 

Best pen: Streamlight Stylus Pro Pen Light

Streamlight

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 100
  • Dimensions: 0.6 inches in diameter by 5.3 inches long
  • Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • Compact size suitable for carrying in a pocket
  • Durable aluminum construction
  • Multiple color options

Cons

  • Expensive for a penlight
  • Not super high-power

Pen flashlights are built for convenience with a small profile that makes them easy to slide into a pants pocket or even a breast pocket on a button-down shirt. Though this design makes them convenient to carry, these flashlights usually put out wimpy brightness. That’s not the case with the Streamlight Stylus Pro. Despite having a diameter of about 1/2 inch and a total length of 5.3 inches—about the size of a marker—it produces 100 lumens. 

This small light is also surprisingly tough, thanks to its anodized aluminum housing and unbreakable polycarbonate lens. This construction makes the flashlight water-resistant and capable of absorbing impacts of up to 2 meters without taking damage. It also has a convenient tail cap switch that makes it easy to operate while pointing the flashlight at the subject. The Stylus Pro gets a respectable eight hours of battery life from its 2 AAA batteries and comes in six color options.

Best headlamp: BioLite HeadLamp 325

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: ‎325 Lumen
  • Dimensions: ‎2.05 x 1.97 x 8.27 inches
  • Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Sits flat and is stable on the head
  • Charges via microUSB
  • Material is moisture-wicking

Cons

  • Hard to open the charger

If heavy headlamps make night hikes a headache, consider the BioLite HeadLamp 325, a lightweight light in the dark. It only weighs 1.7 ounces and doesn’t bounce around while running or doing a cartwheel. The headlamp charges via microUSB—an incredibly common charger you likely already have around the house. A rear reflective strip alerts those behind you that you’re there, and an articulating front bezel allows you to angle the light where you need it with just one hand. 

We recently took it on a trip to Arizona and were pleased with how its moisture-wicking fabric kept our forehead comfortable during nighttime jaunts to the bathroom or campfire. Plus, it laid flat to our heads—something we can’t say with other headlamps we’ve tried.

We named its beefier cousin, the BioLite HeadLamp 800 Pro, as the best headlamp for hiking. If you’re more of a casual wanderer or just need something to illuminate the way to take out the trash, the HeadLamp 325 packs a powerful, portable punch.

Best budget: ThruNite Archer LED Flashlight

ThruNite

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 500
  • Dimensions: 1.7 inches in diameter by 6.9 inches long
  • Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • More affordable than high-end tactical flashlights
  • Waterproof construction
  • Enough brightness for most needs

Cons

  • Does not use a rechargeable battery
  • Not ideal for professional use

When assessing flashlights, we tend to get hung up on lumens and battery life. The fact is most people don’t need a flashlight that approaches car headlight levels of brightness. The ThruNite Archer’s 500 lumens are enough to cast a beam of light the length of a football field or light up a small room, more than enough for most people’s needs. Three light levels, along with firefly mode and strobe, add versatility. And while you won’t be able to go off-grid for weeks and weeks with this flashlight, its max runtime of 15 days on two AA batteries suits most applications. 

In terms of construction, it’s compact at less than 7 inches long and 1.7 inches in diameter and weighs just 1.7 ounces. It’s also waterproof up to one meter and ruggedly constructed of anodized steel to resist impacts. Most importantly, the Archer is a quarter of the cost of other tactical flashlights, making it a great option for those looking for a more affordable option.

What to consider when buying the best flashlights

Here is what you should know before buying the best flashlights:

Brightness

Lumens measure how bright a flashlight is. The higher the number of lumens, the brighter the flashlight will be, although the shape of the reflector and lens will determine just how far that light will be cast. Flashlight brightness usually ranges from around 100 lumens for small penlights up to 2,000 or more lumens for the brightest flashlights. As few as 200 lumens is plenty of light for illuminating the dark space under a kitchen sink or even a fuse box, but you’ll need a minimum of 1,000 lumens if you want to illuminate large open spaces such as a campsite. 

Battery life

Whether your flashlight is rechargeable or takes disposable batteries, it won’t stay lit forever. At some point, you’ll need to recharge it or load new batteries. Battery capacity is measured in milliamp hours (mAh). A good mAh for batteries is 3,000, which is enough to keep the light running all night long. Some rechargeable batteries offer 5,000 mAh, which is ideal for higher-lumen flashlights that use more power.

Size

Flashlights come in a variety of sizes, but most measure around 6 inches long and 2 inches in diameter. Smaller EDC (every day carry) flashlights are smaller, allowing the user to wear them on their person throughout the day. These flashlights are typically more compact than a standard tactical flashlight.

Weather protection

Since flashlights are often used outdoors, they need to have some protection from the elements. Flashlights come with an Ingress Protection (IP) rating, which indicates how impervious they are to dust and water. The IP rating is typically followed by two numbers, one that indicates its ability to resist water and the other its ability to resist dust. An IP rating of 68 indicates the flashlight is impervious to dust and can be submerged in water.

FAQs

Q: What brand of flashlight is best?

With a line of flashlights that are constructed from durable anodized aluminum and high-lumen output, Fenix makes some of the best flashlights you can buy. The company’s products range from basic flashlights to high-performance tactical models.

Q: What is the brightest LED flashlight available?

The brightest flashlight you can buy is the Imalent M18, which produces up to 100,000 lumens, which is enough to illuminate objects up to 1,350 meters away.

Q: What is the highest-rated flashlight?

One of the highest-rated flashlights you can buy is the Fenix PD36R, which produces 1,600 lumens and has a 5000mAh rechargeable battery that will last up to 100 hours.

Q: How bright is a 2,500-lumen flashlight?

A 2,500-lumen flashlight is very bright and capable of casting a beam several hundred meters long depending on the shape of the reflector and lens. This amount of brightness is more than enough to suit any outdoor application.

Q: What flashlights do the military use?

The military uses mainly tactical flashlights that produce a lot of lumens and have anodized aluminum construction that’s waterproof and resistant to impacts. Many military flashlights also have a red-light option, which creates visibility while allowing the operator to maintain their night vision.

Q: How many lumens should a good flashlight have?

The average flashlight puts out about 100 lumens, which is suitable mainly for in-home use. A tactical flashlight designed to improve visibility at night for hiking or search and rescue should produce 1,000 lumens.

Final thoughts on the best flashlights

Given the broad price differences in flashlights, it’s important to consider how you plan to use the light before shopping for one. If you need one to use around the house in the event of a power outage or popped breaker, then an affordable model that produces a few 100 lumens is adequate. Those planning to use a flashlight to illuminate the outdoors at night for camping, hiking, or hunting, should consider investing in a more expensive flashlight with an IP86 weather rating and at least a 1,000-lumen output.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best flashlights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best generators for homes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-generators-for-homes/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588882
Best generators for home sliced up images header
Tony Ware

Whether for emergency backup or simply providing a bit of extra power around the house, these generators deliver the juice.

The post The best generators for homes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best generators for home sliced up images header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Generac 7228 18kW Guardian whole house generator Generac 7228 18kW Guardian
SEE IT

Plenty of power for virtually any home but, thanks to the switch, can be set up to turn on instantly upon losing utility power.

Best solar Jackery Explorer 2000 Plus Solar Generator Jackery Explorer 2000 Plus Solar Generator
SEE IT

A great pick for a versatile power source you can use it for backup around the house or bring it along in the RV.

Best dual-fuel DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual Fuel Portable Generator on a plain background DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual-Fuel Portable Generator
SEE IT

Particularly handy in emergencies when you’re not sure whether you’ll have easy access to gas alone.

A home generator can fall anywhere between useful and downright essential for any number of reasons. Maybe you live someplace plagued by frequent winter storms and their resulting blackouts, and you need to be able to keep the lights on and the fridge running in a pinch. Or maybe you rely on lifesaving medical equipment like a CPAP machine and can’t run the risk of having it cut out. Maybe you live in a hot region that experiences utility brownouts in the summer, and you need to be able to keep the AC going. Or perhaps you simply want a mobile power source around the house to use with tools and whatnot. Whatever the case, you’ll find the best generators for homes below to suit a variety of purposes. 

How we chose the best generators for homes

As an unrepentant gear junkie and general tech obsessive, I’ve had a chance to use a lot of generators—big to small. What’s more, having spent some 40 years living in the windy, rainy Pacific Northwest, I’ve had to wield said generators under various conditions, from short power blinks to weeklong outages, so I know what constitutes a reliable backup power source. Equipped with this experience, I have spent over a decade reviewing generators and other gear for outlets like Popular Science, Popular Mechanics, the Daily Beast, Thrillist, and more. If I arrived at split decisions for a particular category, I looked to input from my fellow experts, as well as reviews from real-world buyers to break the tie. 

The best generators for homes: Reviews & Recommendations

These generators span a variety of formats, budgets, intentions, and power needs. Some are fairly portable, others can be moved with a bit more effort, and others still are more or less designed to stand in one place. Regardless, each was chosen for delivering reliable performance and rates among the best generators for homes in 2024.

Best overall: Generac 7228 18kW Guardian

Generac

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 18,000 watts
  • Power source: Gas
  • Weight: 420 lbs.

Pros

  • Very high wattage
  • Effortless power switch
  • Smart controls

Cons

  • Not moveable 

You can’t beat the Generac Guardian if you’re looking for dependable, whole-home backup power. While this line is available in a range of sizes and packages, I’m recommending the 7228 18kW with transfer switch specifically as it not only provides plenty of power for virtually any home but, thanks to the switch, can be set up to turn on instantly upon losing utility power. 

This isn’t the kind of generator you wheel around or carry. It’s a big, very heavy unit intended to be installed and left to sit in place, waiting to do what it does. Generac generators are famously reliable, and this particular model’s 18,000W output will easily power an entire house, from lights to kitchen appliances (including the refrigerator) to various electronics like your TV and wifi router. 

What’s more, its ability to link to WiFi allows you to monitor its operation via an app, which lets you to switch it on and off and keep an eye on usage and fuel levels from the comfort of inside your home. By pretty much every metric, this is a truly outstanding generator. 

Best dual-fuel: DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual-Fuel Portable Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 13,000 peak/10,500 running on gas – 12,350 peak/9,975 running on propane
  • Power source: Gas and propane
  • Weight: 240 lbs

Pros

  • Dual fuel versatility
  • Very high power output
  • Helpful data display

Cons

  • Fairly heavy

Dual-fuel generators are particularly handy in emergencies when you’re not sure whether you’ll have easy access to gas alone, but some people simply prefer them because running on propane is a bit quieter and better for the environment. No matter why you want it, the DuroMax XP 13000HX will provide the dual-fuel convenience and reliability you seek. 

Effortless to start and operate, it provides a solid 10,500W (gas)/9,975W (propane) output, which is enough to power most homes or at least all the essentials. A data display presents various useful information about hours of operation, voltage, and more, and a CO2 safety switch cuts it off if carbon monoxide levels become toxic. A 50 amp outlet ensures that it can deliver on the heaviest of home power demands. And it also has a set of sturdy wheels and handles, which make it easy to move around. 

Best portable: Honda EU2200i Companion Portable Generator

Honda

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 2,200 peak/1,800 running
  • Power source: Gas
  • Weight: 46.5 lbs

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Rugged durability
  • Very quiet

Cons

  • Only moderate power output

Sometimes, you’re not looking to electrify the entire house, just a few power tools, appliances, and other odds and ends. Accordingly, you want a smaller generator that can easily move into place. The Honda EU2200i Companion was our pick for the best portable generator, which maintains that status here.

While its modest 1,800W output is only intended for small- to medium-sized power tasks, it really shines in terms of its great all-around design. Compact and easy to carry, durably built for years of operation, and whisper-quiet by generator standards, it’s perfect for random power needs around the home and yard.

Best portable power station: Goal Zero Yeti PRO 4000

Goal Zero

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 7,200 peak / 3,600 running 
  • Power source: Solar or wall outlet
  • Weight: 115.7 lbs

Pros

  • Great electrical performance
  • Plenty of ports
  • Expandable

Cons

  • Only moderate power output

If you’re looking for a near-silent alternative to gas generators, the Goal Zero Yeti PRO 4000 is a big, reliable block of power that is among the industry’s highest-capacity portable power stations to date. Its 3,993Wh capacity and 3,600W output will keep a full-sized fridge going for over two days or will keep a smattering of small tools and devices going for many days on end. What’s more, it charges significantly faster than many of Goal Zero’s previous power boxes, charging from a wall socket in about 2.5 hours or from a 3,000W solar array in about two.

It’s also expandable, stacking on top of add-on batteries that can attain a massive 20kWh capacity and can be integrated into the wider Goal Zero ecosystem, allowing you to tack on a transfer switch and other useful tools. More portable (and much quieter) than a gas generator, it’s also great for camping.

Best solar: Jackery Explorer 2000 Plus Solar Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 6,000 peak / 3,000 running
  • Power source: Solar or wall outlet
  • Weight: 140.36 lbs

Pros

  • Great electrical performance
  • Portable
  • Expandable

Cons

  • Deploying solar panels takes a bit of trial and error

If you’re looking for a full solar array, Jackery has pretty much nailed it with the Explorer 2000 Plus. While you can get the Explorer 2000 by itself, I recommend the full package, which comes with two of the company’s 200W solar panels, a 2000Wh expansion battery, and a manual transfer switch. All told, this is everything you need for a powerful solar setup.

The electrical performance is great, with its total 4000Wh capacity and 3,000W output being more than enough for most essential home needs or RVs. And once its solar panels are deployed, it will provide a steady, sustainable source of electricity for as long as the sun shines. It’s a great pick for a versatile power source you can use for backup around the house or bring along in the RV.

Best budget: Wen DF475T Dual-Fuel Generator

Wen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 4,750 peak / 3,500 running
  • Power source: Gas or propane
  • Weight: 105.8 lbs.

Pros

  • Affordable dual fuel
  • Decent output
  • Somewhat portable

Cons

  • Not whole-house capable

Wen did something great by designing a dual-fuel generator with reasonable performance that doesn’t break the bank. While its 3,500W output isn’t quite enough to power a whole home like larger, pricier generators, that’s still a good number for the price and is more than capable of keeping a fridge, lights, and other essentials up and running. It’s also somewhat portable, and long-time Wen owners report that the quality is reliable. In other words, the Wen DF475T delivers an outstanding bang for your buck.

What to consider when shopping for the best generators for homes

A home generator is not only a big investment in terms of cost, but you need to be sure that it will deliver on your needs when the situation arises—especially in the event of an emergency. Accordingly, there are a few things you should keep in mind when choosing a generator. 

Power output

The first and arguably most important consideration involves how much power a generator produces. With a home generator, you’re typically looking for something capable of powering either your entire house or at least the most essential appliances and electronics. Check a generator’s “running” or “rated” wattage to determine how much it can produce at any given time. The “peak” or “surge” wattage reflects how much it can bump up temporarily to accommodate a boost of draw, such as when starting an appliance. Numbers vary based on your home’s power usage, but generally speaking, you need a generator that will produce at least 7,500-10,000W to power an entire home. With a smaller 3,000+W generator, however, you’ll still be able to keep the fridge going along with a few other musts. 

Fuel type and capacity

Nearly all generators run on either gas or solar power, with dual fuels adding propane. Gas is usually the most convenient and reliable, but it pollutes more and runs the loudest. Propane drops the volume and emissions slightly. And solar generators can be charged either via solar panels or by plugging them into a wall socket. They’re the most sustainable option, but they tend to produce lower wattage and can only charge with adequate sunshine.

Fuel capacity involves how much gas, propane, or electricity it can store. More capacity translates into longer operation, but it also makes the generator heavier. If you plan on more or less leaving your home generator in place, however, weight isn’t as important as capacity. 

Starting type

The classic recoil pull cord is included with pretty much all gas or dual fuel generators, and while it is reliable, it does require a lot of physical effort. Luckily, these days, most generators also include an electric starter that will fire up at the press of a button. A few brands offer remote starters, which can be used via Bluetooth or WiFi from inside your home. Solar generators typically turn on with a button. 

Operating noise

Gas generators tend to be pretty loud. While that might not be a concern during a home emergency, if you are worried about breaking the peace, you might want to consider either using a dual fuel with propane or a near-silent solar generator. But when it comes to powering your entire house, wattage will usually out-prioritize noise. 

Plugs

If you’re simply looking to power a few power tools and devices, most generators will offer the outlets to do it. But for powering a house, you need a generator with heftier output options. Most mid to large generators come with 20 amp and 30 amp rated plugs, which will suffice for basic household needs. If you’re really looking for max power, however, go with a model equipped with a 50 amp plug.

FAQs

Q: What are the cons of a whole-house generator?

The main two downsides are cost and noise. Whole house generators tend to be pricey and—because of their higher wattage—loud. The only way around this is to get a small, quieter, cheaper unit, but then it wouldn’t offer the capability to power your entire house. 

Q: How long can a home generator run continuously?

A generator’s continuous runtime is limited to how much fuel it can hold. Typically, home generators have the capacity to operate for between 6-20 hours between fill-ups, depending on electrical demands. Always switch the generator off while refilling the tank, and allow it to cool before pouring in the gas. 

Q: Can a generator operate in the rain or snow?

Running a generator while wet can result in damage or injury by electrocution. Either position your generator out of the weather or protect it with a cover. 

Q: What happens if I overload a generator?

Overloading is an easy way to damage either the generator or the electronic equipment it’s powering. Usually, if a generator is overworked, it will get noticeably loud, straining to keep up. If this occurs, switch some things off and prioritize the essentials. 

Final thoughts on the best home generators

When it comes to choosing a home generator, bigger isn’t necessarily better, but it’s not a bad idea to get something that will over-deliver beyond your needs. That way, no matter what happens with the utility power, your home’s comfort and safety will be assured. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best generators for homes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gifts for DIYers https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gifts-for-diyers/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589179
A top row of red Craftman cordless drills, a second row of screwdrivers by Klein Tools, a third row of circular saws by DeWalt, and a fourth row of the Ryobi Multi Tool.

Treat the person in your life who has a way with tools.

The post The best gifts for DIYers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A top row of red Craftman cordless drills, a second row of screwdrivers by Klein Tools, a third row of circular saws by DeWalt, and a fourth row of the Ryobi Multi Tool.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best cordless drill A yellow and black DeWalt Cordless Drill and Driver in front of a DeWalt bag and next to a battery charger. DEWALT 20V Cordless Drill
SEE IT

This powerful drill can reach speeds of up 1,500 rpm and features an LED light for added visibility.

Best pressure washer A green and black pressure washer by Greenworks with a black cord, water bottle, and hose in the foreground. Greenworks Electric Pressure Washer
SEE IT

This tool can not only wash the outside of your house, but is great for washing your car, driveway, and patio.

Best stackable toolboxes A stack of three black tool storage cases with orange clasps and handles stacked on a black wheeled cart. beyond by BLACK+DECKER Stackable Storage System
SEE IT

This ingenious storage system helps DIYers organize their tools, protect them from theft, and easily transport them.

DIY is more popular than ever, with 73 percent of millennials identifying as do-it-yourselfers, according to the market research firm The Farnsworth Group. Whether your favorite DIYer is into home renovation, woodworking, or tinkering with their car, you can show your appreciation for their handiwork by rounding out their tool set with some new models. Or give them the gift of bins and boxes to help them organize all those tools (and the storage shed). These are the best gifts for DIYers our writers have used this year.

Best cordless drill: DEWALT 20V Max Cordless Drill

DEWALT

SEE IT

This cordless drill is rugged and powerful enough to be worthy of a pro job site while remaining affordable enough for a gift for a DIYer. Powered by a 20-volt battery, DEWALT’s cordless drill can reach speeds of up to 1,500 rpm, making it fast enough to handle jobs that require a lot of fasteners. A slower speed option with a max of 450 rpm adds versatility and maximizes the drill’s torque output. 

At 8-1/2 inches long and weighing 3.6 pounds, this is one of the bulkier drills on the market, but DEWALT makes up for that with an ergonomic handle that makes it comfortable to hold for longer jobs. DEWALT’s drill has other useful features, including a ratcheting chuck that makes it easy to secure bits by hand and an LED light with a 20-second delay for added visibility. — Tony Carrick

Best cordless drill-driver set: CRAFTSMAN V20 Cordless Drill Combo Kit

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

If you want to fill out a DIYers entire power tool library in one fell swoop, you should start with CRAFTSMAN’s V20 Cordless Drill Combo Kit. This drill set comes with all the essentials, plus a carrying case and impact driver. The star of the show is its powerful 20-volt drill, which can rotate at speeds of up to 3,400 rotations per minute. An impact driver may look like a drill, but it wraps around a screw or lag bolt to rotate them and is best suited for heavy-duty tasks. This isn’t the type of tool DIYers are likely to have in their garage already, and while you may be unfamiliar with it, its applications will become apparent as projects arise. Both of CRAFTSMAN’s tools have an LED light, which will help in dark areas—think attics or nooks and crannies in a basement or garage. — Brandt Ranj

Best power drill: Craftsman CMCD710C2 Power Drill

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

We could tell the quality of Craftsman’s CMCD710C2 from the moment we took it out of its packaging, and our expectations were exceeded the first time we used it for a project. It drove screws through plaster and a wooden beam during a TV wall-mounting project like a hot knife running through butter. 

This was the most powerful power drill we tested, but it was also the heaviest. Despite its increased power, it made roughly the same amount of noise as other drills we tested—if not a little less. There’s no technical downside to using this power drill beyond its weight, but you should also consider its price. The CMCD710C2 is expensive, though it does come with a battery and charger. If you want to gift the DIYer in your life the absolute best performance from a power drill and to be safe in knowing they’ll never need to upgrade again, this is the one to get. — Brandt Ranj

Best mechanics tool set: DEWALT Mechanics Tool Set

DEWALT

SEE IT

If you never want to buy a socket set ever again, then this is a good place to start. The sturdy carrying case includes three 72-tooth ratchets, more than 150 sockets, and a full run of hex keys. Made of steel and hand-stamped for easy identification, this set is designed to endure. It’s great for people who enjoy tinkering around with their vehicles. — Stan Horaczek and Jen McCaffery

Best power tool kit: BOSCH Power Tools Combo Kit

BOSCH

SEE IT

If someone in your life is just getting started with DIY projects, a basic tool combo set like this one from Bosch is a great place to get started. The 12-volt set features a compact yet powerful 3/8-inch drill/driver that operates at a range of speeds up to 1,300 rpm, a lightweight reciprocating saw, a bright worklight that lasts for three hours on a single charge, two batteries, and a charger. And they all fit back nicely into the included bag. — Jen McCaffery

Best multi-tool: Ryobi 18V Multi Tool

RYOBI

SEE IT

While it’s easy to get excited about a garage full of tools, sometimes it’s helpful to have some options that are capable of performing more than one function well. Ryobi’s 18-volt Multi-Tool is a great tool for DIYers working with various materials. Capable of up to 20,000 OPM (oscillations per minute), this tool comes with plunge cut and flush cut blades and can be used to cut metal, wood, plastic, and drywall. At 1.5 pounds, it’s relatively lightweight, and it vibrates less than comparable models. The Multi-Tool also comes with a sanding pad to help your DIYer put the finishing touches on their projects. — Jen McCaffery

Best screwdriver set: Klein Tools 80031 Screwdriver Set

KLEIN TOOLS

SEE IT

Tools don’t get much more basic than the humble screwdriver. This five-piece set from Klein Tools, which has been making tools since 1857, includes the most commonly used types: two Phillips head, two slotted, and one square-tipped screwdriver. The shanks are chrome-plated, and the tips are cut for precision. And the handles are cushioned for an easier grip. — Jen McCaffery

Best impact driver: Milwaukee M18 Fuel Hex Hydraulic Driver Kit

MILWAUKEE

SEE IT

Technology sets the Milwaukee M18 Fuel impact driver apart from the rest. Its hydraulic drive sustains torque better than other impact drivers, allowing it to drive faster and with more power. With so much torque, impact drivers always risk stripping out a screw head. The Milwaukee M18 solves this problem by featuring a self-tapping screw mode that helps to start the screw without stripping it out. With its four drive modes, the user can tailor the speed of this driver to suit any job. We also like the small profile of this driver. At less than 5 inches long, this driver is compact enough to fit into tight spaces, and it’s one of the quieter models on the market. Its hydraulic drive technology eliminates the metal-on-metal contact that makes other impact drivers scream like a jackhammer. — Tony Carrick

Best angle grinder: DEWALT 4-1/2” Angle Grinder

DEWALT

SEE IT

DEWALT’s 4-½-inch angle grinder is a tough, high-quality tool aimed at those who need consistent, trouble-free performance. The 11-amp motor is the most powerful in its class, with a speed of 11,000 rpm. With the correct wheel fitted, this angle grinder will cut concrete or steel with equal ease. Although fairly slender, the tool is 12 inches long and relatively heavy, so it isn’t as maneuverable as some. It’s more a professional tool than one for the average DIY user, but keen home auto restorers and anyone taking on major remodeling could well find it worth the investment.  — Bob Beacham

Best jigsaw: CRAFTSMAN V20 Cordless Jig Saw

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

A jigsaw allows users to cut curved lines, circles, and other shapes into a range of materials, including wood, metal, plastic, laminate, and more. This 20-volt model from Craftsman operates at speeds from zero to 2,500 spm (strokes per minute). It comes with three orbital settings that let the user control the aggressiveness of the cut and works with both T and U shank blades. Its beveled shoe also allows the user to cut at 45-degree angles. Plus, it features a contoured handle for a more comfortable grip. — Jen McCaffery

Best chainsaw: ​​Worx Nitro 40V Chainsaw

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Worx offers a number of very versatile tools in its Nitro series, and the chainsaw is no exception. The 16-inch bar is ideal for most typical users who don’t need to go chopping through Middle Earth-style forests. A pair of sturdy grips give both hands a comfortable place to rest and lots of control over the tool. During our testing, we chopped through tons of 3- to 4-inch sticks and some larger, full-grown trees.

With two powerful batteries installed, it quickly gets up to speed, and we barely had any issues with kicking or getting stuck. Installing and adjusting the chain is simple, and it self-lubricates as users run it, so it doesn’t require much in the way of maintenance. We spent several hours cutting away with this tool and ran into almost no issues, which is exactly what we’re looking for.  — Stan Horaczek

Best circular saw: DEWALT DCS573B Flexvolt Advantage 20V Circular Saw

DEWALT

SEE IT

The DEWALT circular saw offers numerous user-friendly features that suit both professionals and amateurs who are prepared to invest in quality. This powerful 20V cordless model runs at 5,500 rpm, providing faster cutting than many rivals. The brushless motor maximizes battery life. Thanks to the Flexvolt Advantage system, this saw can also use DEWALT’s high-capacity 60V batteries, which the manufacturer claims can result in a 77-percent power increase. An LED light makes it easier to see cut lines and improves accuracy in low-light conditions. An electric brake stops the blade quickly, so it’s safe to put the saw down after a cut. A rafter hook, favored by framers and other carpentry trades, is also included. — Bob Beacham

Best random orbital sander: beyond by BLACK+DECKER Random Orbit Sander

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

For those people who want to strip old furniture before repainting, sand lumber, or perhaps ease a sticking door, the Black+Decker could be the ideal tool. This random orbital sander may not be especially powerful, but it will get the job done. The fixed speed doesn’t give it great versatility, but it is fast enough for ripping through old paint or varnish and good for sanding store-bought softwoods. Weight is under 3 pounds, and rubberized areas make it easy to use at different angles. It comes with three sanding disks of different grits, which won’t last very long but will get the new user started, and acclimate them to how each type cuts if this is their first sander. — Bob Beacham

Best heat gun: DEWALT Heat Gun Kit

DEWALT

SEE IT

A heat gun is a versatile tool that can help with a range of DIY and pro tasks, from thawing frozen pipes and removing tiles to repairing electrical equipment. This compact model from DEWALT comes with an LCD display that allows users to adjust the temperature within 50-degree increments. It also features built-in overload protection, and hang ring for storage, a cord protector, and a kickstand for stability. The heat gun comes with a range of attachments to fine-tune work, including a cone nozzle and fishtail surface nozzle. At 2.3 pounds, this tool is lightweight, and the handle is ergonomically designed for more comfortable use. Note that the battery and charger have to be ordered separately. — Jen McCaffery

Best smart tape measure: LEXIVON 2 in 1 Digital Laser Tape Measure

LEXIVON

SEE IT

Smart DIYers subscribe to the maxim, “Measure twice, cut once.” Lexivon’s 2-in-1 Digital Laser Tape Measure allows them to do just that. This device combines a traditional 16-foot tape measure with a laser that measures out to 130 feet. It features an LCD screen that displays measurements and is accurate up to 1/16th of an inch. Powered by two AA batteries, this tool also allows users to make stud center markings and comes with a rubberized case and belt clip. — Jen McCaffery

Best laser level: DEWALT Line Laser

DEWALT

SEE IT

DEWALT is known for constructing well-designed, durable tools; this laser level is no exception. Like many other options, it offers both horizontal and vertical leveling. What sets this model apart is the durable construction that ensures you won’t be buying another one should it happen to take a tumble or spend time out in the rain. That’s because DEWALT protects this level with an over-molded housing that can endure drops from heights of up to a meter. It also has an IP54 rating, which means it will withstand being splashed with water. 

In addition to being ruggedly built, this laser level is also easy to use, thanks to its self-leveling capability and a versatile mounting system that’s compatible with a tripod. Its 100-foot range is ample distance for most indoor and outdoor applications. — Bob Beacham

Best work table: WORX WX051 Pegasus Folding Work Table & Sawhorse

WORX

SEE IT

With all these tools, a DIYer also needs a reliable workspace. This folding work table from WORX that converts into a sawhorse fits the bill. Made of durable ABS plastic with steel reinforcements, it supports up to 300 pounds as a work table and up to 1,000 pounds at a workhorse. Yet at just 25 pounds, this work table is relatively lightweight and easy to store. It features two integrated clamps and a lower shelf that’s great for storing power tools. If your DIYer needs more workspace, these tables can also attach together to expand the work surface. — Jen McCaffery

Best work light: Craftsman LED Portable Work Light Bundle

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

DIYers also need dependable lights that can illuminate dark corners when fixing things around the house or under the hood. This Craftsman work light features an LED light that provides up to 2,000 lumens of light. At just three pounds, this cheery red light is easily transportable, and it has a 5-foot power cord. The head rotates 360 degrees, so DIYers can point it in whatever direction they need light. It’s also rated IP65, so it’s safe to use in wet locations. And when the project is completed, this lamp is also great for camping, fishing, and hiking.

Best work gloves: Ironclad General Utility Work Gloves

IRONCLAD

SEE IT

Reliable safety protection is essential for DIY projects. These classic work gloves from Ironclad are made of synthetic lever and feature thermoplastic protection on the fingers to protect the knuckles from impact and abrasion. The gloves have a hook-and-loop closure for a secure fit and even include a terrycloth sweat wipe at the back of the thumb. When the job is completed, these gloves are also machine-washable. 

Best toolbox: DEWALT Tough System

DEWALT

SEE IT

The DEWALT Tool Box is a medium-sized hand-carry case that’s a great choice for home use or on a busy job site. This toolbox comes with a deep storage compartment that is large enough to fit a drill, saw, or a cordless tool battery and a charger. Sitting on top of this compartment is a removable tray where users can store hand tools, like screwdrivers, wrenches, or a hammer. 

This box is made with durable structural foam that protects against impact damage, cuts, slices, dust, and water. Made with metal locking brackets and awarded an IP65 water- and dust-resistance rating, this is an excellent option for DIYers and pros alike. — Tim Dale

Best stackable toolboxes: beyond by BLACK+DECKER Stackable Storage System

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Tools can get heavy and disorganized, especially when a DIYer needs everything from a cordless drill, hammer, tape measure, and nails to complete a job. BLACK+DECKER provides an ingenious solution with its stackable storage system. The three-piece set features a rolling tote with rubber wheels designed for power tools, a deep toolbox for hand tools, and a small organizer toolbox divided into compartments. The stackable set is designed with lockable latches, and DIYers can roll the whole set together to a job or easily remove one of the toolboxes. This unit can also double as storage, so DIYers can also set the boxes against the wall in the garage and use them there. — Jen McCaffery

Best cordless vac: DEWALT 20V MAX Hand Vacuum

DEWALT

SEE IT

When it comes time to clean up, an easy-to-use vac is indispensable. This hand vacuum from DEWALT is designed with 20 volts of power, making it capable of removing debris and removing water. This versatile wet-dry vac comes with a half-gallon tank, a utility nozzle for targeting messes, and an extendable rubber hose. Powered by a DEWALT battery pack, this cordless vacuum is easy to transport and lightweight at 4.5 pounds. It also features a washable HEPA filter that traps more than 99 percent of dust.

Best shop vac: Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac

BISSELL

SEE IT

There’s the fun of working on a DIY project … and then there’s the cleanup. If they’d appreciate a wet-dry shop vacuum that handles anything, the Bissell MultiClean vac covers all the bases. This versatile cleaning tool comes with a variety of features and functions, including a blowing function for clearing leaves or blowing up inflatables, a wet suction tool, and a toolkit of different brushes for vacuuming various surfaces and crevices. The tank is on wheels for easy movement while vacuuming, and its balanced body keeps it from tipping over when it’s pulled. This machine is sleek and easy to use for both small at-home messes and bigger shop cleanups. — Amanda Reed

Best leaf blower: DEWALT Cordless XR Leaf Blower

DEWALT

SEE IT

DEWALT’s cordless leaf blower offers an excellent combination of both power—courtesy of its 20V motor—and cost. This battery-powered model can push out air at up to 125 miles per hour, covering an area of 450 cubic feet per minute. A flat concentrator nozzle helps blow away heavier debris. At 5.4 pounds, this leaf blower is lightweight, and it’s designed with an ergonomic handle and also quieter than most at about 68 decibels. It is worth noting, however, that the battery generally only lasts from 15 to 20 minutes per charge — David King and Jen McCaffery

Best log splitter: Fiskars IsoCore 36-Inch Maul

FISKARS

SEE IT

This manual log splitter is built to last with a forged, heat-treated steel head with a rust-resistant coating. Plus, the sculpted, soft-grip handle fits the contour of your hand and promises to transfer two times less shock and vibration than wood handles. The wedge-shaped maul head is specifically designed for, and highly efficient at, splitting—significantly better than the thin, relatively lightweight head of an axe. At only 7.43 pounds and requiring almost no storage space, this tool punches well above its weight. — Mark Wolfe

Best pressure washer: GreenWorks Pressure Washer

GREENWORKS

SEE IT

Does your resident DIYer start to turn green when they notice the outside of the house needs a good wash? They’ll appreciate the range of the Greenworks Electric Pressure Washer. The pressure hose can extend up to 20 feet, and the 35-foot power cord is safe to use with exterior outlets. It also comes with two nozzle tips, a soap applicator, and an attachable detergent bottle for added convenience at clean-up time. This GreenWorks pressure washer blasts at an impressive 1,600 PSI to dislodge dirt and get your house looking primo once again. This pressure washer is also great for cleaning your car, fence, patio, and more. — Jeremy Helligar and Jen McCaffery

The post The best gifts for DIYers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor motion sensor lights in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-outdoor-motion-sensor-lights/ Mon, 13 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586281
Four of the best outdoor motion sensor lights are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Security is worth every penny you pay for it. So is convenience.

The post The best outdoor motion sensor lights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best outdoor motion sensor lights are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall white LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light on a white background LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light
SEE IT

Easy to install with good waterproofing at a really strong price point, you can get all you need from the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light.

Best value HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED on a white background HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED
SEE IT

A solar-powered model at a super reasonable price, these lights don’t offer must customization in terms of where they points but do offer great detection within 26 feet.

Best smart Philips Hue Outdoor Motion Sensor and box on a white background Philips Hue Outdoor Motion Sensor
SEE IT

This smart device-compatible motion sensor can interface with Alexa, Google, or Apple HomeKit, giving you tons of customizability and control to existing light fixtures.

Nothing lights your way better than a motion sensor light. Plus, these lights are huge deterrents for home dangers. Coming home to a dark driveway or path to the front door can be sad and somewhat dangerous, with it easy to miss a step and take a tumble. Plus, not only will prowlers or burglars be put off by motion sensor lights, but local wildlife will be less likely to stick around if their movements are met with a bright flash of light. If the area around your domicile can get easily dark, you will want an outdoor motion sensor light. There are tons of them on the market, so which one should you choose? Don’t worry; like the gentle glow of your new light, we’re here to guide you on the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

How we chose the best outdoor motion sensor lights

We’ve looked at a wide variety of reviews from real-world users, as well as in-the-field experts. We consulted colleagues and friends who have used these brands around their own homes. We then took the general consensus and distilled it down into categories to give you a better sense of what might be a good choice for your personal use. The difference in quality between any of our choices is quite small. So, if there are particular features you’re looking for, it may be the best choice not to go for our “best overall” model. Instead, look for something more specific to your needs, like a smart sensor or one with a camera. All of them equally can be considered the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

The best outdoor motion sensor lights: Reviews & Recommendations

There are a wide variety of motion sensor lights on the market, making it hard to sort through. Which brands are reliable? What ones produce a strong and consistent glow? Which have cool smart features or cameras that increase security even further? We’ve researched from the lawn to the landings so we can let you know and lead you to the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

Best overall: LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light

LEONLITE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.07 inches long x 7.48 inches wide by 5.9 inches high
  • Range: 70 feet
  • Detection angle: 180 degrees
  • Watts: 20

Pros

  • Strong range
  • Reasonable price
  • IP65 waterproofing
  • 50,000-hour lifespan
  • Easy installation

Cons

  • Lights can block sensor if not properly adjusted
  • Look doesn’t really blend with most homes
  • Gasket seals are lowest-quality part

Offering a lot of features and easy installation at a low price, the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light is appropriate for a lot of situations, even if its styling leaves something to be desired. One of the nicest features is the ability to adjust the motion sensor’s range out to about 70 feet. However, if your area of worry is closer, you can slide a dial to shorten that range. That way, your neighbor’s dog cavorting in the backyard won’t set it off. There are additional modes, including just turning the light on all the time, and having it automatically come on at night and turn off during the day.

Being an LED light, the low-wattage bulbs produce just as much light without using as much energy as traditional bulbs. If you’re purchasing your motion sensor light with the intention of lowering your power consumption, the LEONLITE LED is a good choice. Even if you live in an area with a lot of rain or other inclement weather, the light’s IP65 waterproofing and solid aluminum construction can hold up to a lot of punishment from the elements. The fixture has a lifespan of 50,000 hours, meaning you’ll be using it for years to come.

The main drawback of the LEONLITE LED is its rather industrial styling. It’s not a particularly fashionable light. It comes in black and white, but as of writing, the black model is more expensive than the white one. The included gaskets, which seal the bulbs in their casings, are a bit weak, so don’t screw too tight when installing. You can find replacement parts made of sturdier metal at any hardware store if needed. Speaking of installing, the LEONLITE LED installs very easily. Just make sure you adjust the lamps so that they don’t cover any of the spots you want to be monitored with the motion sensor.

For its reasonable price and many features, the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light is our best overall outdoor motion sensor light.

Best smart: Philips Hue Outdoor Motion Sensor

Philips Hue

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 2.5 inches long by 3 inches wide by 3 inches high
  • Range: 39 feet
  • Detection angle: 160 degree horizontal / 80 degree vertical
  • Watts: n/a

Pros

  • Can integrate existing fixtures if you use specialized bulbs
  • Small and unobtrusive
  • Smart features allow you to control lights from your phone or smart device
  • Can change the color of the Philips Hue bulbs
  • Lots of other smart light devices that can work alongside it

Cons

  • Expensive to fully kit out
  • Specialized bulb are expensive to replace
  • Smaller range than dedicated motion detection lights

If you’re into connecting your home’s electronic devices to a smart hub like Amazon’s Alexa, Google’s Google Assistant, or Apple’s HomeKit, Philips—a longtime trusted name in home electronics (and smart light bulbs)—has an excellent line of bulbs, fixtures and, most importantly, a motion sensor.

This Philips Hue motion sensor doesn’t include any built-in lighting. But you can purchase compatible lighting devices or special Philips Hue bulbs to connect your existing fixtures to your motion sensor and your smart-home network. However, this all requires the additional purchase of a Hue Bridge. So make sure you buy everything you need if you’re going to go smart, or you might end up with a useless device.

Once you connect and set up your network of smart bulbs and motion detector(s), you’re going to have more options than you ever expected. You can change the color of your bulbs, creating ambient light or different lighting for different functions. That includes softer light when you arrive home at night and stronger light when you’re asleep to deter animals and criminals. You can use a phone app to adjust your settings, or turn your lights on or off at any time.

The motion detector device is easy to install and doesn’t have to be anywhere near the light fixture that it’s connected to. It offers tons of flexibility in terms of the area of coverage. It’s also small enough and innocuous enough that it doesn’t drastically change the look of your home area. It may even be hard to spot unless you’re quite close to it. This can be good or bad. Your home won’t have an eyesore on it, but criminals may not sit it and decide that it’s not worth trying to case your place (though the lights turning on as they get close hopefully will do the trick).

Choosing the Philips Hue means you’re going to have more options than ever before, but it also requires wading into an expensive and extensive world of smart devices. If you’re already a smart home devotee, it makes sense to have your motion sensor work with it, but if you’re not, think long and hard before committing. However, once you decide to go smart, the Philips Hue Outdoor Sensor is the best smart outdoor motion sensor (once you add a) light.

Best LED: LEPOWER LED Security Light

LEPOWER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.05 inches long x 5.38 inches wide x 8.24 inches high
  • Range: 72 feet
  • Detection Angle: 180 degrees 
  • Watts: 38

Pros

  • Each of the three lights is independently adjustable
  • IP65 Waterproof
  • Light time adjustable from 10 seconds to 10 minutes
  • Relatively easy to install
  • Very bright

Cons

  • No overnight feature
  • No solar power
  • Larger power consumption than our best overall

If you’re looking for brightness, our best LED outdoor motion sensor light is the LEPOWER LED Security Light. This large, three-part motion sensor light has a range of up to 72 feet, though it works better within 24 at a height of 7.5 to 10 feet.  Like our best overall model, it’s IP65 Waterproof and aluminum, but the lights are built-in with a different style of bulb that is not replaceable. It uses almost twice the power of our best overall, but you get that power in the light. This thing is BRIGHT, maybe too bright if you’re close to your neighbors. That strength makes this perfect for larger-lot homes and garages.

You’re not going to get an overnight feature, meaning you can’t use it dusk-to-dawn, but you can set the duration of the motion sensor light from 10 seconds all the way to 10 minutes, or simply turn it on. Each of the three lights is independently adjustable, as is the motion sensor unit. You can either bend all three of the light areas to focus on one spot, or widen them out to cover the most area possible. This unit is relatively easy to install, no more so than expected with an outdoor light fixture.

While it doesn’t have all the features of some of our higher-rated units, the LEPOWER LED Security Light lives up to the POWER in its name, making it the best LES outdoor motion sensor light.

Best solar-powered: Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light

Sunforce

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.9 inches long x 6.7 inches wide x 9 inches high
  • Range: 30 feet
  • Detection Angle: 180 degrees
  • Watts: 1.8 

Pros

  • No wiring or power needed
  • Solar powered
  • Small and compact
  • Three adjustable light panels
  • Includes rechargeable batteries

Cons

  • Low light output and short maximum duration
  • Short range
  • Needs direct sunlight to fully charge

If you want an outdoor motion sensor light that doesn’t require you to wire it into your home’s electrical system, you want a solar-powered light. The best we found is the Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light. It’s a relatively small three-panel flood light with an attached solar-powered panel that can be mounted separately, up to 15 feet away, in order to gather the maximum amount of light during the day.

These are all excellent and convenient features, but this light does come with some drawbacks. It’s simply not as powerful as other models due to it running not on electricity but on batteries that are recharged with the solar panel. (The batteries are included, which is nice.) The range is much lower than other models, less than half, and the maximum time the light will stay on is lower too. Therefore, this model is better for tighter lots or convenience rather than crime deterrence. However, the price is reasonable, so you can also simply set up more than one of the Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light.

While there are some drawbacks, there are also a lot of benefits to the Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light, making it the best solar-powered outdoor motion sensor light on the market.

Best with camera: Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.82 inches long x 7.77 inches wide x 8.5 inches high
  • Range: 30 feet
  • Detection Angle: 270 lights, 140 degrees camera
  • Watts: Not listed

Pros

  • Tons of features
  • Camera can follow motion
  • Wide motion sensor range for lights
  • Connectivity to Alexa
  • HD images

Cons

  • No compatibility with Google Assistant or Apple HomeKit
  • Relatively short range
  • expensive

If you want to step your security up, you’ll want to pair a camera with your lights, so when they’re triggered, you can know what happened to cause it. If you use Alexa in your smart home, the best option is Amazon-owned company Ring’s Floodlight Cam Wired Pro, a good light paired with an incredible security camera. 

As a light, the Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Pro isn’t quite as powerful as a dedicated outdoor motion sensor light. The lights only have a range of about 30 feet, though the camera can see and follow motion beyond that in daylight. However, the motion sensor itself has a great radius, more than 180 degrees, which is better than many other models.

The camera is excellent. It outputs 1080p HD video, which is really clear. The camera can identify if motion is human, animal, or mechanical and be set to only record in the event of the kind of motion you’re interested in. Integrating with Alexa, you can have the camera trigger other smart devices, like locks or alarms. Night videos are clearer in black and white than in color. All the footage is available on the Ring app.

However, you must subscribe to the Ring’s service to use all these features. Multiple plans determine how much footage you can store for later viewing, starting at $3 a month. There’s also a built-in alarm, which means if your camera catches a prowler or robber about to attempt to enter your home, you can hopefully scare them away.

While it costs a pretty penny both initially and over time, the Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Pro offers an incredible amount of features that can really add to your peace of mind, or simply help you monitor what’s happening around you. That makes it the best outdoor motion sensor light with a camera. You can learn even more in our full review.

Best value: HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED

HMCITY

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.23 inches long x 6.06 inches wide x 4.02 inches high
  • Range: 26 feet
  • Detection Angle: 120 degrees
  • Watts: 4.5

Pros

  • IP65 Waterproof
  • Solar Powered
  • Two-pack
  • Excellent price

Cons

  • Short range
  • Limited detection angle

Our best value proposition for outdoor motion sensor lights is a double deal: you get two for one price. The HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED are two wide-angled light panels that are self-contained and solar-powered. You can install them anywhere because you do not need wires (we’re big fans of on a deck, maybe one with some nice furniture). The housing contains the solar cells, though, so make sure wherever you place them gets adequate sunlight during the day. There’s even a dusk-to-dawn mode that turns the lights on all night.

The HMCITY Solar Lights are better as ambient and night-use home lights than they are as security lights, but they can do the job. You can either set the lights to be off until they sense motion or to have low light until they sense motion and then get brighter. The lights themselves have a wide angle that they cast: 270 degrees. Even though the light itself isn’t powerful, it fills an area well.

Some of the drawbacks of the HMCITY Solar Lights are standard to solar-powered lights. They simply don’t produce as much light as wired lights can, and they tend to have sensors that can’t detect quite as far out. The HMCITY Solar Lights have a maximum range of 26 feet for detection, so it’s better on a smaller lot. They do have standard IP65 waterproofing, though the casing itself can collect a bit of moisture on the top, so it may be better to install it under an eave if possible.

The price is excellent, with two lights retailing for around $30 without a sale or coupon. For that price, the HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED gives you a convenient and useful package to add ambient light to your backyard, convenient light to approach to your door, or deter criminals and wildlife from getting near your property. That’s what makes it the best-value outdoor motion sensor light.

Best budget: Beams Wireless Battery Operated Powered Motion Sensing Spotlight

Beams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5 inches long x 3.5 inches wide x 4.42 inches high
  • Range: 30 feet
  • Detection Angle: 120 degrees
  • Watts: Not listed

Pros

  • Excellent price
  • No wired connection needed
  • Small and easy to install

Cons

  • Batteries need replacing every year
  • Low light output
  • Narrow angle of motion sensing

If you don’t need a lot of light and don’t want to worry about wires, Beams offers a battery-powered motion-sensing spotlight that does a good job for a small price. At only $20, the Beams Wireless Battery Operated Powered Motion Sensing Spotlight can be installed anywhere, no need to worry about patching into your house’s electrical system. Instead, the Beams Spotlight runs on 3 D-cell batteries (not included). You’ll get about a year of use out of each set.

The light’s motion sensor is a bit limited, which is typical of battery-powered motion sensor lights, offering only 120 degrees. The range is surprisingly strong, besting our best value model by 4 feet. The spotlight is quite small, meaning it’s excellent for side doors, pet areas, or as a supplemental light when the main light is turned off.

The weatherproofing is about the same as other models, hitting IPX6, though it doesn’t have a rating for contact or dustproofing. The aesthetic is actually a bit nicer than more powerful models, with it blending in better than the large multi-panel floodlights.

While there are not a lot of options with the Beams Wireless Battery Operated Powered Motion Sensing Spotlight, and some of its benefits (small size, install anywhere) come with drawbacks (weaker light, need for batteries), the $20 price and overall good performance makes it the best budget outdoor motion sensor light.

What to consider when choosing outdoor motion sensor lights

The first thing you should consider is the range and angle that you’ll need for your property—and your property only! It’ll be highly annoying for your neighbors if they can easily trip your motion sensor lights from their yard or, even worse, from their home! So, if you live on tighter lots, a shorter range might actually be better, while if you live on a large piece of property, you’ll want something that extends a long way out.

You’ll also need to consider the angle of detection for the motion detector. If you’re putting your lights flush against a wall of your home and want detection on all sides, you’re going to want 180 degrees, while if you’re affixing it in a corner, you may not need to worry so much about having such a wide angle.

You’ll want to consider the power source. Some of these lights are solar powered and store up their batteries during the day so that they may be used at night, but that also requires they be placed on the side of your house that gets a lot of sunshine to be most effective.

Lastly, consider any additional accessories or features you want alongside your lights. Do you want a camera? Do you want smart home features that let you control the lights from your phone or with your voice from a connected device? Not every light is going to feature those.

FAQs

Q: What is the best motion sensor light for outside?

Every light from our list is in some way the “best,” but our overall favorite light was the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light.

Q: What is the disadvantage of outdoor motion sensor lights?

The biggest disadvantage is these lights are made to throw a lot of light quickly, which can be annoying to neighbors if they get tripped late at night (either by a late-arriving member of your household, a pet or other animal, or anyone else). You can inadvertently create conflict when installing one of these, so consult with your neighbor on the side where you plan to place it, and if possible, adjust the way the light is pointed so as to put the least possible light pollution into your neighbor’s property. Also, keep in mind that motion sensor lights are not going to be warm and inviting like a porch light. They click on and off in a pretty aggressive way, even when you are the person who triggers them. They can actually be quite stressful to encounter, even when you’re expecting them.

Q: What is the lifespan of a motion sensor light?

A good motion sensor with built-in lights should last 10-15 years. If you use a separate smart sensor to make your existing fixtures motion sensor lights, you’ll simply have to replace the bulbs when they burn out.

Q: How many lumens should a motion sensor light be?

Individual motion sensor lights should be between 300 and 700 lumens for soft, porch-like light. Floodlights should be 1000 or more.

Q: Are motion sensor lights a good idea?

In terms of being used as a practical light, motion sensor lights have the ability to save you money and conserve energy compared to an always-on porch light. They are also known deterrents for criminals and wildlife, and when paired with a camera, can get you a sense of what happened in the event of an accident or incident at night. In this regard, they’re a smart purchase.

Q: How does a motion sensor light work?

Motion sensors use passive infrared sensors, which monitor any infrared energy changes, turning on an associated electrical switch when they are engaged. The electrical switch is attached to the light, which then illuminates. Infrared sensors can be tripped by any individual, animal, or object that has a heat signature at a certain level but can be interfered with if you have a heat vent or other heat source near the sensor. 

Final thoughts on the best outdoor motion sensor lights

You should probably get an outdoor motion sensor light if you’re considering them. You’ll feel more secure, they’ll give convenient, energy-saving light, and you might even have a lower power bill. Which of our recommended units you buy will depend entirely on your needs, but all can confidently be called the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor motion sensor lights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for mold in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-air-purifiers-for-mold/ Mon, 13 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=587941
Home photo
Amanda Reed

Breathe easy knowing that any one of these air purifiers will tackle mold and other flying microscopic nasties.

The post The best air purifiers for mold in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black PuroAir HEPA 14 air purifier on a plain background PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier
SEE IT

A H14 hospital-grade filter helps filter 99.99% of microscopic nasties.

Best splurge A Dyson Purifier Big and Quiet on a plain background Dyson Purifier Big+Quiet
SEE IT

This big boi leaves little debris in the air and can recreate the feeling of a natural breeze indoors.

Best budget A Levoit Core 300 Air Purifier on a blue and white background Levoit Core 300
SEE IT

A sub-$100 choice that punches above its price.

If you’re trying to prevent mold from messing with your lungs, there are air purifiers that are made just for that. Mold has been around for millions of years, and it’s not a stretch to say it’s already in your home or the buildings you enter. You find mold in places that encounter a lot of contact with water, like roofs, windows, and pipes. Mold can also be found on paper products, cardboard, ceiling tiles, wood products, dust, paints, wallpaper, insulation, drywall, carpet, fabric, and upholstery. Although that’s an overwhelming number of possible things that can become moldy, you can take quick action. It’s easy to remove on non-porous surfaces and food—a simple wipe down or journey to the trash can fix that. However, it’s hard to remove in the air, which is not the best news since mold can cause respiratory issues or a skin rash. However, the best air purifiers for mold let you breathe easy, no longer worrying about the air in your home.

How we chose the best air purifiers for mold

We’ve written about air purifiers before, so we took what we knew about them and went a bit further with testing. We weren’t looking at its ability to prevent mold, since that’s what dehumidifiers are for. We looked for features like HEPA filtration and the percentage of micro-sized particles it can trap. In order to find the best air purifiers for mold, we also looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted first-hand research.

The best air purifiers for mold: Reviews & Recommendations

When it comes to AQI (the Air Quality Index), it’s like the game of Limbo: How low can you go? Keeping particulates out of our body is the goal of these selections, as mold is only good in blue cheese, penicillin, and tempeh—and that’s only if you’re not allergic or intolerant to any of them. Leave the fuzziness to those old raspberries in your fridge, not your lungs (OK, clear out the raspberries, too).

Best overall: PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier

PuroAir

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,115 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.5 x 8.5 x 14.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Weight: 8 lbs.

Pros

  • Detects air quality in home
  • Powerful H14 HEPA filter
  • Science-backed

Cons

  • Replacement filters are expensive

The PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier covers a massive 1,115 square feet and includes a powerful HEPA 14 air filter, which is ten times more powerful than HEPA 13. What you get is a hospital-grade air purifier under $200 that removes 99.99% of fine particles down to .1 microns in size. Mold? Sorry, you won’t find any here. It’s third-party lab tested and certified, meaning you’re getting a scientifically-developed air purifier from scientists and virologists at Harvard, MIT, Johns Hopkins, and Oxford universities that are backed up by other scientists.

A smart particle sensor monitors air quality and increases power if polluted air is detected. A flat, touch-controlled panel includes settings for timer, fan speed, a sleep mode that turns off all lights on the unit, filter replacement indicator, and child lock. It’s incredibly quiet even when running at its highest speed, and they’re incredibly intuitive to use. The replacement filters are a little expensive, but we think it’s a price worth paying.

Best smart: MILA Air Purifier with Overreactor filter

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 560 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Weight: 12 lbs.

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Clean look
  • Lots of customization

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re looking for an air purifier that is a bit more customizable, consider the Mila. Instead of offering one filter that does everything OK, the Mila gives you seven filters, each aimed at solving a particular need. We’re a fan of the Overreactor, which eliminates food odors, formaldehyde from furniture and flooring, and almost 98 percent of nine types of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Plus, the integrated hospital-grade HEPA 14 filter with modified granular carbon gives new meaning to “fresh air.”

The unit also has eight environmental sensors, including CO2 and humidity sensors, which are important for mold prevention. It’s literally as quiet as a library, thanks to its 24-decibel output. It’s also super sensitive: the air purifier kicked into high gear when I sprayed an aerosol air freshener in the room.

Mila’s app is where this connected smart-home device shines, however. Available for Android and iOS, the app gives you more preset modes like Bubble Boy (which keeps the AQI as low as possible, no matter the setting), sleep, white noise, energy save, Turndown Service, and child lock. The air purifier is also incredibly stylish. Its cube shape gives “technologically advanced fancy marshmallow” compared to “bleak, unaesthetic cylinder” like many others on the market. The Mila is expensive, but you get lots of perks and flexibility.

Best for large rooms: Shark HP302 NeverChange Air Purifier MAX

Shark

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 13.2 x 13.2 x 22.5 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Weight: 12.27 lbs.

Pros

  • Checks air quality
  • Four levels of filtration
  • Built-in odor neutralizer

Cons

  • Large compared to other air purifiers

If you want to keep mold out of the air but want something that can cover a wide area, or you want to purify multiple rooms at once, the Shark HP302 NeverChange Air Purifier MAX has the largest square footage of coverage out of all the air purifiers we tested. A five-year HEPA filter means you don’t have to worry about reordering one shortly after purchasing. The filter itself can trap 99.98% of particles of all sizes, and debris defense protection prevents build-up fox maximum performance. We especially love its included odor neutralizer that releases a fresh scent in your home. It’s something we’ve seen implemented in the company’s Stratos Cordless Vacuum; we loved how it performed with the vacuum, and we’re happy it’s in this air purifier.

Clean Sense IQ constantly adjusts power based on air quality throughout your home, which you can see when tapping the Air Info symbol on the touch panel. Speaking of, if you’re not in the mood for auto mode, the touch panel includes settings for timer, brightness control, and fan speed. It’s taller compared to other air purifiers, but it’s a small price to pay for never having to change the filter.

Best splurge: Dyson Purifier Big+Quiet Extra Large

Dyson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: Over 1,000 square feet
  • Dimensions: 30.47 x 23.37 x 17.32 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Weight: 26.2 lbs.

Pros

  • Remote control included
  • Pre-programmed turn-off
  • Quiet at full power
  • Wheels to easily move around

Cons

  • Expensive

This extra-large air purifier from Dyson resembles a dish antenna, but don’t let its unconventional shape fool you. This large format device means business. It projects air over 32 feet, easily purifies large spaces, and has adjustable airflow. If you’d like to conjure a spring wind in the comfort of your own home, consider this a breath of fresh air thanks to Breeze Mode, which brings the outdoor breeze feeling inside. The H13 filter can last up to 5 years, and a hygienic replacement mechanism lets you replace it in one click, relatively germ-free. The purifier itself is acoustically engineered to operate quietly, even when it’s working to the max.

It comes with a remote—hello, convenience—and can also be controlled using the MyDyson app (available for Android and iOS). Do Not Disturb mode purifies the air while using the quietest settings and dims the display so you can get the darkest environment for the best sleep. It’s pricey, but being able to emulate fresh air in your own home is priceless. Scooting around your silly-shaped air purifier on its included hidden wheels? That is some Smart House tech I can get behind.

Best budget: Levoit Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 219 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Weight: 7.48 lbs.

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inconspicuous
  • Incredibly quiet

Cons

  • Have to pay more for WiFi-enabled model

This sub-$100 air purifier packs a punch well beyond its price. It’s incredibly quiet, easy to use, and lightweight for moving around the house. Its touch panel comes with three airflow presets (I, II, III), a quiet mode, a timer, a child lock, and a “lights off” button that turns off the panel lights without shutting down the air purifier. Each filter lasts for six months, and they come in a two-pack so you only need to order them once a year. I’ve purchased this air purifier twice and would buy it again for every room in my apartment. I’ve used the general filter that comes with it and have had no problems, but the toxin absorber filter (sold separately) is a perfect match for mold catching. If you’re looking to pay extra for a WiFi-enabled model, it’s your lucky day.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers for mold

Mold exposure can lead to a stuffy nose, sore throat, coughing or wheezing, burning eyes, or rash. People with asthma or who are allergic to mold may have severe reactions like shortness of breath or chest tightness. Immunocompromised people and people with chronic lung disease may get lung infections from mold. With all this considered, it’s important to find an air purifier that works. Here’s what features you should consider before hitting “add to cart”:

Size of space

Most air purifiers are designed to clean the air in a single room. Because of this, many models include a Clean Air Delivery Rate (CADR) to show how fast it can purify the air in the room. The higher the CADR, the larger area an air purifier is able to clean. Generally, you should look for an air purifier with a CADR of 2/3 the square footage of a space. If you’re looking to put an air purifier in a 100-square-foot room, you’ll need a minimum CADR of 65, per Energy Star.

HEPA

HEPA stands for “high-efficiency particulate air” and has been used since World War II. That’s pretty neat. If you’re looking for a filter specifically for mold, look for H13 or H14 HEPA filters. They’re the highest tier of filtration and are considered medical or hospital grade.

Additionally, if you don’t want to think about filter speed or changing settings as air quality changes, consider an air purifier with sensors that increase the amount of air filtered for you. A higher fan speed for a longer time increases the amount of clean air in your home.

Mold prevention

The best air purifiers for mold only filter out spores already in the air. The CDC recommends keeping humidity levels no higher than 50% in your home to prevent mold. An air conditioner or dehumidifier can help, and you can buy a humidity meter to monitor levels in your home. Fix any roof, wall, or plumbing leaks, and add mold inhibitors to paint or use a mold-inhibiting primer before painting. You should also dry out your home 24-28 hours after a flood and remove or replace carpets and upholstery that have been soaked and cannot be dried right away.

Bathrooms and basements often harbor the most mold since they get moist easily when not built properly. Surface mold growth, like on the tile or in the caulk, is easy to clean. Use a mold-killing cleaner or remove the caulk and replace it with the highest quality caulking you can find. However, removing mold growing behind the shower is a job for a contractor, unless you are the handyperson in your home.

Should you test your home for mold? The CDC says no since the health effects of mold are different in everyone. Good mold sampling is often expensive, and there are no set standards for acceptable kinds and qualities of mold in homes. Color also isn’t an indication of mold danger. Save your money to remove any mold in your home and keep it at bay.

So, should you be constantly vigilant of mold? According to the CDC, probably not. There is a little mold everywhere. Molds that may be toxigenic—a.k.a., they produce toxins, specifically mycotoxins—are as hazardous as the common molds in your home. There are few reports that toxigenic molds in homes can cause pulmonary hemorrhage or memory loss. A link between the two has not been proven, and these reports are rare.

If you have asthma, are allergic to mold, are immune-compromised, or have chronic lung disease, talk to your doctor about what you can do to protect yourself against mold.

Smart capabilities

Some air purifiers can be controlled via an app that gives you deeper insights into the air in your home. Some have internal sensors that detect the air quality in your home and adjust the filter speed accordingly. However, these features can hike up the price.

If you get annoyed with air purifiers beeping when the air quality is poor, look for something that lets you turn the signal off, or consider a model that is beep-free. You already can’t stand when you set the fire alarm off while you’re cooking. You don’t need any more unnecessary beeping in your life.

FAQs

Q: Where is the best place to position an air purifier?

If your air purifier is in a corner or behind a piece of furniture, you should move it. You should stick your air purifier near a particular pollutant that’s bothering you. It should also be 3-5 feet off the ground if it’s not tower-styled. Brownie points for putting it by places with good airflow, like doorways and windows. Moving your air purifier from place to place also helps with efficacy.

Q: Will an air purifier affect my plants?

Purified air is just as good for plants as it is for humans. They’ll be fine unless your model expels ozone. Your plants should be safe and sound in the presence of an air purifier otherwise.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

There’s no reason not to sleep with the air purifier on. Many models come with an overnight mode to help you sleep—unless the white noise of an air purifier is up your alley. Regardless, creating an overall healthy home environment is something you won’t lose rest over.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers for mold

You can stop mold on surfaces with a quick wipe of a powerful cleaner. Mold in the air is a different story. When looking for an air purifier made specifically for getting rid of this particular allergen, ensure it comes with a hospital-grade H14 HEPA filter to get all the lung irritants out of the air. Keep in mind the size of your space to maximize its efficacy and fun add-on features like app control. You can breathe easily, knowing that your lungs will be relatively mold-free with the right pick.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for mold in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best beard trimmers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-beard-trimmer/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 21:43:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-beard-trimmer/
man standing in front of lake with a big beard and a beanie
Jakob Owens via Unsplash

Don’t take too many risks when it comes to trimming your whiskers. Take our advice on shopping for the best beard trimmer—and browse a few top picks.

The post The best beard trimmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
man standing in front of lake with a big beard and a beanie
Jakob Owens via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with a ceramic blade Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clippers Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clipper with Detachable Blade
SEE IT

This ultra-precise ceramic blade won’t upset even the most sensitive skin.

Best for shaping Braun BT7240 Braun Beard Detail Trimmer
SEE IT

This affordable pick offers 49 settings to give you control to create sharp lines, edges, and shapes.

Best battery life Home photo Beard Trimmer by Bevel
SEE IT

Never worry about running out of charge mid-shave with this pick from Bevel—the battery lasts up to six hours.

Your beard, or lack thereof, can say a lot about your style and sensibilities. A perfectly twirled mustache conveys an element of whimsy, whereas a full beard suggests a sense of rugged adventure. Neat, trim facial hair showcases thoughtfulness and precision, but a little stubble can make you appear cool and casual. Your facial hair is totally customizable, but it takes a steady hand and solid set of beard products to get the look you want and send the right message. A great trimmer is the centerpiece of any man’s facial hair toolkit. The best beard trimmers makes it easy to balance uneven sides, avoid painful razor burn, and ensure you’re happy with what you see in the mirror.

The best beard trimmers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best with a ceramic blade: Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clippers

Amazon

SEE IT

The Andis 63700 BGRC hair clippers are made with beautiful ceramic blades that sculpt a great beard on the most sensitive skin. But these blades aren’t for everyone. They require some extra attention, which means oiling them in between uses. This may add some steps to your grooming routine, but it’s a small price to pay for a superior shave. At 2,900 strokes-per-minute, the motor is strong and steady. The trimmer is compatible with any Andis CeramicEdge or UltraEdge blade, which means over 20 options. While this trimmer comes corded, you can also go cordless if you purchase the BGR+ battery pack and charger.

Best for shaping: Braun All-in-One Style Kit Series 9 9440

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

The Braun All-in-One Style Kit Series 9 9440 has a dedicated precision dial that can support 40 different length settings in 0.5-millimeter steps for beards up to 20 millimeters long. It has a long-lasting battery that can stay fully powered for over 100 minutes at a time and is equipped with auto-sensing technology that adjusts the power of the motor to fit the thickness of your beard, making it one of the best beard trimmers for shaping. The head is rinseable, so you won’t have to deal with a big mess.

Best cordless: Wahl Professional Magic Clip

Amazon

SEE IT

The Magic Clip from Wahl is one of the best cordless beard trimmers. It has a lithium-ion battery that can run for up to 90 minutes on a single charge. It includes a taper level for fading and blending as well as zero-overlap. The build quality is beautiful and easy to maneuver without sacrificing precision—you’ll feel like you’ve brought the barbershop into your home.

Best battery life: Beard Trimmer by Bevel

This sleek trimmer from Bevel can last a whopping six hours without being recharged, meaning you can take it on vacation without needing to worry about lugging a plug around. With an ergonomic shape, 360-degree non-slip handling, and an antimicrobial blade to keep your shave clean, this pick is both durable and reliable enough to depend on for everything from a full shave to a trim.

Best wet or dry: Philips Norelco Multigroom 5000

Amazon

SEE IT

The Philips Norelco Multigroom 5000 is perfect for those looking for a little versatility in their trimming options. As the best wet or dry beard trimmer it can be used on wet or dry hair with up to 70 minutes of cordless use, self-sharpening blades, and 17 precision length settings ranging from 0.5 to 20 millimeters. You’ll soon see the Philips is one of our favorite beard trimmer brands, so we also suggest you check out more of their products to find what’s right for you.

Most luxurious: Philips Norelco MG7791

Amazon

SEE IT

While this trimmer does not include the elusive low battery indicator, it does have pretty much anything you could ever want when it comes to facial hair care. Plus, the lithium-ion battery can last for up to six hours, so you might not need that light anyway. This Norelco MG7791 comes with 29 pieces inside its grooming kit, including a detail trimmer, rotary nose and ear trimmer, body shaver, comb, and trimming scissors. The head is fully washable, and the blades are dual-cut for increased sharpness and precision.

Best budget: Philips Norelco Multigroomer All-in-One Trimmer Series 7000

Philips Norelco

SEE IT

There are plenty of options for the best beard trimmers under $50 that we love (we’ve even listed one here), though we always recommend saving up just a little more to make sure you are investing in a product that will last. If you aren’t keen to wait, never fear; there are some high-performing budget models out there. Just pay special attention to the features you want and ensure the trimmer you’re eyeing can support your facial hair dreams. Models under $50 are typically not as long-lasting, have fewer length options, and little-to-no bonus features. When looking for a budget-friendly trimmer, check out the Philips Norelco Multigroom. It can take a while to collect a full charge, but it is equipped with tempered steel blades and thirteen attachments to keep you looking fresh and clean.

Things to consider when picking the best beard trimmers

There are a few key features to keep in mind while you peruse the shelves (virtually or otherwise) for a new beard trimmer. The trimmer’s overall build quality, blades, battery, and attachments will make a difference when you need to reshape and restore your facial hair. You’ll also want to think about convenience when it comes to travel and general use; do you need something cordless, or would you prefer to worry less about charging? Below we will go into more detail about all the things you’ll want to consider before clicking add to cart, so you can feel confident knowing you’ve made the right choice for your whiskers.

Consider the blade and motor type

One of the most important things to prioritize is blade type. You’ll primarily find trimmers for men with a stainless steel, chromium, or titanium blade for a long-lasting, rust-free trim. You’ll also find some other versions or blade hybrids like carbon steel, ceramic, or titanium-ceramic. Carbon steel is the sharpest but is more susceptible to rust. Titanium-coated carbon steel is going to make the blade more weather-resistant while retaining a stiffness that’s greater for thicker hair. Ceramic blades tend to stay cooler throughout the trimming process. They can also maintain sharpness longer than their steel counterparts, making them ideal for those with sensitive skin. Strength and sharpness are particularly important when it comes to preventing uncomfortable bumps and razor burn; cheaper materials have a tendency to pull at the skin rather than smoothly cut through the hairs, which can result in irritation. Stainless steel is the most common choice, followed by straight-up titanium. Both materials are strong and sharp but can lack the extra strength and support found in the hybrids.

An essential counterpart to the blade is the trimmer’s motor. The motor powers the overall movement of the blade. A strong motor means less pulling and fewer passes to get the cut you want. You also want something that is reliable and won’t degrade over time. Take a look at the listed SPM or strokes-per-minute to compare a motor’s overall power. We’ll dive a little deeper into motor functions when we discuss a trimmer’s cord, but keep in mind that a powerful motor paired with a strong, durable blade will result in a clean, uniform trim.

Think about the length and precision of your beard

Whether you like your facial hair to be full, bushy, and down to your chest or trimmed neatly and close to the face, you’re going to want to make sure the trimmer you get will match your length desires to a tee. Okay, fine, you might want shears for chest-length beards, but if your hair’s shorter than roughly 18 millimeters, a trimmer might just do the trick.

Most of the best trimmers for men come with attachments and settings to help you get closer to that perfect length. Some models will have a built-in dial to adjust the blade’s location in relation to the guard. Some function digitally, meaning that they can store and replicate your desired length settings, display a readout of the length, and make adjustments at 0.1 millimeters. For reference, getting rid of your five o’clock shadow would be roughly 0.2 millimeters of hair growth. Precision trimmers will have additional blades that can be added to the razor head.

You can also look for a trimmer that includes a significant number of fixed-length guide attachments. These can be a bit sturdier than an individual, adjustable guide comb, and often work better for longer beards. Some attachments can even help you achieve specific styles, like a goatee of heavy stubble. So whether you want to maintain the same length every day or you have a deep desire to start shaping a circle beard, multiple fixed-length guide combs and other attachments will get the results you require.

You can go corded or cordless

There are only two options when it comes to trimmer connectivity: corded or cordless. Both are solid, but you should know the pros and cons of each. A corded beard trimmer typically has a more robust and reliable motor. They last longer than their cordless counterparts, but they can also be less convenient. If you go corded, we suggest getting a trimmer with a long enough cable that you won’t find yourself lacking mobility; usually, something around five feet will do. This becomes especially important if you need to travel or trim on the go. A corded trimmer will also never run out of battery. Anyone with a beard (or anyone who knows anyone with a beard) knows how tragic the results can be when the trimmer runs out of battery midway through a session. Yes, you can charge it, but just wait until your reservation starts at 7:00 pm and your trimmer runs out early in your shave at 6:30 pm.

This brings us to our cableless selection. We’ve already touched on the principal con, which is that they can run out of battery. Luckily, if you’re diligent about charging, this shouldn’t be a huge problem. Just make sure you get something with long battery life or a low battery alert. Cordless trimmers are great for portability; they’re typically lightweight, and the chargers themselves are getting smaller and smaller. Many cordless trimmers will carry at least one hour of power on a single charge, so unless you’re doing something particularly intricate, you should make it out without extra whiskers holding on. Returning the trimmer to its charging dock is always a good idea. Make sure you’re never hung out to dry when it comes to shaping your beard.

Do you prefer a wet or a dry shave?

When we talk about a “waterproof” beard trimmer, we don’t necessarily mean doing a blind shave while you take a shower. Although fully submersible trimmers exist, they’re pretty tricky to find and ultimately don’t have much practical use. What we’re really thinking of is the razor head. A washable razor head is great for rinsing all your trimmed hairs down the drain once and for all. Any clippings clogging the blades or spilling out onto the bathroom counter will be a thing of the past. This also means you can shave or trim a wet beard and use gels or lotions on top. It would be a shame to pop out of the shower only to realize your beard needs to be fully dry before a shave, and you need to be on your way to work.

That being said, if you are relatively good at time management and don’t mind a bit of extra work, then a dry-shave-only option might be right for you. There are even some dry shave trimmers that have a built-in vacuum to pick up all the little hairs that you’ve recently snipped off. Keep in mind that if you’re going for something corded with a particularly powerful motor, then you’ll probably end up with a dry-shave-only model. The most popular trimmers, however, are ones that can handle both a wet and dry shave. But remember, you’ll probably need to keep the trimmer out of the shower unless you value waterproof design above all else.

What bonus features are important to you in a beard trimmer?

While the most important things to consider are blade, length and guide comb options, connectivity, and wet shave abilities, we shouldn’t discount the variety of bonus features many modern beard trimmers provide. Should you base your entire purchase on whether or not the brand includes a nose trimmer? Probably not. If the beard trimmers you narrowed it down to fulfill your requirements, might you base your decision on the inclusion of a clippings vacuum? Well, why not? Don’t undervalue a low battery alert light. This little light could be the difference between looking suave and sharp on your next big date or unfortunately under-groomed.

If you’re hoping to tackle some other hairy areas, look for a model that comes with a nose, ear, or eyebrow trimmer to help you achieve your final look. You might also find a grooming kit that comes with detailed blades or a significant range of guide combs. Select higher-end models include self-sharpening blades or a travel lock to prevent the razor from accidentally turning on in your luggage and draining the battery. There are even some trimmers that are equipped with laser guides to help you keep a steady hand. Think about what would make your at-home grooming experience feel like a trip to the salon, or dig deep and go for the bonus features that will significantly decrease any trimmer inconveniences you’re always up against.

Final thoughts on the best beard trimmers

Hopefully, by now, you are raring and ready to go pick out the best beard trimmers for you. Continue to keep in mind your beard goals, including length and shape, while considering your lifestyle. Do you travel frequently, do you prefer to shave post-shower, are you hoping to tackle some pesky nose hairs while you’re at it? Above all, you should feel comfortable and confident whenever you pick up your beard trimmer.

Or, consider an electric shaver if you want to get up close to the skin for a fresher face.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best beard trimmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best monitors for Mac Mini, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-monitors-for-mac-mini/ Sun, 12 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585066
The best monitors for Mac Mini
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The Mac Mini may be Apple's smallest computer but that doesn't mean it should be hooked up to a big, beautiful screen.

The post The best monitors for Mac Mini, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best monitors for Mac Mini
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Apple Studio Display Apple Studio Display
SEE IT

Apple makes the best display for the Mac Mini, but it’s also the priciest.

Best 4K Dell S2722QC is the best budget usb c monitor. Dell S2722QC
SEE IT

Need a high-resolution screen for less? You’ve come to the right place.

Best budget Best Monitors for Macbook Pro ViewSonic VP2756-2K
SEE IT

Pair Apple’s lowest-cost computer with an equally budget-friendly display.

The Mac Mini is Apple’s entry-level, low-cost desktop computer, but that entry-level price means it doesn’t come with a keyboard, mouse, or monitor. You’ll need to hook the Mac Mini up to a display to set up or otherwise use the computer, and you can even connect two to it simultaneously. The two-display setup is less indulgent with the Mac Mini, given its $599 starting price. In many cases, you’ll spend roughly as much (if not more) on a monitor as the computer. The best monitors for Mac Mini will allow you to use this pint-sized machine to its full potential.

How we chose the best monitors for Mac Mini

The Mac Mini can be connected to any monitor without an adapter thanks to its HDMI and Thunderbolt 4 ports. This flexibility means your stream of options is nearly endless, which is why we relied on both hands-on testing and extensive research to determine the best ones to get. We factored in each monitor’s size, resolution, port selection, and price above all else, so you’ll find a screen that fits both your needs and budget.

The best monitors for Mac Mini: Reviews & Recommendations

The Mac Mini is a great machine for many businesses, as well as home users. But it won’t be great until you add a monitor (although if you plan to run it as a home server, you could use a TV or even an iPad during setup). When picking an essential accessory, it’s important to be selective when choosing one. Take stock of how much space you can dedicate to a screen on your desk, or consider hooking up your monitor to an arm to take up less room. Consider the day-to-day tasks you’re going to use the Mac Mini to accomplish since specific tasks like photo and video editing require the highest-resolution monitors with the most accurate color reproduction.

Best overall: Apple Studio Display

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 5120 x 2880
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 1 X Thunderbolt; 3 X USB-C
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • 5K display with fantastic color accuracy
  • Robust-sounding built-in speakers
  • Integrated 12-megapixel webcam with Center Stage support

Cons

  • Cost
  • Middling webcam picture quality

It shouldn’t be shocking that the Apple Studio Display is the best monitor for the Mac Mini, as it was for the MacBook Pro. The company finally released a display matching its computers in aesthetics and performance.

It isn’t as performant as Apple’s premium Pro Display XDR, which costs a whopping $5,000 with a stand, but you do get an excellent-looking 27-inch 5K display for less than a third of that price. Apple first debuted a 5K monitor as part of the iMac, and it’s only recently offered a monitor with this resolution pretty recently. While the first 5K iMac was released in 2015, it’s still rare to find any monitor from any company that’s this high res.

The primary reason to pair the Mac Mini with a monitor designed by Apple is both were designed to work perfectly in sync. We tested this monitor with a MacBook Pro and never had a problem with the machine recognizing the display. There were no unwanted artifacts like flickering or stuttering, either. Surprisingly, the Studio Display’s speakers performed significantly better than we expected, delivering punchy bass, while there was still a lot of detail in the mids and highs.

This isn’t a necessary feature, but you’ll appreciate it if you want a clean desk—some good powered speakers sound better but require space. Similarly, the Studio Display’s aluminum body matches the Mac Mini, which is aesthetically pleasing. When it comes to connectivity, this monitor is equipped with one Thunderbolt 3 port, which must be used to connect the display to the Mac Mini, and three USB-C ports that can be used to hook up accessories. One accessory you won’t necessarily need when using the Mac Mini with an Apple Studio Display is a webcam.

This monitor has a 12MP webcam, which is better than nothing but disappointing given the display’s north-of-$1,000 price. The issue is that Apple opted to sacrifice video quality to support a feature called Center Stage. The Studio Display’s webcam will zoom in and crop its image to keep you in the middle of the frame. It’ll also pan around as you move. This feature is neat, but we’d have preferred a better-looking webcam.

Still, you won’t beat Apple’s Studio Display if you have a Mac Mini and want a monitor that was literally made to be its companion.

Best ultrawide: BenQ PD3420Q

BenQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 34-inch
  • Resolution: 3440×1440
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 1 X DisplayPort 1.4; 2 X HDMI 2.0; 1 X USB-B; 1 X USB 3.1; 1 X USB-C
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Calman and Pantone validated
  • Built-in speakers
  • Wide assortment of ports

Cons

  • Large size

If your desk has enough space to accommodate its huge size, BenQ’s PD3420Q is an excellent ultrawide monitor for the Mac Mini. It’s earned the distinction of being Pantone Validated, which means it’s been tested by one of the foremost authorities on color accuracy and found to display a wide range of colors precisely. If you edit photos and videos, this is an essential mark of quality. Similarly, the PD3420Q can reproduce colors on 98% of the sRGB color spectrum. The bottom line is that what you see on this screen will be reflective of what you’ll see on a printed product.

You can connect the Mac Mini to this monitor using either an HDMI or USB-C cable because it has both of those inputs. These video inputs sit alongside this monitor’s USB-A ports, which can be used with accessories. If you choose to connect your computer to this display via USB-C, you can use the HDMI ports to plug in a couple of game consoles. The PD3420Q has a pair of three-watt speakers for stereo sound. Don’t expect much from them, but it’s better than nothing.

There’s no getting around the PD3420Q’s big size, but that’s the point of getting an ultrawide monitor. If you need a big screen for important media work, this Mac Mini monitor is for you.

Best curved: Samsung ViewFinity S65VC

ViewFinity

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 34-inch
  • Resolution: 3440×1440
  • Refresh rate: 100Hz
  • Ports: 1 X HDMI 2.0; 1 X USB-C; 2 X USB-A; 1 X USB-B; 1 X Ethernet
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Built-in webcam
  • HDR 10 support
  • Ethernet port

Cons

  • May be too big

If you prefer using curved displays with your computer to get a more immersive experience for work or play, Samsung’s ViewFinity S65VC is the ideal Mac Mini monitor. The display’s size may be overwhelming—this is true of all curved displays—but the point is to take up as much of your peripheral vision as possible. If you work with multiple windows simultaneously, the extra space is necessary to work efficiently.

This Mac Mini monitor has the highest refresh rate out of all our recommendations and supports HDR (High Dynamic Range), which is helpful for both gaming and video editing. The display also features a pair of five-watt stereo speakers and a built-in five-megapixel camera. You should expect good-looking HD video from this camera given its size and placement—it protrudes from the top of the screen in its own enclosure rather than having to fit in its bezels. If you believe in a clean desktop and don’t want to clutter up more space with accessories, this all-in-one monitor approach makes a lot of these, and the ideology even extends to its assortment of inputs.

Alongside the typical array of video and USB ports sits an Ethernet jack. If you connect the Mac Mini to this monitor, you can use the display as your networking and accessories hub in a way that isn’t possible with the other monitors we’re recommending. Yes, the Mac Mini has a built-in Ethernet port, but you can organize your cables more easily if they’re all coming from a single point. Add these features to this display’s curved screen, and you get a Mac Mini monitor unlike any other.

Best 4K: Dell S2722QC

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 3840×2160 (4K)
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 2.0, 1 x USB Type-C, 2 x USB-A, 1 x headphone jack
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Sharp display
  • Sturdy Stand
  • Ergonomic

Cons

  • Doesn’t cover as much of the DCI-3 color gamut

Dell’s S2722QC makes the dream of a 4K USB-C-equipped monitor for the Mac Mini a reality for just about everybody. Its price, which fluctuates around $300, is solid and competitive with our budget pick in this category. What we found most surprising about this screen is its overall build quality. It’s made of plastic, but both the display and stand feel sturdy, even when rotating the monitor 90 degrees or adjusting its height.

This monitor’s USB-C port is the star of the show. We tested this monitor with a 13-inch MacBook Pro, but expect the same performance from a Mac Mini connected with a USB-C cable. You can plug the computer into this display over HDMI if you’d prefer. Dell complemented this monitor’s video ports with two USB-A ports and a headphone jack. The USB-A ports come in handy if you want to connect a webcam and external hard drive.

Overall, we were pleased with the performance of Dell’s S2722QC during common tasks like reading articles, streaming video, and participating in digital meetings. The display’s color accuracy was good enough for casual photo editing, but professionals are better off with a display that covers 100% of the sRGB color spectrum. On the other hand, the monitor’s 4K resolution made those photos, videos, and text look sharp.

Our time with the Dell S2722QC shows how much value you should expect from a monitor for the Mac Mini. To get this level of performance from a display in this price range is remarkable and proves the company’s commitment to pushing premium features in less expensive hardware.

Best budget: ViewSonic VP2756-2K

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 2560 x 1440
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 1 X USB-C; 1 X Displayport; 1 X HDMI; 2 X USB 3.0; 1 X USB Type-B
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Good color accuracy
  • Ergonomic stand
  • Price

Cons

  • So-so design

You can always get a cheaper monitor if you’re willing to compromise on size and specs, but the ViewSonic VG2756-2K is a very reasonable price-conscious mid-tier monitor that delivers what we’d recommend maximizing everyday work and play with a Mac Mini.

The VG2756-2K is a 27-inch, 1440p monitor you can connect to your computer via USB-C. You also have the option to plug it in with an HDMI cable if you’d prefer. The display’s 5ms response time is solid, as are its 350 cd/m² brightness, built-in stereo speakers, fully adjustable stand, and a three-year warranty. Overall, it’s an enticing mid-range productivity monitor.

We were continually impressed by its shockingly accurate color reproduction during our tests. It performed well in this regard right out of the box without having to futz around with settings or change it to a specific mode. That plug-and-play performance is usually outside the purview of monitors in this price range. This makes this monitor a reasonable option for creative work when paired with the Mac Mini.

What to consider when shopping for a monitor for Mac Mini

Several factors should be considered when deciding which monitor for Mac Mini is right for your needs. We’ve addressed the most important ones below, which we kept in mind while testing and researching. We also judged the monitors we chose based on their price, which heavily impacted how we viewed their overall value.

Screen size

Monitors come in a wide assortment of styles, but bigger isn’t necessarily better. The larger the monitor, the more space it’ll take up on your desk. This is also one of the most significant drivers of a monitor’s price. Photo and video editors can take full advantage of the space afforded by a 30+ inch screen, while a writer who uses one app at a time won’t. Additionally, it’s easier to see individual pixels on a larger monitor as it typically has the same resolution as a smaller one.

Screen resolution

While size will have the biggest immediate impact on how you perceive a screen, its resolution will determine its image quality. A basic summation is the higher the resolution, the more pixels you’ll see in a given patch of monitor space.

Screen resolution is defined by both numbers and letters, which can be somewhat confusing. The numbers signify how many horizontal and vertical pixels are present. For example, a resolution of 1920 x 1080 shows 1920 pixels from right to left and 1080 pixels from top to bottom. Resolution numbers are often abbreviated to just show the vertical number—1920 x 1080 is known in this system as 1080p.

Our Mac Mini monitor recommendations fall into the QHD (2560 X 1440), 4K (3840 x 2160), and 5K (5120 × 2880) resolution ranges. Text, images, and videos will look clear on all of these displays, so you won’t have to worry about upgrading your screen any time soon.

Ports

A monitor’s ports (also called inputs) determine which cable is required to connect it to your Mac Mini (or any other gadget, for that matter). All of our recommendations have HDMI ports, but many also feature DisplayPort and USB-C inputs. You can connect the machine to any display because of the Mac Mini’s built-in HDMI and Thunderbolt 4 ports. However, the benefit of using a USB-C connection is that a single cable will carry audio, video, and data, while HDMI only carries the first two. Some of our picks have USB-A ports, which allow you to use them as a hub to connect your computer to additional accessories.

Refresh rate

A monitor’s refresh rate—measured in hertz, shortened to Hz—determines how quickly its display can be updated with new information. Refresh rates are measured in milliseconds, which means this tech spec isn’t important for common tasks but will make a difference if you choose to use your monitor for gaming. Most displays refresh at 60Hz, but it can go much higher.

FAQs

Q: Can I use Mac Mini with any monitor?

Yes. The Mac Mini can be used with any monitor that has a USB-C or HDMI port. It can also be connected to a monitor with a DisplayPort with the correct cable.

Q: Do I really need a 4K monitor?

This depends on how you plan to use your Mac Mini. Photographers and videographers will need a screen with such a high resolution to get their work done, while those with more modest needs won’t.

Q: Does Mac mini support a 4K monitor?

Yes. The Mac Mini can be used with a 4K or 5K monitor with a single cable.

Q: Are curved monitors better?

No. Curved monitors aren’t objectively better than flat panel monitors. Their design allows the screen to take up more of your peripheral vision, which can be helpful depending on how you use your machine.

Q: How long will a Mac mini last?

Apple typically supports the Mac Mini with regular software updates for roughly six years. Your needs may change before then, which could necessitate upgrading earlier.

Q: How much does a monitor for Mac Mini cost?

Our Mac Mini monitor recommendations range in price between $280 and $1,599.

Final thoughts on the best monitors for Mac Mini

The Mac Mini is an excellent entry point into Apple’s computer ecosystem thanks to its low price. The machine is powerful enough to handle demanding tasks like 4K video editing while taking up far less space than a traditional PC tower. It’s small and light enough that you could actually carry it around in a backpack if you have two workstations set up. One of the best parts about monitors for Mac Mini is that you can continue to use the same display even after upgrading your computer. These displays can outlast several computers without having to be replaced, which makes them an excellent value if you switch out your PC often.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best monitors for Mac Mini, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow blowers for gravel driveways of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-snow-blowers-for-gravel-driveways/ Fri, 19 Aug 2022 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=463653
Best snow blowers for gravel driveways sliced header
Tony Ware

Cut through the snow, not your driveway.

The post The best snow blowers for gravel driveways of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best snow blowers for gravel driveways sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Honda Power Equipment HSS928AATD is the best overall snow blower for gravel driveways. Honda Power Equipment HSS724AAWD
SEE IT

With an easy electric start and adjustable auger height, this beast of a blower will carve a path through frozen precipitation in no time.

Best Electric EGO SNT2400 is the best electric snow blower for gravel driveways. EGO SNT2400
SEE IT

More eco-friendly, as well as noise pollution negligible, than gas-powered blowers, this electric option is still highly efficient.

Best for Long Driveways Ariens 30-inch snow blower for long driveways Ariens Deluxe 30-in Two-stage Self-propelled Gas Snow Blower
SEE IT

It can cut a 30-inch path through more than 18 inches of snow, which means fewer passes and shorter clearing times.

You might be avoiding snow blowers for gravel driveways because you’ve heard they’ll kick up rocks and damage your property. At the same time, shoveling out your entire driveway probably sounds like a horrid chore. The answer is a two-stage or three-stage snow blower, capable of skimming across the top of your driveway, removing the majority of snow while leaving your driveway intact. If you feel like picking the right machine for the job has you between a bunch of rocks and a hard place, we’ve made it easier with our list of the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

How we selected the best snow blowers for gravel driveways

Selecting the best snow blowers for gravel driveways is a bit different than choosing the best snow blowers to use in a general sense. The main issue is that you cannot safely use a 1-stage snow blower on gravel driveways because they have no way to prevent rocks from making it out through the chute. Wheels and treads are another worthwhile consideration. In any event, we had to go beyond the top-rated snow blowers and look at each machine to make sure it would remove your snow and not the ground, without having to resort to snow shovels. We considered critical reviews and user impressions to help us narrow down our list to the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

The best snow blowers for gravel driveways: Reviews & Recommendations

The following 2-stage and 3-stage snow blowers are all adequate choices for gravel driveways. While the typical choice is going to be a gas-powered 2-stage snow blower, we’ve also got some variety for you. Within this list, you’ll be able to find anything you would want from the category, from heavy-duty snow blowers to the best electric snow blower. In the end, all of the following choices will make for a good snow blower for gravel driveway clearing.

Best overall: Honda 660780 Two Stage Snow Blower

Honda

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This heavy-duty snow blower by Honda has the power to get big jobs done.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stage
  • Size: Fits in 60 x 44 x 30 inches pre-assembly
  • Weight: 220 pounds

Pros

  • Easy electric start
  • Adjustable auger height
  • Clears 24-inches wide
  • Expert assembly available

Cons

  • Very heavy
  • Expensive

The top of our list belongs to Honda Power Equipment for its sheer power. This beast of a machine can handle 1,500 pounds of snow a minute, with a 24-inch wide clearing opening. Keeping on your gravel driveway should be relatively easy with the tank-like treads on the back two wheels. Be sure to install skid shoes on the bottom of the front section to give your snow blower some lift, but also be aware that the height of the Honda Power Equipment’s auger (the part that gets rid of the snow) is adjustable.

You can also take advantage of the offered expert assembly, which will be especially useful since the Honda Power Equipment snow blower weighs over 220 pounds. The weight, alongside the hefty cost, is going to turn some heads, but the overall efficacy of the Honda Power Equipment and advanced height adjustment earns it its slot at the top of the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

Best electric: EGO SNT2400

EGO Power+

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The EGO SNT2400 is one of the few fully electric stage-2 snow blowers that can compete with a gas-powered snow blower.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stages
  • Size: 49 x 26 x 45 inches
  • Weight: 154.7 pounds

Pros

  • Much quieter than gas-powered models
  • Headlights
  • Eco friendly
  • Expert assembly available

Cons

  • No provided batteries/charger

Our best electric snow blower for gravel driveways comes in the form of the EGO SNT2400. This product really outshines its gas-powered competitors in that it isn’t churning out noxious fumes into the air while also staying quiet in the mornings to not wake up the kids and neighbors.

The EGO SNT2400 uses arc lithium batteries to deliver the power of gas without all of the environmental downsides. The batteries also give you the chance for a completely electric but also cordless snow blower-for-gravel-driveways experience.

Unfortunately, the EGO SNT2400 does not come with the batteries and charger. This does, however, give you some choice and flexibility in what you’re getting, as well as save you some money if you’re an electric fan that already has the needed batteries for other EGO Outdoor Power Equipment. For this model, EGO recommends using two of the 56V ARC Lithium batteries, with the 7.5 Ah model being able to clear an 18-car driveway in a single charge.

Best 3-stage: CRAFTSMAN SB650 28-in Three-stage Self-propelled Gas Snow Blower

Craftsman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The extra turbo mode kicks when when you have to chop through super-heavy snow or ice.

Specs

  • Stages: 3-stage
  • Size: 53 x 28 x 43 inches
  • Weight: 283 pounds

Pros

  • Extra power when you need it
  • Extremely burly wheels
  • Self-propulsion
  • 357cc engine
  • Six forward speeds and two reverse speeds

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

When things get rough, such as when you get refrozen snow regularly, it becomes time for a 3-stage snow blower. These hardy snow blowers have an accelerator that pushes through into the heaviest and wettest of snows, giving you the power to get the job done. This 357cc model is one of the most powerful currently available.

It cuts a 28-inch swath through the accumulated snow up to 18-inches hight. That means you can wait until the storm is over (most of the time) and then quickly clear the driveway all in one shot instead of having to do multiple passes. The self-propulsion system offers six forward speeds and two reverse speeds. You’ll need that help from the self-propulsion system since this blower weighs in at a very hefty 283 pounds.

It can throw snow for up to 30 feet and the versatile blade design makes it right at home on paved surfaces or un-paved surfaces. That’s great if you’re clearing a big property with mixed terrain.

If you typically just get fluffy snow that blows around in the wind, then this model might be overkill. But, if you get heavy, icy snow that tends to choke your regular blower, than this is absolutely worth the upgrade.

Best for long driveways: Ariens Deluxe 30-in Two-stage Self-propelled Gas Snow Blower

Ariens

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You want two things when clearing a long driveway: a wide clearing area and self-propulsion. This has both.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stage
  • Size: 58 x 32 x 45
  • Weight: 275 pounds

Pros

  • Super-wide 30-inch clearing area
  • Powerful engine
  • Long throw
  • Self-propulsion
  • Push-button electric start

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

When you have a long driveway, you want to clear as much snow as possible with each pass. This powerful snow mover cuts a 30-inch wide path through the accumulation. That drastically cuts down on how long it takes to cover a large area. It’s also capable of chewing through up to 18 inches of snow, so no need to go out and do multiple sessions.

This machine offers variable-speed self-propulsion, which is all-but-mandatory since it weighs a very hefty 275 pounds. Still, it’s relatively easy to maneuver thanks to the powerful self-drive mechanism and burly back tires. The auger can throw snow up to 50 feet, so it’s good for wide driveways as well. Plus, the chute rotates up to 200 degrees so you can be surgical when it comes to placing the blown snow. This is a beast of a machine, but if you have a long driveway, it can drastically decrease time spent clearing snow.

Best budget: PowerSmart Snow Blower 212cc

PowerSmart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: PowerSmart has provided us with a fully powered 2-stage snow blower for under $800.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stage
  • Size: 32.3 x 24.8 x 22 inches
  • Weight: 143 pounds

Pros

  • Great power for the price
  • Relatively lightweight
  • Expert assembly available

Cons

  • Jiggly chute

Finally, we have a 2-stage snow blower from PowerSmart. Despite its relatively affordable price, the PowerSmart is tough enough to get through difficult storms thanks to a clearing height of up to 21 inches at full 2-foot width. It uses a 212cc standard gas engine with a corded electric start.

What the PowerSmart lacks in premium features, such as headlights or heated handles, it makes up for by being a solid unit that won’t break the bank. You’ll also notice that sticking to the essentials gives makes the PowerSmart comparatively lightweight at only 143 pounds. Where most units are considerably heavier than me, there’s a lot of comfort in working with a machine in the slippery snow that is more comparable in weight.

The PowerSmart features a 180-degree rotatable chute. While, in theory, this rotation should be under your control, consumer reports mention that the chute can have a mind of its own from time to time and change its aim. This is particularly noticeable in bumpy terrain. Still, you should be able to get it back under control quickly if you are attentive.

Things to consider before buying snow blowers for gravel driveways

While the number of stages is the most important thing to consider when buying a snow blower for gravel driveways compared to one for other use cases, there are other important things to consider before buying such a large, complicated piece of equipment. Then chuck on your best heated gloves and your best heated jacket and get to work.

Stages

At its most simple, we can describe the stage amount as the number of steps and parts used to chuck snow elsewhere. The most important distinction for users wanting to blow snow off the tops of gravel driveways is separating 1-stage and higher-stage snow blowers.

A 1-stage snow blower, also known as a “snow thrower,” has a more open build and no shielding to protect the ground. The result is snow—and gravel—thrown everywhere. These 1-stage snow blowers are not suitable snow blowers for gravel driveways.

The 2-stage and 3-stage snow blowers, meanwhile, are made for gravel driveways. A large part of this is the addition in most models of skid shoes, which force the machine slightly off the ground. The result is a skimming-off-the-top effect, leaving just a thin layer of snow atop your undisturbed gravel. The main bonus of a 3-stage over a 2-stage is the addition of an accelerator that can help with harder, refrozen snow.

Please note that other terminology works for these products, as well. For example, 2-stage, dual-stage, and two-stage all work interchangeably. When looking for the best snow blowers for gravel driveways avoid snow throwers, 1-stage snow blowers, single-stage snow blowers, and one-stage snow blowers.

Expert assembly options

Regardless of how handy you are, a bit of help putting together a several-hundred-pound machine can be quite useful. This assembly can also ensure that the skid shoes—the part of the snow blower that raises the machine up to not eat your gravel—are attached properly. As a bonus, the cost of getting expert assembly is typically quite cheap. For example, the EGO SNT2400 has an expert assembly option that adds less than 5% to the overall cost of the machine. That being said, be sure to discuss the details with the service provider, as there is usually a clause that allows for an updated estimate based on the complexity of the machine.

Size & weight

Picturing your heavy-duty snow blower tossing snow out of your path sounds great as the season approaches, but will you be happy with a large and ultra-heavy machine sitting in your garage all year? Be careful and imagine setting a box with the weight and dimensions of your new product in your shed for a full year. Are you going to be using it enough during the viable season to make it worth having it from spring to fall as well or is it going to be weighing you down more than the full utility that it provides? The heaviest snow blowers can weigh nearly 300 pounds. Once weights get up above 150 pounds or so, you want to make sure to have self-propulsion. Also, heavier models benefit from reverse gears to help you go backwards without doing a World’s Strongest Man event.

FAQs

Q: How much does a snow blower for gravel driveways cost?

A snow blower for gravel driveways can cost anywhere from below $800 to over $3,000. More complex models and, oftentimes, 3-stage snow blowers are likely to cost more than the rest. It is really important to evaluate how often you are really going to be using a snow blower when buying one for gravel driveways due to their high cost. Alternatively, consider budget models like the PowerSmart Snow Blower 212cc, which can pay for themselves after just a dozen or so uses.

Q: Can any snow blower be used on gravel driveways?

Any snow blower that doesn’t lift the snow from the surface directly can be used on gravel driveways. One-stage snow blowers take the snow from the surface and, in one step (or “stage”) directly displace it. In the case of gravel driveways, 1-stage snow blowers will also remove gravel on the surface as well. As a result, 1-stage snow blowers should not be used for gravel driveways.

Q: Two-stage vs three-stage snow blowers: what’s better for gravel?

The 2-stage vs 3-stage snow blowers, unlike the 1-stage snow blowers discussed in the question above, are both suitable for gravel. Instead, the debate on getting a 2-stage vs 3-stage snow blower comes down to how much power you need. Typical consumers will be fine with a two-stage snow blower, but some might appreciate the third stage (acceleration) that can be found in 3-stage snow blowers such as the Cub Cadet 3X 28.”

Final thoughts on the best snow blowers for gravel driveways

Getting the best snow blowers for gravel driveways is easy once you’ve figured out the need to have a 2-stage or 3-stage snow blower at a minimum. The snow blowers presented on this list should appeal to anyone wishing to get something to make the winter more bearable, with the Honda 660780 Two Stage Snow Blower being a particularly strong choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow blowers for gravel driveways of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sublimation printers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-sublimation-printers/ Fri, 10 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=587770
Four of the best sublimation printers are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

You might be surprised at the variety of sublimation printers that are available and what you can use them for.

The post The best sublimation printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best sublimation printers are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Sawgrass SG500 sublimation printer over a white background Sawgrass SG500
SEE IT

The Sawgrass SG500 offers a high resolution and is ready to print sublimation right out of the box.

Best inkjet black Epson EcoTank ET-2720 with ink containers Epson EcoTank ET-2720
SEE IT

This Epson EcoTank printer is easy to convert into a sublimation printer.

Best budget The white Canon Selphy CP1500 sublimation printer is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Canon Selphy CP1500
SEE IT

This budget printer is also portable so you can print sublimated photos on the go.

Sublimation printing allows you to print photos and artwork using special inks to transfer to items like T-shirts, mugs, canvases, and more. But gone are the days of sublimation printers being primarily for high-end production businesses. More companies are now producing these special devices for general consumer use, making the art of dye sublimation more approachable. Should one of those not fit the bill, most inkjet printers can also be converted to the sublimation process. The best sublimation printers are a great way to create custom products in your home or office without paying a third party to handle them. 

How we chose the best sublimation printers

For this selection of the best sublimation printers, we chose current models from some of the major brands that produce these types of printers. Those meeting most users’ needs earned the top spots on our list.  We researched and selected models that included the broadest spectrum of features and capabilities, such as connectivity options, print speed, ink capacity and price, printer footprint, maximum print size, and more.

The best sublimation printers: Reviews & Recommendations

While you can convert most inkjet printers to sublimation printers, more companies have started to offer dedication sublimation options for creators. Converting an inkjet printer has benefits, but for most, buying a sublimation printer ready to run right out of the box is the preferable choice. Just add laptop (and your own brand/creativity, naturally). We’ve included out-of-the-box dye-sub devices in this guide, though with a few traditional inkjets thrown in as well. 

Best overall: Sawgrass SG500

Sawgrass

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 4800 x 1200 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: ‎32.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 17.25 x 8.5 inches
  • Type: Purpose-built sublimation printer

Pros

  • Comes with a set of Sublijet UHD sublimation inks
  • WiFi connectivity
  • 2-year product warranty and In-house support

Cons

  • Somewhat pricey
  • Ink is expensive

Sawgrass is well known for its sublimation printers, with the SG500 sitting at the entry point of its lineup. It offers a high resolution for detailed prints and produces accurate, vibrant colors. You can print on media up to 8.5 by 14 inches and use it to create and apply custom graphics to a wide variety of items, including mugs, coasters, phone cases, apparel, and more.

The Sawgrass SG500 fits easily onto the top of a desk thanks to its small size. But, it’s still a powerful dye-sublimation printer that can be used on many projects, whether you’re a hobbyist or you own a small business or kiosk operation. It offers WiFi connectivity for wireless printing, so you don’t have to stay tethered to your desk. 

Since this is a purpose-built sublimation printer, you won’t need to worry about converting anything to get started. Set up is easy, as is printing. It comes with Sawgrass Print Manager, a software utility that automatically adjusts the ink output to ensure optimal quality while also reducing wasted ink. That’s ideal since ink for this printer is expensive, which is one of the main downsides. It also doesn’t hold very much, so if you print frequently, you’ll be refilling ink a lot.

Best for photos: DNP DS620A

DNP

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 300 x 300 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 6 x 8 inches
  • Weight: 26.4 pounds.
  • Dimensions: ‎10.8 x 14.4 x 6.7 inches
  • Type: Purpose-built sublimation printer

Pros

  • Excellent performance and very fast
  • Prints high-quality photos
  • Offers several different print sizes
  • You can print either glossy or matte finish

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not for transfers

The DS620A printer is ideal for event and wedding photographers and content creators who want to quickly produce many quality photos to hand out at an event. What’s also nice about this printer is that, unlike cheaper purpose-built sublimation printers, it can print in three different sizes: 4 x 6 inches, 5 x 7 inches, and 6 x 8 inches. 

The DNP DS620A is very fast, too. The company says it can print 400 prints per hour. You can also place a watermark on the back of all your images and use the same media to produce either glossy or matte photos. It features a standby mode to lower costs by making the most efficient use of energy. The printer also provides advanced status information from the driver, enabling you to check on remaining media, media format, printer status, printer life counter, color control data, firmware version, and serial number.

It’s important to point out that this is strictly a photo printer. It is not meant for transfer purposes, so you won’t be able to print photos to transfer to mugs, shirts, etc. But this is an excellent choice if you want to produce high-quality and durable photos for clients. 

Best for beginners: Epson SureColor F170

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 1440 x 720 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 27.7 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.8 x 19.8 x 7.4 inches
  • Type: Purpose-built sublimation printer

Pros

  • Affordable inks
  • Easy to get started and use
  • Works with a wide range of blanks
  • Excellent print quality

Cons

  • Can’t print larger than 8.5 x 14 inches

Epson makes some of the best home office printers, all-in-one printers, and even photo printers. So it should come as no surprise that it also makes an excellent sublimation printer. The SureColor SC-F170 is ready to produce dye-sub prints right out of the box. It features a 150-feet auto-feed tray to keep you from loading media constantly. And the large ink tanks mean you won’t need to refill as often, saving you money and reducing the plastic you use. 


This printer for sublimation offers a 144 x 720 dpi resolution and produces vibrant, detailed prints. You’ll be able to transfer your prints to a variety of blanks, from mugs and metal panels to mousepads, shirts, and more. It connects via USB, Ethernet, or integrated wireless, giving you plenty of options. It is easy to set up and easy to use, getting you printing faster with less fuss.

Best inkjet: Epson EcoTank ET-2720 

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 5760 x 1440 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 8.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.7 x 14.8 x 8.7 inches
  • Type: All-in-one inkjet printer

Pros

  • Easy to convert to a dye-sub printer
  • Ink tanks can hold months’ worth of ink
  • Easy to set up
  • Has both wireless and hands-free voice-activated printing capabilities
  • Includes built-in scanner

Cons

  • Requires conversion, which voids your warranty

If you’d prefer to convert an inkjet printer for dye-sub printing, the Epson EcoTank ET-2720 is a great choice. The printer itself is affordable, saving you money in upfront costs. Its large tanks hold a lot of ink, so you won’t have to refill as often. And the 5760 x 1440 dpi resolution will produce detailed prints for transferring.

Converting the printer is as simple as adding sublimation ink, so you don’t need to be a tech guru to get started. As an all-in-one, it features a built-in scanner, allowing you to use it for more than just printing. It offers plenty of connectivity options as well, making it easy to print from anywhere. Finally, the relatively small footprint won’t take up much room on a desk. Just keep in mind that using sublimation ink will void the warranty of the printer. If it breaks, you’ll be left dealing with repairs or replacement on your own.

Best budget: Canon Selphy CP1500

Canon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 300 x 300 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 4 x 6 inches
  • Weight: 1.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 7.2 x 2.3 x 5.2 inches
  • Type: Portable photo dye-sublimation printer

Pros:

  • Inexpensive
  • Easy to use
  • Portable
  • Can print on four media sizes, including small stickers
  • Can print directly from SD memory card (via memory card slot)

Cons:

  • Not for heat transfers 
  • Not very versatile

There’s a lot to like about the Canon Selphy CP1500 dye-sub photo printer, provided that you’re okay with being limited to printing only 4 x 6-inch photos. Also, Canon didn’t make this printer for what transfers, so you won’t be able to create images for mugs, shirts, and so on. But if you just want a compact, portable, affordable printer for quality and durable photos, the CP1500 is a great choice.

Beyond being a great budget option, the Selphy CP1500 is also the best portable dye-sub printer. It will fit in any small office or anywhere else in the home and is easy to tuck away or take with you on the go. There are also several options when you want to connect with the printer. You can connect to it via a USB port for a wired connection, print directly from an SD card or USB flash drive, or print wirelessly via WiFi. You can even print from your smartphone or tablet through the SELPHY Layout app, Canon’s PRINT app, Apple AirPrint (for Apple devices), or Mopria (for Android devices).

An AC adapter powers the printer. It also supports the Canon NB-CP2LH battery, allowing up to 54 prints on a single charge. The Selphy CP1500 also sports a small 3.2-inch LCD, which allows you to preview any images you’d like to print directly from your memory card or thumb drive.

What to consider when buying the best sublimation printers

For many of you, it’s quite possible that you’ve never even heard of sublimation (or dye-sublimation) printers before. You might be wondering: How does a dye-sublimation printer work, and how does it differ from the process inkjet printers use to create images and prints? Essentially, during the printing process, heat is applied to the layers of solid ink, which causes them to sublimate, which means it skips the liquid form and goes directly to the gaseous state. Then, once the ink hits the paper or other material, it transitions back to a solid, producing the image. The printer then finishes by applying a clear protective coating to prevent smudging. 

What will you be using the printer for? 

Sublimation printing is used for two main types of processes: Printing photos or printing images and graphics for transfer. Some printers can do both, but some are only intended for one or the other. So, when you buy a sublimation printer, you’ll want to be clear on what you’ll be using it for. The media type that works in the printer will determine what you can use it for. 

Sublimation technology is especially common in compact, portable photo printers. That is partly because sublimation photo prints are more durable than standard inkjet prints due to this heating process. They come out of the printer totally dry and won’t smudge if touched too soon. They are also more resistant to fading. You can also find larger devices that use this method of printing, but those can get rather pricey.

Many creatives and small business owners use sublimation printers in order to transfer images or designs onto fabric or a range of hard materials, such as mugs or metal sheets. To do this kind of dye-sublimation printing, you first create a graphic or photo and produce a dye-sub print (which is printed in reverse) onto transfer paper. Once the ink is dry on the transfer paper, the photo or graphic can be transferred onto an object by heating it. Heat is applied to the ink, at which point it’s vaporized and transferred to an object. 

Type of printer

If you’re interested in placing your photos or graphics on customized gifts, like baseball hats, cell phone cases, mugs, or t-shirts, you have two options. First, you can convert an inkjet printer to a dye-sublimation printer. This process is as simple as adding sublimation ink instead of the ink that comes with your printer when buying a new device. You should be aware, however, that when you decide to convert your printer to the sublimation process, you will no longer be able to use it as an inkjet printer. It also voids your printer’s warranty since you are not using ink intended for the printer. Also, not all inkjets can be converted. So, be sure to do some research to find out if your model can be converted. 

Your other option is to buy a purpose-built sublimation printer. These are becoming more common, with more brands offering consumer-level devices suitable for home or office settings.  

Print size

Before purchasing a printer, you’ll want to consider what size you will be printing. Some printers can only print up to four by six inches, while others can print up to 13 inches wide. If you are primarily creating small graphics to put on mugs and other promotional items, a smaller printer will save you money and still work well for your needs. But if you want the ability to create large graphics, focus on printers that support larger print sizes. 

What other equipment and supplies will I need on hand? 

If you are purchasing a sublimation printer in order to transfer images to objects or other materials, you will also need a heat press. Heat presses come in different forms, with some specifically built for mugs, hats, or other oddly shaped objects. You’ll also need to invest in sublimation paper, ink, heat-resistant tape, and blanks to transfer your images onto. Be sure to factor all these costs into your budget when choosing a printer. 

FAQs

Q: Can any printer do sublimation printing?

No. There are specific models by a few printer manufacturers, such as Epson and Canon, that claim their printers can be converted to produce sublimation prints. For more information on specific models, go to those printer manufacturers’ websites.

Q: How long do sublimation prints last?

Done correctly with quality materials, sublimation prints can last a lifetime. This, of course, depends on the material you are transferring to as well, however. And the quality of inks you use will determine how resistant to fading the print is.

Q: Can I use a dye-sublimation print and transfer it to any fabric or mug?

No. You can only print on a shirt that’s been made out of synthetic fiber, such as polyester fabric, or fabrics with a polymer coating. As for mugs, you’ll need to buy a special type of mug—one that has a glazed ceramic surface with a special coating that allows the surface of the mug to preserve the sublimated ink. These are called sublimation blanks, as they are made specifically for this process.

Q: What is a good brand of sublimation ink?

Hiipoo is one of the most popular sublimation ink brands available. Sawgrass, the maker of our top printer pick, also makes excellent sublimation ink, as does Epson. 

Q: Is it better to buy a sublimation printer or convert one?

Whether it is better to buy or convert comes down to your budget, experience level, and personal preference. Purpose-built sublimation printers are typically more expensive than the inkjet printer you would buy to convert, so the conversion process can save you some money. Converting a brand-new printer is as easy as adding sublimation ink, but converting a used printer is a more involved process. You’ll also want to keep in mind that using sublimation ink in an inkjet printer does void the warranty, which may be less than ideal for some, especially when buying a new printer.

Final thoughts on the best sublimation printers

Sublimation printers can be a fun way to either create durable, long-lasting photos or to transfer images and designs to all sorts of objects and materials. There are a range of sublimation printers out there for all experience levels, project types, and budgets. You can even convert inkjet printers, adding even more options. No matter what, be sure to consider what type of images you want to print and how you will be using those images in order to choose the best printer for your needs. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sublimation printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best desk fans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-desk-fans/ Mon, 26 Sep 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=472551
Best desktop fans sliced header
Tony Ware

These compact machines can keep you cool or at least circulate some fresh air as you work.

The post The best desk fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best desktop fans sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall white and gold Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan on a wooden table Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan
SEE IT

Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan!

Best whisper-quiet white Kovhzcu Air Circulator Fan over gradient background Rechargeable Small Oscillating Desk Fan
SEE IT

With a max sound of 25 dB, this desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

Best budget Gaiatop USB Desk Fan on a white background Gaiatop USB Desk Fan
SEE IT

For under $15, you can get a three-speed USB plug-in desk fan with overwhelmingly positive reviews.

Desk fans offer a convenient way to take control of the climate around your workspace. When it’s hot and stuffy, focusing on work is near impossible. You don’t want to be a sweaty mess on those Zoom calls and you certainly don’t want a loud, disruptive, and distracting window A/C sputtering in the background—an absolute work-from-home nightmare. Desk fans are a great way to offset hot summer months without breaking the bank with cooling bills. And if you don’t have A/C at all, small desk fans should be mandatory in every household! While desktop fans don’t actually cool the air like air conditioning, they help circulate airflow around the room to create a wind chill effect, helping your body cool itself. The best desk fans are quiet, powerful, compact, and budget-friendly, so we rounded up some of the best options available to keep you comfortable.

How we picked the best desk fans

Choosing the right desk fan for your setup really depends on your own needs and personal tastes. For this list, we picked some models that work for just about anyone and others geared toward specific users. All of the entries on this list, however, promise reliable build quality, solid airflow, generally quiet operation, and compact sizing. We relied on a mixture of personal experience, peer suggestions, user impressions, editorial reviews, and spec comparisons to choose models from reputable brands. 

Related: Best fans

The best desk fans: Reviews & Recommendations

A small, compact desk fan does not need to be expensive to be effective. You can find solid and simple designs for under $20, but more stylish designs will have a higher price tag. More speed settings and stronger power will also up the price, but you should really never be paying more than $100 for even the best desk fans.

Best overall: Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan! It’s got three speeds, clocks in at under 2 pounds, and has a sleek, modern design. 

Specs 

  • Product Dimensions: 5.1″D x 5.7″W x 6″H
  • Item Weight: 1.7 lbs
  • Number of Speeds: 3

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Stylish
  • Great brand reputation
  • 3-speed, multi-directional airflow

Cons

  • Highest setting is noisy
  • Can be difficult to clean

Designed with a cool, aviation-inspired look, the Vornado Pivot looks expensive without breaking the bank. Standing at only 6 inches tall, it’s a great choice for a desk or nightstand that produces concentrated airflow without overpowering the space. It features three speeds, multi-directional airflow, and several colors to suit your vibe. Reviewers love that it’s durable, not too loud (especially the lowest setting), and can “blow 11ft across my bedroom, even on medium.” Note that it can be a bit hard to clean, and the highest setting is definitely the noisiest if you’re trying to take a video call or are a light sleeper.

Best retro: Vornado VFAN Vintage Whole Room Air Circulator Fan

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a green and gold painted finish, this retro-inspired desk fan offers a groovy vibe with your cooler air. It’s got three speeds, lots of positive reviews, and a full-action pivot head for multi-directional airflow.

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 13.8 Inches (H) x 11.8 Inches (W) x 8.1 Inches (D)
  • Item Weight: 7.9 pounds
  • Number of Speeds: 3

Pros

  • 3 speeds
  • Pivot head for multi-directional airflow
  • Tough, sturdy, well-built
  • Lots of 5-star online reviews
  • Vintage feel

Cons

  • Cleaning the inside can be challenging
  • Pricier than other options
  • Vintage look (not actually vintage)

A vintage feel with the benefits of modern technology, this green-and-gold painted fan is strong yet compact enough to fit on your desk. With Vortex technology for whole-room circulation, three speeds to suit your preference, and a strong brand reputation, this desk fan is the perfect choice for anyone who has a more retro design style. It’s made from durable metal with no assembly required—just plug it in! Note that this is a retro feel, not an actual vintage fan. 

Best compact: Vornado 133 Compact Air Circulator Fan

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With over 5,000 positive Amazon reviews, apartment dwellers and space savers will love this mini, 2-pound desk fan with two speeds and deep-pitched blades. 

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 7.4 x 5.9 x 8.7 inches
  • Item Weight: 2.1 pounds
  • Battery Required: No

Pros

  • Lightweight (2 lbs)
  • Mini, compact, space-saving
  • Sturdy
  • Moves air up to 25 feet
  • Budget-friendly 

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Only 2 speeds

The 133 Compact Air Circulator features Vornado’s features deep-pitched blades, two speeds, and an inlet guide code with an enclosed air duct that moves air about 25 feet around the room. That’s pretty good for a fan that’s only 2 pounds! It comes with an adjustable tilt head so you can direct air right on your face during hot months; however, it only moves up and down (not sideways). Reviewers like that this mini desk fan is sturdy, compact, and budget-friendly at under $40. It’s a “good little fan” that’s pretty decent for home office use or a child’s room. Note that some found it to be noisy when on the higher speed. This isn’t ideal for light sleepers or noise-sensitive folks. 

Best whisper-quiet: Kovhzcu Air Circulator Fan

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a max sound of 25 dB, this rechargeable oscillating desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 8″D x 8″W x 11″H
  • Material: Plastic
  • Noise Level: 25 dB

Pros

  • 4 Speeds
  • 45 dB – whisper quiet
  • Fairly priced
  • Compact yet durable
  • Rechargable 

Cons

  • Some don’t see enough difference between levels 2 & 3

With four wind speeds (normal wind, natural wind, sleep wind, baby wind) for a customizable experience, this whisper-quiet desk fan is only 45 dB when running. It features an intelligent oscillating fan with turbine technology for more concentrated blowing. While the high-performance DC motor makes for a powerful fan, the low noise output is perfect for light sleepers, video calls, and those who are easily irritated by noise. Reviewers absolutely rave about this little fan—many note that they love the LED function, how quiet it is, and that it’s small enough to be compact while large enough that it’s not flimsy. It’s also fairly priced at under $50!

Best budget: Gaiatop USB Desk Fan

Gaiatop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For under $15, you can get a three-speed, quality, USB plug-in desk fan that’s got over 11,000 positive reviews to back it up.

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 3.07″D x 4.57″W x 5.43″H
  • Item Weight: 8 oz.
  • Number of Speeds: 3

Pros

  • Super inexpensive
  • Over 11,000 positive Amazon reviews
  • 3 speeds
  • Powerful yet compact
  • Anti-slip base

Cons

  • Not the most stylish
  • Included 3-foot cords are short

For a simple and straightforward desk fan that won’t break the bank but will deliver powerful circulation, look no further than the Gaiatop compact desk fan. For under $15, you get a small but strong fan with three speeds, USB plug-in, and one button for simple controlling. The anti-slip rubber pad base helps to reduce noise and prevent scratching your table or desk surface. Note that the three-foot cord can be a bit short for plugging into some outlets, depending on how your desk is situated. One reviewer had trouble fitting other plugs into the tiny fan’s USB outlet, so make note of this when purchasing. 

What to look for when choosing the best desk fans

Size

Your tabletop desk fan should be compact enough that it won’t be taking up your entire workspace! We’d recommend considering size first and foremost when shopping for your desk fan—around 6- to 8-inches high is a good starting point.

Weight

You don’t want some big, heavy, chunk to lug around from desk to desk or around your house. Look for a lightweight design that’s easy to move.

Noise

Noise for fans can be measured in decibels. You’ll want around 40-50 dB for quiet, discreet noise levels.

Speeds

We prefer fans that have at least 3 speeds, so you can customize your experience and noise level depending on your preferences.

FAQs

Q: Does a desk fan cool the air?

Desk fans don’t cool the air like an air conditioner but, rather, circulate air around the room. Fans create a wind chill effect and increase “the maximum amount of evaporation possible in a given environment,” which means sweat will evaporate off your skin quicker and help cool your body.

Q: Are bladeless fans better?

Bladeless fans are generally safer, especially if you have children (there’s less risk of cutting yourself on the blades). They tend to be stronger, as well, but also more expensive. If budget is the main concern, bladeless fans might not be the better option for you.

Q: Is it cheaper to have fans or air conditioning?

Fans are cheaper than air conditioning. However, they do two separate things. Fans circulate air around a room, while air conditioning actually cools the air. If running the fan feels sufficient, it will definitely be cheaper overall. But if it’s unbearably hot, you will only be able to actually cool the air by using the AC.

Final thoughts about the best desk fans

Stop sweating through work meetings, long nights writing, or brainstorming sessions at your desk. Keep cool in higher temps with these compact, affordable, and convenient desk fans that’ll make you feel comfortable and cool without spending a ton on AC bills!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best desk fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow blowers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snow-blower/ Fri, 25 Feb 2022 15:59:49 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/best-snow-blower/
Best snow blowers header sliced
Tony Ware

Snow piling up? Dig in here so you can dig out in a hurry with a snow blower to clear your driveway in no time.

The post The best snow blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best snow blowers header sliced
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The PowerSmart Two Stage Snow Blower is the best two-stage PowerSmart PSSAM24 Snow Blower
SEE IT

A reliable and heavy-duty pick to handle serious winter conditions.

Best electric Snow Joe SJ623E Electric Single Stage Snow Thrower Snow Joe Electric Blower
SEE IT

Skip the hassle of maintenance and choose sustainably with this electric, yet high-powered option.

Best budget Home photo Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower
SEE IT

Save your money while still clearing snow effectively.

When the weather is nice, a snow blower sounds like a luxury. When there’s a foot of snow covering your driveway and you have to be at work soon, you’ll be truly glad you invested in some mechanical help for clearing all that pesky white stuff. While your small walkway or porch might only need a quick shovel (as long as you do it safely), in some places the task of hauling snow over your shoulder can be nothing short of back-breaking (or heart-killing). With the right snow blower, you can clear your driveway, street, or sidewalk in a matter of minutes without much more effort than pressing a button or pulling a cord. However, picking the right one can feel a little overwhelming. Luckily, we’re here to take the guesswork out of snow removal.

How we chose the best snow blowers

When selecting the best snow blowers to make winter storms a whole lot more bearable, we reviewed each unit’s cost, power source, reviews, and displacement to select only the best products. We considered over 40 products and 10 brands to ultimately narrow it down to this list of the best six. Our final range includes blowers designed for different climates—as those who only need to clear a few inches won’t need the same kind of power as those who get hit with more serious snowfall. Whether you’re on a budget or want a high-end option with plenty of bells and whistles, we’ve included a product pick for you.

The best snow blowers: Reviews & Recommendations

Snow blowers aren’t just for locations with frequent blizzards. These machines can assist in clearing everything from a dusting to a blizzard. It all depends on what you need and how much you want to spend.

Best overall: PowerSmart PSSAM24 Snow Blower

Why it made the cut: This powerful two-stage pick offers chute control, multiple speed settings, and a four-cycle engine to get through any storm.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 212 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 40 feet

Pros

  • Steel auger cuts through snow
  • 8 total speeds
  • Non-slip treaded tires

Cons

  • Heavier design

This snow blower is a reliable, durable, and powerful machine equipped to clear most snowfalls. The gas-powered, two-stage blower beats electric and one-stage models when it comes to forcing, and the steel auger slices through even heavy or icy snow buildup to provide a 24-inch wide, 20-inch deep clearing capacity. The PowerSmart has an energetic 212cc engine, 13-inch-height tires to dig deep into terrain, 180 degrees of chute control (with a 40-foot throw), and eight total speeds (six forward, two reverse), giving you a range of options to choose from when clearing your unique driveway, sidewalk, or street.

Best gas-powered: Ariens Deluxe 30-inch Two-Stage Snow Blower

Lowes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This gas-powered pick can cut through even the most abominable snow buildup with snow blows of up to 50 feet.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 306 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 50 feet

Pros

  • Dual belts for more power
  • Auto-turn steering
  • All steel frame for durability

Cons

  • If not maintained well the steel can rust

Save yourself the hassle of making pass after pass after pass with this powerful Ariens snow blower. Capable of clearing a 30-inch-wide path and cutting through 21 inches of piled-up snow, this two-stage snow blower will make quick work of even the most sprawling driveways. Auto-turn steering also means no tricky levers or triggers to manipulate—just press the electric push button and start carving. The dual belt system also allows your engine to output more power where it matters, so clearing even heavy snowfall can be a breeze.

Best full-sized electric: EGO Power+ SNT2112 21-Inch 56-Volt Lithium-Ion Cordless Snow Blower

EGO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Throw distance: 40 feet

Pros

  • Strong steel auger
  • Comes with extra batteries
  • Quieter than many gas-powered models
  • Low vibration
  • Extremely easy to start

Cons

  • Not self-propelled

Electric snow blowers used to be wimpy machines that could barely handle a dusting. That’s no longer true and EGO’s powerful snow moving machine is proof. It comes with a pair of batteries and a dual-outlet charger so you can keep them both ready to go for when the snow falls. It’s electric, so it starts very quickly and easily with no cord to pull. Once it’s running, it’s noticeably quieter than its gas-powered pals.

Up front, a steel auger chops through snow and ice with aplomb. It measures 21 inches wide, which is wide enough to make quick work of a full-sized driveway, but still nimble enough to clear narrow walkways and other paths. Two charged batteries provide enough power to clear a 12-car driveway of eight inches of snow. If you want a simple, effective way to move snow without a ton of maintenance or effort, this is a great option. It’s not self-propelled, so you’ll have to push it, but the auger is so good at its job that it won’t be a heavy lift.

Best compact electric: Snow Joe SJ627E Electric Walk-Behind Snow Blower

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Simply charge up and get snow blowing with this eco-friendly-meets-affordable pick, which clears an impressive amount of snow despite its lightweight and compact design.

Specs

  • Power source: Corded electric
  • Engine displacement: 840 lbs/min
  • Throw distance: 25 feet

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Sustainable
  • Lightweight design

Cons

  • Not suited for large driveways

Powered with a rechargeable 100-volt, 5.0 Ah lithium-ion battery, this electric snow blower can clear a path that’s 22 inches wide and 13 inches high. This model comes with a battery and charger, but you can add an additional battery (sold separately) if thirty minutes of run time isn’t enough. And with dual 5-Watt LED lights, you’ll be able to see where you’re going even when the sun is down. Unlike gas models, the Snow Joe requires no maintenance, so your snow blower won’t malfunction if it goes untouched for months in the garage. Despite its more compact size, this pick can also move 840 pounds of snow per minute, making it a workhorse worthy of a try.

rounded option.

Best compact: Ariens 18S 18-in Single-stage Push with Auger Assistance Gas Snow Blower

Ariens

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There aren’t many compact gas-powered snow blowers out there, but this is a very solid option.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 99cc
  • Throw distance: 10 feet

Pros

  • One of just a few gas-powered compact models
  • Clever blade design gets all the way to the driveway
  • Easy to start with one or two pulls
  • High-visibility color

Cons

  • Heavier than electric models
  • Max snow clearing height of six inches so not for heavy storms

You won’t find many gas-powered compact snow blowers out there anymore with so many electric models to choose from. But, if you’re keeping a snow clearing machine at a camp or area with inconsistent access to electricity, then a petrol-powered machine may be the way to go. This 18-inch wide machine has a 99cc engine inside and a 12-inch intake height. It’s only meant to clear six inches of a snow at a time, so you’ll have to go out and clear regularly if you get a storm with more accumulation than that. But, this machine starts easily, runs relatively quietly (at least compared to other gas-powered blowers), and maneuvers deftly. Its clever auger blade design allows it to get all the way down to the bare driveway without leaving scrapes or marks or getting damaged if it hits an errant rock.

The chute turns a full 210 degrees, so you can throw snow wherever you want it as you move along. That comes in handy if you have a driveway with a lot of vehicles or picky neighbors who don’t allow your snow to touch their precious lawn.

Best two-stage: Briggs & Stratton Dual-Stage Snow Blower

Briggs & Stratton

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-quality option has a powerful motor and two-stage design to tackle the heaviest snowfalls.

Specs:

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 208 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: Up to 40 feet

Pros

  • Easy electric push start
  • Heated hand grips
  • Non-slip treaded tires

Cons

  • Heavier design

This powerful gas two-stage snow blower can easily tackle snowfalls that are up to 20 inches and move 208 cubic cm of snow, making it one of the best machines to clear areas hit with serious snowfall. While considerably more expensive than the other options in the article, this gas snow blower will cut through just about anything you put in its way and you give total control over where it ends up. The dual-trigger steering also allows you to cut tight turns and clear snow precisely, which ultimately makes for a faster process overall.

Best budget: Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Snowblowers tend to be quite the investment, but you don’t have to spend a ton to save time clearing drifts—this Greenworks pick has quite the power, despite its more compact size and affordable pricing.

Specs:

  • Power source: Corded electric
  • Clearing depth: 10 inches
  • Throw distance: 20 feet

Pros

  • Affordable pick
  • Lightweight design
  • Easy electric start

Cons

  • Requires extension cord

If you live somewhere that only sees light, sporadic snowfall, there’s absolutely no reason to shell out big money on a snow blower with features you don’t need. This Greenworks electric snow blower will clear a path that’s 20 inches wide and 10 inches deep. Since it’s AC-powered, you’ll never run out of juice as long as you can reach an outlet. Convenient to store and easy to start, this is a great snow thrower if you don’t want to spend too much money. It’s also a great model to buy for any elderly people you may help care for since it’s light enough to handle without too much effort.

What to consider when buying the best snow blowers

They say that every snowflake is unique, and snow blowers are no different. Depending on your individual needs, you may want a fairly no-frills device or the latest technology. Check out these five things to consider before buying the best snow blower, and then let the snowfall where it may. And while you’re outfitting yourself to tackle those drifts, check out our roundups of the best snow bootsheated socks, heated insolesheated vests, and winter hats to help you get the job done more comfortably (and when you get back inside, grab your heated slippers).

For long driveways and big clean-ups, power your snow blower with gas

Generally speaking, gas-powered snow blowers tend to be more powerful than even the best electric models. So, if you have to clean up a long driveway or city block, you’ll probably want your snow blower to run on gas.

Gas models do have their downsides: for example, you’ll need to change the oil from time to time and make sure that you’re using the right type of gasoline. Other upkeep will include changing or cleaning the filters as needed and occasionally replacing a burnt-out spark plug. However, when the inches start piling up, the maintenance a gas-powered snow blower requires will be more than worth it.

For convenience and ease of use, there’s no beating an electric snow blower

In addition to being more environmentally friendly than their gas-powered counterparts, electric snow blowers are easier to use and require less upkeep. Depending on the model, all you’ll need to do is plug them in (or charge the battery) and you’ll be ready to go.

Unfortunately, electric snow blowers tend to be less powerful than gas-powered ones, so if you have a huge amount of snow to clear, you might find yourself making multiple passes or cursing when the battery runs out. “Less powerful” doesn’t mean “not powerful,” though, and a well-made electric model might be exactly what you’re looking for provided the conditions you’ll be using it in aren’t terribly inclement. There are truly burly electric models on the market, but expect to fork over a pretty penny for them. Some cost $2,000 and up.

A two-stage snow blower is the best choice for clearing large areas and really deep snow

If you live in an area that gets pummeled with snow, a one-stage snow blower just isn’t going to cut it. The difference between a one-stage and two-stage snow blower comes down to how much heavy lifting the “auger” (the part that sucks up the snow) is being asked to do—and in a one-stage model, it’s being asked to do everything.

Put simply, in a one-stage model, the auger sucks up the snow and spits it out, while in a two-stage model, the auger only has to suck it up while another part (the “impeller”) is responsible for blowing it somewhere else. If you’re looking to clear more than 8 inches of snow, a two-stage model is the only type that will get the job done. Electric models are all one-stage, so if you live in a place that gets lots of snow, a gas-powered, two-stage model is a must.

The best snow blowers will come with a few bells and whistles

Not all snow blowers are built equally and picking one with some extra features can save you a lot of time and frustration. For example, if you can’t wait for the sun to come out to clear a path to your car, you’ll definitely want to consider a snow blower with a built-in light. Want more control over where the snow you throw lands? Some models come equipped with remote chute control, so you don’t make another mess cleaning up the first one.

FAQs

Q: How long should a snow blower last?

Depending on the brand, style, use time, how they’re stored, and how well you care for the machine, snow blowers can last between 10-30 years. This means that, in order to get more winters out of your snow blower, you will need to give it some love and care in the off-season with some maintenance. This includes draining the gas, replacing sparkplugs, oiling the wheels, and cleaning it. A basic parts inspection every 20 hours of use is a good rule of thumb to follow.

Q: Do you need hearing protection when using a snow blower?

You don’t need to wear hearing protection when using a snow blower, but you should, as they can be loud. For example, gas snow blowers can reach up to 85 decibels. Eight hours of exposure to that decibel level is considered safe. However, at 100 decibels, the safe exposure time drops to 15 minutes. Although snow on the ground isn’t permanent, hearing loss is. If you’re looking for hearing protection that you can use year-round, check out our best earplugs for concerts. You can rock them under your hat when you’re outside using your brand new snow blower, and rock out with them when seeing your favorite band in town.

Q: Do snow blowers work on heavy snow?

It depends on the kind of snow blower you buy. Single-stage and two-stage blowers can handle up to a foot of snow. Three-stage snow blowers can handle 16 inches. Two- and three-stage snow blowers also remove a wider swath of snow in a pass compared to single-stage snow blowers. If you get frequent, heavy snows, a two- or three-stage snow blower is worth the investment since it will be easier—and less time-consuming—to clear your driveway.

Final thoughts on the best snow blowers

The best snow blowers vary widely in price, power, and performance. Depending on your needs, features like LED lighting and remote chute control can be extremely helpful or totally superfluous. Bottom line: the best snow blower is the one that’s suited to your area’s weather conditions and the amount of area you’ll need to clear. Think gas-powered and two-stage models for blizzard-prone climates, and smaller electric units for more fair-weather locales.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best keyboards for programming in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-keyboards-for-programming/ Fri, 10 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588183
Sliced and diced keyboards for programming arranged on a white background.
Tony Ware

Earning your living on a keyboard demands a proper tool of the trade.

The post The best keyboards for programming in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Sliced and diced keyboards for programming arranged on a white background.
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall ASUS Scope 96 Strix II keyboard on a wooden surface ASUS Strix Scope II 96 Wireless
SEE IT

ASUS pulled out all the stops with its design, creating a keyboard that is both soft yet crisp under the fingers, allowing you to type for hours without fatigue.

Best wireless Nuphy Air75 propped up on a wooden surface Nuphy Air75
SEE IT

This low-profile keyboard is designed to completely replace your laptop keyboard thanks to its innovative silicone feet that rest between its built-in keys, allowing you to use it directly on top with ease.

Best low-profile Corsair K100 Air keyboard on a wooden countertop Corsair K100 Air
SEE IT

At only 11mm at its thinnest point, but using Cherry’s MX Ultra low-profile tactile switches, it offers a much crisper, exceptionally comfortable typing experience.

When you make your living programming on a keyboard, the keys you use become a tool of the trade. Like any professional, investing in the proper tool is one of the best decisions you can make to improve the quality of your work day. Proper keyboards for programming not only feel good under the fingers but also offer unique features that enhance your workflow and the enjoyment you take in your coding experience. The keyboard market is more crowded than ever, making finding the best for your needs more difficult. What makes one keyboard worth $30 and another worth $300, and are they actually worth the investment? We’ve researched so you can cut through the noise and get straight to what’s most important: the best keyboards for programming so far this year.

How we chose the best keyboards for programming

I’ve been writing about tech online for over a decade, first as a member of the games press and then moving to tech explicitly in 2015. Over that time, I’ve covered hundreds of keyboards for sites like MMORPG, IGN, Tom’s Hardware, PC Perspective, and, of course, Popular Science. I make my living on a keyboard, and because of that, have developed an intense interest in exploring their nuances and differences. In addition to reviewing every sort of keyboard, from budget and gaming-focused to expensive and completely custom, I also build and collect my own. In short, I know what makes a good keyboard, especially if you’re going to be typing for multiple hours every single day.

Since I cover so many keyboards, I started this list by considering some of my favorite releases of the year and comparing them to the needs of a typical programmer. I then reviewed the wider world of releases I haven’t experienced first-hand, consulting industry-leading sources like RTings, PC World, TechRadar, and Tom’s Hardware to determine the stand-out options in the wider consumer tech world. Finally, I compared the top options to user reviews, my own knowledge of each brand, and their individual features to settle on this list of the seven best options for every type of programmer.

The best keyboards for programming: Reviews & Recommendations

Sure, you could skip to our things to consider and then shop and find the best mechanical keyboard to meet your needs all by yourself. However, if you’d rather skip the hard part, we’ve researched for you and now present the best keyboards for programming available right now.

Best overall: ASUS Scope 96 Strix II

Chris Coke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $179.99
  • Layout: Compact full-size
  • Switches: Linear, clicky
  • Keycaps: Doubleshot PBT (backlit)
  • Backlight: Yes, programmable RGB
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, wired, 2.4GHz
  • Battery Life: Up to 1,500 hours
  • Software: Armoury Crate

Pros

  • Excellent build quality with a great layout
  • Soft, smooth typing experience
  • Exceptionally programmable

Cons

  • Battery life takes a nosedive with RGB-enabled
  • Software can be a bit clunky

The ASUS ROG Scope Strix II 96 is one of the single-best wireless mechanical keyboards you can buy today without building one yourself. ASUS pulled out all the stops with its design, creating a keyboard that is both soft yet crisp under the fingers, allowing you to type for hours without fatigue. The switches feel great and are exceptionally smooth and deep sounding, and the keycaps are made of durable doubleshot PBT plastic, so they’ll last for years into the future. It’s a keyboard that’s so satisfying to type on, you’ll find extra enjoyment in your hours of dev time.

The Scope Strix II 96 uses a compact, full-size layout. It includes a full function row, arrow keys, and number pad, but pushes all of those keys together so it’s only a single row wider than a standard TKL, ensuring every key is close at hand. Using the Armoury Crate software, nearly every key can be remapped, assigned macros, or used for advanced features like Windows shortcuts or program launches. The software is admittedly a little clunky, but it’s completely usable. If there’s a feature you’d hope for in a keyboard, there’s a good chance it has it.

It features per-key RGB backlighting that’s fully customizable, so typing in the dark won’t be an issue, and has enough battery life to last upwards of two full work weeks between recharges. If you’re willing to go without colorful backlighting, that extends up to an incredible 1,500 hours using its fast SpeedNova Wireless 2.4GHz connection. It’s truly something to behold.

Best wireless: Nuphy Air75

Chris Coke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $120.99
  • Layout: Compact TKL
  • Switches: Linear, clicky, tactile
  • Keycaps: Dye-sublimated PBT (non-backlit)
  • Backlight: Yes, programmable RGB
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, 2.4GHz, wired
  • Battery Life: Up to 48 hours
  • Software: Nuphy Console

Pros

  • Compatible with both Mac and Windows
  • Versatile tri-mode connectivity, made for travel
  • AirFeet allow it to replace a laptop keyboard

Cons

  • No Mac software

A great wireless keyboard should be versatile, reliable, and something with great battery life … the Nuphy Air75 is all that and more. This low-profile keyboard is designed to completely replace the keyboard on your laptop or MacBook thanks to its innovative AirFeet, thin silicone feet that rest between its built-in keys, allowing you to use it directly on top with ease. It’s just as portable, too, thanks to its slim, bag-friendly design. With 48 hours of battery life (and even more on the new V2 version), it can last for a full workweek with battery to spare for evening gaming.

Its build quality is much closer to a custom keyboard, featuring an aluminum top case and polycarbonate bottom with a sleek mirrored badge. The switches are pre-lubed for extra smoothness yet also come in your choice of linear, tactile, or clicky versions. They’re also hot-swappable, so if you ever want to try something new, you won’t be stuck buying a whole new keyboard. Atop those switches are thick keycaps made of durable PBT plastic—a rare luxury in a low-profile keyboard—that are made to last years without ever showing wear or tear and lending your keystrokes a deeper sound profile.

The Air75 features tri-mode wireless connectivity (wired, wireless, and 2.4GHz) and is fully reprogrammable using the Nuphy Console software. Rebinding keys, assigning macros, and mapping secondary functions takes only minutes, as does customizing its per-key RGB lighting. The software isn’t as refined as bigger brands like Razer and Logitech, but it’s surprisingly fully featured. Unfortunately, it’s only supported on Windows. The keyboard itself is fully Mac compatible and even features matching keycaps, but for programmability, you’ll be limited to Windows. Still, this fantastic wireless keyboard is well worth the cost of entry.

Best low-profile: Corsair K100 Air Wireless

Chris Coke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $249.99
  • Layout: Full-size
  • Switches: Tactile, ultra-low-profile
  • Keycaps: Doubleshot
  • Backlight: Yes, programmable RGB
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, 2.4GHz, wired
  • Battery Life: Up to 200 hours
  • Software: Corsair iCUE

Pros

  • Exceptionally low-profile yet fully mechanical
  • High-speed wireless connectivity
  • Outstanding programmability

Cons

  • No other layouts available

The Corsair K100 Air Wireless is in a class of its own in the world of low-profile mechanical keyboards. At only 11mm at its thinnest point, it’s the perfect choice for programmers used to typing on laptops or Apple Magic Keyboards. But since it uses Cherry’s MX Ultra low-profile tactile switches, it offers a much crisper typing experience that makes long hours at the keyboard feel like less of a chore and exceptionally comfortable. Its slim design also allows it to be much quieter than the vast majority of full-height mechanical keyboards. Coming from Corsair, it also features a suite of next-level features that most other low-profile keyboards just can’t match.

The K100 Air relies on Corsair iCUE to make the most of its features, but it’s definitely a software package you’ll want to download. With it, you have access to a full suite of customization tools, including macros, multiple layers of key bindings, instant text strings, program launches and shortcuts, and support for up to 50 onboard profiles — enough for even the most dedicated coder’s array of software tools. It also supports the most in-depth customization for its per-key RGB backlighting we’ve found for a keyboard of its type.

The keyboard is also completely wireless, supporting both Bluetooth and fast 2.4GHz SlipStream wireless. You can count on up to 200 hours of battery life with RGB off or 50 hours with it on, so you’ll only need to recharge once a week to once a month with normal use. The biggest downside to this keyboard is that its unique switches rule out custom keycaps to take your setup to the next level. Still, this is a fantastic low-profile keyboard that seems bound to impress.

Best full-size: Keychron Q6 Pro

Keychron

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $229.99
  • Layout: Full-size
  • Switches: Tactile
  • Keycaps: Doubleshot PBT (non-backlit)
  • Backlight: Yes, programmable RGB
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, wired
  • Battery Life: Up to 300 hours
  • Software: VIA, QMK

Pros

  • Heavy-duty aluminum case and doubleshot keycaps
  • Excellent tactile switches
  • Soft, fatigue-free typing with plentiful programming options

Cons

  • Advanced macros are challenging to program

Keychron’s Q-series has been a revelation in mechanical keyboards, adopting features from limited-run custom keyboards to offer a typing experience that excels beyond what many thought possible. Its heavy aluminum case is immediately impressive, weighing in at just under five pounds, but the entire keyboard is built with an attention to detail that’s rare in pre-built keyboards. Everything from its switches to the soft plastic plate they’re mounted in has been selected to deliver an exceptional use experience that will make you more productive and have more fun in the process.

Its gasket mount structure is easily the softest in this round-up, feeling both lively and controlled, and is experienced through a fantastic set of comfortably sculpted doubleshot keycaps. The custom Banana switches are lubricated for improved smoothness and acoustics but are also highly tactile to ward off typos that slow down your process. When purchased directly from Keychron, you can also choose a less tactile brown switch or a linear red, as well as light or dark-colored cases.

It’s also completely programmable using VIA, an open-source software that allows you to program the keyboard at the firmware level—meaning it can bypass workplace IT policies and carry your keymaps to any machine, regardless of operating system. Launching programs sadly isn’t possible, but simple macros are easy to assign. There’s no record button for advanced sequences and key combinations, which means typing in key codes; it’s not ideal, but it shouldn’t pose a big hurdle to any software professional. Add in Bluetooth connectivity and up to 300 hours of battery life and you have a keyboard that excels in virtually every way … and can double as a home defense weapon if the situation calls for it.

Best compact: Razer Blackwidow V4 75%

Razer

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $179.99
  • Layout: Compact TKL
  • Switches: Tactile
  • Keycaps: Doubleshot ABS
  • Software: Razer Synapse

Pros

  • Soft, comfortable typing experience
  • Outstanding software features
  • Space-saving layout

Cons

  • Single switch choice available
  • Wired only

If space is a concern, the Razer Blackwidow V4 75% is the right keyboard for you. It’s smaller than a tenkeyless keyboard but features most of the same keys. Just as importantly, it allows you remap any key on its layout, assign secondary commands, and with the press of a button, swap to a whole second layout with its HyperShift system. Think of how the Shift key turns the number row into punctuation and apply that to the entire keyboard, including macros, program launches, Windows shortcuts, and even mouse controls. HyperShift, indeed.

The Blackwidow V4 75% brings with it a number of improvements compared to Razer’s other keyboards. Like a number of other keyboards in our line-up, it uses a gasket mount structure with layers of sound dampening for pleasant acoustics and cushioned keystrokes. Razer has gone the extra mile to make this keyboard sound pleasant to your ears, applying a suite of modifications from the custom keyboard community, so you’ll enjoy hearing this keyboard as much as typing on it. It also introduces a brand-new, exceptionally smooth linear switch. If you’d care to change up the feel of your keyboard, the switches are hot-swappable so that you can trade them out without the need for a soldering iron.

There are a couple of downsides, such as its lack of wireless connectivity and the fact that it uses ABS keycaps that will become shiny over weeks of work, but it’s still a great keyboard overall that feels exceptionally powerful for automating keystrokes and speeding up your process. It’s also pretty great for gaming.

Best ergonomic: Kinesis Advantage 360

KINESIS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $449
  • Layout: Split 65-percent
  • Switches: Tactile, linear (silent)  
  • Keycaps: PBT (non-backlit)
  • Backlight: No
  • Software: SmartSet App

Pros

  • Split, contoured design promotes ergonomics
  • Designed to promote long-term health
  • Layout crafted for easy access to every key

Cons

  • Steep learning curve
  • Exceptionally expensive

When it comes to ergonomic keyboards, Kinesis is one of the most respected names in the business. The Advantage 360 is crafted for users who spend multiple hours typing on their PCs every day and want to avoid common repetitive stress injuries associated with computer use. All it takes is a glance to see that it’s unlike any other keyboard on the market and its quirky design pays dividends for your health.

The Advantage 360 is a split ergonomic keyboard that adopts a unique, compact, bowl-like design for its keys. This allows you to keep your hands naturally angled and spaced, preventing ulnar deviation and pronation, two high-stress postures that can lead to carpal tunnel syndrome and RSIs. The compact layout and deep-dish contouring prevent pinched wrists and over-extension that can limit blood flow. Integrated palm rests further support the hands. Even the position of the keys has been shifted into uniform ortho-linear columns to match their natural movement better.

The keyboard is very well made, featuring high-quality mechanical switches and durable keycaps, but be prepared for a significant learning curve. It can take several weeks to get back up to speed using this keyboard, but as many fellow programmers will tell you, once you master its keys, it becomes one of the most comfortable keyboards you could choose for typing all day and won’t leave you sore after. It’s also fully programmable and has a built-in number pad using a key combination. There’s no way around this keyboard’s high price, however. It’s specially designed to protect your health and isn’t a mainstream product, so you pay for the privilege of self-care. Thankfully, Kinesis offers two much cheaper alternatives with the Freestyle Pro and Freestyle Edge mechanical keyboards. Both drop the contoured design and ortho-linear layout but keep the split, embedded palm rest design for less than half the price. Choose the edge if you’re interested in RGB backlighting.

Best budget: Keychron C3 Pro

Keychron

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Keychron C3 Pro is perhaps the best value in all mechanical keyboards. It’s affordable, soft, and programmable.

Specs

  • Price: $36.99
  • Layout: Tenkeyless
  • Switches: Tactile, linear
  • Keycaps: Doubleshot ABS
  • Backlight: Yes, red
  • Software: QMK/VIA

Pros

  • Soft, smooth typing that gives under the fingertips
  • Designed to be customized
  • Easily programmed

Cons

  • Single-color backlight (red)
  • Lightweight, plasticky build
  • Not hot-swappable

Welcome to the best value in mechanical keyboards. The Keychron C3 Pro takes many of the features of the Q6 Pro and puts them into a budget-friendly package. For less than $40, this keyboard offers a surprisingly great typing experience that puts most other keyboards in this price range to shame. It’s also highly programmable to meet the demands of your workflow.

The C3 Pro uses a similar gasket-based mounting structure to other keyboards on this list. It’s not as soft as the Q6 Pro, but the keys have enough cushion to be comfortable, even over extended coding sessions. Keychron has even put effort into making the keyboard sound good with layers of sound foam integrated throughout its construction. It also uses VIA for its programming, including key remaps, limited shortcuts, and simple macros, and each of those changes is stored on the keyboard itself to use between computers.

Of course, for this price, there are some trade-offs. There are only two switches to choose from, generic linear and tactile, and they aren’t hot-swappable to upgrade yourself over time. The keys are backlit, but you’re stuck with a red hue. The keycaps are also made of ABS instead of more durable PBT, but they’re doubleshot, so even though they’ll shine with use, the legends should never chip or fade. Given the cost, these are all reasonable trade-offs, and the C3 Pro remains the best affordable mechanical keyboard for coding and beyond.

Things to consider when buying the best keyboards for programming

If you’re shopping for a great programming keyboard, several things must be considered to guarantee the keyboard will meet your needs.

Size

One of the most important considerations when shopping for any keyboard is your desired size. This is sometimes referred to as its layout and indicates how many keys it has. Keyboards come in all shapes and sizes. For productivity, a full-size keyboard is often the preferred choice due to its full-size number pad. For gaming, or simply a cleaner and more minimalist look to your desk, compact options are a popular choice. These are the most common layouts you’re likely to encounter:

Full-size: Full-size keyboards include 104 to 108 keys and feature a number pad, function row, arrow keys, and a navigation and editing cluster. This is the “classic” keyboard layout. The difference in key count is defined by whether there are four additional keys above the number pad or if the manufacturer uses that space for media controls or indicator lights.

Tenkeyless: Often referred to as TKL keyboards, this layout is the second most common on the market. It features the exact same layout as a full-size keyboard without the number pad. It is a good fit for programmers who don’t need a dedicated number cluster.

75-percent/Compact TKL: This layout compresses the standard TKL. It still features a function row and arrow keys, but the navigation cluster is shrunk to a single vertical column. Lesser-used keys, like Pause and Scroll Lock, are usually removed or made accessible with key combinations.

65-percent: Smaller still, 65-percent keyboards remove the function row but keep most of the other qualities of Compact TKLs. These keyboards balance compactness with functionality and are often programmable to account for the missing keys.

60-percent: 60-percent keyboards are the smallest you’ll find without venturing into the niche world of custom mechanical keyboards. These keyboards feature only the most important keys you’ll need for typing. There are no arrow keys, navigation buttons, or function row, only letters, numbers, punctuation, and modifier keys. They’re quite popular for gaming due to their tiny size, but don’t let that fool you. They’re often highly programmable and have plentiful secondary functions to compensate for their missing keys.

Membrane or Mechanical

Keyboards come in two main types: membrane and mechanical. Membrane keyboards use one large, soft layer beneath all the keys. When you press a button, that membrane makes contact with the circuit board and triggers a key press. Conversely, mechanical keyboards feature an independent mechanical switch beneath each button, leading to a more crisp, reliable typing experience.

While there are fans of both types, mechanical keyboards have a number of advantages. Since there are dedicated switches beneath each key, there is far more variety in the shopping experience. Mechanical keyboards come with different types of switches that offer different sounds, feels, and noise levels to match exactly what you’re looking for. They’re also far more durable and are made to last for many years (the average key switch is rated for at least 50 million presses!).

Membrane keyboards, on the other hand, are cheaper, softer, and usually quieter. These keyboards are easy to find and are readily available at Walmart, Target, and other department stores. They can still get the job done but are significantly more generic.

There is no right or wrong choice, but when your livelihood depends on being able to type, there’s no arguing with mechanical keyboards’ higher durability.

Switches

If you choose a mechanical keyboard, one of the most confusing decisions is what type of switch to choose. These components are mechanical triggers that hide under each key and send your key press to the computer. They come in multiple forms that break down into four main styles:

Linear: Linear switches are totally smooth and have no tactile bump or click when pressed. These switches are popular among gamers for their smooth actuation but many typists enjoy them as well. These switches are often color-coded with a red hue, such as Cherry MX Red switches, but not always.

Clicky: Clicky switches are the opposite of linears and offer a tactile bump that can be felt in the fingertip and make an audible click when pressed. Often colored blue (such as Cherry MX Blue), these switches are popular for typing as they are considered less likely to result in typos. They tend to be unpopular in offices due to their typewriter-like acoustics but can be quite fun to type on.

Tactile: Tactile switches offer a middle ground between the prior two types. They feature a tactile bump you can feel through your fingertip but no audible click. Tactile switches are popular for typing and gaming alike and are considered a good starter switch if you’re not sure what to choose. These switches are often brown in color, ala Cherry MX Brown.

Silent: Silent switches are a sub-type of linear and tactile. These switches use internal dampeners to quiet their noise. This can make them feel a bit softer under the fingers and less crisp audibly, but can be a good choice if you’re worried about the noise your keyboard will make bothering those around you.

There is no right or wrong type of switch. If you’re shopping for your first mechanical keyboard, tactile switches can be a good first step, offering the best of both worlds with their quiet, clear feedback. If your local department store has an electronics section with keyboards on display, we suggest trying a few types to get a feel for what you enjoy most.

Programmability

One of the most important qualities to look for in productivity-enhancing keyboards is how programmable the keyboard itself is. Being able to remap keys (change their place on the keyboard) and assign secondary functions can be game-changing to your productivity. Likewise, being able to record and assign macros will help you to automate repetitive tasks and accomplish more in a set time.

Many of the best keyboards allow you to map buttons in layers. This allows keys to have a second function when used in a combination (similar to how shift turns the number row into punctuation). This can be very useful if you’re using multiple pieces of software and need other capabilities immediately accessible but don’t want to lose the functionality of the usual key. Another common use is to add media keys to keyboards that may lack them natively.

Similarly, many keyboards support profiles, where pressing another key combination allows you to swap between custom layouts so you can have individual keymaps for each application or game. Having separate work and gaming profiles can help you keep your most used functions under your fingers, even on the most compact layouts.

Programmability comes in hardware or software forms or can be a mix of both. Hardware-level programming is typically more complicated, so you may need to keep a manual on hand. Software-based programming is usually much easier and presents you with a graphical version of your keyboard. Keyboard software frequently allows you to perform more advanced tasks, too, like launching an application from a single key or removing all of the delays from a macro so it fires with robotic efficiency.

Wired or wireless?

The final consideration is whether you want your keyboard to be wired or wireless. For many years, the best keyboards for programming were wired-only, but that’s no longer the case. Some of the very best options now utilize rechargeable batteries and feature tri-mode connectivity. This includes wired, usually with a USB Type-A cable to connect to your PC, Bluetooth, and 2.4GHz for a wired-like connection using a USB dongle.

For normal typing, Bluetooth is a perfectly fine choice. Bluetooth is slower than either wired or 2.4GHz and connects with a speed of 125Hz (8ms). This is low enough not to notice while typing, but we recommend opting for a keyboard with a faster 2.4GHz option if you plan to play games. These typically connect with speeds of up to 1,000Hz (1ms), which is equivalent to most wired gaming keyboards and ensures it will be responsive enough for any genre or competitive setting.

How long the battery lasts is an important consideration that goes hand in hand with these options. The best mechanical keyboards can last hundreds or even thousands of hours if you’re willing to turn RGB backlighting off and 40 to 100 hours if you leave it on full at full brightness. Regardless, we recommend scouting for a keyboard that’s capable of more than your typical work week unless you don’t mind plugging in mid-day should it run dry.

FAQs

Q: Are mechanical keyboards better for programming?

Yes. While it’s true that any keyboard will allow you to write code, a mechanical keyboard offers you a significantly better experience while doing so. Mechanical keyboards provide you with more choices while shopping, allowing you to choose a switch that matches your preferences. They’re also much more durable and are typically rated for a minimum of 50 million key presses before risking failure. In addition, nicer mechanical keyboards often have supporting software that allows you to perform more advanced functions, like recording macros, that can save you time when completing repetitive tasks.

Q: Should I get a gaming keyboard for programming?

While it might seem counter-intuitive to purchase a gaming keyboard for work, it can actually be a great idea for programmers. Gaming keyboards are typically traditional mechanical keyboards with customizable lighting and added software features. These features can help you automate repetitive tasks, as well as store multiple layers of key commands that can be useful for different projects.

Q: Are 60% keyboards good for programming?

Choosing the right size keyboard is very subjective. Many programmers love ultra-compact keyboards, like the Happy Hacking Keyboard (HHKB), and find them to be the more ergonomic choice. These keyboards often allow you to remap multiple layers of keys, so even though they’re small, you’re typically not losing functionality in the process. However, these keyboards have a significant learning curve, making transitioning to them more difficult than you might expect, especially if you also opt for an ergonomic option like the Ergodox EZ.

Final thoughts on the best keyboards for programming

When you work at a computer all day, investing in a great keyboard, just like an optimized monitor, is a decision that can directly enhance your quality of life. The best programming keyboards offer you quality, comfortable keys with specific benefits to enhance your workflow. Now that you know what the best options are and what to look for when shopping, you’re armed to make the decision that’s right for you. Happy coding.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best keyboards for programming in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow shovels for seniors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-snow-shovels-for-seniors/ Sat, 24 Sep 2022 13:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=472327
Best Snow Shovels for Seniors
Mike Epstein

Nobody wants to shovel snow, but you do want access to your driveway so always be prepared.

The post The best snow shovels for seniors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Snow Shovels for Seniors
Mike Epstein

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall white and gold Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan on a wooden table Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan
SEE IT

Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan!

Best whisper-quiet white Kovhzcu Air Circulator Fan over gradient background Rechargeable Small Oscillating Desk Fan
SEE IT

With a max sound of 25 dB, this desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

Best budget Gaiatop USB Desk Fan on a white background Gaiatop USB Desk Fan
SEE IT

For under $15, you can get a three-speed USB plug-in desk fan with overwhelmingly positive reviews.

If you live in a region that gets any amount of snow in the winter, then you need a good snow shovel. While shoveling snow is hard work, particularly for senior citizens and people with chronic joint or muscle pain, it is the best (and most affordable) means of digging out after a snowstorm. Frankly, there are health risks associated with shoveling, and we’d advise older homeowners with underlying health concerns to hand the responsibility to someone else. If you have to, though, the best snow shovels for seniors will minimize the pain as you safely clear your walkways and driveways.

Before you buy: The health risks of shoveling snow

Shoveling snow is strenuous labor. If you aren’t regularly working out or at least working around the house, it should not be the one physically taxing chore you do every year. With poor form, poor fitness, or poor equipment, you can hurt your back and put yourself at an increased risk of a heart attack

In our guide to the best snow blowers for elderly people, we spoke to Dr. Claire Ankuda, assistant professor of Geriatrics and Palliative Medicine at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai hospital in New York, who warned that clearing snow is always risky for older people with physical limitations, and that same advice applies here.

Colder temperatures and the intense physical exertion of shoveling snow can push your cardiovascular system, specifically your heart, potentially leading to a cardiac event. It is even more dangerous if you have a pre-existing condition like coronary disease, according to the American Heart Association.

The cardiovascular demands of snow shoveling are akin to an intense workout. As you raise and lower your arms, your blood pressure will increase and put more strain on your heart. The cold air you inhale may also contribute to the problem by constricting blood vessels, including your coronary arteries.

We highly recommend that anyone with muscle, joint, or coronary health issues consider hiring professionals to clear the snow from their homes. If that isn’t an option, buy a snow blower and use it as much as possible before picking up a snow shovel. As any homeowner will tell you, though, a snow blower can’t clear every nook and cranny of your outdoor space, so using a shovel may be necessary from time to time. If you have to shovel, take precautions before stepping outside: Stretch before you begin to warm your body up and take frequent breaks.

How we chose the best snow shovel for seniors

I’ve been writing about gear for over a decade for sites like TechnoBuffalo, CNN Underscored, and Popular Science. During that time, I’ve covered everything from the best snow blowers to the best energy-efficient air conditioners. To put this guide together, I drew on PopSci’s past research and personal insight for recommending the best snow blowers for elderly people and the best snow shovels in general. I also considered recent reviews from experts and users to ensure our recommendations for what to keep in the storage shed are current as we get closer to the snow season.

The best snow shovels for seniors: Reviews & Recommendations

The snow shovel isn’t a complicated tool, but it’s worth buying the right one. Above all, keep safety in mind, and choose a shovel that will make things easier on your body. The best snow shovels for seniors come in a surprising variety of shapes and sizes, which we hope will help you have an easier winter season.

Best overall: True Temper 18-inch Ergonomic Mountain Mover

True Temper

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: True Temper’s Mountain Mover features a wide blade, an ergonomic handle, and a lightweight, durable blade.

Specs

  • Weight: 3 pounds
  • Type: Combo
  • Material: Plastic, metal
  • Handle length: 37.4 inches
  • Blade width: 18 inches

Pros

  • Comfortable design
  • Lightweight
  • Strong, wide blade

Cons 

  • We wish a second grip on the handle came standard

The True Temper 18-inch Ergonomic Mountain Mover features a durable design, a curved aluminum handle, and an 18-inch-wide plastic blade. It’s light for its size—just 3 pounds—and the wide combo-style blade makes it a versatile option for clearing small patios and long walkways. The oversized grip is big enough to accommodate hands wearing big winter gloves, and it works with a handle attachment, providing users with improved leverage when scooping snow. The blade even features a plastic wear strip, which will extend its lifespan and keep it from gouging your hardwood deck.

Best ergonomic: Snow Joe Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a spring-assisted handle, the Snow Joe Shovelution takes it easy on your back.

Specs

  • Weight: 3.3 pounds
  • Type: Combo
  • Material: Aluminum
  • Handle length: 50 inches
  • Blade width: 20 inches

Pros

  • Second handle
  • Combo blade
  • Lightweight and durable

Cons 

  • Metal wear strip isn’t suitable for wood or stone surfaces

The Snow Joe Shovelution is the most novel snow shovel we’ve seen in a long time. It’s a 20-inch combo-style shovel with a secondary “spring-assist” handle for your lead hand. This allows you to lift a shovel full of snow while only barely bending your back. When you pull the snow free, the bendable front handle snaps back to position, flinging the snow forward without any effort. The Shovelution is very lightweight and suited for tackling all kinds of jobs.

It isn’t perfect for every situation: The hard edge will scuff up wood and tile. The snow-flinging action forces you to pile snow in front of you, which may impact how you shovel. Still, the Snow Joe Shovelution is far and away the most interesting snow shovel we’ve looked at.

Best pusher: The Snowplow 36-inch Wide Model

The Snowplow

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Snowplow’s 36-inch blade makes it a breeze to uncover wide surfaces.

Specs

  • Weight: 5.84 pounds
  • Type: Pusher
  • Material: Plastic, fiberglass
  • Handle length: 47 inches
  • Blade width: 36 inches

Pros

  • Wide blade
  • Works well on various surfaces
  • Great for breaking up ice

Cons 

  • Expensive

The ultrawide Snowplow shovel is ideal for cutting paths in unpacked snowfall on sidewalks and driveways. It features a 36-inch plastic blade, allowing users to create a huge path in a single pass. It also features a sharp edge when flipped over that you can use to scrape and break up clumps of ice. 

It’s worth noting that you will need to assemble the Snowplow before using it, and some reviewers have noted the bolts on the shovel can come loose if not installed correctly. If you don’t mind doing a little prep, though, it can make clearing paths a whole lot easier.

Best with wheels: Snowcaster 70SNC 36-inch Bi-Directional Wheeled Snow Shovel

Snowcaster

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The snow pusher’s wide blade and contractor-grade construction make it ideal for clearing light to medium amounts of snow in a hurry.

Specs:

  • Weight: 11.21 pounds
  • Type: Pusher
  • Material: Plastic, steel
  • Handle length: 45 – 50 inches
  • Blade width: 36 inches

Pros

  • Heavy duty design
  • Large tires
  • Adjustable handle

Cons 

  • Expensive

If you’re willing to clear snow more regularly rather than letting it pile up, then a wheeled shovel may be a great option for you. This pusher boasts a blade that’s 36 inches wide. That’s considerably wider than a typical shovel. A pair of sturdy wheels on the back of the blade allow you to simply push it along a hard surface while it scrapes the snow off. The technique is nearly identical to how a snow plow would move. It’s not meant to clear feet of snow at a time, but if you’re clearing a couple of inches, it’s as simple as pushing it back and forth along the driveway. That saves you from having to lift the snow, which is how many injuries happen. The steel handle and thick plastic blade are built for contractor use. That gives it a relatively high price tag, but it also means it will last for years and years, even with heavy use. And even though it has a very wide blade, it’s still relatively light. At just over 11 pounds, it’s a solid pound lighter than most of its competition. That results in easier pushing and less grumbling when it’s time to go clear the driveway.

Best budget: True Temper 16-inch Poly Snow Shovel

True Temper

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: True Temper’s affordable snow shovel is simple but effective.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.14 pounds
  • Type: Combo
  • Material: Plastic, steel
  • Handle length: 36 inches
  • Blade width: 16 inches

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Lightweight
  • Good for shoveling and pushing

Cons

  • Straight handle isn’t great for your back

True Temper, the company behind our top pick, also makes a basic but solid combo-style snow shovel. As the name suggests, this model features a 16-inch plastic blade suited for shoveling and pushing snow. The plastic blade won’t scratch your deck or patio, and its steel grip is made for gloved hands. This shovel’s best asset is its weight: At only 2.14 pounds, it’s easy to maneuver. This shovel is smaller than many of our other picks, and it lacks a curved handle, so it isn’t exactly ideal. That said, it’s close enough that we’d recommend it over picking up the first thing you can find at a store.

What to look for when picking the best snow shovels for seniors

A snow shovel should be light, durable, and offer an ergonomic design that puts less strain on your back. Everything from the material to the shape of the handle and the scoop will significantly impact the overall experience. You shouldn’t just grab the first one you can find at the hardware store the day before a blizzard. Take your time, and keep these things in mind while shopping for a new snow shovel.

Blade type

You’ll come across three main types of snow shovels, which are mostly designed by the shape of their blades, or the part you use for scooping, pushing, and lifting the snow. Some shovels are designed to lift snow, others to push it. Some aren’t actually designed for snow removal at all.

A corn scoop shovel, or grain shovel, features a straight handle and a flat blade in the shape of a spade. While they’re often heavy enough to cut through heavy, ice-covered snow, they’re rarely the best choice for shoveling. The flat, narrow blade can’t hold very much snow and isn’t designed for pushing it around.

A snow pusher shovel is, as the name implies, designed to push snow out of the way rather than scooping it up. The wide, curved blade is excellent for moving light, unpacked snow, especially from long walkways and driveways. A pusher blade takes less effort to use, especially in drier snow, but they’re not as easy to maneuver on narrow paths and stairs.

A combo shovel splits the difference between a corn scoop design and a pusher. They generally feature a bent or curved handle and a wide blade with a deep well that can scoop and push dense snow. Thanks to the ergonomic handle, you can scoop more snow without straining your back.

Realistically, we’d recommend anyone who gets snow multiple times a year have a combo shovel and a pusher. The combo shovel is the best universal option—it can handle all kinds of snow well. Depending on the layout of your home, you may be able to use a pusher to clear some pathways without lifting much snow, which is both easier and safer.

Handle design

The handle design of a snow shovel is also essential. Many basic shovels have a traditional, straight handle, which allows you to dig deep into a snowbank. But you don’t want a straight handle: It forces you to bend over more, putting strain on your back and making the act of shoveling harder.

Instead, look for a shovel with a curved handle. An ergonomic curve in the handle positions your leading hand higher, guiding you to better posture and less back pain. They’re just as stable and durable as any other shovel, so there’s no downside here.

Some snow shovels offer a more pronounced bend close to the blade, which does come with a tradeoff. The deep-bend handle makes things even easier on your back, but the more pronounced bend requires more effort for users to lift snow and toss it aside.

Materials

Manufacturers will make shovel blades from all kinds of materials, including plastic, steel, and aluminum. For the average homeowner, a lighter shovel is almost always better, so plastic is the way to go. It’s lightweight yet still offers excellent durability when scooping and pushing. Shovel blades made of steel or aluminum are better for breaking down icy snow, but they’re much heavier, so you’re more likely to hurt yourself. Metal shovels may also scratch or damage delicate surfaces like wood patios or stone tiles.

Extras

Most of us think of the snow shovel as a very simple piece of equipment, but there are some bells and whistles that you may find on a more expensive model. Some shovels feature a wear strip, which is a small plastic or metal strip that protects the end of the blade. If possible, we recommend looking for a plastic wear strip with a rounded edge. 

There are also useful third-party accessories: If you buy a shovel with a straight handle, you can get an attachable front-hand grip for about $10, which can improve your posture just like a curved handle.

FAQs

Q: How much do snow shovels cost?

Snow shovel prices vary depending on the blade type, materials, and additional features. That said, they aren’t especially expensive. Our best overall pick costs just under $30. Some more expensive options, like the Orientools Heavy Duty Rolling Snow Pusher costs as much as $70, while our budget pick costs only $12. Snow shovels are very durable, so all of them should last many years.

Q: Is a plastic or metal snow shovel better?

As we explained, plastic snow shovels are lighter, easier to use, and won’t damage delicate surfaces. That said, metal shovels can help you push deeper into frozen snowbanks, and break up solid ice. We recommend a plastic snow shovel for seniors with back, joint, or heart problems who should minimize their effort as much as possible.

Q: How can you keep snow from sticking to the snow shovel?

According to AccuWeather, coating your shovel blade in a lubricant like vegetable oil or cooking spray can keep snow from sticking to your shovel.

Q: How do you make snow shoveling easier?

Beyond buying the right snow shovel, we recommend making a plan before you start shoveling, so you spend less time working out in the cold. We also recommend stretching before shoveling: It won’t make the work “easier,” but you’re less likely to get hurt or feel aches and pains afterward. Lastly, if you’re using a shovel with a straight handle, consider buying a front handle attachment. Having a better, more ergonomic grip on your shovel will ease the strain on your back.

Q: Should you shovel while it is still snowing?

If you’re expecting a light snowfall, you might want to consider shoveling while it’s still coming down. It may sound counterintuitive, but the snow may freeze if you let it sit, especially if snow falls overnight. That said, shoveling multiple times per day may be too exhausting for some people. Use your best judgment and only shovel if you feel up to the task. In heavy snowstorms, it’s better to wait until the sky clears.

Q: At what age should you stop shoveling snow?

There’s no specific age for when you should stop shoveling snow. If you have chronic health conditions, particularly any issues with your heart, you should not shovel snow. Likewise, if you have muscle or joint pain, you should avoid shoveling snow. If you’re unsure, talk to your doctor before picking up your shovel.

Final thoughts on the best snow shovel for seniors

If you’re unsure if your body can handle the stress and strain of a hard workout, you should think twice about shoveling snow. For seniors with chronic health issues, it can be a serious health risk if you push yourself too hard. If you have the option, consider hiring someone to shovel for you. We know that’s not practical for everyone, though. If you have to do it yourself, buying one of the best snow shovels for seniors will make things at least a little bit easier on you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow shovels for seniors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best countertop microwaves in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-countertop-microwaves/ Thu, 16 Mar 2023 21:30:08 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519179
The best countertop microwaves composited
Stan Horaczek

These countertop microwaves nuke your favorite Hot Pockets with aplomb.

The post The best countertop microwaves in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best countertop microwaves composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Quietest Best countertop microwave toshiba TOSHIBA EM925A5A-SS Countertop Microwave Oven
SEE IT

Get the power you need without the noise that wakes everyone up for your midnight snack.

Best overall Best countertop microwave panasonic Panasonic Microwave Oven
SEE IT

It offers all the essential features and power you want without a lot of clutter.

Best budget Faberware classic microwave oven Farberware Classic Microwave Oven
SEE IT

This simple option leaves lots of money left over for pizza rolls.

Some food snobs may scoff, but countertop microwaves can make your culinary life simpler and more efficient. They reduce heat times, require less dishes, and revive leftovers in just a few minutes. The most innovative microwave ovens can even provide more convenience, with automatic programmed modes for commonly microwavable items such as “popcorn,” “defrost chicken,” or “reheat leftovers.” We appreciate a smart appliance that does even more of the work for us. 

In order to choose the best countertop microwave, we scoured the internet for customer favorites and best microwave brands that consistently make quality products. Here are five of the best countertop microwaves for you and your crew to enjoy.

How we picked the best countertop microwaves

In order to provide a reliable list of the best microwave brands and microwave ovens that satisfy your needs, we paid special attention to reviews. We wanted to ensure that customers were having consistent positive experiences such as even cooking, less splatter, auto-timed buttons, and other special features.

We made sure to pay attention to reliability, ease of use, and quality that lasts a decade. We also considered the types of microwaves you may be looking for, so you had a range of options. Some users may need mini microwaves, while others are looking for stylish, stainless steel countertop microwaves that look cool on the counter.

We also wanted to offer a range of price points, from around $100 budget buyers to $300+ luxe models. All of the microwaves come with standard features and good brand recognition. 

The best countertop microwaves: Reviews & Recommendations

Microwaves make life easier, provided you pick the right model for the needs of you and your household. Here are our favorite options of what’s available on the market today:

Best overall:  Panasonic Microwave Oven

Panasonic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: When it comes to large microwave ovens, we love the Panasonic because it’s one of the most reputable microwave brands. It features a spacious 2.2-cubic-foot capacity, and Patented Inverter Technology for optimal power without wasting electricity.

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎2.2 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: ‎37 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 19.4 x 23.9 x 14 inches

Pros

  • Extra spacious
  • Excellent brand recognition
  • Over 7,300 positive Amazon reviews
  • Patented Inverter Technology
  • Super even cooking

Cons

  • Pricey
  • “Heating by sensors” slightly confusing process for some
  • Heavy

Tired of trying to jam your large plates into a tiny microwave? Clocking in at 19.4 x 23.9 x 14 inches, this extra-spacious countertop microwave is a great choice for feeding large families or big households. One reviewer even noted they could fit a 5 kilogram turkey.

This 1250-watt, 2.2-cubic-foot capacity stainless steel countertop microwave features a 16.5-inch turntable and patented Inverter Technology that promises more consistent power and even cooking. No more frozen centers with extra hot edges.

For added convenience, it also features a Genius Sensor cooking button that creates a one-touch, finely tuned, real-time calibration for proper cooking. There’s also 14 auto-cook options to make your cooking times even quicker. Note that some found the learning curve on this microwave to be a bit challenging, and that you’ll actually need to thoroughly read the manual to fully understand how to work it.

Best budget: Farberware Classic Microwave Oven

Why it made the cut: For less than $100, you can get a high quality budget-countertop microwave that’s compact, space-saving, and gets the job done.

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎0.7 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: ‎22.5 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 17.3 x 12.99 x 10.14 inches

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Space-saving and compact design
  • Lightweight 
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Somewhat loud
  • 700W may not be powerful enough; more cooking time may be needed

This 700-watt stainless steel microwave oven is a great budget option for smaller kitchens, office spaces, or anyone looking to save a few bucks. It features six one-touch cooking options, 10 power levels up to 700 watts, a large digital screen, and even a memory function to save previous cook times for your most common microwavable meals. 

Note that 700W may not be powerful for some recommended cooking times. This is usually remedied by adding more cooking time to dishes. One reviewer noted that there’s some moisture build up after each use, but they leave the door open for a minute or so to counteract that. For the price, it does a solid job and won’t take up a lot of space so it’s useful for an apartment or a college dorm.

Quietest: TOSHIBA EM925A5A-SS Countertop Microwave Oven

Toshiba

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quiet countertop microwave offers a mute button to prevent the “finished” alert sound from beeping.

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎0.9 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: 27.3 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 16.1 x 19.1 x 11.5 inches

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Space-saving and compact design
  • Mute button
  • Over 13,000 positive Amazon reviews
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Closing door is still loud

If you’ve got a newborn, roommates, or simply hate the obnoxious sound of a microwave “all done!” alert, you’ll love that this quiet microwave oven comes with a mute button. Simply hold down on the number eight for three or so seconds to shut off the sound.

This 900W microwave features a stylish stainless steel finish, easy defrosting by weight/time, six auto menus, 10 power levels, express cook buttons for 1-6 minutes, as well as memory function and an energy saving ECO mode.  

It’s one of the best compact microwaves, budget-friendly, and features a bright LED digital display for easy handling. With over 13,000 Amazon reviews, this model can be trusted to deliver on a pain-free experience. Do note that some reviewers say shutting the microwave can still be loud, even with extra care. 

Best small: BLACK+DECKER EM720CB7 Digital Microwave Oven

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For tight spaces, apartment dwellers, offices, and other compact needs, this mini microwave is super affordable and comes with all the necessary features. 

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎0.7 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: 22.5 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 13 x 17.3 x 10.2 inches

Pros

  • Compact, Small microwave
  • Child lock feature
  • 10 power levels
  • Super affordable

Cons

  • May be too small for some dishes
  • Buttons could be more sensitive

The Black + Decker 0.7 Cubic Foot 700 Watt Stainless Steel Microwave is tiny and affordable, without sacrificing all the features and perks you’d look for. It has 10 power levels, a removable glass turntable, and a spacious interior that’ll fit your dinners with ease without overpowering your kitchen counter.

This portable microwave model comes with Sensor technology for consistent heating results, six pre-programmed buttons, and a large LED digital display. At ‎13 x 17.3 x 10.2 inches, you can easily slide this into any kitchen or room corner.

The small microwave for countertop also has a safety lock feature to ensure your children’s safety. Some downsides are the buttons may not be sensitive enough for certain users, and a tiny microwave might not fit all your larger dinner-sized dishes. However, it’s simple, practical, and a great price point for what you get.

Best stainless steel: Sharp R-21LCFS Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave Oven

Sharp

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you love the look and functionality of a stainless steel model, this Sharp microwave is super stylish, spacious, and reliable with a retro feel.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1 cubic foot
  • Item Weight: 37 pounds 
  • Product Dimensions: 21 x 16 x 12 inches

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Cool retro feel
  • Spacious interior
  • Powerful yet gentle cooking
  • Even cooking

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Auto restart if you open the door

This spacious stainless steel countertop microwave gives a retro feel with modern technology. It features a classic dial timer that can be set up to six minutes, and features a 1.0-cubic-foot capacity that can fit a 13-1/2′-inch platter. It’s more expensive than other models, but can feed the whole family with that roomy interior and looks great on your counter.

Stainless steel exterior wrap and interior makes it easier to clean. Reviewers rave that the cooking is very even, without much splattering.

Some reviewers noted they were surprised that there’s no outright “defrost” mode or way to reduce the intensity of power, but the heating is gentler anyway. They love the simplicity of the controls, but don’t like that the time automatically resets if you open the door before time runs out. Sharp says they do this to save energy, but it annoys some users.

Things to consider before buying the best countertop microwaves

When shopping for the best countertop microwaves, you’ll want to consider a few key factors.

Brand and reputation

First, look into shopping with the best microwave brands that have a consistent reputation for building quality products that last. There’s nothing more frustrating than spending $100+ on something that breaks after two weeks. This is likely one of those situations where you’ll want to stick with a brand you’re familiar with so they can offer a useful, honest warranty if things go badly.

Space

Assess your living space in order to hone in on the type of model you’ll need. For example, if you have a small apartment without much countertop space, an extra large model probably won’t be suitable for you. Look for terms like “compact microwaves,” “mini microwaves,” or “portable microwaves,” in the description. Always look at production dimensions! It’s absolutely worth it to measure the space you expect it to sit so you can get an idea of how much room it really eats on your counter.

Smart features and program modes

There’s also smart models for people who value tech-forward models. Safety features are also important if you have little ones – so be sure to look out for child lock safety modes. Most microwaves will come with standard features like auto-timed buttons or correlated times with names of popular foods like “defrost chicken” or “popcorn.”

If you find that microwaves haven’t been powerful enough for you in the past, or you tend to cook items that are more involved than just a simple Chinese takeout reheat, pay attention to the Wattage for more power. The options on this list vary between roughly 700 watts at max power, up over 1,250 watts.

FAQs

Q: Do countertop microwaves need to be vented?

Yes! Because there’s metal inside a microwave, this metal can quickly become so hot that it either melts the microwave parts, fuses together, or causes burns when you touch the inside. You need to have a properly vented microwave in order to prevent excess heat from transferring to your kitchen or ruining the microwave model. 

Q: Can I put my countertop microwave in a cabinet?

Yes, as long as the necessary precautions are taken. These include: ensuring proper ventilation, ability to hold the weight of a microwave without buckling, and wire management. Most cabinets don’t have holes for passing cables through to a power bank, so you may need to drill one.

Q: How long do countertop microwaves last?

Most microwaves last around 10 years with proper care. But, that can vary quite a bit. It depends on the manufacturer, your usage, and your willingness to do the necessary cleaning and maintenance to keep it in good shape.

Final thoughts on the best countertop microwaves

Finding the right microwave for you depends on how you plan on using your microwave, your space requirements, budget, and style. Whether you need a quiet microwave, a portable microwave, or an extra large microwave to feed the whole family, these five microwave ovens are your best bet to choose from.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best countertop microwaves in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best whole-house humidifiers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-whole-house-humidifiers/ Thu, 09 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586272
A bunch of white whole-house humidifiers sliced up and placed next to each other on an equally white background
Tony Ware

Install a whole-house humidifier to get rid of arid conditions inside the home.

The post The best whole-house humidifiers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A bunch of white whole-house humidifiers sliced up and placed next to each other on an equally white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AprilAire 500 Whole House Humidifier over a white background with a gradient AprilAire 500 Whole-House Humidifier
SEE IT

This whole-house humidifier boasts two built-in monitoring sensors to respond to both outdoor temperature and indoor relative humidity.

Best value white AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier on a white gradient background AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier
SEE IT

Treat low humidity with this affordable console whole-house humidifier, which can operate for up to 70 hours with a six-gallon water capacity.

Best portable white Vornado Evap40 Humidifier over a white background with a gradient Vornado Evap40 Humidifier
SEE IT

The two removable water storage tanks are designed to be spill-proof and leak-free, making it easy to refill and clean the humidifier.

Low humidity may not seem bad—given that high humidity inside can damage wallpaper, painted surfaces, and even tiling throughout your home—so you might not have given whole-house humidifiers much thought. However, low humidity can cause just as many unpleasant effects, including dry skin, dry eyes, itchy throat, nosebleeds, dehydration, and cold symptoms. It can also exasperate allergies and respiratory problems, like asthma. With this in mind, if the home is prone to low humidity during the peak of summer or winter, installing a whole-house humidifier is a good idea. A whole-house humidifier is an appliance that is designed to add moisture to the air. These devices typically have a built-in fan or connect to the home HVAC system to pump moisture-heavy air into the home. Learn more about these appliances with this informative guide to find the best whole-house humidifiers for your home. 

How we chose the best whole-house humidifiers

Before choosing the top whole-house humidifiers for this list, it was necessary to put together a broad pool of options. This wide range of products was narrowed down through extensive research to select the best options. We treat getting the moisture into your air just as seriously as we do taking it out of your basement. The most important factors when deciding on the best appliances for this list include the unit’s capacity, the intended coverage area, the type of humidifier, and the maximum runtime.

Capacity refers to the amount of water the unit can hold in the water storage tank, though it can also mean the maximum water use over 24 hours for HVAC-compatible models. A higher capacity typically indicates a higher runtime and a broader coverage area. However, the runtime of each humidifier can be affected by the size of the home, so it was important to have models suitable for both small and large homes. With this in mind, the list of the best whole-house humidifiers includes several top options ranging in runtime, capacity, and coverage area.

The best whole-house humidifiers: Reviews & Recommendations 

This list was compiled after researching a wide pool of potential products and comparing important product factors, including humidifier type, coverage area, tank capacity, and runtime. Consider the top options on this list to find the best whole-house humidifiers to treat dry air at home and its effects on your body

Best overall: AprilAire 500 Whole-House Humidifier

AprilAire

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Connect this whole-home humidifier to the HVAC system for optimum humidity throughout the home.

Specs

  • Type: HVAC Compatible
  • Coverage Area: 3,600 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 12 gallons per day
  • Runtime: Continuous

Pros

  • Easy-to-read control panel
  • Dual monitoring sensors
  • High daily output capacity
  • Compact design

Cons

  • Unit is not portable and may require professional installation

When the house is prone to low humidity, a whole-house humidifier, like this product by AprilAire, is a great solution to the problem. The humidifier is relatively compact and compatible with home HVAC systems, so it can be installed without taking up too much space or sticking out. The main body of the humidifier has a slim, square profile with an off-white color that blends in with other common household appliances.

This unit comes with an easy-to-use electronic control that allows the users to set the desired indoor humidity level, control the fan, and check the settings on the bold digital screen. Some DIYers may have the experience and knowledge necessary to install this whole-home humidifier, though the manufacturer recommends professional installation to ensure that there are no problems.

Additionally, the whole-home humidifier is suitable for spaces of up to 3,600 square feet and can use up to 12 gallons of water per day. The unit continues to run as long as the ambient humidity in the home is still below the set level. This appliance also has dual built-in monitoring sensors that allow it to monitor and respond to both outdoor temperatures and indoor relative humidity. However, this whole-home humidifier is not a good choice for anyone looking for a portable unit.  

Best value: AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier

AIRCARE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Increase the humidity in the home with this evaporative humidifier suitable for spaces up to 2,700 square feet.

Specs

  • Type: Console
  • Coverage Area: 2,700 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 6 gallons
  • Runtime: Up to 70 hours

Pros

  • Digital controls and refill indicators
  • Up to 70 hours of run time on six gallons of water
  • Portable design can be moved around the home
  • Three fan speeds and customizable humidity settings

Cons

  • Not intended for large homes

Humidity issues can occur in any room of the house, so it’s important to select a whole-house humidifier suited for the home’s size. HVAC-compatible models connect to the HVAC system and use the existing ductwork to distribute moisture-heavy air throughout the home. This console whole-home humidifier can’t connect to the ductwork, but it can be moved to different locations around the home where it’s needed most.

The humidifier has easy-to-use digital controls and features a refill indicator so that homeowners know when to top up the water tank. The humidifier can operate for up to 70 hours with a full six-gallon water tank. Users can set the desired humidity level and adjust the fan speed between low, medium, and high for optimal output. However, this evaporative humidifier is not recommended for larger homes that exceed the 2,700-square-foot coverage area. 

Best portable: Vornado Evap40 Humidifier

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take advantage of the portable design to set up the Vornado whole-house humidifier in any room of the home. 

Specs

  • Type: Console
  • Coverage Area: 1,000 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 4 gallons
  • Runtime: Up to 24 hours

Pros

  • Simple dial controls for humidity and fan speed
  • Three fan speeds from 750 to 1,600 RPM
  • Short, broad body can’t be easily knocked over
  • Two water storage tanks

Cons

  • Low water storage capacity

One of the main problems with tall, narrow console humidifiers is that they can be knocked over relatively easily. When this occurs, the water in the storage tank can spill out onto the floor, creating a big mess to clean up. This Vornado Evap40 Humidifier doesn’t have this problem due to the short, broad body that sits low on the floor. It also features two water storage tanks, which are mounted on either side of the appliance to balance the design.

The console whole-house humidifier is suitable for apartments and condos that measure about 1,000 square feet. It can be set up and controlled with the simple dials on the front of the unit. One dial controls the fan speed setting, which ranges from 750 RPM to 1,600 RPM, while the other dial controls the humidity setting. Just keep in mind that the four-gallon storage capacity may be too small for use in larger areas. 

Best for large homes: AprilAire 700 Whole-House Humidifier

AprilAire

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Install this HVAC-compatible whole-house humidifier for larger homes, with continuous runtime and a capacity of up to 18 gallons of water per day.

Specs

  • Type: HVAC Compatible
  • Coverage Area: 5,300 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 18 gallons per day
  • Runtime: Continuous

Pros

  • Compact size doesn’t take up a lot of space
  • Broad coverage area is ideal for larger homes
  • Dual sensors monitor outdoor temperature and ambient humidity
  • Built-in fan increases airflow through the humidifier

Cons

  • Requires professional installation
  • High cost

A problem with purchasing whole-house humidifiers for larger homes is that many models do not have the required output capacity or coverage area to improve the humidity levels throughout the entire home effectively. However, this HVAC-compatible whole-home humidifier by AprilAire has a wide coverage area of up to 5,300 square feet. This appliance can also use up to 18 gallons of water per day to increase the relative humidity in the house.

Since this appliance connects directly to the HVAC system, it can keep running continuously without worrying about refilling a storage tank. This model has dual monitoring sensors that are used to keep track of the outdoor temperature, as well as the relative humidity in the home. Additionally, the humidifier has a built-in fan that pulls heated air from the furnace through the humidifier to improve the airflow. Though, it’s necessary to note that this unit will require professional installation, which can increase the already high cost of this product. 

Best for small homes: LACIDOLL Whole House Humidifier

LACIDOLL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Set up this console whole-house humidifier in a central location and use the dual 360-degree nozzles to distribute a fine mist throughout the air.

Specs

  • Type: Console
  • Coverage Area: 2,000 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 5.5 gallons
  • Runtime: Up to 48 hours

Pros

  • Wheeled for easy mobility
  • Dual 360-degree output nozzles
  • Adjustable mist settings and remote control functionality
  • Top fill design and removable water storage tank

Cons

  • Not intended for home larger than 2,000 square feet

Small homes don’t require oversized humidifiers to eliminate arid conditions within the home. Instead, this console whole-house humidifier is an ideal option for homes up to 2,000 square feet in size. The humidifier has a 5.5-gallon water storage tank that can be removed for easy cleaning. However, the tank does not need to be taken out to fill the humidifier. Just pour the water into the appliance using the top fill function.

Users can set the mist diffusion level and adjust the fan speed with the touch panel on the front of the humidifier or with the included remote control. This appliance comes with wheels to improve the portability of the unit and also includes dual 360-degree misting nozzles that can be adjusted for the ideal output. The humidifier can run for up to 48 hours on a full water tank, though this model is not designed for larger homes. 

Things to consider when buying a whole-house humidifier

Before investing in a whole-house humidifier to balance the humidity levels throughout the home, it’s a good idea to research these products to learn more about the factors that can affect the appliance’s operation. Consider the type, runtime, coverage area, and capacity when shopping for the best whole-house humidifiers for your home.  

Type

Whole-house humidifiers typically fall into one of two distinct types, including models that are compatible with existing HVAC systems and freestanding console humidifiers.

  • HVAC-compatible whole-home humidifiers are designed to connect to the existing HVAC system for continuous use and unlimited runtime. This type of humidifier can include a small device that adds steam to the HVAC system to moisten dry, warm air. However, it’s important to note that these appliances still have a maximum capacity that measures the amount of water they can use in a 24-hour period. The coverage area also limits HVAC-compatible models, so make sure to invest in a unit that is suitable for the size of the home. 
  • Console whole-home humidifiers can be moved around the home to better distribute the moisture into the areas that are most in need. These appliances have a drawer or similar compartment to store the water that the humidifier will need throughout the day. Runtime for these humidifiers depends on the capacity of the tank and the intended coverage area. 

Runtime

Another factor to consider when investing in a new whole-house humidifier is the device’s runtime. Whole-home humidifiers that are compatible with the HVAC system don’t generally have a limited runtime, so they can run continuously as needed. However, console whole-home humidifiers typically have a runtime that is limited by the amount of water in the unit.

Additionally, the runtime can be affected by the size of the area and how effectively the home is sealed. If you are trying to use a humidifier with a small 1,000 square foot coverage to increase the humidity in a home that is three times the size, then the unit will run dry much faster than if it was used in an appropriate space. Similarly, if there are gaps and cracks around the home’s exterior that allow dry air to seep in from outside, then the humidifier will need to work harder to keep up with demand, leading to a shorter runtime. 

Coverage area

The coverage area of the whole-house humidifier refers to the maximum space that the appliance is designed to humidify. This doesn’t mean that the humidifier cannot be used in a larger or smaller home than the coverage area, but the runtime and efficiency of the unit may be affected by this decision. For instance, using a humidifier with a coverage area of 1,200 square feet for a space of 2,400 square feet can help increase the humidity, but the humidifier will run dry faster than expected as the appliance works to keep up with demand.

Units that are too large for the space will simply shut off when the air reaches the intended humidity level, though these appliances can take up more room than necessary for the smaller area. Consider the size of the home and look for a whole-home humidifier with a similar coverage area. 

Capacity

Whole-house humidifiers that attach directly to the HVAC system can function continuously, so users don’t need to worry about runtime or refilling a water storage tank. However, these appliances still have a maximum amount of water they can use over 24 hours.

Console whole-home humidifiers have a built-in tank to store the water that will be used to increase the humidity in the home. The capacity of the unit is equal to the size of the water storage tank. Some units may have more than one storage tank or a method to fill the appliance while it is in use. These features are ideal for extending the runtime of the humidifier and making up for smaller storage tank capacity.

FAQs 

Q: How long does it take to install a whole-house humidifier?

A professional or an experienced DIYer could install an HVAC-compatible whole-home humidifier in about two hours. Installing a console whole-home humidifier takes just a few minutes to position it, plug it in, and fill the water storage tank.

Q: Where is the best place to put a whole-house humidifier?

The best location to set up a whole-home humidifier is in the most central room of the home, which is usually a living room or dining room area. In the middle of the home, the humidifier’s output can evenly affect the greatest area.

Q: Does a whole-house humidifier use a lot of water?

The amount of water that a whole-home humidifier uses depends on the model. Some small units may only use one or two gallons of water to humidify a small condo or apartment. Larger units may use over 12 gallons a day to increase the humidity to the intended level. 

Final thoughts on the best whole-house humidifiers 

Low humidity conditions can have a substantial impact on personal health and the health of anyone living in the home. Extended periods of low humidity can exacerbate existing allergies and respiratory conditions, like asthma, so it’s important to take action to address low humidity problems in the home. Dry air is common during the peak of the summer and the middle of the winter.

Prepare for low humidity by investing in a whole-house humidifier for the house. An HVAC-compatible model is the best choice for even distribution and coverage in larger homes, while a console whole-house humidifier is ideal for small to medium homes. Console humidifiers are also a good option if you want to move the unit around the home because they are typically designed for portability. Consider the needs of the household to find the best whole-house humidifiers to treat low humidity conditions.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best whole-house humidifiers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
20+ gifts to help your new plant parent friends grow their love of plants https://www.popsci.com/story/gadgets/new-plant-parents-gift-guide/ Thu, 10 Dec 2020 16:00:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/new-plant-parents-gift-guide/
Four rows of repeated gifts for new plant parents: a pink cactus humidifer, bonsai scissors, a green ZZ plants in a white pot, and green and white plant lover socks.

Here are the best tools to cultivate the skills of everyone from new plant parents to established green thumbs.

The post 20+ gifts to help your new plant parent friends grow their love of plants appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four rows of repeated gifts for new plant parents: a pink cactus humidifer, bonsai scissors, a green ZZ plants in a white pot, and green and white plant lover socks.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

For a botanical intervention Plant life support Plant Life Support
SEE IT

Save your plants that are past their prime.

For creating a veritable jungle For the friend that has created a veritable jungle: Levoit smart cool mist humidifier Levoit Smart Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

Keep the air just the right amount of moist.

For the sun-starved Soltech large white aspect LED grow light Soltech Large White Aspect LED Grow Light
SEE IT

Grow lights can fit in with your space.

House plants can quickly become an obsession. What starts out as a pot here or there can rapidly become an at-home garden center. If you or a loved one knows—or is—a plant lover, you may find yourself stressed around the holidays, unsure of what more they could possibly use. Luckily for you, the world of plants and plant-adjacent products offers a seemingly endless array of options. Here are our picks for the best gifts to help, well, grow the enthusiasm and tool shed of would-be plant parents, seasoned growers, and everyone in between.

For precision pruning: Gonicc Professional Bonsai Scissors

Gonicc

SEE IT

Plants need occasional tough love, and that includes chopping your plant babies back every once in a while. These thin-bladed shears give you the precision to snip your plants right where you want to without mangling the stems. Since they’re made for the precise art of shaping bonsais, you can rest assured that they will fit the needs of even your most particular plants. Carbon steel construction makes them strong and durable, but make sure to wipe them and store them inside to maximize longevity.

For watering in style: HB Design Company Indoor Watering Can

HB Design

SEE IT

This isn’t your grandma’s rusty watering can (though that’s pretty cool, too). This quart-sized can nestles right next to your plants, waiting for its next use without taking up too much extra space. You can buy this stainless steel container in white, black, or copper to match your friend’s design preferences. And its long spout makes it ideal for precisely targeting dry soil, keeping water focused on the roots, not the floor or leaves.

For the data-obsessed grower: Wanfei Plant Monitor

Wanfei

SEE IT

Plants can’t outwardly tell us what they need, at least not through words, so caring for them requires a lot of guesswork. With this plant sensor, you can give the gift of a little more certainty. Stick the sensor in the soil, connect it to an app, add a plant’s information, and it’s ready to track. This Bluetooth plant monitor will check the nutrient levels and moisture of the soil, as well as the surrounding temperature and amount of light. Then, the sensor will alert the user if anything drops below optimal levels, allowing the plant to be tended to meticulously.

For creating a veritable jungle: Levoit Smart Cool Mist Humidifier

Levoit

SEE IT

We may not realize how dry our homes get, but plants sure do. This Levoit humidifier will help provide a taste of the jungle-like humidity many plants need. Every day, this humidifier releases 3 liters of water into the air and automatically shuts off when it runs out. It can be filled directly from the top, which means no awkward trips to the bathtub to top it off, and it can be remotely turned off via a smartphone app. If you want to get really precise, this system can aim for a target humidity to make finicky houseplants feel right at home.

For creating a miniature jungle: YINGJEE Mini Cactus Humidifier

YINGJEE

SEE IT

If you care more about looks or just have a smaller space, this cactus humidifier can get the job done, too. This quiet cactus charges via USB and also functions as a night light. Since it’s so small, it can blend right into any plant setup.

For the forgetful: Costa Farms ZZ Plant

Costa Farms

SEE IT

Maybe the only thing that could kill a ZZ plant is too much care, making this beauty the perfect fit for any aspirational plant lover who worries they’re more of a gardening grim reaper. This plant thrives in indirect light, so no worries if there are no south-facing windows around, and it can tolerate long periods of drought. In other words, you can set it and forget it, at least for a couple of weeks. This particular ZZ comes pre-planted in a large pot for even less effort and can make a beautiful green statement in any home.

For the sun-starved: Soltech Large White Aspect LED Grow Light

Soltech

SEE IT

Plant parenthood 101: plants need light to grow. Even “low-light” plants require sufficient illumination to keep photosynthesis flowing. But the truth is, unless you happen to live in a greenhouse, some areas of your home probably get a lot less light than plants are used to in the wild. That’s where grow lights come in. Ideally, a grow light will mimic natural sunlight as closely as possible, and this one gets fairly close. Natural light has a color rendering index rating of 100, so the closer a light can get to that, the better for plants, and this light is at 97. Plus, this light offers a more stylish design than many of the most popular grow lights on the market. The light itself is sleek and modern, while the light it produces is a pleasant white, unlike the purples and pinks of a lot of grow lights out there. This Soltech aspect light can be raised or lowered to ensure plants of all light needs get the pseudo-sun they crave.

For dark apartments or houses: Solatmos Metal Plant Stand with Grow Lights

Solatmos

SEE IT

And for your friend whose plants are craving some individual attention, try this stand with built-in grow lights. It’s also just a nice aesthetic display for your burgeoning family.

For the art lover: Modern Sprout Grow Frame

Modern Sprout

SEE IT

You don’t have to be Vincent van Gogh to paint your walls with color, you just have to take care of some plants and mount this steel frame to a wall. Help someone treat their plants like the works of art they are by gifting them these grow frames by Modern Sprout. Equipped with LED grow lights and a timer, plants will thrive in these frames, even if they’re on a dimly lit wall. 

For someone with plant baby fever: Virtune Small Succulent Pots

Virtune

SEE IT

Indoor plants deserve a solid pot that will keep in the dirt and protect shelves and floors from moisture. Whether covering up nursery pots, preventing water from running all over your house, or just looking cute, a solid pot can elevate a plant and make them even cuter to place around a home. This two-tiered pot is the perfect way to free up some counter space or proudly display a successful propagation next to its mother plant.

For performing plant miracles: Flying Pig Hanging Plant Holder

Flying Pig

SEE IT

Hanging pots are especially great for freeing up space. And if your friend always said they’d be able to keep a plant alive when pigs fly, well, here’s a way to call them on that.

For a ‘70s aesthetic: SCADINORDICA Disco Ball Planter

SCADINORDICA

SEE IT

When plant fever and disco fever combine, the result is totally groovy. This hanging planter is a great statement piece for anyone who has a, well, ball, nurturing their plants. It comes in both six- and eight-inch sizes depending on the size of the plant going inside.

For those with no yard: N/C Square Meter Plant Repotting Mat

N/C Square Meter

SEE IT

Potting or repotting is, well, dirty work. This waterproof transplanting mat keeps soil and water from going everywhere while making clean-up quick. Plus, the mat fits great in the trunk of a car, which can make trips from the local plant nursery a lot less stress-inducing when your new plant friend inevitably tips over.

For a botanical intervention: Plant Life Support Automatic Watering System

Bubblegum Stuff

SEE IT

Okay, things happen. Sometimes we might forget to water a plant for a couple of days, weeks, or months, and it might need a little TLC and consistency to come back to life. This plant life support kit comes with a 350ml bag and stake set to give neglected plants the lifeline they may need. Just hang the IV bag, connect the dripper to the soil, and set the flow regulator to give a withering plant consistent fluids. And if water isn’t enough to save a neglected plant, you might need to get a second opinion or run some more tests.

For lazy waterers: Jucoan Plant Self-Watering Globes

Jucoan

SEE IT

If overtly suggesting that your friend is a ruthless plant murderer isn’t what you’re going for, these water globes can also do the trick. These glass garden friends can keep soil moist for up to three weeks, giving even your most forgetful plant-loving friend some much-needed grace.

For the serial propagator: Mkono Plant Propagation Tubes

Mkono

SEE IT

Successfully creating new houseplant life is something to be proud of—so display it! This propagation station has no shortage of spots for cuttings to root in water. The setup comes in three different wood stains with 15 spots for plant babies to be shown off until they get big enough to plant in a bigger pot or the ground.

For expanding the jungle: Besgrow Spagmoss Premium New Zealand Sphagnum Moss

Besgrow

SEE IT

The best gift for a plant lover: more plants. Cut your own plants right below the node, package them up in a moisture-retaining material like some sphagnum moss or a wet paper towel, wrap them up in cling wrap, add a little bow, and voila—a bouquet of cuttings ready to propagate into more leafy little ones. 

For those bugged by insects: Grow Margo Yellow Sticky Trap for Indoor Gnats

Grow Margo

SEE IT

It’s all fun and games in plant parenthood until you spot the dreaded fungus gnat. But these sticky traps can rid you of some of your insect woes. Just pop the trap right in the soil like a stake, and wait for gnats to be attracted to the bright yellow sticky trap. Although the yellow might be a bit bright, these traps are shaped like monstera leaves, making them a little less of an eye-sore than the usual sticky traps. Plus, they come in a pack of 30, so they can be used until all the gnats are gone. 

For those who love fresh veggies: Gardyn 2.0 Hydroponics Growing System

Gardyn

SEE IT

For someone who’s into eating their plant babies, not just looking at them, an indoor gardening setup might be just what they’re looking for. Although the entire structure takes up only two square feet, the Gardyn 2.0 hydroponics growing system can grow 30 plants at once and looks beautiful in the process. And the results will taste even sweeter. With the accompanying app, the system will tell you when it needs maintenance and when your plants are at their peak, and can even slow down the growth of your plants while you’re away on vacation. It’s kind of like having an AI gardener tend to your crops 24/7. 

For when you’ve got less green to grow greens: SereneLife Smart Starter Kit 

SereneLife

SEE IT

But not all of us have five vertical feet of space, not hundreds of dollars, to dedicate to gardening indoors. If that’s the case, try a smaller countertop version to grow a few small plants at a time.

For someone with green thumbs and blue toes: Plants Get Me Blue Q Women’s Ankle Socks

Blue Q

SEE IT

Just because you’re focused on giving your plants just the right amount of sunshine doesn’t mean you should neglect your own chilly feet. These cotton and nylon socks let any plant-lover express their passion outside of their house. When the world gets busy, and you desperately wish you were lounging in your houseplant jungle, these socks can remind you of your foliaged friends back home and keep you warm in the process. Socks make great gifts.

The post 20+ gifts to help your new plant parent friends grow their love of plants appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ice picks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-ice-pick/ Wed, 15 Dec 2021 19:10:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-ice-pick/
A line-up of ice picks on a white background
Amanda Reed

From ice fishing to bartending, these useful tools are perfect for getting a leg up on blocks of ice and frozen surfaces.

The post The best ice picks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A line-up of ice picks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Cuda SS Ice Pick Cuda Stainless Steel Ice Pick
SEE IT

This no-frills pick powers through the most stubborn ice.

Best for climbing Petzl Glacier Ice Pick PETZL Glacier Ice Axe
SEE IT

This lightweight and compact pick is perfect for any expedition.

Best budget Norpro Ice Pick Norpro, Brown Wooden Handle Ice Pick
SEE IT

This affordable pick can power through solid ice in no time.

Whether it’s floating in our beverages to keep them cool in summer or providing footing on top of a wintry lake, ice is something that requires a specific kind of tool: a pick. Finding the right pick to work with ice successfully means first considering the size of the job. The most basic form of ice pick is a small tool for single-handed use with one to three sharp prongs at the end. These are best for use in bars and kitchens, but if they’re large enough, they can work to break down chunks of ice in driveways, parking spots, and other low-stakes situations. For heavy-duty uses like fishing, hiking, camping, and climbing that involve extended time outdoors, a larger ice pick with a thick handle and blade should be used for maximum reliability and efficiency. Below, we’ve broken down a few of our favorite tools and key considerations to keep in mind when choosing the best ice pick for your next task.

How we chose the best ice picks

A dull ice pick makes climbing or cubing ice a hassle—and dangerous. To find the best ice picks, we looked at reviews and recommendations, tested them ourselves in our at-home bar areas and during other everyday tasks (we got a lot of old ice lining the sides of our freezers), and conducted heavy research.

The best ice picks: Reviews & Recommendations

From sharp ice picks that cut through ice cubes like a hot knife through butter to sporty tools that can help you clear the way for your next adventure, here is what we found in our quest for the best ice picks. So slip on some heated clothing and start chippin’ away at whatever’s in your way.

Best overall: Cuda SS Ice Pick

Cuda Sports

SEE IT

Specs

  • Blade material: Stainless steel
  • Weight: .22 lbs.
  • Blade length: 5-½ inches
  • Handle material: Stainless steel

Pros

  • Tip protector
  • Lanyard hole
  • Easy to hold

Cons

  • Doesn’t float

The SS option from Cuda sports a simple and sturdy construction with a durable stainless steel finish to prevent corrosion during use. It’s one of the best ice picks available for all-around use thanks to its 5-½-inch blade that runs through the length of the handle for superior control and strength. A scale pattern on the handle allows users to maneuver this pick to their liking, making it a flexible choice that excels outdoors. Be careful if using this near water—it will sink.

Best for climbing: Petzl Glacier Ice Pick

Petzl

SEE IT

Specs

  • Blade material: Stainless steel
  • Weight: .77 lbs.
  • Blade length: 12 inches
  • Handle material: Aluminum

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Great mountaineering axe for price
  • Portable

Cons

  • Extreme climbers might want something heftier

The Glacier is a super lightweight ice pick from Petzl that’s designed for anchoring and cutting steps in hard ice and snow with ease. It weighs under a pound and has a length of just over 1.5 feet, so it’s incredibly portable and durable. The steel head and spike are connected in the center by a rust-resistant anodized aluminum handle. More extreme climbers may want a heftier pick, but for most outdoor winter excursions, the Glacier is equipped to punch way above its weight class.

Best for backpacking trips: Rhino USA Folding Survival Shovel and Pick

Rhino USA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Blade material: Coated carbon steel
  • Weight: 2 lbs.
  • Blade length: 6 inches
  • Handle material: Coated carbon steel

Pros

  • Foldable
  • Has multiple uses
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Locking mechanism hard to loosen, per reviews

This multitool from Rhino USA is one of the best for backpacking trips thanks to its portable, lightweight form factor and the inclusion of a shovelhead as well as a cutting edge for dealing with wood and other debris. Because it’s foldable, this unit is perfect for stowing in a bag and pulling out to assist in clearing trails or preparing areas for camp. It’s made of powder-coated carbon steel and extends to around 23 inches long when fully opened.

Best for bartenders: Barfame Wood Ice Pick

Barfame

SEE IT

Specs

  • Blade material: Stainless steel
  • Weight: .5 lbs.
  • Blade length: Around 3 inches
  • Handle material: Wood

Pros

  • Food-safe
  • Combo pick hammer and spike

Cons

  • Tool not dishwasher safe due to wood handle

This wood-handled option from Barfame is a great choice for bartender and kitchen duties thanks to its simple shape and dual-prong construction. A pick hammer sits at the top of the handle to allow users to break ice with a tapping motion, while the spike at the bottom offers more traditional stabbing functionality. The food-safe steel ensures that the pick is easy to clean and stays free of rust, making this a good ice pick for bartenders facing high-volume tasks.

Best for home: Fortune Candy Ice Chipper

Fortune Candy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Blade material: Stainless steel
  • Weight: Around one pound
  • Blade length: Around 1 inch
  • Handle material: Stainless steel and silicone

Pros

  • Silicon grip for support and control
  • Made of food-grade materials
  • Sturdy

Cons

  • Heavy compared to other food-grade items on our list

This one from Fortune Candy is constructed from thick stainless steel and features three prongs for ice chipping and a durable food-grade silicone grip for added support and control. Extra weight and hefty construction assist users in maintaining a grip in the hand through even the most demanding motions.

Best budget: Norpro Ice Pick

Norpro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Blade material: Stainless steel
  • Weight: .21 lbs.
  • Blade length: 7 ¼ inches
  • Handle material: Wood

Pros

  • Easy-to-grip handle
  • Included sheath for protection
  • Great value

Cons

  • Only good for light use

This basic ice pick from Norpro is one of the best cheap ice picks available, thanks to its sturdy stainless steel spike and easy-to-grip wooden handle. It measures 7 ¼ inches in length and includes a wooden sheath for easy storage and protection. For light use, this ice pick is an incredibly good value, but you may want to look elsewhere if durability and longevity are your main concerns. Still, the price point is accessible enough to make this a great choice for stocking up on backups.

What to consider when buying the best ice picks

The best ice pick for your needs depends on whether you want to use it in the kitchen or the great outdoors. There are some design overlaps between these varieties, but the most flexible ice picks are the ones that excel primarily as either a bar tool or as a climbing tool. Regardless of how you’ll use your pick, sturdy construction and thoughtful design are the key elements to keep an eye on.

They can be great bar accessories or a useful pieces of backpacking gear … or both

Ice picks are not particularly cost-prohibitive or bulky, but if versatility is your main concern, choose an all-around model that can excel at breaking down the most common ice-related tasks. When selecting the best ice pick overall, choose a model that offers an easy-to-grip handle that can be maneuvered from both the top and the side. This construction will ensure that you can retain control of the pick during even the most forceful motions.

Another key consideration to look for is a cutting element made of a hard, durable material that extends deep into the handle rather than being simply fastened to the end. This design ensures that torque and leverage are maintained while reinforcing the strength of the handle itself.

For outdoor adventures, look for an ice axe and ice spikes

Ice climbing is a popular and fun outdoor activity with many specific considerations and safety requirements to keep in mind. Because of the potentially severe and demanding nature of ice climbing, it’s crucial to select a pick specifically designed to withstand the rigors of the activity.

When selecting the best pick for climbing, look for a design that offers an easy-to-grip handle and a durable head made of steel or other tough materials. Lightweight construction with included carabiner holes or other fastening design elements ensures that the ice pick is within reach at a moment’s notice without adding extra bulk, which is critical for maintaining mobility. If you’re looking to streamline your climbing gear setup even more, look for a pick that includes a spiked end to add stability on flat surfaces.

A compact ice chisel should always be a part of your backpacking gear

The best ice pick for backpacking trips should have a foldable, portable design or be part of a set of foldable tools that are both durable and lightweight. By integrating the design of the pick into a form factor that includes a shovel, spade, axe, or other related backpacking gear, you can cut down on the space used in your bag while maximizing your preparedness for encounters with environmental variables.

Common backpacking circumstances warrant a dedicated pick, including the need to clear and traverse snowy trails in snow shoes, prepare backcountry campsites, and remove ice from hard surfaces, including wood, rock, and asphalt. As with other types of ice picks, it’s important to pick a harder material like steel to ensure effectiveness and prevent breakage. Because sturdier metals are likely to be heavy, a foldable and compact form factor are essential features to keep in mind when choosing the best ice pick for backpacking trips.

There’s no fancier tool to add to your cocktail kit than a pick for breaking up ice blocks

Any serious bartender knows that the quality of ice used in a cocktail directly affects the overall quality and taste of the drink itself. The best ice pick for bartender use allows professionals and amateurs alike to carve ice chips and shaped chunks from larger ice blocks, a technique that allows the formation of cocktail-friendly cube shapes. By having precise control over the shape and quality of ice, bartenders can use one to form chips for frothy drinks, sculpted cubes for serving liquor straight, and everything in between without having to rely on the cookie-cutter approach of an ice machine or freezer delivering uniform and generic ice cube shapes. Carving custom cubes and ice shapes from a dedicated larger block is a great way to ensure freshness, too, when ice is acquired for a specific event rather than stored over long periods of time. An ice pick is a key bartending accessory in your cocktail kit for its unparalleled flexibility, novelty, and class, and it can even break up cubes that have melted together in a pinch.

They can add a lovely vintage feel to your home bar tools

You don’t have to be a professional bartender to enjoy the benefits of a classy ice pick at home. Some of the best ice picks for home use are designed to add elegance and a unique flair to your personal bar—whether you’re staying in or entertaining guests. In a bar context, ice picks are perfect for shaving off small beverage-sized chunks of ice off of a larger main cube, which adds to the customizability of beverages and the overall freshness of the ice. Since larger blocks of ice take longer to melt, this system can safely be used over long periods during entertaining without added refrigeration. This mechanism applies equally to breaking up a mass of ice in the storage area of a home ice machine, which can melt and refreeze over time, fusing together.

When looking for the best ice pick for home use, you can’t go wrong with a durable and understated model that matches the rest of your bar tools. Steering away from branded accessories and opting for a generic metal or silver pick that features food-grade materials is key to ensuring longevity and sustained enjoyment.

FAQs

Q: How much do ice picks cost?

Ice picks dedicated to safety and stability in outdoor environments typically have a price tag corresponding to their critical application. In kitchen environments, however, you don’t need to spend much on an ice pick to get decent results. If you’re looking for the best cheap pick for low-impact applications, turn to a model under $10 with a spike longer than 5 inches to ensure adequate penetration of the ice block you’re breaking apart. It usually costs a little more to find a sturdy pick in this price category that has silicone grips, but wood is an adequate substitute.

Q: What’s the most durable material for an ice pick?

Steel is by far the most common material used for ice picks due to its sustained durability properties at a wide range of temperatures. In kitchen picks, food-safe stainless steel is the material of choice. Climbers’ picks and ice picks for backpacking often use aluminum in the handles to cut down on total weight and increase handleability.

Q: What other uses are there for ice picks besides chipping ice?

Ice picks have a few key uses besides chipping ice, most of which are within the realm of outdoor recreation. Climbers rely upon them to grant stability while moving across icy slopes, and ice fishers use them to cut holes through ice surfaces.

Q: Should I purchase an ice pick with a retractable blade?

A pick with a retractable blade can prevent accidental scratches and scrapes, but most smaller picks have their sheaths and covers for this purpose. In specific cases where you’re moving a lot or digging through a bag, a retractable pick can be beneficial, but in most kitchen and bar contexts, this isn’t necessary

Final thoughts on the best ice picks

Ice picks are unique tools that offer a variety of ways to harness the unique properties of ice both in the kitchen and out in the field. Fancy, compact picks are great for chipping away at ice blocks in bars and at home, while larger ice picks and foldable multi-tool picks are the way to go for hiking and backpacking. The best ice pick will allow users to gain control over, break apart, and distribute ice in any context, making it a welcome addition to any collection of kitchen or climbing gear.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ice picks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kitchen gifts for the everyday cook https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-kitchen-gifts/ Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=488035
The best kitchen gifts
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These are the accessories that will help upgrade and elevate the home cook who is moving beyond the basics.

The post The best kitchen gifts for the everyday cook appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best kitchen gifts
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

BEST OVERALL Ooni Volt Ooni Volt
SEE IT

The Ooni Volt turns the dream of professional-tasting pizza at home into a reality.

MOST THOUGHTFUL MadeIn 8 Inch Chef Knife MadeIn Engraved 8-Inch Chef Knife
SEE IT

MadeIn’s engraved chef knife is an incredibly thoughtful gift that’ll be used every day.

BEST FOR BAKERS Silpat Half Size Nonstick Baking Mat Silpat Half Size Nonstick Baking Mat
SEE IT

Silpat’s Baking Mat will make it easier for them to get their latest confections out of the oven.

A good home cook will already have the basic tools they need—so you can use the holiday season to buy them the best kitchen gifts they might not even know they need. It could be a big fancy gadget, but it could also be a small upgrade to a simple, classic one. Either way, they can put these accessories to good use cooking delicious food all year long … and maybe sharing some with you. Win-win!

Best multicooker: Instant Pot Duo 7-in-1

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Look, we know this is an obvious choice for a kitchen gift. Instant Pots are just the new sous-vide machines in terms of go-to gadgets. But here’s the thing: They’re popular for a reason. Want to make slow-cooked stews on a weeknight? Or perfectly cooked hard-boiled eggs every time? Who doesn’t? The basic version is affordable, even for the largest size. If you want to upgrade to the 10 in 1, go for it, but rest assured this one will get all of the jobs done.

Best smart oven: GE Profile Smart Oven with No Preheat

The GE Profile Smart Oven with No Preheat solves the biggest issue most home cooks face when trying to get food on the table: Time management. The 11-function smart oven requires no preheating; instead, you place your meal inside, set your time and temperature, and hit start. The GE Profile Smart Oven will begin cooking your food immediately rather than requiring you to wait for it to come to temperature, automatically adjusting its heating elements to ensure you get the proper level of doneness based on your recipe. Multi-function smart ovens have become popular, but this is the first one that doesn’t require preheating on any of its modes, which include air fry, bake, pastry, roast, and broil. If you’re shopping for someone who doesn’t have a lot of counterspace (or time), this is an amazing gift.

Best water purifier: AquaTru Connect

AquaTru

SEE IT

All of us should be drinking at least 2.7 liters of water per day according to the Mayo clinic, but that’s difficult if you’re uneasy about what’s coming out of your tap. If you know someone in that situation, AquaTru’s Connect makes for an excellent gift. The appliance uses a three-stage filtration system and reverse osmosis to purify water and remove everything from rocket fuel and radium to pesticides and herbicides. Naturally, it’ll also filter out unwanted tastes and odors. We could easily pick up on those last two factors during our tests but felt good about the other nasty stuff getting filtered out, too. Using the AquaTru connect is equally simple. All you have to do is fill up its tank and press a button. AquaTru’s app lets you know the status of all three filters, so you know when they need to be replaced, along with stats on how much water it’s filtered. Looking for other options? Not a problem.

Best pepper grinder: MÄNNKITCHEN Pepper Cannon

MÄNNKITCHEN

SEE IT

Giving a pepper grinder as a gift may seem odd, but Mäankitchen’s is the exception that proves the rule. We were impressed not only by its ultra-solid build quality but by the level of control it gave us over our grind. The company says its grinder is 10 times faster than a typical one, and you should believe the hype. A simple knob on the bottom of the pepper grinder allows you to switch from coarser to finer settings, so you can find the perfect one for your salad and steak and switch between them very quickly. Yes, the Mäankitchen Pepper Cannon is overkill, but that’s exactly why it’s such a great gift.

Best toaster: Tineco Toasty One

Tineco

SEE IT

If you know someone who can’t start their day without toast, a bagel, or an English muffin, Tineco’s Toasty One will blow their minds. The smart toaster allows you to select your preferred level of doneness using a visual indicator, which is far more useful than figuring out whether you like setting number two or three on a traditional toaster. There’s no app required to use this toaster, as its main feature is the 4-inch touch screen. We were impressed by the performance of this toaster, especially the ability to select individual settings for the left and right slots. It also helps that the toaster actually looks cool on a countertop, with just the right mix of futurism and minimalism.

Best stand mixer: Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer

Wolf Gourmet

SEE IT

Wolf Gourmet’s Stand Mixer is the most luxe gift in our guide, but it’ll astonish any home baker who receives it. The company paid meticulous attention to small details, like how easy the power knob is to turn, the click that happens when the large-capacity bowl is in the correct position, and how long it takes for the mixer to increase its speed. The mixer comes with a whisk, paddle, and dough hook attachment, which we’ve used to make cakes, cookies, and bread respectively.

This mixer has an extraordinary amount of power under the hood, so much so that we casually made double or triple batches of a recipe without thinking twice. A half-full bowl of cookie dough never impeded the paddle attachment from spinning, nor did it make the mixer shake violently, which has happened when we tried the same test with another machine. Wolf Gourmet includes an indispensable accessory in addition to its attachments: A plastic shield that goes over the top of the mixer’s bowl to prevent dry ingredients from flying everywhere when you first incorporate them with wet ingredients. The shield has a slot that allows you to slowly feed ingredients into the mixer as it’s being used.

Wolf Gourmet’s Stand Mixer isn’t your average gift, but it’s one that its recipient will treasure for the rest of their lives. We could easily see this mixer get passed down from generation to generation, along with handwritten family recipes. Looking for something more affordable/traditional? We always love a KitchenAid.

Best sheet pans: Great Jones Little Sheet

Great Jones

SEE IT

Sheet pans are essential for the home cook who bakes or roasts food often, and this eye-catching pair of quarter-sheet trays from Great Jones will liven up every kitchen. They’re dishwasher safe, and the perfect size for a personal pizza, small sheet of cookies, or cornbread. We’re especially fond of their raised lips, which makes it possible to use them for small sheet cakes. Most home cooks have half-sized sheet pans but may be sleeping on smaller ones. Great Jones also offers a bundle that includes these two trays and a larger one.

Best Dutch oven: Smithey Ironware 7.25 QT Dutch Oven

Smithey Ironware

SEE IT

Smithey Ironware’s 7.25 QT Dutch Oven is a luxe gift for serious home cooks who routinely cook big batches of food for an entire family. One could easily bake a massive loaf of bread, fry an entire broken-down chicken, or slow cook an entire pork butt while still having room to spare. The company says you’ll be able to cook acidic foods like sauces in it after the first few cooks without the risk of ruining its coating. If you go to one specific person’s house every year for the holidays, and have watched them struggle to get enough food out at one time because their cookware was too small, this gift could seriously help them out.

Best pizza oven: Ooni Volt

Ooni

SEE IT

What’s better than a pizza oven that allows you to make pizzaria-quality pies at home? One that can be used whether it’s sunny, rainy, snowy, or anything in between. The Ooni Volt is the company’s first electric pizza oven, and it’s the ultimate gift for aspiring pizzaiolos. The oven can reach temperatures of up to 850 degrees Fahrenheit (most conventional ovens top out at either 500 or 550), and has heating elements above and below the pizza stone to ensure even cooking. Dials on the front of the Ooni Volt make it easy to adjust its temperature, bias heat to the top or bottom heating element, or set a cooking timer. When the Volt is at its maximum temperature, you can cook a twelve inch Neopolitan pizza in under two minutes. Little design touches, like a clear pane on the front door that allows you to monitor your cook ensures you’ll get excellent results every time.

Best microwavable cookware: Anyday Everyday Set

Anyday

SEE IT

There’s “microwave-safe” cookware and then there’s the Everyday Set from Anyday. The frosted glass cookware is dishwasher safe, freezer safe, non-toxic, and comes in multiple sizes, which is why we’re inclined to jump in with both feet and gift the Everyday set. We’ve been pleased not only by how well this cookware performs—our from-scratch and reheated microwaved foods have never been cooked so consistently—but by how each size is perfect for different applications. The home cook with this set will be able to make everything from a full pot of rice to a small chicken completely in the microwave. The company’s website offers a bevy of new recipes for the microwave skeptic, too, in case you’re shopping for a skeptic.

Best pasta maker: MARCATO Atlas 150

MARCATO

SEE IT

If you’re shopping for someone interested in making homemade pasta, our only gift recommendation is the MARCATO Atlas 150. Made in Italy from steel and colored aluminum, the machine feels solid in the hand, and is designed to last a lifetime. The hand-crank pasta maker comes with a clamp to hold it steady, and a pair of blades to cut thick and thin noodles. The Atlas 150 can be used to make pasta sheets between .19 and .020 thick, which means it’s suitable for making any well-known pasta shape, including lasagna sheets. Using the Atlas 150 will require some elbow grease—unless you generously gift them a drive motor, too—but the results will be well worth it. Once they start making homemade pasta, it’ll be hard for them to go back to a box.

Best for small kitchen: Kuhn Rikon 4th Burner Pot

Kuhn Rikon

SEE IT

Kuhn Rikon’s 4th Burner Pot was specifically designed to be used on the smallest burner found on a stovetop. If you’re shopping for a home cook who cares about efficiency, this gift will please them immeasurably. The pot comes with a steam basket, which can also be used to boil smaller vegetables or thick pasta (think rigatoni) and easily lift them out of boiling water. Small touches, like the covering on the top and side handles that make both parts grippier are especially nice touches. We guarantee the chef in your life doesn’t have this tool in their arsenal, and they’ll immediately begin figuring out the most efficient ways to use it.

Best for meal prep: Souper Cubes

Souper Cubes

SEE IT

We all know at least one person who likes to think ahead and always have a meal ready in advance. Do them a favor and gift them a set of Souper Cubes. The silicon containers have four 250mL (roughly 1.1 cup) cavities, which can be used to store liquid or solid ingredients to be deployed at a moment’s notice. Your giftee could use two of the molds for soup, and leave the other two for flavorful toppings. Pre-shredded vegetables and cheese separated in their own sections could be defrosted and deployed during an at-home taco night. The Souper Cubes are an excellent gift for the efficient home chef, or someone who would like to like to cook at home more often but finds themselves running out of time.

Best for apartments: AirHood Wireless

Airhood

SEE IT

Anyone who’s cooked in a poorly ventilated kitchen (aka most apartments) knows the frustration of accidentally setting off the smoke alarm while sauteing or searing food on the stovetop. The Airhood Wireless solves this issue, which makes it a must-give gift this holiday season. The battery-powered countertop appliance does the work of a traditional range hood but it’s far more compact and easy to move. When turned on, the AirHood Wireless sucks up air, filters it through a mesh stainless steel oil filter and charcoal filter, and shoots it out the other side. If the AirHood Wireless is set up next to the pan that’ll be used before the fat reaches its smoke point, you’ll end up with a smoke-free kitchen. This is the type of kitchen gadget home chefs won’t even know exists, and it’ll blow their mind after using it once.

Best saucier: Misen 3 QT Stainless Steel Saucier

Misen

SEE IT

Misen’s 3 Quart Saucepan is the type of kitchen tool that many home chefs aspire to use, and giving it as a gift could make that a reality. The 5-ply stainless steel saucepan heats up evenly, but its handle is designed to be easy to hold and reduce its heat exposure. Three of this saucier’s layers are made out of aluminum, which conducts heat more quickly to cut down on the cook time. This construction also allows the saucepan to withstand heat of up to 800 degrees if you need to prepare food in the oven. Whether they want a fresh bowl of rice, homemade popcorn, or reheated soup, this is the tool they’ll continue to reach for.

Best bread maker: Panasonic Automatic Bread Machine

Panasonic

SEE IT

Aspiring bakers can tripped up in bread baking because there’re so many things that can go wrong, from taking a loaf out too soon, or accidentally overworking or under-proofing the dough. Panasonic’s Automatic Bread Maker lives up to its name, allowing you to make everything from brioche to sourdough with a few button presses. It even has a slot where you can pour in mix-ins like seeds or dried garlic and other spices to ensure they’re incorporated evenly. We’re typically skeptical about single-use kitchen gadgets since counter space is such a premium resource (especially in apartments), but the Automatic Bread Maker more than earns its spot. If they make bread often enough, the person you gift it to may never put it away.

Best for bread baking: Emile Henry Modern Bread Cloche

Emile Henry

SEE IT

If the person you’re shopping for this holiday season isn’t interested in using an appliance to bake bread, we have the solution: Emile Henry’s Modern Bread Cloche. This two-piece ceramic baking dish creates the perfect baking environment for an artisan loaf by tightly surrounding it with radiating heat. Additionally, using this Cloche won’t require a baker to carefully lower their dough into a too-hot-to-touch preheated Dutch oven. When the loaf is done, the top piece can be easily removed to unveil the loaf, while the bottom piece of the Cloche features a textured pattern, which prevents bread from sticking to it. Whether they’re making dough by hand, stand mixer, or machine, Emile Henry’s Modern Bread Cloche will make sure each loaf they’ve proofed comes out perfectly.

Best air fryer: Cuisinart TOA-95

Cuisenart

SEE IT

If you’re shopping for someone with limited counter space, Cuisinart’s TOA-95 should be one of the first gifts to consider. The sleek-looking appliance can bake, broil, roast, reheat, toast, and air fry, with dedicated buttons for preheating, slow cooking, and air frying. The TOA-95’s display makes it easy to see which setting is selected, and the function and time/temp knobs are easy to navigate its interface. Many people associate air fryers with french fries (the TOA-95 excels at making them ultra crispy), but it’s large enough to roast an entire chicken. Overall, Cuisinart’s TOA-95 is a winner, and we highly recommend getting it for any home cook. However, we’ve got you if you just want dedicated air fryers!

Best electric knife: BUBBA Kitchen Series Cordless Electric Knife

Bubba

SEE IT

Know somebody who has the honor of carving up the main dish at every holiday party? Bubba’s Cordless Electric Knife will become their new best friend. The knife is extremely efficient at cutting through thick cuts of meat — even through bone—to delivery clean-looking perfectly portioned slices. Bubba includes three blades for different applications, though we typically stuck with the seven-inch carving blade during our time with it. We have to admit we were impressed at just how well this knife fit in our hand. The curved hilt allowed us to get a solid grip, and the thumb rest on top allowed us to put constant pressure on what we were cutting while keeping the blade steady. Bubba even cared about the quality of its carrying case, which makes the knife easy to store safely when not in use.

Best knife set: Anolon AlwaysSharp Japanese Steel Knife Block Set with Built-In Sharpener

Anolon

SEE IT

A dull knife can lead to injuries, so spare your favorite home chef from nicks and cuts by gifting them this eight-piece knife set, which has a sharpener built into its block. The set comes with a chef’s knife, slicer, bread knife, santoku knife, serrated utility knife, paring knife, and kitchen shears. These are all the tools they’ll need to carve, slice, chop, butterfly, or otherwise slice and dice protein and vegetables. All the knives fit neatly into a single block, which has a large sharpener built into it for easy access. All they’ll need to do to keep their knives sharp is to run their blades through the sharpener a few times on a regular basis. A knife sharpener on its own would be a great gift, but having it built into a block with an eight-knife set makes it even better.

Best steak knives: Viking Culinary German Stainless Steel Pakkawood Steak Knife Set

Viking

SEE IT

Our final kitchen knife gift recommendation is this six-piece set of stainless steel steak knives from Viking. Each knife is stored in a separate slot within a wooden box, which screams class each time they’re used. The knives are forged from stainless steel, with a pakkawood handle affixed to them with a pair of rivets. This gift has one real use: effortlessly cutting through steak, which is just fine if you’re shopping for a carnivore.

Best indoor smoker: Weston 2-in-1 Slow Cooker & Electric Indoor Smoker

Weston

SEE IT

Nothing bums out a pit master quite like winter, when the smoker has to go away until springtime, which is why they’ll love Weston Brands’ slow cooker. The appliance doubles as a smoker, with a small canister for wood chips and settings for hot, cold, or combo smoking. A temperature probe will prevent them from overcooking their meat, which is particularly helpful during long cooks. The countertop-friendly appliance can cook a 6-pound chicken or 4-pound roast, which is more than enough to feed a group, especially when you factor in side dishes. There’s nothing quite like this indoor smoker (most home cooks rely on liquid smoke during colder months), so whoever you gift it to will be very pleasantly surprised.

Best kitchen scale: OXO 11-Pound Food Scale

OXO

SEE IT

Everybody knows a home baker who uses measuring cups instead of weighing ingredients, and you can help them seriously up their game by gifting them a kitchen scale. Their bakes will turn out consistently, and the scale can be used in savory applications to portion meat and vegetables before cooking them. We like OXO’s scale because of its magnetic slide-out screen, which makes it possible to use the scale when weighing food in a large container. These containers would block the display of a lesser scale, which defeats the purpose of using it. OXO is one of our go-to cookware companies, and we can recommend its salad spinner as another great gift idea for picky chefs.

Best cordless appliance: KitchenAid Go Cordless Hand Mixer

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Counter space is a kitchen’s most premium real estate, and KitchenAid’s new Go Cordless Hand Mixer offers power and precision without taking up an inch. One of six appliances in the company’s new “Go” line, the 7-speed mixer can be used for everything from whipping up egg whites for a meringue to thoroughly mixing batters for cakes and brownies, to whipping cream. One of this hand mixer’s big features is its removable, rechargeable battery, which lasts up to 60 minutes per charge. This battery is compatible with all of the handheld appliances in KitchenAid’s Go line, so you can swap them whenever necessary. If you know a home cook with tired hands but limited space, this hand mixer is the perfect gift.

Best baking mats: Silpat Half Size Nonstick Baking Mat

Silpat

SEE IT

Silpat’s nonstick baking mats are legendary for their durability and the ability to keep even the stickiest substances—looking at you molton hot sugar leaking cinnamon buns—from sticking or leaving a mark. This two pack of half-sized baking mats is designed to fit perfectly inside a pair of 13 X 18 inch baking sheets. These mats can withstand temperatures up to 480 degrees Fahrenheit, and only need to be lightly rinsed with water to clean. A baker who’s tired of tearing off sheets of parchment paper each time they bake, which can be especially tedious during long baking sessions, would be thrilled to receive these Silpat Baking Mats as a gift.

Best for bakers: PantryChic Smart Storage System

PantryChic

SEE IT

It’s ultralux, but PantryChic’s Smart Storage System is a kitchen tool your giftee will treasure for years to come. The appliance allows you to store your dry ingredients in a BPA-free container and then dispense them in the perfect quantity—down to the gram—thanks to a built-in scale. This is helpful in cutting down the time it takes to bake by reducing, if not completely eliminating, the need for measuring cups and spoons. PantryChic’s machine can be used with over 100 ingredients, from flours and coffee grounds to nuts and seeds. Baking is mostly an exact science—though creativity is encouraged—and PantryChick’s Smart Storage System can help amateurs and experienced bakers alike get the best results every time.

Best juicer: Hurom H310A

Hurom

SEE IT

Hurom’s H310A is so good it may well convert your favorite home chef from someone who orders overpriced juice at a specialty shop into someone who makes them at home. The juicer’s self-feeding hopper will continually ingest chunks of fruits and vegetables, while its blade mimics the amount of force used for manual juicing. Hurom says the H310A wrings as much juice as possible from fruits and vegetables, and that’s been true in our tests. The H310A consistently made tasty juice from whatever we threw at it, and cleaning it by hand was a quick affair. The best part about this juicer is its small size. This juicer offers the same level of performance as a bulkier one in a far more svelte package. Fresh, organic juice is very expensive if you order it out, so gifting this juicer will actually save the person you’re shopping for money without using a lot of time.

Best water carbonator: Ninja Thirsti Drink System

Ninja

SEE IT

If you’re shopping for someone who loves fizzy water—or wants to cut down on the number of energy drinks, alcoholic beverages, and sodas they buy—Ninja’s Thirsti Drink System should be your go-to gift. The appliance can make carbonated water at three levels of intensity in 6-, 12-, 18-, and 24-ounce batches. Water is fed to the machine from an external tank, which should be kept in the fridge for the best results. The Thirsti also comes with a set of flavor pods, and you’re able to flavor intensity of your drink in addition to its level of carbonation and size. The results are always consistent, and you can even mix the flavor of two pods together for a more customized taste.

Best ice cream maker: Ninja Creami

Ninja

SEE IT

The Ninja Creami is the only gift you should consider for someone who loves ice cream. The set-it-and-forget it nature of the Creami allows you to make ice cream, gelato, sorbet, milkshakes, Italian ice, and other frozen treats with minimal intervention. After freezing the ice cream base in the included pint container overnight, you stick it into the Creami, hit one button, and the machine takes care of the rest. Blades will churn the ice cream to the correct consistency based on the frozen treat you’ve selected. You have the option to pause midway through to fold in mix-ins, but beyond that all you have to do is wait for the machine to do its job. This deluxe package comes with a pair of XL-sized prints, each of which holds 24 ounces of ice cream. Additional XL pints can be purchased separately if you want a constant supply of ice cream.

Best premium cookware: Le Creuset Signature Enameled Cast-Iron Cookware Set

Le Creuset

SEE IT

Luxe doesn’t even begin to describe Le Creuset’s 10-piece Signature Enameled Cast-Iron Cookware Set, the premium set of cookware we could wholeheartedly recommend. The set comes with an enameled dutch oven, saucier, skillet, roaster, grill pan, braiser, and four lids. Each piece in this collection is at the top of the class in its respective kitchen tool category, and to have them all bundled together will leave the person you gift this to completely gobsmacked. They can reach for these tools while baking bread and brownies, browning a steak, making a sauce, frying foods, and just about everything in between. We’d go so far as to say these are the only kitchen tools a home cook could ever truly need—though the appliances, accessories, and other tools we’re recommending would be a big help.

Fifth & Cherry

SEE IT

Fifth & Cherry’s F&C 14 is a statement piece that deserves a place in any home cook’s kitchen. The 14-inch cutting board is thick cutting board thick enough to feel substantial, but still easy to move around when necessary. Fifth & Cherry went the extra mile to make sure its cutting boards immediately catch the eye, but their attention to detail is more than skin deep. We chopped, scraped, kneaded, and served food on this board and it held up very well after repeated use. The cutting board will accumulate cut marks over time, but the nicks shouldn’t go deep enough to impact its performance. If they do, Fifth & Cherry offers a free refinishing service. It may seem odd to call a cutting board beautiful, but the F&C 14 earns that distinction — and many more.

Best colander: Dreamroo Collapsible Multi-purpose Colander

Dreamroo

SEE IT

Every sink and recipe is a little different, but your giftee won’t have to worry about that with Dreamroo’s colander, which can expand and contract between 14.5 and 19.5 inches. This feature allows you to use the same colander to clean a pint or quart of fruit without reaching for a separate tool. If you’re cooking pasta for yourself or a couple of friends, this is the colander to reach for. We like this colander because it’s the type of gift nobody expects but will immediately wonder how they lived without. It’s even offered in multiple colors (we’re particularly partial to the blue), so you can get one to match their style.

Best knife: MadeIn Engraved 8-Inch Chef Knife

MadeIn

SEE IT

A chef knife is the most versatile piece of cutlery in a home cook’s arsenal and an investment that with care can last decades, with many of them costing upwards of $200-$400. MadeIn offers its professional-grade 8-inch chef knife for just $99 and allows you to personalize its blade for an extra $30. This is a really nice touch that a home cook would appreciate every time they chop, dice, or chiffonade their favorite produce. This French-made knife, which combines the approach of German and Japanese blades, is made from a single piece of stainless steel hardened with nitrogen. It’ll make quick work of tomatoes, potatoes, pineapples, avocado, or anything else that’s thrown at it. If it’s taken care of properly, the chef who gets this knife will be able to use it for the rest of their life.

Best knife set: Cangshan N1

Cangshan

SEE IT

If you need an incredibly generous gift idea for a home cook who’s just moved out onto their own, our top recommendation is Cangshan’s N1. The six-knife block has everything a chef needs to cut, chop, slice, and filet meat, vegetables, fruit, and anything in between. The star of the show is arguably the wooden block, which is cut at an angle so each knife is easy to grab and use. The blades themselves are forged out of a single piece of German steel, so you never have to worry about a handle falling apart. If they’re taken care of and sharpened a few times a year, this gift will last a lifetime.

Best dinnerware set: Stone + Lain Porcelain 16 Piece Dinnerware Set

Stone Lain

SEE IT

Another great gift for folks just leaving home for the first time is a good-looking set of dinnerware, which should be fancy enough to impress guests, but comfortable enough to use every day. Stone + Lain knocked it out of the park with this 16-piece set, which is a table setting for four people. Plates, bowls, and mugs are all included, so they’ll have everything they need in a single package. We loved how nice Stone + Lain’s dinnerware set looked in person, and the porcelain material felt fancier than we expected. Importantly, every piece in this set is microwave and dishwasher-safe.

Best mandoline: Benriner Mandoline Slicer

Amazon

SEE IT

It’s not generally good practice to give people products they could hurt themselves with—but if you’ve got a friend or family member who loves cooking up elaborate meals, this mandoline will be a godsend. It lets you quickly shave thin slices off even the hardiest veggies, making everything from salad prepping to gratin layering much faster and easier. Plus it comes with a little gripper so your loved ones don’t accidentally slice their fingertips off.

Best grater: Kyocera Advanced Ceramic Grater

Kyocera

SEE IT

Yes, you could use a microplane to grate your ginger. But that’s assuming you want to clog up the tiny blades with fibers and spend twice as long doing it. Instead, you could just get this little Japanese device designed to perfectly mash up your ginger root (or garlic or fresh turmeric) without the hassle. It’s simple. It’s easy. It’s ceramic. And it’s got a silicone ring on the bottom to keep it from slipping.

Best spice grinder: FinaMill Pepper Mill & Spice Grinder

FinaMill

SEE IT

FinaMill’s spice grinder is the type of gift an avid home cook wouldn’t expect but would definitely enjoy. The battery-powered grinder comes with clear pods, which have blades attached and can be filled with whole spices. Sticking the grinder on top of the grinder will initiate the blades and pulverize the spices to your preferred level of coarseness. The best part is that the spice can stay in these pods to retain their freshness over time. And because each spice is sequestered to its own pod you’ll never get cross contamination, which can alter their taste. You can also stick spices into the pods and use the FinaMill as a grinder to season your food with pepper or the spice of your choice.

Best for travelers: Nordic Ware Cakes and Cupcakes Carrier

Nordic Ware

SEE IT

We all have that one person in our lives that loves bringing baked goods to parties, but frets about them getting there in one piece. Nordic Wae’s Cakes and Cupcakes Carrier is the perfect gift for such a kind soul. The kitchen tool will allow them to transport 12 cupcakes or a 9-inch x 13-inch cake safely. The cupcake holder even has individual slot, so delicate pipework isn’t ruined by one cake rubbing up against the other. A hard plastic shield prevents anything from accidentally touching the cakes, and handles make it easier for the carrier to take bakes from a car seat into a home and vice versa. Sometimes you can’t beat practicality. Nordic Ware also has a baking pan and lid set that serves a similar purpose, but won’t require them to transfer their bake from its baking dish into a separate container.

Best sous vide: Breville Joule Turbo

Breville

SEE IT

OK, sure … we did start this whole list saying that Instant Pots are the new sous-vide machines. But that doesn’t mean the real things went away. If anything, they’re just hitting their stride. Breville’s Joule Turbo is the latest model in the company’s successful sous vide line, and it succeeds in solving the biggest issue with this style of cooking: the time commitment. The Turbo modulates the temperature of the water bath rather than keeping it at a set temperature to dramatically reduce the cook time of certain dishes. You still get all the benefits of sous vide cooking, including getting consistently perfect results with little to no fuss, just more quickly. The amount of time you’ll save will vary based on what’s being cooked, but some cook 50% faster. The home chef who “already has everything” will undoubtedly love this kitchen upgrade.

The post The best kitchen gifts for the everyday cook appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best garage heaters in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-garage-heaters/ Wed, 08 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586294
Best garage heaters sliced header
Tony Ware

Because your hands should be warm and pliable when you’re tooling in the garage.

The post The best garage heaters in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best garage heaters sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall smart Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition over a white background Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition
SEE IT

The perfect heater for a quick jump into the car.

Best value black Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater over a white background with gradient Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater
SEE IT

A simple heater that doesn’t skimp on safety features.

Best propane white Mr. Heater F299730 floor heater over a white background Mr. Heater F299730
SEE IT

Gives off pleasing, blue flame heat and is suitable for indoor use.

Whether it’s to avoid pre-commute morning chills or help you get through that weekend project, garage heaters are there to keep you warm. But there’s a lot to look into, including safety concerns (noxious fumes) and the scary possibility of accidentally winding up with one of those 240V plug-ins and nowhere to plug it. To get you on the right track, and with an appliance that suits your needs, we’ve compiled a list of the best garage heaters, with every angle and style covered.

How we chose the best garage heaters

It shouldn’t surprise you, but the two primary factors that go into any selection for an entry onto the best garage heaters list are heating quality and safety features. Without these two factors, an item cannot be considered for the list. The next things we considered are the types of customers that need garage heaters and the types of garages those customers have. For example, if you’re the standard garage user who just wants to hop into a car without freezing, you should probably just go with the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition. But, if you’re a tinkerer, there are many more things to consider. But no matter what your situation, it is our firm belief that we’ve probably found something of quality for this list that will suit your needs.

The best garage heaters: Reviews & Recommendations

As we’ve organized the following list, we’ve organized it to be human-based first garage-based next to the best of our ability. What does this mean? Human situations, such as wanting overhead heating, come before garage considerations whenever possible. In other words, as you’re browsing this list, consider your personal situation first, as the best garage heaters are those that solve your problems.

Best overall: Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition

Heat Storm

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Provides the best heat for average families looking to pop into the car.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 4 x 19 x 16 inches
  • Placement: Wall mounted
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Fast, concentrated heat when and where it matters
  • Simple installation
  • Robust safety features
  • Easy to control remotely

Cons

  • Best for quick trips to the car

Generally speaking, there are two types of garage heater customers: those who want to heat up their garage to stay in it and work and those who want to hop in the car in comfort. The vast majority of people will be in the latter group, and this is the heater for them.

The Heat Storm Phoenix weighs a mere nine pounds and connects with your standard American 110/120-volt outlet. This simple setup and outlet connection easily makes it one of the best electric garage heaters. It provides radiant heat, which emanates from the heater, and can be wall-mounted next to your garage entryway. This, in combination with its WiFi-enabled remote controls, means you’ll be able to reach your car in comfort and then switch the heating element off after you drive away.

It’s also worth pointing out that radiant heat works relatively quickly, unlike convection heating, as it sends out rays of heat. In the same way, it can be highly energy efficient if used in the right manner. You aren’t spending power heating up the far corners of your garage, after all.

Finally, it is worth pointing out how much emphasis is put into the safety blocks of this machine. It has a child lock, tip-over protection, an air filter, and overheating shut-off, so even if you forget to turn it off after leaving the garage, you can have peace of mind about the safety of your garage.

Best year-round: Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP07

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This heater provides heat in the winter, cooling in the summer, and air purification all year long.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 9.76 x 8.07 x 30.08 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Convection

Pros

  • Provides heating and cooling
  • Uses HEPA filter for cleaner air
  • Very safe, no blades
  • Controlled via Alexa

Cons

  • Somewhat loud

Dyson’s Pure Hot + Cool HP07 is a multi-functional tool that won’t get in the way once winter turns to spring. This is because, at its heart, the HP07 is a tool meant for making your air livable, no matter the season on air temps. In winter, it warms as a 1500-watt heater, and in summer, it cools. In spring and fall, you can keep running it; its air filtration system still sorts out dust and allergens as small as 0.3 microns in diameter

There’s a lot to like about the design of the HP07 as well. In the same vein as many of the best air purifiers, it has a dual-filtration design. Carbon filters sort through organic matter, while HEPA filtration gets the fine particles. Plus, it uses a bladeless fan, making it super safe for curious fingers as well. Finally, the whole thing is controllable via Alexa, making for easy, hands-free temperature adjustments. We consider this heater to be one of the best space heaters.

Best smart: GoveeLife Smart Electric Heater

GoveeLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This programmable ceramic heater provides heat on your schedule.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 7.87 x 7.87 x 25.59 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Ceramic convection

Pros

  • Contains 24-hour timer
  • Smart voice controls for Google, Alexa, and IFTTT
  • Easy to use
  • Tip over and overheat protection

Cons

  • Internal thermostat not perfect

If you’re the type that looks forward to getting into your garage after a long day of work, the thought of wasting time waiting for the temp to rise can be painful. That’s why we like the GoveeLife, which can be controlled via smart-home devices/assistants and has a 24-hour timer for heating that works around your schedule.

The control system for this heater is highly reviewed for its ease of use. Once you’ve connected the heater to your WiFi and the GoveeLife app or your smart system, things go pretty smoothly. It’s also only ~8 pounds, so positioning it where you want won’t be difficult. And if that weight scares you due to the possibility of pets or curious children knocking it over, do be aware that it has tip-over protection alongside the usual overheating protection.

Best personal: Mr. Heater F215100 “Little Buddy”

Mr. Heater

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This works perfectly for a single person needing heat by their side at all times.

Specs

  • Power source: Propane
  • Size: 11 x 11 x 11 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Radiant

Pros

  • Hot local heat
  • Tip over protection and low-oxygen shutoff
  • Uses convenient, disposable propane cylinders
  • Nearly silent

Cons

  • Needs (small) ventilation area

It’s easy to get too fancy with your garage heating, warming up the whole place, when a little buddy could do the trick. For occasional garage use where you just need a warm boost, Mr. Heater’s “Little Buddy” is there for you. With a single one-pound, easy-to-install canister of propane, it produces over five hours of warm heat in a small area surrounding it. The Little Buddy runs quietly.

Despite its small size and an allowance for indoor usage, the Mr. Heater Little Buddy does require a small amount of ventilation. If there are any issues, a low-oxygen shutoff will turn off the Little Buddy immediately, and it has tip-over protection in case you knock it over.

Best overhead: Comfort Zone CZQTV5M

Comfort Zone

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Pushing out radiant heat and functioning as a light source, this heater will help you get work done.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 5.25 x 26.5 x 14.3 inches
  • Placement: Overhead, ceiling mount
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Dual heat and lighting action
  • Safety grill for active workspaces
  • Adjusts to 90-degrees
  • Overheat detection

Cons

  • Limited control options

Typically, the rule of hot air rising prevails, eliminating the ability to have effective overhead heating options. However, as one of the best infrared heaters, which push out heat in a ray-like manner), this product allows you to circumvent this seeming law. The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M’s combination of radiant heater and overhead lamp works wonderfully in this regard; if its light can reach you, so can its heat. This fantastic combination makes it one of the best garage heaters for those doing work on top of a table or workstation, especially at night.

The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M features a solid metallic frame with a sturdy mounting bracket to be affixed above the workstation in your garage or in a central location that works for you. Below the mounting area, a 90-degree angle of rotation will allow you to pivot that vital light and heater combo. A protective keeps stray two-by-fours from smashing up anything important. The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M has two heat settings, 750W and 1500W, though we wish there were a few more as you might want to dim the heat more as you build up inner heat from working.

Best propane: Mr. Heater F299730 

Mr. Heater

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Provides the flame-based heat propane lovers crave.

Specs

  • Power source: Propane
  • Size: 28 x 10 x 26 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding or wall-mounted
  • Heating style: Blue flame convection

Pros

  • Provides blue flame heat you can see
  • CSA-certified for safety plus low-oxygen shut-off
  • Includes thermostat and mounting gear
  • No batteries or electricity required

Cons

  • Propane can be tricky to use

The Mr. Heater propane heater provides the reliable flame-based heat that we often think of when “heater” pops into our minds. That’s because it is powered by propane, not electricity. This means that you’ll be required to connect it to a propane source, such as a tank, and keep that source filled, but also means that you’ll have a source of heat that can get you through winter power outages. (And keep enough tanks in the storage shed, and you can run those grills and fire pits, as well.)

Those worried about safety issues from gas will be happy to know that Mr. Heater uses a low-oxygen detector, which shuts the gas off on the off chance that dangerous conditions are detected. It is also made to be indoor safe, is CSA-certified, and does not require venting.

Best 240V electric: Dr. Heater DR966

Dr. Heater

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable heater is perfect for your 240V hookup.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (6000W)
  • Size: 14.5 x 13 x 14.5 inches
  • Placement: Wall mounted
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Intense heat
  • UL-certified safety
  • Works well with large, uninsulated garages

Cons

  • Requires 240V plug

Americans run on 110/120V appliances. That’s how our electricity grid delivers power. Unfortunately, many of the best garage heaters (at least in terms of power) take a 240V approach. If you don’t already have 240V capabilities installed in your garage, it can be a hassle, but if you do, consider the Dr. Heater DR966.

It pumps out heat at 6,000 watts (or 3,000 for a lower heat setting), which is about four times the rate that typical 120V heaters do. The point-and-shoot infrared style makes it the best for longer garages with “leaky,” uninsulated walls.

Best for open garage: Briza Infrared Patio Heater 

Briza

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Tripod-standing heat that extends the warmth of your garage.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 35.5 x 4 x 4 inches (element)
  • Placement: Freestanding (on tripod)
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Functions safely outside of garage
  • Wide heating element
  • Included tripod
  • Automatic shut-off safety

Cons

  • Limited range for heating

Many of us like to keep the garage door open, extending our working area out into the driveway. This is especially critical if we’re sawing due to the dust, or need the open air to prevent getting knocked out by toxic fumes. The Briza, which works indoors and out, can safely extend the warmth of your garage into the area outside of it. With an IP55 rating, it is quite safe even under a drizzle, and you can be sure it won’t be taken out by a plume of sawdust.

Lengthwise, the Briza is nearly a yard long, giving you a healthy amount of steps outside of your garage while still aligning next to it. The infrared heating element only warms for about 6 feet, however. This makes the strategic play to put the Briza in parallel with your driveway, maximizing your garage “extension.” When not in use as one of the best garage heaters, the Briza also turns out to be one of the best patio heaters.

Best budget: Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is the best freestanding heater under $50.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 7.52 x 6.34 x 10.04 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Ceramic convection

Pros

  • Highly affordable
  • ETL-list and TUV-certified
  • Tip-over protection and overheating shut-off
  • Even heating throughout garage

Cons

  • Lacks advanced features
  • Not for high-humidity areas

The Amazon Basics ceramic heater is a very basic style of heater that is simple to use. Just plug it in and turn it on to start pumping out warm air. This version, which oscillates, helps disperse the warmth evenly throughout your garage. If you want the heat closer to you, moving the Amazon Basics ceramic heater about your garage is easy, even if you’re carrying other things due to its carrying handle.

Admittedly, the biggest draw of this heater is that it has a low price. Even before sales and discounts, you can get three of these for about $100. What really counts is that it doesn’t skimp on having a quality fan, a reasonably long power cord, or safety certifications and features. However, it should be noted that Amazon warns against usage in “high humidity rooms,” which, if you live in certain regions, could include your garage. Otherwise, this is the best garage heater for those on a strict budget.

What to consider before buying garage heaters

While you may have a solid grasp of what you want in your garage, it is quite possible there are some lingering questions about what makes the best garage heaters worth it for your setup and lifestyle. Plus, safety is incredibly important for heaters, so you’ll want to understand these features fully.

Usage style

The most important thing to consider when buying a garage heater, or anything for that matter, is how you will use it. This consideration weighed heavily on our minds when choosing the reward categories above, and it should for you, as well, as you peruse garage heaters.

What follows is a listing of common customer self-descriptions, alongside the considerations and recommendations we make for those customers:

I hate being chilled before getting in my car in the morning. If you’ve just stepped out of the shower, have wet hair, and need to go to work, the walk from your warm home to your car is highly unpleasant. Your garage heater should be located next to your garage entrance, possibly wall-mounted. Radiant, infrared heat works well in this case, as the heat stays “local” better than other heaters, but many heating styles will work. Remote turn-on and turn-off are essential for your needs. We consider this to be one of the most common types of garage heater consumers, which is a large reason why the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition is our overall best garage heater.

I want to use my garage. You have a lot more options. Spend more time considering ideal placement as well as your favorite type of heating when choosing your garage heater. If you already have a 240V connection, use it. In general, though, convection heaters are the best garage heaters for people who spend larger amounts of time in them.

I want to tinker in my garage. The ideal heater for the tinkerer will either be an overhead infrared heater that can warm the hands directly or a nearby convection heater. Infrared choices will work particularly well if you work in one place and mainly have trouble with exposed areas of the body, such as the hands, getting cold. They’re also the heater of choice for drafty, open garages. A convection heater will work fine, too, and provide better full-body heating in enclosed garages.

Compatibility

It may seem strange to consider compatibility when talking about heating, but the fact is that not every heater will suit your garage. High-powered 240V heaters may not work for you if you’re an American and don’t have suitable adaptations in place. The result could be anything from an underpowered heater to damage to your machinery.

Similarly, if you aren’t already comfortable with propane usage, connecting tubes and tanks may be a challenge. Those systems may be incompatible with you.

Safety

Heat, fires, and gasses are all deadly. Understanding what safety mechanisms and regulations are in play, as well as a bit of chemistry, is vital for picking out the best garage heaters.

By and large, the two most common types of safety features for heaters are tip-over protection and overheating shut-off. The first turns the heater off when it is knocked over to prevent rugs, carpets, or other flammable objects from getting too much heat from being knocked over by you, your pets, or your children. The latter keeps the machine from burning too hot. Depending on the company, they may go by slightly different names, and “automatic shut-off” may mean one or both of these features. Remember that wall-mounted and ceiling-mounted garage heaters may not need tip-over protection.

Safety certifications are another assurance that the product you are buying, if used with proper care, is safe. The common UL and ETL listings indicate that a third party has evaluated the product for safety. The two labels are nearly identical in meaning. TUV certifications show that a series of critical “tests” have been passed. For example, the TUV electric room heaters certification mark requires IPX4, a safety test, and production was monitored.

For propane heaters, the safety of propane itself may be an issue. Low-oxygen sensors are common for such heaters and will automatically turn the heater off. These sensors, also known as “Oxygen Depletion Sensors,” may not fully work in situations where there is incomplete combustion, however. Still, it should be noted that—when working properly—propane heaters give off little to no Carbon Monoxide. As all things can malfunction, we still recommend using one of the best carbon monoxide detectors whenever using propane indoors.

FAQs

Q: How much does a garage heater cost?

A garage heater can cost anywhere from under $50 to over $250. This is a highly diverse product category, with some products aiming to heat the whole garage and others just the area you work in. For reasonable quality heat, start in the $100s and work your way from there.

Q: What is the most efficient heater for a garage?

The most efficient heater for a garage is a heater that heats the people (and pets) inside of it. Don’t get hung up on garage size or getting every nook and cranny warm if it isn’t necessary. A radiant or infrared heater that focuses its “attention” on you can be far superior to a convection heater in the right circumstances.

Q: Is it worth it to heat your garage?

If it makes you more comfortable, it is worth it to heat your garage even if you aren’t in it all the time. Nowadays, garage heaters can be used for short, intense bursts, and controlled remotely, making them highly efficient even if you don’t linger in the garage.

Final thoughts on the best garage heaters

By purchasing one of the above garage heaters, you will be able to tackle a variety of situations in your garage and come out warmer and happier. As mentioned previously, the best garage heaters are those that alleviate human-centric issues first and conform to the needs of your garage second. No matter what your needs, or the kind of garage you have, you should be able to find a suitable garage heater on the preceding list.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best garage heaters in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow shovels of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snow-shovel/ Wed, 26 Jan 2022 09:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-snow-shovel/
The best snow shovels lined up on a white background
Amanda Reed

These trusty accessories help clear you a path to enjoy a snow day, not grumble about an icy pileup.

The post The best snow shovels of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best snow shovels lined up on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Blue Snow Joe Shovelution shovel leaning against a house Snow Joe SJ-SHLV01 Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel
SEE IT

This pick is designed for comfort, with features like a D-shaped handle and ergonomic steel.

Best electric Greenworks 12-Inch 40V Cordless Snow Shovel Greenworks 12-Inch 40V Cordless Snow Shovel
SEE IT

Take the hassle out of shoveling with this electric pick.

Best ergonomic This green Suncast snow shovel is the best ergonomic snow shovel Suncast SC3250 18-Inch Snow Shovel/Pusher Combo
SEE IT

This no-frills pick pushes snow out of the way with ease.

Don’t be that cranky neighbor who grumbles at the thought of bringing out their snow shovel. Freshly fallen snow is a beautiful sight, and your snow days should be enjoyed. And a fresh snow shovel is an equally beautiful sight, one that will allow you to get outside and enjoy the wintry landscape—or kick back inside by the fire, your choice—knowing you’ve gotten the job done right. While most of us don’t look forward to clearing out freshly fallen snow, the right shovel can make snow shoveling much easier, so you can get back to the winter activities you enjoy. Here, we’ve collected the best tools for shoveling snow, with arms that are long enough to prevent hunching, ergonomic designs to reduce back strain, and durable materials that can cut through any snowbank. An electric shovel can speed up the job, or you can just work with well-designed manual shovels. Either way, we’ve researched some of the best snow shovels currently on the market, so now you won’t dread those impending winter storms.

How we chose the best snow shovels

Shoveling your driveway is just one aspect of winter safety and preparedness. Thorough testing is especially important here—we don’t want to recommend a subpar model that leads to a broken spirit, sore back, and increased potential of senior neighbors getting hurt. To find the best snow shovels, we looked at reviews and recommendations, conducted user testing, and performed heavy research to clear out the skimpy, sad scoopers from the heavy-duty haulers.

The best snow shovels: Reviews & Recommendations

Between light dustings to heavy avalanches, these driveway clearing, sidewalk sweeping snow shovels can handle it all (and cost far less than the best snow blowers). Don’t forget to throw on your snow boots, heated clothing, and a winter hat to fight off the icy temperatures as you shovel. Here’s what we found:

Best overall: Snow Joe SJ-SHLV01 Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 18 x 3.9 inches
  • Material: Plastic, metal
  • Weight: 3.7 lbs.
  • Blade size: 18 inches

Pros

  • Assist handle
  • Highly rated
  • Different sizes available

Cons

  • Best at clearing fluffy, light snow

Not all shovels are made the same, and as could be expected, the majority of budget ones are usually made with lower-quality materials and use cost-cutting solutions for construction. Depending upon the frequency of use, these less expensive shovels will probably not last as long as a pricier model. However, if you live in an area that only sees occasional snow, a budget snow shovel might just be good enough for you. We found a highly rated cheap shovel that features a new take on shovel design—offering a second lower handle and short arm to act as a fulcrum and offset the energy required to throw the snow off the shovel blade. If stored properly and not used on the heaviest of icy snow, the Snow Joe shovel may work for you quite well.

Best ergonomic: Suncast SC3250 18-Inch Snow Shovel/Pusher Combo

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18 x 51 x 2.42 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Weight: 1 lb.
  • Blade size: 18 inches

Pros

  • Won’t damage wooden porches or deck
  • Ergonomic bent arm and handle
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Reviews note handles prone to breaking

A great choice to save space and time, this combination snow shovel is designed with a durable steel handle and a coated plastic resin blade. The shovel blade has an angled ribbed pattern, which helps prevent snow from sticking to the shovel. An ergonomic bent arm and S-shaped handle help ensure proper posture and reduce back strain. If you have a bad back, this shovel is a good choice for you.

Best snow pusher: The Snowplow “the Original Snow Pusher”

Snowplow

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 47 x 6 x 9 inches
  • Material: Polyethylene, fiberglass
  • Weight: 5.84 lbs.
  • Blade size: 36 inches

Pros

  • Large blade size
  • Multiple sizes available
  • Cutting angle for ice

Cons

  • Bolts on shovel prone to coming loose

This snow plow shovel is available in multiple sizes and is constructed with polyethylene, which makes this safe for use on decks, pavers, and roofs. When you flip this shovel over, there is a cutting angle that can be used to chip away at stubborn ice. It’s like having your own acoustic option to plow snow.

Best electric: Greenworks 12-Inch 40V Cordless Snow Shovel

Greenworks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 63.5 x 14.3 x 10.3 inches
  • Material: Polyethylene, metal, rubber
  • Weight: 14 lbs.
  • Blade size: 12 inches

Pros

  • Large throw distance and clearance rate
  • Adjustable auxiliary handle for comfort
  • Cordless

Cons

  • Only works on snowfall less than 6 inches

The Greenworks electric shovel is a great solution when you need to get rid of snow fast but you don’t have a lot of space to store your snow equipment. Our pick for best cordless, this rechargeable electric snow shovel works best to clear lighter snow up to 6 inches in height. Again, for best performance, make sure the battery is stored somewhere at room temperature.

Best for seniors: ORIENTOOLS Heavy Duty Rolling Snow Shovel

ORIENTOOLS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 28 x 16.5 x 5.5 inches
  • Material: Steel, plastic
  • Weight: 4.61 lbs.
  • Blade size: 25 inches

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Padded, adjustable handle
  • Scratch and rust-resistant

Cons

  • Requires adequate storage

This reasonably priced, heavy-duty steel snow pusher is scratch- and rust-resistant, to last you many winters. The handle has an adjustable height of between 45 and 50 inches, which helps ensure better posture (one of the things that are best for seniors and juniors), and with the ability to clear 5 inches of snow in one pass, it’s a great choice for pushing snow off larger areas like decks and driveways. However, this shovel is larger than some others, so adequate storage would be required. Find more snow shovels for seniors here.

Best for cars: BIRDROCK HOME 34″ Folding Emergency Snow Shovel for Car

BIRDROCK HOME

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 34 x 9 x 2.4 inches
  • Material: Aluminum
  • Weight: 2 lbs.
  • Blade size: 9 inches

Pros

  • Lightweight but heavy-duty
  • Compact
  • Shovel shaft extends for more leverage

Cons

  • Not good for driveways

From umbrellas to bandages, it’s funny how you forget the thing you need in an emergency. Free your car from its snowy shackles while on the road with this compact shovel, which collapses to fit in your car. It’s even a great option when the snow melts and your nephews are begging you to bury them in the sand. It might be too small for your driveway, but it is just the right size to escape from the parking space you got trapped in.

Best battery-operated: Earthwise 40-Volt Cordless Electric Snow Shovel

Earthwise

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 41 x 16 x 38 inches
  • Material: Metal, plastic
  • Weight: 19 lbs.
  • Blade size: 16 inches

Pros

  • Clears snow quickly
  • Cordless
  • Ergonomic handle

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

Don’t be tethered to a cord when the snow falls with this battery-operated snow shovel. The cordless snow shovel demolishes through snow 300 lbs of snow per minute. Its 16-inch clearing width gets through more snow with each pass, and it has a quiet brushless motor for earth-friendly power. An ergonomic handle, six-inch rear wheels, and dual-blade auger mean more time spent cozied on the couch and less struggle when clearing the driveway.

Best budget: True Temper Ergonomic Snow Shovel

True Temper

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.25 x 17.75 x 52 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Weight: 5 lbs.
  • Blade size: 18 inches

Pros

  • Ergonomic
  • Combination pusher and shovel
  • D-grip handle

Cons

  • Slippery steel might make snow fall off shovel

This ergonomic snow shovel is a great choice to help make you more comfortable while shoveling, as the durable steel body and curved neck make it easy to handle. The blade allows it to act as both a pusher or lifter and the extra-large D-Grip handle keeps hands comfortable and secure.

What to consider when buying the best snow shovels

Before deciding on the best snow shovel to buy this winter, consider the design, quality of materials, as well as the types of jobs your shovel is built to handle. If you don’t typically get a lot of snow, you may be able to handle the job with a simple combination or ergonomic shovel. For bigger jobs, you may want to purchase an electric shovel or a larger snow pusher with wheels. If conditions are right and you don’t need to opt for a snow blower, keep reading for our selections.

Ergonomics

Nobody could call shoveling easy, because it’s not. One of the precautions you can take to help make the difficult task of snow removal easier is to protect your back. Back strain and pulled muscles are very common due to the heavy, repetitive actions involved in the process.

Because of these common injuries, manufacturers have conducted research and designed ergonomic shovels with your comfort in mind. Shovels are considered ergonomic when they help you stand up straight, have comfortable handles, and are lighter in weight. Features that you will find to facilitate this back comfort are lightweight materials like aluminum and plastic, a longer slightly bent arm, and larger D-Grip handles. So, while the job still won’t be easy, an ergonomically designed shovel will help protect your back and make the job more comfortable.

Snow pushers vs. shovels

When you live in a climate that sees its fair share of snowstorms, you should consider adding a snow pusher to your snow removal arsenal. Pushers are increasingly popular choices because they are lightweight and help you remove snow without excessive lifting. With the right conditions, you can cover a large amount of ground very quickly with this tool.

The best snow pushers can help prevent back injuries because the act of pushing is inherently easier than lifting. Snow pushers are essentially smaller, hand-powered versions of the industrial plow. They are best used for pushing up to 4 inches of lighter snow off of flat surfaces. This makes them a smart choice for sidewalks and driveways. Materials found in snowplows include steel, aluminum, plastics, and fiberglass, as well as UHMW polyethylene. Plastic blades tend to be a better choice for shoveling more delicate surfaces like pavers. Keep in mind that snow pushers aren’t the best choice for excessive, heavy icy snow.

Get electric

When you’re looking to really speed up the shoveling process but don’t want to invest in an expensive, heavy snow blower, you may want to consider an electric shovel. Compared to snow blowers, electric shovels for snow are typically lightweight, reasonably priced, and relatively small—making them a good choice for navigating smaller spaces like narrow walkways or steps.

Electric snow blower shovels work similarly to traditional snow blowers. They utilize a rotating blade to remove snow from a surface and then propel it through a chute. These portable machines usually have to be manually pushed along your snow-clearing path. Their smaller size makes them easier to store when not in use, which is a bonus if your storage space is limited. Electric power is generated with a cord, or they can be cordless powered via a rechargeable battery. While it may vary between models, most batteries will last between 30 to 45 minutes on a single charge. Recharging will take about 30 minutes, so it might be necessary to purchase a backup battery if you’re clearing a larger area. It is also important to consider that most batteries should be stored inside a space that will not go below freezing.

Fatigue-reducing features

No matter how lightweight and brilliantly designed your shovel is, the act of physically lifting scoop after scoop of snow is tiresome. If you’re looking to reduce fatigue and speed up the process without turning to electric or gas-powered snow removal equipment, you may want to consider a snow shovel with wheels.

Pushing a heavy load with wheels offsets the amount of energy required to complete the task immensely. Ever pushed a handcart full of heavy boxes? Incorporating the simple science of the wheel into a shovel works particularly well with a pusher-style shovel. A snow pusher allows for fast removal of larger surfaces (like driveways, for example). When wheels are added the task becomes that much easier, reducing the force of friction. Wheeled shovels are a great choice for people with back issues or older homeowners. As with manual snow-pusher-style shovels, the wheeled snow pusher will work best on lightweight snow, while heavy ice and snow may need to be broken up before this can be used to clear the space.

Do you have limited space for your snow-clearing equipment?

When you need to clear snow, but don’t have a lot of storage space, consider a combination shovel. These shovels act as a two-in-one tool, offering the ability to push as well as lift snow. That means you only need one shovel to clear the snowfall from your deck, driveway, and even the top of your car. The best combination shovels will be durable, ergonomically designed, and lightweight enough to be used comfortably.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best snow shovels cost?

Depending on size, material, and battery power, the best snow shovels can cost between $40 and $300.

Q: How long should a snow shovel be?

It depends on what surface you’re shoveling, and the width of that surface. For example, if you’re clearing off a large, wide driveway, a wider shovel between 24-30 inches gets the job done efficiently and fast. However, they’re harder to lift. If you’re clearing a sidewalk, a narrower 18-inch shovel is perfect.

Q: How can you shovel snow fast?

In order to get your shoveling done fast, it’s important to follow a few rules of thumb. First, you want to get outside right when the snow stops. If you wait too long, you might run into issues like heavier snow, melted slush, and refrozen ice. Another trick is to make sure you have the right equipment—sometimes you might need a few different kinds of shovels to get the full job done faster. For example, when tackling a large space like your driveway, the fastest method is to start down the center using a plow shovel, and then work your way toward the outer edges, finally removing the snow with a traditional snow shovel. You can also consider an electric shovel to shorten the overall time to clear your space.

Q: How do you keep snow from sticking to the shovel?

One of the more frustrating issues that many people face when shoveling is having snow stick to the shovel. This creates extra weight and reduces the speed at which you can clear the snow. A trick you can easily do to help solve this problem is to add a lubricant to the shovel, which will cause the snow to roll off easily. You can use a general wax, inexpensive cooking oil, or even a cooking oil spray.

Q: Which snow shovels are better for your back?

A snow shovel with an ergonomic bent arm and S-shaped handle should be the first on your list if you have a bad back (or just don’t want one down the road). A rolling snow plow with an adjustable handle height can also be a comfortable, conscientious pick.

Q: What’s better: a metal or plastic snow shovel?

It depends on what surface you’re trying to clear: a metal snow shovel is perfect for hard snow and ice on driveways and sidewalks. However, snow tends to stick to them, they’re heavier, and you could potentially bend or warp the shovel. A plastic shovel is good for wood surfaces like decks, and are lighter. Plus, snow is less likely to stick to a plastic shovel.

Final thoughts on the best snow shovels

The best snow shovel will help make shoveling quicker and less of a physical strain. It’s worth considering ergonomic features, lightweight materials, and the right shape and size blade for the surfaces you will be clearing. They will help you enjoy the winter season and remain confident knowing you’ve got the tool to handle whatever storms Mother Nature throws your way.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow shovels of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best storage bins of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-storage-bins/ Tue, 30 Mar 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279653
best storage bins
Amazon

If you’ve got stuff here, there, and everywhere, buying a few of the best storage bins for your space can be legitimately life changing.

The post The best storage bins of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best storage bins
Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best deck storage box white Suncast Resin Wicker Patio Outdoor Storage Container over a white background Suncast Resin Wicker Patio Outdoor Storage Container
SEE IT
Best under-bed storageLAB Underbed Storage Containers  storageLAB Underbed Storage Containers
SEE IT
Best fabric grey and white fabric WISELIFE Storage Basket Large Collapsible Storage Bins over white background WISELIFE Storage Basket Large Collapsible Storage Bins
SEE IT

It probably sounds simple enough: Storage containers help you organize, so you should buy some. The end. If only it were that simple, dear reader. Are you looking for garage storage? Or under-bed storage? Do you know whether collapsible storage bins would be right for you, or would fabric storage bins be better suited to your home? What about storage bins with lids? Have you even thought about lids?!

The fact is that the best storage bins for your home (and your life) are out there, you just have to know what to look for and what you want (for example, is an eyesore-y storage box fine if it gets the job done, or would you prefer decorative storage bins you don’t have to hide)? Fear not: We’ve got the storage solutions to all your clutter problems, and answers to your most burning questions. 

The best storage bins: Reviews & Recommendations

Best under-bed: storageLAB Underbed Storage Containers 

storageLAB

SEE IT

At 33 inches by 17 inches by 5¾ inches, these under-bed storage bins are big but not too big. Each one can store the equivalent of one large comforter or 20 pieces of clothing. Durable handles make them easy to pull out from under the bed when you need them, and when you’re not using them, they fold up for easy storage.

Best fabric: WISELIFE Storage Basket Large Collapsible Storage Bins 

WISELIFE

SEE IT

The downside of fabric storage bins over, say, plastic storage bins, is that the fabric options can get dirty. To clean, just wipe down with a damp sponge or cloth. These are also lined with a thin muslin, so any inadvertent stains or spills on the inside shouldn’t reach the outside.

Best clear: Sorbus Storage Bins Clear Plastic Organizer Container Holders with Handles 

Sorbus

SEE IT

If Marie Kondo is your spirit guide, these clear storage bins could be the key to sparking all the joy in your life. Clear out your fridge and place them on every surface to create an organized, color-coded coldbox of clean lines and easy-to-find items.  

Best deck storage box: Suncast Resin Wicker Patio Outdoor Storage Container

Suncast

SEE IT

The rounded makes this storage box less likely to warp in high temperatures than others—a common problem—so the cover stays put solidly and keeps contents dry. The hinged top is lockable, but no lock is included. The box is 50 inches x 25.5 inches x 25.5 inches. The white wicker design is easy to match, so you can also buy the brand’s other gear such as outdoor garbage bins, hose reels, dining chairs, or other variations of their storage boxes.

Best garage storage shelves: Original Black & Yellow 4-Tier Storage Shelving Unit

Amazon

SEE IT

This 30-pound baby assembles easily (i.e. without tools) and comes with feet that remain stable even on uneven surfaces. The ventilated shelves resist mold and mildew, and if you find yourself needing even more space, you can interlock multiple units. For added stability, use the included wall mounts to secure your garage storage.

Best budget: SimpleHouseware Foldable Cube Storage Bin 

SimpleHouseware

SEE IT

For under 19 bucks, you get six bins (so, just over $3 per bin), making these a true bargain. These aren’t appropriate for storing really heavy or spill-prone things, but if all you’re looking for is adding a pretty organizational component to your room, they’ll do the trick!

Things to consider when shopping for the best storage bins

The world of storage is a vast one. The best storage bins for your garden are different from the best ones for your garage, and definitely different from the toy storage bins for your living room, where you want to store all the kids’ stuffed animals and foot-piercing Legos. There are loads of things to consider before you buy. For example, do you need something clear so that you can see right into the bin to find what you’re looking for? Do you need something that will stand up to the mold and mildew that breeds in a garage? What about moths—are you planning to pack away your best cashmere sweaters into a box for the summer? And dust—is dust a major concern for you? 

No matter what you’re looking for, all the best bins have some qualities in common: They’re hardy, easy to access and will help you get your life together. The world is your storage-filled oyster, where you’ve got nothing but room to stow your stuff neatly, safely and, if you want, out of sight.

I want storage containers that fit under my bed. Ideas?

If the only things under your bed are dust bunnies and monsters, you’re missing a major opportunity when it comes to storage. If you need an out-of-sight place to place things, the empty wilderness between your bed frame and the floor is just calling out to be used. 

The key is to make sure that you know exactly how much room you have (particularly height-wise), so you don’t end up buying something that won’t fit. Soft storage containers are the safest way to go, because they’re more forgiving. And if you’ve got a bed skirt, nobody will even know that they’re there.

I like the look of fabric storage bins. What are those good for?

Fabric storage bins are best for people who plan to hide their mess in plain sight or care a lot about keeping every inch of their home nice and neat. These storage containers are multifunctional and can store everything from toilet paper to magazines to DVDs to Barbies, and the best ones have handles, so you can easily move them around. 

If the idea of opening up a linen closet to see rows of perfectly lined-up bins holding soap bottles, bath towels, and boxes of toothpaste sets your heart aflutter, you need fabric containers, stat.

I’m only interested in clear storage bins. What can I use them for?

The biggest benefit for clear storage bins is an obvious one—you can see what’s inside! That means time saved rooting around for hours looking for the one thing you need in a sea of opaque bins. They’re also super versatile and appropriate for storing even fruits, veggies, and other pantry items. 

If you pick a model with a lid, it allows you to store your stuff safely and securely, without worry about bugs, moisture or any other kind of harm. 

I need something for outside. What is the best outdoor storage box?

The outdoor storage box is a different proposition altogether. It needs to be weather-resistant, have a lockable lid to prevent theft (if that’s a concern for you), and be large enough to store a variety of items, like garden hoses, watering cans, balls, pool accessories, and anything else you’d like to keep handy in the yard. 

Some deck storage boxes can even double as a bench if they’re big enough and have compatible weatherproof cushions available.

I’m looking for the garage storage systems—what features do I need?

Garage storage is a particular beast. If you’re planning to stow any potentially hazardous materials or sharp objects, you want to make sure they’re safe and out of reach of little hands. Moisture is also rampant in a garage, so you want to guarantee that the material of your storage bin, storage cabinet, or shelf is resistant to mold, mildew, rust and any other kind of degradation it might face.

Aesthetics are likely less of an issue than the storage bins you’re planning to strew about your living room or bedroom, which doesn’t mean you have to get something ugly: The best garage storage solutions will neatly organize your things but also stand up to wear and tear for years. 

What are the best storage bins on a budget?

Unless you need something that’s seriously weather-, mold-, mildew- or bug-proof, there’s no need to invest a fortune in your storage solutions. Especially if you’re interested in the softer side of storage (i.e. not plastic hard bins), you can get a lot for very little. Consider your particular needs, and if they’re pretty low-key (you want to organize the reading materials in your bathroom, you need a place for the cotton balls and pads), a cheap storage bin could be all you need. These are the best storage bins we’ve found for under 20 dollars.

FAQs

Q: Why are storage bins so expensive?

Not all storage bins break the bank, but the ones that do likely have features that cater to specific needs, like weather- or moth-resistance, or are made out of super-hardy material that can take a licking. If affordability is key and you don’t need anything special (i.e. you just need a place to throw your stuff), there are plenty of options that are really reasonable. 

Q: What can you do with plastic storage bins?

Whatever you want! Truly, you can use plastic storage to store hard-edge items that won’t bend, stacks of papers you need to keep safe and malleable mounds of clothes. Plastic bins are particularly great for anything you want to keep airtight (if they have lids), like materials that are sensitive to dust and humidity.

Q: What are the best storage containers for clothes?

Because clothing can be folded and packed down, soft storage bins are your most space-saving bet, but you need to make sure that the ones you’ve picked will stand up to dust and humidity. If you have the room, there’s certainly no harm in storing clothes in a plastic bin with a lid (and they’re the most effective for seasonal storage, e.g. to keep out moths). Consider space-saving vacuum-seal bags if you’re looking for long-term storage, and if you’re planning to put away an heirloom or treasure, like your wedding dress, look into archival storage so you don’t risk discoloration or any other harm. 

Related: Best closet organizers for your clothes

A final word on shopping for the best storage bins

Here’s the great news about the best storage bins on the market: Almost all of them are pretty great. The key is to know your particular needs and wants, and to make sure the thing you’re storing is in the right kind of container. For the most part, logic rules: Don’t keep a hazardous can of paint in a soft collapsible bin in the kids’ playroom, and don’t store your great-grandma’s cameo pin on the shelf in the garage. No matter your price point, getting your home more organized and appealing is just a few boxes, bins, cubes, or canisters away. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best storage bins of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Google smart-home starter kit https://www.popsci.com/reviews/google-smart-home-devices/ Wed, 28 Jul 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=383753
The best google smart home devices
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

You can build most of the best Google smart home without leaving the company’s own first-party products.

The post The best Google smart-home starter kit appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best google smart home devices
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

best smart light bulbs GE CYNC Smart LED Light Bulbs GE CYNC Smart LED Light Bulbs
SEE IT

Control the state, luminocity, and color of your lights for under $25.

Best speaker JBL Authentics 300 JBL Authentics 300
SEE IT

Get the best sound you can from this portable smart speaker.

Best smart lock Schlage Encode Plus Schlage Encode Plus
SEE IT

Never worry about whether you door was locked or unlocked ever again.

Google wasn’t the first company to jump on the digital assistant bandwagon—that title belongs to Amazon’s Alexa. In recent years, however, Google has made serious strides in smartening up its Assistant platform. Back in 2014, Google dropped a hefty $3.2 billion to buy smart-home company Nest. Since then, Google has roped more and more of its smart-home gear under the Nest umbrella. You can now get native Nest thermostats, smart speakers, cameras, and more. Beyond that, many manufacturers have adopted support for Google’s ecosystem. While you can get truly wild with smart-home customization, you have to start by building a foundation. We’ve put together this list of Google Assistant-compatible devices that will set you on your way toward a fully connected and automated home. 

Best smart thermostat: ecobee New Smart Thermostat Premium with Smart Sensor

ecobee

SEE IT

Ecobee’s New Smart Thermostat Premium with Smart Sensor has all the features you’d expect: remote access, scheduling, and voice control via Google Assistant. Its standout feature is ecobee’s temperature sensor, which will continuously send information back to the thermostat. If you live in a single-zone home with multiple floors, there’s a good chance a back room will be significantly warmer or cooler than the rest of the house. Using this Google Assistant-compatible smart thermostat will ensure it’s comfortable by running your HVAC system until it’s at your preferred temperature. Ecobee offers room sensors as a standalone accessory if you have heating or cooling issues in multiple parts of your home.

Best smart light bulbs: GE CYNC Smart LED

GE’s CYNC smart light bulbs are a good entry point into the Google smart-home ecosystem because of their low cost and utility. These bulbs can be screwed into any standard-sized light fixture and can be set up within minutes using GE’s Cync app on iOS and Android. No hub is required to set up or manage these light bulbs. Once the smart light bulbs are installed, you can control them using the Google Assistant on your phone or appropriate smart speaker. You can turn the bulbs on and off, dim them to your preferred luminosity, and even have them change color to adjust the mood of your room. You’ll even be able to turn these light bulbs on remotely, so you don’t walk into a dark house when you return from work or school.

Best smart light switch: Kasa Smart Light Switch HS200

TP-Link

SEE IT

If you’re happy with your existing light bulbs, you can install a smart light switch instead. This will require replacing an existing light switch, so call an electrician if you’re uncomfortable taking on this project for yourself. Once installed, you can use Google Assistant to control any light bulbs connected to this receptacle. You’ll need a neutral wire in your wall for this light switch to work, and it won’t be able to control a fan, which may pose a problem depending on your setup. The benefit to installing a smart light switch over switching out bulbs is its lower cost and saving you the hassle of installing bulbs in harder-to-reach areas.

Best smart-home hub: Nest Hub Max Smart Display

Google

SEE IT

The Nest Hub Max Smart Display is an excellent smart-home hub because of its multifunctionality: It can be used to video chat with friends, stream videos from YouTube or Netflix, play music from Spotify, and even get directions using Google Maps. The latter is helpful at home as it can help you choose which route to take before you head out the door. You can also set the Nest Hub Max to show notifications when certain smart security devices are triggered. Google offers the Nest Hub in multiple sizes, but we like the Max in particular because of its 10-inch display, which makes text easier to read, video more pleasing to look at, and its interface easier to swipe through. All of its core features are accessible through Google Assistant, so you may end up using its touch screen less than you’d expect.

Best smart lock: Schlage Encode Plus

Schlage

SEE IT

Schlage’s Encode Plus saved you the stress of wondering, “Did I lock the door when I left?” on your way to work or the airport ever again. The WiFi-connected smart lock can be locked and unlocked from anywhere in the world—helpful if you’d like to let a neighbor in without giving them a key—so you can check its state at any time. If you’re home, you can unlock the door using Google Assistant if your hands are full. We like the Encode Plus because it can be unlocked using an app, passcode, or key. If you have a family member who’s less tech-savvy, the utility of having a key as a backup option cannot be overstated. Schlage allows you to generate up to 100 unique codes, so trusted people can enter your home without needing to contact you every time. Installing this smart lock requires you to dismantle your door’s deadbolt, which can be done by yourself or a local handyperson. This is a battery-powered smart-home device, and you’ll need to replace its AA batteries every six months or so (you can also opt for rechargeables).

Best smart doorbell: Google Nest Doorbell (Battery)

Google

SEE IT

A smart doorbell is the ultimate complimentary device to a smart lock as it’ll allow you to see who’s approaching your home before they try to get inside. The Google Nest Doorbell allows you to get a live feed of what’s happening in front of your house at any time from any place. Your phone will receive a notification each time the bell is rung or if its motion sensor has been triggered. You can communicate with the person at your door thanks to this doorbell’s integrated speaker and microphone system. If you pay for an optional Nest Aware subscription, the doorbell will create a recording when its motion sensor is triggered and save that clip in the cloud. The camera built into the Google Nest Doorbell can record HD footage with High Dynamic Range and has a nighttime camera to capture clear footage once it gets dark. We’ve opted to recommend the battery-powered version of this video doorbell, which will need to be charged roughly every six months because it can be installed without existing wiring.

Best speaker: JBL Authentics 300

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

The JBL Authentics 300 speaker blew us away during our tests earlier this year, and you can turn it into a smart speaker using Google Assistant. By configuring the Google Assistant in JBL’s mobile app, you’ll be able to control the speaker’s core functions using your phone. You can adjust the volume, play music from your favorite streaming service, control other smart-home accessories, or even get quick answers to questions. Google Assistant support is why the Authentics 300 qualifies for this story, but its sound is why we selected it from a sea of other options. We were consistently impressed by the quality of its sound at every volume level, regardless of the genre of music we were listening to. It doesn’t hurt that the speaker looks gorgeous in person and is built like a tank, so you won’t have to worry about it getting damaged.

Best robot vacuum: Narwal Freo Robot Vacuum and Mop

Narwal

SEE IT

What if you could clean your floors without having to do so much as touch your smartphone (much less a mop or broom)? Nawal’s Freo allows you to turn that Fantasia-like fantasy into a reality. Once the robot vacuum is connected to your home’s WiFi network using Narwal’s iOS or Android app, you can connect it to Google Assistant, allowing you to start a cleaning using your voice. The Freo is a vacuum-mop combo, which means it can perform two core cleaning functions depending on the dirtiness and composition of your floors. The vacuum uses AI to assess the dirtiness of your floors and will adjust the intensity of its cleaning in real-time.

It can also map the layout of the area it’s in to clean in the most efficient way possible, even around the perimeters and in corners. Once it’s done cleaning—or it senses that its brushes are too dirty—the Narwal will automatically return to its charging station to deposit refuse into a dirty water tank built into the base. This reduces the amount of contact you’ll have to make with the dirt and cuts down on its maintenance.

Best smart outlet: Leviton Decora Smart Outlet

Leviton

SEE IT

If you don’t mind a DIY project (or know a good electrician), Leviton’s Decora Smart Outlet is an excellent Google Assistant-compatible smart-home device. It has all the functionality of a smart plug, but it’s built into your home, so you don’t have a gadget protruding from your walls. Once installed, you can control any device connected to this wall receptacle. Your control is limited to turning the device on or off, but that can be very helpful if you’d like to set a gadget on a timer or double-check whether an appliance or other tool was turned off before you left the house. Each of the plus built into Leviton’s Decora Smart Outlet can be controlled independently, which gives you the functionality of two smart plugs.

Best smart plugs: GE CYNC Indoor Smart Plug

If you don’t want to mess around with your outlets (or rent instead of own), GE’s SYNC Indoor Smart Plug is the right solution. It has all the functionality of the smart outlet we’re recommending but in a portable plug that you can connect anywhere in your home. The biggest benefit to choosing a smart plug over a smart outlet (beyond not having to think about wiring) is the ability to move it around. You can use this device to turn holiday lights on and off using your voice during the holiday season, but keep it connected to a lamp in an entirely different room the rest of the year.

Best TV: Hisense U8K

Hisense

SEE IT

If you want a smart home theater system, Hisense’s U8K should be at the heart of it. The 4K TV runs Google TV and has access to the Play Store, which allows you to download streaming apps directly to your set rather than connecting a standalone media streamer. The most popular streaming services (think YouTube and Netflix) come preloaded on the TV and can be accessed by pushing a dedicated button on its remote. Another button on the U8K’s remote has a glyph of a microphone and allows you to access the Google Assistant to open apps, adjust settings, and answer your questions.

It’s helpful to use Google Assistant in this way because it can save you time. Asking to watch a particular show on a particular service is more convenient than pushing a bunch of buttons and navigating through different interfaces. As a 4K TV, the Hisense U8K is one of the best you can get in 2023, regardless of its compatibility with Google’s smart-home platform. It has a 144Hz refresh rate, support for Dolby Vision IQ HDR, dedicated gaming mode, and multiple HDMI 2.1 ports. Whether you love watching movies and TV shows or playing games, you won’t be disappointed.

Final thoughts about building the best Google smart home

Google’s smart-home platform has come a long way in recent years, and Google Assistant is one of the best ways to control your home at the moment. If you’re trying to build the best Google smart home, make sure to get devices that are natively compatible with Google Home, so you don’t have to go hacking them together. And feel free to make really funny routines for yourself. I suggest having it blast Slayer and turn on the ceiling fan whenever you say, “Good morning.” It’s a fun way to wake up.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Google smart-home starter kit appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best beard products in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-beard-products/ Wed, 18 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389871
Care for your facial hair and your skin with the best beard products.
Keren Fedida, Unsplash

Tame and maintain a lovely layer of scruff or a thick forest of facial hair with the best beard products.

The post The best beard products in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Care for your facial hair and your skin with the best beard products.
Keren Fedida, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best beard trimmer The Philips Norelco Multigroom Series 7000 Philips Norelco Multigroom Series 7000 Mens Grooming Kit
SEE IT

The best trimmer for beards, moustaches and every other type of body.

Best beard oil Honest Amish Classic Beard Oil is the best beard product for softening coarse facial hair. Honest Amish – Classic Beard Oil
SEE IT

A soothing organic oil to moisturize and style thick beards.

Best beard brush The Sosoon Boar-Bristle Comb and Brush is the best beard product for quick grooming. Sosoon 100-Percent Boar-Bristle Beard Brush
SEE IT

A simple tool for misshapen and untamed facial hair.

The rules of the beard are simple. Keep it groomed. Keep it clean. Keep it soft. And most importantly, keep it handsome. But when the beard aisle at the store is overflowing with products, picking the right tools, cleansers, and wax seems daunting. Do you need beard balm? What about beard oil? And what exactly is beard shampoo? Uncover the secrets of facial-hair maintenance and give your beard the professional love and care it deserves. You don’t need shelves and shelves of overpriced products— just a few beard essentials. With the best beard products, your vibe will transform from a scary mountain hermit to an executive lumberjack.

The best beard products: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s time to equip your bathroom with everything you need for quality beard maintenance. Not every product will be ideal for every beard and skin type, so you may want to experiment with different combos to find the right tools for the job. 

Best beard trimmer: Philips Norelco Multigroom Series 7000 Mens’ Grooming Kit

Philips Norelco

SEE IT

The clipper in the Philips Norelco Multigroom Series 7000 Mens’ Grooming Kit isn’t only the best beard trimmer, but it’s also pretty good at managing head hair and body hair. The 23-piece kit comes with everything you need to maintain a stylish beard. The clippers can bring your beard into stubble territory with ease. And the included shaving accessories make it easy to shape and style facial hair. (Don’t forget to trim up your neck beard and chin, you neanderthal hockey player!) For creating a 90s Gen-X goatee or simply shaving off everything but the mustache, this trimmer is a powerful tool capable of getting into small spaces. And unlike cheap, generic trimmers, this model won’t break after a few months of moderate use.

Best beard wash: Jack Black Beard Wash

Jack Black

SEE IT

Jack Black (no relation to the actor) makes some of the best skincare products and the best beard wash is no exception. A healthy mixture of aloe, panthenol, and jojoba oil keep beards soft and hydrated. You can use it with the Jack Black Beard Lube (a poorly named conditioner) but even on its own, this beard shampoo works well. If you have dry, flaky skin beneath the beard, this cleanser will help make your face happy. A price approaching $20 may seem steep for even the best beard shampoo, but a single six-ounce tube will last for months since you don’t need to use a lot to get a good clean. 

Best beard oil: Honest Amish Classic Beard Oil

Honest Amish

SEE IT

The Honest Amish Classic Beard Oil gives you the moisturizing power of a beard wash with the styling ability of a beard balm. The hydrating oil is made of organic virgin argan and jojoba. Add a few drops of the best beard oil into your palms and work it into the beard. Within seconds the beard will soften and your skin will feel moisturized. You can use the beard oil for some standard beard styling, but it lacks the thickness and strength of a beard balm to create any crazy, dynamic looks. For simple beards that crave moisture, this is the best beard treatment you’ll find for less than $15. 

Best beard balm: Viking Revolution 4 Beard Balm Variety Pack

Viking Revolution

SEE IT

Viking Revolution beard products are some of the best, and the four-pack of beard balms is a great, affordable way to try different scents. The beard balm can style even thick, burly beards. With a little dab of the all-natural balm, you can massage and mold your beard into shape. Smell preferences will vary, but the Bay Rum beard balm is a favorite for men and women. Each of the four, one-ounce tins will provide enough styling product for more than a few months of daily beard treatment. For longer beards, a comb and brush are recommended to work the balm into all the necessary areas. But you can just your fingers and still come away with a great, professional-looking beard. 

Best beard brush: Sosoon 100-Percent Boar-Bristle Beard Comb Brush

Sosoon

SEE IT

Even if you don’t use oil and cleanser on the beard, a good brush and comb can make a world of difference. The Sosoon beard brush and comb can untangle whiskers and eliminate the disheveled bed-beard look. The round boar-bristle brush feels good in your hand as you rub it through your beard. And the wooden comb can get your wild whiskers in order. Great for quick touch-ups throughout the day, the brush and comb are compact, and at less than $10, this is the most affordable way to tame your beard on a regular basis.   

What to consider when shopping for the best beard products

Before rubbing expensive elixirs on your face, it’s important to understand what the best beard care products do for your whiskers. Some products will give your mustache a sinister sheen. Other beard products will make your beard fluffy and inviting. Know what type of beard or mustache you have, and what type of products will take your facial hair game from college scruff to whatever is happening with David Letterman’s chin.

How to use the best beard wash and conditioner

Soap is soap, right? Wrong. The shampoo and conditioner you use on your head is not ideal for your beard. Standard hair cleansers will be too harsh on your face and can dry out the skin and whiskers. It will also remove the natural oils of your beard. The result is irritated skin and a beard that’s more crunchy than soft.

A beard wash is designed for facial hair and the skin around your lip and chin. It will contain natural ingredients, unlike most shower soaps and shampoos that are loaded with a laundry list of chemicals that will dry you out. 

After you wash, it’s time to condition. Beard conditioner replenishes the oil that can be washed away with shampoo. The best beard conditioner will soften the whiskers and make them easier to style and manage. It will also make the beard nicer to pet during times of deep concentration. 

But do you even need to wash and condition your beard? Yes. Don’t assume by washing your face in the shower with body soap that your beard is getting properly clean. Dust, dirt, and cupcake icing can plunge deep into your face-forest. Consider your beard as its own body part and it needs to be washed as such. Add beard care to your routine and give it a good, proper scrub whenever you wash your hair. 

The secret power of oil as a beard moisturizer

Beard oil is not the same as beard shampoo or beard conditioner. Beard oil will usually be sold in smaller bottles, and a little goes a long way. The thin oil does a few things for your beard. First, it moisturizes your beard and the skin underneath. This area of your face dries out easily and can become raw and cracked. The moisturizer prevents that and also helps eliminate itchy beards. Second, beard oil softens the hair—one of the keys to any beard-management routine. And third, the beard moisturizer smells good. 

Most beard oils are made of jojoba oil, grapeseed oil, and argan oil. (Please read the ingredients carefully if you have any skin allergies.) You won’t need a lot, even for big, bushy beards. A few drops rubbed or combed into the beard after washing your face will do the trick. After washing your face, the hair follicles and pores open up and that’s the best time to apply a little oil. 

Using a beard comb and beard brush should be part of your morning routine 

Sure, you could simply run your fingers through your beard to shape it. You could also eat spaghetti with a spatula, but there are much better tools for the job. A beard brush is smaller and softer than a hairbrush. The bristles can be made of synthetic material or animal hair (badger or boar). With a few passes of the brush, any beard type will look better and controlled. 

A beard comb is obviously harder than a brush. A wooden beard comb will have a few different types of teeth—wider teeth for tough beards, narrower teeth for thinner bears. The best beard comb can shape your whiskers, but it really shines at combing beard oils into the hair. The teeth can get deep into the beard jungle, and ensure the entire area of your face is treated to the oil. 

The best beard trimmer is a versatile bathroom tool 

Unless you’re going for the desert-island survivor look, you will need a good electric trimmer to chop your beard into place. This will probably be the most useful beard product you buy and the most expensive. But you don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars on a professional hair trimmer. 

The best beard trimmers need three things: A long-lasting battery, plenty of length options, and a handful of attachment accessories. You may only use the beard trimmer for a few minutes a week, but if the battery dies or you forgot to charge it, waiting around for it to charge in the midst of a busy morning can be extremely frustrating. 

For length, beard trimmers will offer an easy-to-follow number system you can use to pinpoint the perfect level of fuzz. Most modern beard trimmers do a pretty great job at cutting the beard down to the size of a five o’clock shadow or lower. If you’re trimming a beard for the first time, and don’t know what number to use, the number 5 length will be a good place to start.

And for achieving sharp lines and stylish looks, make sure the beard trimmer comes with a shaping accessory to get into tricky angles—like directly below the nose and along the sideburns. 

You can achieve more styles with beard balm and moustache wax

Beards hate to be told what to do. Even if you use a beard brush and comb, styling long beards can feel like trying to carve a pumpkin with a hammer. Beard balms act like styling hair gel, but they are much gentler on the skin. Beard balms won’t add moisture to the beard, but with a little dab of the best beard balm, you can effectively comb and tame the facial hair. 

Moustache wax is thicker than beard balm and helps achieve more dramatic and dynamic looks. As the name implies, moustache wax is good for facial hair above the lip, but not good for beards. It’s too heavy and can clump up in a beard. But for the hipster crowd and dastardly villains, it’s an essential grooming product. 

FAQs

Q: What products can I use to grow a beard?

There are several products you can use to grow a beard. Topical ointments may promise beard growth. Do they actually work? It’s hard to say. Any healthy skin regimen will help a beard grow by keeping skin hydrated and scrubbing away dead skin cells. Derma rollers or beard rollers claim they can promote hair growth. The tiny needles of these rolling massagers may promote blood flow and help weary whiskers thrive. But results will vary. If your genetic code lacks the secret formula for beard growth, there is no magic wand that will help. You can, however, use a beard pencil to shade in a patchy beard. Be warned: These work well enough for photos, but can look less than realistic up close and in person. 

Q: What do beard products accomplish?

The main goal of most beard products is hydration. Facial hair and the skin beneath the beard need moisturizers to stay healthy. Dry beards will be scratchy and hard to manage. And dry skin under the beard will get flakey and irritated if not properly hydrated. Beard oil, beard shampoo, and beard conditioner help keep beards healthy and hydrated. Other beard products, like beard balms and moustache wax, are designed more for styling than hydration. A combination of these types of beard products make for a good-looking beard. And as an added bonus, most beard products smell great.    

Q: What are the best beard products on the market?

The best beard products on the market are high-quality beard oils and beard balms. The oils, like Honest Amish Beard Oil, help keep a beard healthy and soft. And beard balms, like the Viking Revolution Beard Balms make it easy to style a beard. Your type of skin and thickness of beard may need special care, so it’s a good idea to try a few products as you fine-tune your beard management tool kit. If you’re just starting out on a beard grooming journey, don’t overspend on luxury beard cosmetics without knowing how your skin and hair will react. 

The final word on best beard products

A well-groomed beard looks stylish, masculine, and confident. And the best way to achieve that is with the best bear products. Oils and shampoos will help a beard stay soft. Beard balms and waxes can tame and style even the roughest of facial hair. And a high-quality trimmer will make managing length and shaping the beard easier. (Don’t be rude. Clean up after a trim.) Armed with the best beard products, you’ll feel good and look good. Now you just need to start a folk band or have strong opinions on coffee and you’ll be set. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best beard products in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hot tubs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hot-tubs/ Tue, 07 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586348
Best hot tubs sliced header
Tony Ware

Soak in our hot tubs guide and relax, knowing you're not getting lukewarm choices. We've done the legwork so you can unwind your body.

The post The best hot tubs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best hot tubs sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AquaRest AR-150 Select AquaRest AR-150 Select
SEE IT

Moderately priced, this model has all the basic features you want in an entry-level, but highly-rated, spa.

Best inflatable Intex 28431E PureSpa Plus Intex 28431E PureSpa Plus
SEE IT

This is a basic, fairly inexpensive hot tub for when you either don’t want to dedicate the money or space to a permanent spa.

Best for parties Lifesmart Coronado LS600DX hot tub Lifesmart Coronado LS600DX
SEE IT

This seven-person spa is what you picture every time we talk about hot tubs and their legacy in pop culture.

Since the discovery of fire, humans have sought to relax their stressed-out, overworked, and underpaid bodies in a heated bucket of near-boiling water. We have achieved this effect with hot stones, burning charcoal, and straight-up fire. And then came electricity, which meant that we could build actual hot tubs that weren’t just bowls of what was, effectively, human soup. Modern hot tubs (or spas, depending on your preference) have advanced features like powerful jets massaging your back and lower body. They have filters to keep the water clean and devoid of as much human by-product as possible, a necessity since, unlike in the olden days, we often share space in a hot tub. The truth is that you’re tired. We’re all tired. We dream of coming home after a long day of trudging through society, kick off most of our clothes, and find ultimate relaxation in 104-degree water. So, to save your limbs and time, we’ve done the legwork and found you the best hot tubs of 2023.

How we chose the best hot tubs

There are three types of hot tubs: built-in (below ground, often part of a pool), above ground, and time machine. Since built-in hot tubs can be any shape or size, depending on multiple pool-construction-related variables, and hot tub time machines aren’t available to the public, we focused on above-ground hot tubs. There are plenty of retailers specifically selling hot tubs and hot tub supplies. So finding the best hot tubs comes down to sticking with popular, public-facing retailers (Wayfair, Walmart) and looking for the best-reviewed hot tubs that fit within predetermined categories. What we end up with is a list containing a few very popular hot tubs, with one or two unique hot tubs mixed in. 

The best hot tubs: Reviews & Recommendations

Since their inception, modern hot tubs have become iconic pop culture backyard appliances. From entire episodes of TV centered around a hot tub, to the implied cultural connotations of owning one in the 1970s, it’s been difficult to deny that hot tubs are, and always will be, a thing. While they did take a hit for a little while (recessions will do that), they have once again become a very popular lanai accessory, thanks to lower voltage requirements and semi-affordable pricing. 

What are you looking for in a hot tub? Are you looking for an all-around functional general hot tub with dozens of jets? Or perhaps something a bit more romantic. Perhaps it’s all about party time or just having something to inflate and toss on the lawn for impromptu soak sessions. Or maybe you just want to lounge and let the world’s troubles float away. Regardless, this list has the hot tub you’re looking for, with or without Roger and Virginia Klarvin.

Best overall: AquaRest AR-150 Select

AquaRest

SEE IT

Specs

  • Water capacity: 156 gallons
  • Occupancy: 4-person
  • LED lighting: Yes
  • Number of jets: 12

Pros

  • Waterfall feature
  • Cup holders
  • Underwater LED lights

Cons

  • Can still feel a bit crowded
  • Takes a while to heat up

The AquaRest AR-150 is the spa you purchase when you don’t know anything about hot tubs and don’t want to spend a fortune. It’s moderately priced and has all the basic features you want in an entry-level, but highly-rated, spa. It has 12 jets, some built-in cup holders, LED lighting for setting the mood, and that half-boiling water your muscles need. But you might want to plan ahead for relaxation. As it runs off 120V (rather than 220V), it takes like a day to hit its maximum temp of 104°F. But while it’s heating up, take comfort in a 1.5hp customizable massage delivered through stainless steel jets.

It comes with a nice locking cover to keep out unsupervised toddlers and yard trash, but if you want steps, you’ll have to purchase them separately. It advertises that it can fit four people with little issue, but if y’all aren’t comfortable with innocent shoulder, hip, and toe touching, you might want to limit the capacity to three people. Regardless, with its patented Easy Kleen water filtration system, you don’t have to fret about dirty bits sullying the soup. AquaRest is one of the top online spa brands, and AquaRest AR-150 Select sits at the top of its offerings.

Best budget: Lifesmart Spas LS200

Lifesmart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Water capacity: 220 gallon
  • Occupancy: 4 person
  • LED lighting: Yes
  • Number of jets: 13

Pros

  • High water capacity
  • Includes water filter
  • It’s not square

Cons

  • Lacks fancy features
  • No ozone purification

Lifesmart Spas LS200 shaves off the corners of the classic square hot tub to make a space-saving round spa with 13 jets powered by a 1hp pump. Based on price comparisons, it appears that the shape of a spa is directly reflected in the cost. That is, circles cost a bit less than squares, so this spa is the best budget spa. It usually costs less than $3k (especially during near-constant sales events), and while it doesn’t come with stairs, you can just tip your body into the spa without worrying about hitting a squared edge. 

The only real downside to a circle spa, even if it does hold a few more gallons than other spas, is it doesn’t have room for ozone purification plumbing. Though, it should be noted that according to the official product page, the shape is oval. That might not be a circle, but it’s close enough in the world of spas. Actually, the oval shape creates more opportunities to put the spa wherever you want: on the porch, in the yard, in the living room. The Lifesmart Spas LS200 is a great entry-level spa for families looking to step up their water-based massage game.

Best for couples: USA Spas OH-SM

USA Spas

SEE IT

Specs

  • Water capacity: 190 gallons
  • Occupancy: 2 person
  • LED lighting: Yes
  • Number of jets: 16

Pros

  • Includes ozonator
  • Acrylic instead of plastic
  • Well placed jets

Cons

  • Not good for families
  • Doesn’t come with steps

The USA Spas OH-SM is a spa built for two. There’s gonna be some touching, some twisting of limbs, and probably some other stuff that is best left to the imagination. Basically, leave your swimsuit on the shelf cause things are about to get freaky in this acrylic hot tub with 16 powerful jets placed in just the right places. Like, there are six jets right on your lower back, or if you’re sinking in a bit to get closer to your partner, they’ll hit your shoulders perfectly. If you are alone in the hot tub (which is perfectly acceptable), you have back and foot jets. 

This spa runs on 120V with a single 1.5hp pump. Its nice little oval shape will fit just about anywhere in or around your house. However, if you want a bit of privacy, we suggest purchasing a gazebo and some curtains. Your HOA might not approve of it sitting in your front yard, though. They are the worst. But what’s not the worst is crystal clear water, no matter the amount of flop sweat you are pumping into it. That’s provided by the built-in ozonator, which keeps that water nice and crisp. If it’s just the two of you, then the USA Spas OH-SM spa is perfect for everyday relaxation with your partner.

Best Inflatable: Intex 28431E PureSpa Plus

Intex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Water capacity: 210 gallons
  • Occupancy: 6 person
  • LED lighting: Yes
  • Total jets: 170

Pros

  • Cheap
  • Built-in pump
  • 170 bubble jets

Cons

  • No ozonator
  • No fancy features
  • Questionable durability

How the inflatable Intex 28431E PureSpa Plus fits 170 bubble jets in such a moderately normal-sized spa is beyond us. But you gotta have some catch to market an inflatable hot tub properly. Because it’s an inflatable, it doesn’t have the insulation or structural integrity of a solid hot tub, and it takes a while to fill up with fresh water from the hose every time you want to chill out while heating up. It doesn’t have an ozonator but does have a hard water treatment system to keep the water gentle on your clothes and skin. 

This is a very basic, fairly inexpensive hot tub for when you either don’t want to spend the money on a stationary one or like blowing things up to sit in them. In some ways, it’s a kiddie pool for adults, with a bunch of body massaging jets. But for some of us, it’s the perfect hot tub for quick fun and if we have limited space. The Intex 28431E PureSpa Plus isn’t some luxury hot tub, but it’ll do the job and fit conveniently in the storage shed

Best lounge seat: Luxury Spas WS-595

Luxury Spas

SEE IT

Specs

  • Water capacity: 365 gallons
  • Occupancy: 3
  • LED lighting: Yes
  • Number of jets: 47

Pros

  • 47 adjustable jets
  • Includes steps
  • Bluetooth sound system
  • Lounge seating
  • Cons
  • 3rd person seating is awkward
  • Expensive when not on sale

While the third-person seat is a bit awkward, the Luxury Spas WS-595 spa offers some of the best features in a modern hot tub. And since it’s a lounge-style hot tub, you don’t have to share with your weird neighbors peeking over the fence. Honestly, this is a two-person spa with room for a floating drink cooler. Pull out a fresh La Croix, put on some Sade over the built-in Bluetooth speakers, turn the LED lights to a soft purple, and let the 47 adjustable jets take the pain away. With a friend, partner, or your mom. Who are we to judge who you hot tub with? 

The filter runs continuously, even when not in use, to keep the water clean and sanitary, while the ozonator keeps the water crisp and clear. This is all made capable by the 240V of power running through the spa. And that power is what provides a powerful hydro-massage through, did we mention, 47 freaking jets? While it can get a bit expensive when not on sale, this is one of the most packed-with-features spas on the market. While not intended for families or large groups, you can take turns because the Luxury Spas WS-595 is worth it.

Best for parties: Lifesmart Coronado LS600DX

Lifesmart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Water capacity: 285 gallon
  • Occupancy: 7 person
  • LED lighting: Yes
  • Number of jets: 65

Pros

  • Waterfall feature
  • Multi-color LEDs
  • Digital control panel

Cons

  • Lacks additional features
  • Doesn’t include steps

Strangely, there are many multi-thousand-dollar spas that don’t include steps, but you’ll want to get some for the Lifesmart Coronado LS600DX because people will be in and out of it all night. Thankfully, the water will never get gross, no matter how much salsa is in play, thanks to a built-in filter and ozonator. This is the party spa that you picture every time we talk about hot tubs and their legacy in pop culture. It seats seven people fairly comfortably, without too much skin touching or legs crossing over. Unless that’s your intent. Then there’s plenty of room for that. 

The 65 jets include a 14-jet nozzle turbo blaster and four-foot jets. It runs on 220V and is super insulated to keep electricity costs down and the water hot. It does lack some additional features, like speakers, but has a waterfall feature, so that’s something at least. There is also a thermal locking cover so that you can heat up the tub, and it’ll maintain temp while you finish your chores and prepare that tasty seven-layer dip. The real selling point of this hot tub is its actual price point, which is right around $4,000. Within the spa market, this is quite fair for a seven-person hot tub, making the Lifesmart Coronado LS600DX the perfect addition to your party.

What to consider before buying the best hot tubs

If you are about to invest thousands in a hot tub, you will want to do your research. That is, read the product descriptions and customer reviews to suss out any consistent issues. Ignore the ones about delivery; we always have to cross our fingers there. So, when it comes down to purchasing a new hot tub for the patio, you’ll want to consider at least the type, its human capacity, and any additional features.

Type

There are two main types of hot tubs: standard and plug-and-play. Plug-and-play is named as such because you can literally set it up and plug it into a standard 110V outlet. Most come with shielded cables to extend the plug and prevent water and electricity mixing. Most plug-and-play hot tubs are constructed from some type of polyethylene and usually take a little while to heat up. 

Meanwhile, standard hot tubs have stronger jets, are constructed from acrylic, and run off 220V. So, if you don’t have a 220V outlet handy (the one you do have is probably occupied by your clothes dryer), an electrician can install one. It’s worth it because they heat up faster and are a bit more durable in the long run. However, these types of spa are generally more expensive. 

Capacity

How many people do you plan on accommodating with your hot tub? Is it for the family? For parties? For romantic soaks? The trouble is, some hot tubs intended for two can actually comfortably fit four, while some hot tubs intended for seven can only fit five without too much weird shoulder touching. The general rule of thumb is for any hot tub not intended for only two people subtract one from the max capacity. 

Features

From LED lighting to neat little waterfalls to the type of jet output and Bluetooth speakers, there are plenty of variable features to look for in a hot tub. Of course, the more features a hot tub has, the more electricity it uses and the higher the initial price. Also, check if the spa you’re buying has a locking cover (for safety and keeping the heat in) and stairs. You may have to buy stairs separately; it’s the easiest way to get in and out. 

FAQs

Q: What’s an ozonator?

An ozonator produces ozone gas. This water treatment process removes heavy chemicals and kills bacteria, fungus, and protozoa better than any other type of water treatment process. You can’t just spray Windex in your hot tub and expect it to get clean. While not all hot tubs have an ozonator, the ones that do produce crystal-clear water and bacteria-free environments, requiring less annual cleaning.

Q: How hot should my spa be?

Most hot tubs max out at 104°F. The safe range is between 100°F (38°C) and 104°F, but kids should be limited to a lower temp, especially if they are going to be in there for a while. It should be noted that the longer you sit in water hotter than your internal temperature, the more it affects your body. Spas are meant to be used in short bursts, as sitting in hot water for too long can cause light-headedness, overheating, and dehydration. 

Q: Can I move my hot tub once it’s in place?

If it’s inflatable, you can move it whenever you want (when it’s not filled). If it’s not, it’s several hundred pounds empty and will be quite a chore to move. It’s not impossible, just really difficult. Plus it should move to a flat, level foundation. So when you get your spa, be sure to pick just the right spot for it because it’s going to be there for a while. 

Final thoughts on the best hot tubs

Owning a hot tub is an experience. It’s a relaxing way to end any day, soaking in super hot water with jets pummelling your exhausted muscles. But it’s also an investment, one that requires planning and a moderate amount of thought. It also requires maintenance and cleaning. Regardless, there are few activities more entertaining in the home than hopping in the hot tub with some close friends and a case of something cool to drink. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hot tubs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric fireplaces in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-fireplaces/ Tue, 29 Aug 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=566042
The best electric fireplaces composited
Stan Horaczek

Imagine yourself plopped in front of an electric fireplace, watching TikToks in the most luxurious, least messy way possible.

The post The best electric fireplaces in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best electric fireplaces composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Dimplex Featherston electric fireplace Dimplex Featherston
SEE IT

This is the best mixture of features and cost for most people.

Best TV stand Ameriwood electric fireplace Ameriwood Home Farmington
SEE IT

Built-in storage and ample surface space make this ideal for supporting a TV.

Best budget Duraflame Electric Infrared Quartz Fireplace Duraflame Electric Infrared Quartz Fireplace
SEE IT

Get all the warmth and flickering flame without lighting cash on fire.

Electric fireplaces save you the trouble of bringing logs (and potentially bugs) into your home. These simple setups provide the heat and glow of a real fire with only a small fraction of the effort. There’s simply something romantic about being curled up with a person, pet, book, or smartphone in front of a warm, flickering fireplace without being covered in sweat and sap. So, curl up, save yourself from “woodchopper’s back,” and grab one of the best electric fireplaces to warm your home in both temperature and vibe.

How we chose the best electric fireplaces

Traditional fireplaces create smoke, even when using the best fire logs (the Duraflame Gold Firelog burns an incredible 80 percent cleaner than wood). As a result, they typically have to reside in very specific locations around the home. However, we’ve found that people like the freedom and flexibility that come with electric fireplaces. It’s a huge upgrade in terms of design and usability. At the same time, aesthetics still matter, and they need to fit in your space. While some truly wild designs exist, we populated this list with models that will fit most spaces—though be warned, they’re all larger than most space heaters. Some also come in different colors so that you can customize and coordinate them with your decor. As with all heat sources, both impressive heat output and quality safety features are paramount. Any time a gadget intentionally creates heat, you want to opt for a brand with a solid reputation for build quality.

The best electric fireplaces: Reviews & Recommendations

With electric fireplaces, you don’t have to know how to build a fire. Plus, you’ll save a tree and avoid the smoke, which could possibly be worse than wood stove air pollution. The best electric fireplaces are versatile machines with robust safety features, fine looks, and great heating capabilities. If you’re shivering in anticipation of there being a chill in the air, check out our top picks.

Best overall: Dimplex Featherston

Why it made the cut: Transform any wall into a rock fireplace; no chimney or cutting required.

Specs

  • Size: 16 x 61 x 44 inches
  • Installation: Mounts to wall
  • Heat control: Thermostat
  • Heats rooms up to: 1,000 square feet

Pros

  • Transformative for any wall
  • Realistic flame, logs, and mantel
  • Quiet heating fan
  • Surprisingly easy to assemble

Cons

  • Heavy and expensive

Some electric fireplaces don’t blend seamlessly with the space around them. The Dimplex Featherston, however, deftly integrates itself into a room.

How does it fare? The Dimplex Featherston has an impressive stone mantel with wood offsets. Far from being a cheap, plastic imitation, this electric fireplace is heavy and solid, weighing over 300 pounds. It mounts firmly to the wall, so you don’t have to worry about kids or pets knocking it loose. Despite its size and weight, the assembly is rather quick and easy, taking about an hour or less for most people.

Inside the Dimplex Featherston’s rocky exterior is a firebox that puts out 5,118 BTUs of heat, providing supplemental heat for rooms up to 1,000 square feet in size. Visually, the firebox imitates natural wood burning with a patented technique to give the logs an apparent glow.

Overall, the Dimplex Featherston is a transformative experience for your wall. Placed and anchored, it will appear like a traditional fireplace. As a result, it is quite expensive, rather heavy (again, over 300 pounds), and might not be for everyone. But if you want a sturdy, attractive model that will last, this is the pick.

Best for existing fireplaces: PuraFlame Klaus 

Why it made the cut: This perfectly fills the spot where a “real” fireplace would go.

Specs

  • Size: Check available sizes
  • Installation: Insert
  • Heat control: 750/1500W plus thermostat
  • Heats rooms up to: 400 square feet

Pros

  • Fits in recessed areas of homes meant for fireplaces
  • Visual and sound effects
  • Remotely controlled power, thermostat, and effects

Cons

  • Cannot be hardwired.

What happens when a house already has a fireplace that barely gets used? They can be dangerous, require a constant supply of (potentially insect-housing) logs, have no temperature adjustment, etc. They’re unsightly when not in use and throw soot in the house when not. But this space begs to be filled, and the PuraFlame Klaus does a great job.

Praised for its realistic appearance, the PuraFlame Klaus will give your dead, unused fireplace recess a usable, safe alternative. Lively, flickering logs that look as if they are filled with the spirit and energy of flame fill its interior, with their intensity and brightness changeable over three settings. Its built-in speaker provides your choice of six crackling sounds. And you can safely keep the logs there during the summer months without inviting beetles. It looks good year-round.

During usage, you’ll also find the PuraFlame Klaus a worthy alternative to a real fireplace. Unlike a real blaze, you can adjust its temperature via remote control and a thermostat option. It gives up to 400 square feet of supplemental heat. It has exceptionally positive customer ratings for its performance and ease of installation.

Best TV stand: Ameriwood Home Farmington

Why it made the cut: This freestanding model supports a large TV with style.

Specs

  • Size: 15.69 x 59.61 x 29.37 inches
  • Installation: Freestanding
  • Heat control: Low / High
  • Heats rooms up to: 400 square feet

Pros

  • For TVs up to 60-inches wide or 95 pounds
  • Highly rated for heat output
  • Convenient shelf for consoles
  • Quick toggle settings via remote

Cons

  • A bit delicate
  • Difficult assembly

This TV stand electric fireplace combines the best features of a TV stand and infrared heating to make a powerful, effective combo. The stand’s design (and size) varies a bit by “color” selection, with wooden designs appearing rustic and invoking feelings of country living. White “ivory” color designs will blend in more with modern homes.

Those that recall our examination of the best infrared heaters will know why we like this one so much. For one, the Ameriwood electric fireplace, by using infrared, will provide radiant heat that feels almost “sunlike” in nature. This gives a toasty fireplace feeling. One downside of infrared heating is that it travels like light, in a line, instead of heating the air. By placing an infrared heater in an electric fireplace TV stand, Ameriwood effectively solves this issue since most users will be facing the TV anyhow.

The gorgeous look of the replicated fire combined with its radiant feel are big selling points for the Ameriwood. However, it should be noted that with these good looks comes some delicateness. Be careful when assembling the product and moving the (heavy) box into your home, or you might scratch its exterior.

Best wall mounted: R.W.FLAME 60-Inch Recessed and Wall Mounted Electric Fireplace

Why it made the cut: With dazzling colors and recessed optionality, the R.W.FLAME is a clear winner.

Specs

  • Size: Models between 30 and 68 inches wide
  • Installation: Wall-mount or recessed
  • Heat control: 750 and 1500 W modes
  • Heats rooms up to: 400 square foot

Pros

  • Fun, digital aesthetics with lots of color modes and options
  • Timer settings
  • ETL-certified design
  • Overheating shut-off

Cons

  • Finicky remote

For a beautiful wall-mounted or recessed look, try the R.W.FLAME, which can make any wall of your home look like a fireplace. It looks terrific as a wall mount, where it hangs on the wall via a bracket, but once you like it, you can also recess it into the wall, where its (depending on the version you get) 3.85-inch or 6-inch depth can be partially or fully hidden. Take the chance to assess how you like the heating style and location before cutting into your wall, as this electric fireplace (like most others) is meant to heat the space immediately surrounding it, not every inch of the room.

Visually, the R.W.FLAME is renowned for the controllable light show it creates. A bright line of flaming crystal crosses the bottom of the visual pane, from which flames rise. You can set both the crystal and flame colors from 12 choices, with five levels of brightness. The timer also allows it to automatically turn off after one to eight hours, so it won’t waste fuel after you’ve fallen asleep.

Best budget: Duraflame Electric Infrared Quartz Fireplace

John Alexander

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This inexpensive portable electric fireplace is a certified “keeper.”

Specs

  • Size: 13 x 24 x 23.4 inches
  • Installation: Freestanding
  • Heat control: 20-setting thermostat
  • Heats rooms up to: 1,000 square feet

Pros

  • Wide temperature range
  • Runs quiet at <37dB
  • Price
  • Overheating shut-off feature

Cons

  • No tip protection

Duraflame’s Electric Infrared Quartz Fireplace looks like a formidable iron box of fire. In reality, it is an inexpensive, safe-to-use electric fireplace that has significantly fewer returns than the competition. It’s cool to the touch despite heating your room up to temperatures of 82 degrees. Its 10 heat settings—you can increment the heater’s temperature between 62 and 82 degrees—give you a lot of flexibility depending on the day’s needs.

The heater’s ability to work well in 1000 square-foot rooms and to be moved easily accounts for a lot as well. We do wish it had tip-over protection, but it is not fully necessary with responsible usage. The rest of this electric fireplace’s customer satisfaction comes down to its beautiful appearance, practical application as a personal heating unit, and great nighttime usage. Aesthetically speaking, the fireplace itself looks classic and has five light settings to illuminate its artificial flame.

What to consider before buying electric fireplaces

There is a lot to consider when getting an electric fireplace. The styles vary so much in application that it can be difficult to find a one-size-fits-all approach to assessing them. Still, the installation style, safety features that some display, and heat-controlling mechanisms are relatively universal.

Installation

Right off the bat, you’ll have to decide what style you want. Some mount to the wall, while others stand freely. You’ll also find others that offer an insert-style design, which fill in the places where traditional fireplaces might go.

If you’re looking to fill a hole left by a more conventional fireplace that you’re no longer using, electric fireplaces are a no-brainer. In this case, check out the PuraFlame Klaus, which also happens to be among the highest-rated electric fireplaces on the market.

Certain electric fireplaces are affixed to the wall in a way not so dissimilar to that of a flatscreen television. For larger models meant to be flush with the surface, you may see them described as “wall-mounted.” It just means that, while the bottom of the fireplace might touch the floor, the back must mount to the wall for security and to become flush. Wall-mount-style electric fireplaces often create an illusory sense of depth.

Freestanding electric fireplaces will stand on four legs, like a cabinet or other piece of furniture. You’re most likely to see the safety features seen below on freestanding electric fireplaces.

Safety features

As with all heating units, you will likely wish to have some safety features as part of your electric fireplace experience. Here are some terms to look out for:

Automatic shut-off feature: Overheating or “auto-heat kill safety” feature designs work by turning off the unit when it gets too hot. This is good for keeping your room from getting too hot and saving yourself from a fire.

Freestanding units may also have a “tip-over protection” feature that shuts off the device if it is knocked over. This prevents heating elements and fans from pushing hot air directly into carpets or floors for too long. Note that this feature is somewhat more rare on even the best electric fireplaces.

CSA-certified unit: This indicates that the product has a CSA-certified design, which indicates these electric heater safety standards are upheld.

ETL-certified unit: Another common safety standard. It shows that a product meets safety and production standards in the US and Canada.

Heat control

Heat control is one of the most easily overlooked aspects of getting an electric fireplace. You may have a powerful fireplace, but it may have limited utility if you can’t control the temperature. Look for a 3-heat setting dial at minimum, with things like low, medium, and high power. A dial or thermostat with more fine-tuned control is even better. Some models allow for temperature adjustments via app or remote. The point is, don’t overlook having good control over your machine in the pursuit of intense heat output. As the end of fall or the beginning of spring approaches, the best electric fireplaces will serve your needs just as well as they do in the nights of deepest winter.

FAQs

Q: How much does an electric fireplace cost?

An electric fireplace will cost anywhere from just under $100 for a budget model to over $1,000 for a realistic replacement of a real fireplace. If you don’t care about lifelike design but still want quality, you should expect to pay from $150 to $350 for an electric fireplace.

Q: What are the disadvantages of an electric fireplace?

The two main disadvantages of electric fireplaces are that they tend to have a lower maximum heat than other indoor heaters and they don’t work as well outdoors. However, the best electric fireplaces will heat quickly and provide suitable heat for their recommended heating area. As electric fireplaces are meant to replace an indoor thing, they are often not rated for water resistance. Consider using suitable outdoor heating or portable fire pits for outdoor heating. 

Q: Do electric fireplaces really warm a room?

Electric fireplaces warm a room but are typically made more for supplemental heat rather than as a main source of heat for the home. In this way, they simulate the need to gather around the fire to get toasty and warm. If concerned, be sure to check the manufacturer’s recommended room size and heat style before making a purchase.

Final thoughts on the best electric fireplaces

Electric fireplaces come in so many designs and configurations that almost any living space can benefit from one. They provide an extra heat source in the cold months, as well as a soothing light show. It’s a great way to improve the interior of your home without worrying about a supply of wood or regular chimney cleanings. Plus, the best electric fireplaces give you a simple way to control heat and light to your exact taste.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric fireplaces in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cat trees of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-cat-tree/ Mon, 24 May 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=365810
A lineup of the best cat trees split vertically into fourths
Amanda Reed

Stuck at home with a pent-up pet? These keep even the most high-climbing, adventurous kitties amused.

The post The best cat trees of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best cat trees split vertically into fourths
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for large cats FANDReA is the best cat tree for large cats. FEANDREA Cat Tree for Large Cats
SEE IT

This cushy condo for big cats  is designed with anti-tipping technology for extra safety.

Best wooden The Vesper Cat Tree is the best wooden cat tree. Vesper Modern Cat Tree
SEE IT

This eco-friendly modern design comes with a sisal scratching mat and memory-foam bed.

Best budget A cat sitting over a cat tree in a beige color and with two floors. AmazonBasics Cat Condo Tree Tower with Hammock Bed
SEE IT

Help your kitty get away from it all in this affordable hammock bed made with plush carpeting.

A cat tree is a wonderful way to keep your cat occupied, especially if they have a fondness for high places. The majority also come equipped with scratching posts, which keep claws away from your beloved sofa. If your cat hides in closets and under beds, a cat tree house with covered shelters will provide them a sense of security and personal space. And all these options come stacked in a wide variety of shapes, sizes, and materials. Do you need a towering kitty castle, or a cozy perch for a cat that just wants to loaf? Does your interior aesthetic call for a modern cat tower? From kitten to couch potato, we’ll go over the best cat tree for you and your feline’s specific needs.

How we chose the best cat trees

When we’re not vacuuming up all the pet hair our cats leave behind (or letting a robot do it), we enjoy wrangling them from all the places they should not be. Cat hiding habits can be separated into two categories: tree dweller or bush dweller. A cat who is a tree dweller enjoys heights like shelves and windowsills, while bush dweller cats prefer low, hidden spaces, like under the bed. Our final picks ultimately have something for the most adventurous tree dweller to the coziest, most elusive bush dweller. Additionally, we looked at critical reviews and peer recommendations and conducted heavy research.

The best cat trees: Reviews & Recommendations

Does your cat enjoy scaling your cabinets and bookshelves? Do they spend every morning surveying their domain from the top of the refrigerator? Do they like hiding amongst the sweaters on your closet shelves? One of our picks should fit your feline’s hiding, climbing, and scratching preferences.

Best overall: Armarkat 77-inch Faux Fleece Cat Tree & Condo

Armarkat

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 36 x 31 x 77 inches
  • Weight: 58 lbs.
  • Max holding weight: 80 lbs.

Pros

  • Tall
  • Lots of things to keep kitty entertained
  • Sturdy and durable

Cons

  • Not suited for small rooms

The Armarkat stands over six feet high and boasts 10 scratching posts, six platforms, and two comfy condos. This feline fortress is built to handle the more exuberant kitty personalities, with a weight capacity of 80 pounds and a sturdy plywood structure. Your cat can govern from the highest perch of this large cat tree or spend all day snoozing in the privacy of a faux fleece cube.

Best small: Frisco 32-inch Real Carpet Wooden Cat Tree

Chewy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 20 x 20 x 32 inches
  • Weight: 29 lbs.
  • Max holding weight: 50 lbs.

Pros

  • Compact
  • Multi-level
  • Comes fully assembled
  • Household-grade carpet

Cons

  • Have to remove loose fuzzies upon opening
  • Reviews note loose staples

The Frisco Cat Tree is a double-decker tower for your cat to stretch out on. This wooden cat tower is built to last all nine lives, with a handcrafted solid wood structure and two heavy-duty sisal rope posts. It’s wrapped in plush, household-grade carpet with a familiar texture that every cat can enjoy. This small cat tree comes fully assembled with two luxurious platforms and a hanging toy. The base of this tree measures 20 inches on both sides.

Best for large cats: FEANDREA Cat Tree for Large Cats

FEANDREA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 24 x 16 x 33 inches
  • Weight: 22.4 lbs.
  • Max holding weight: 44 lbs.

Pros

  • Large perch
  • Included anti-toppling wall attachment
  • Easy to assemble
  • Removeable and washable cushions and coverings

Cons

  • Pillow at the top of perch not attached

The FEANDREA Cat Tree is a welcoming abode that won’t budge under pressure. The roomy cat condos and oversized plush perch provide ample space for big cat naps. Each post is wrapped in natural sisal rope and reinforced with battens at the tree’s base. It also includes an anti-toppling wall attachment if you are super wary of tipping.

Best wooden: Vesper Modern Cat Tree

VESPER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 22.1 x 22.1 x 47.9 inches
  • Weight: 40.5 lbs.
  • Max holding weight: 45 lbs.

Pros

  • Replacement parts offered
  • Lots of enticing nooks, crannies, and perches
  • Machine washable components

Cons

  • A little difficult to assemble

This cat tower is made with laminated MDF board and comes in three attractive shades: warm walnut, natural oak, and classic black. With a tall observation platform, cozy cat cube, and seagrass scratching posts, this modern cat tree will keep your cat occupied while complimenting your meticulously curated apartment. The sisal scratching mat and memory foam beds are easily removable for easy washing. Vesper Trees are built for lifelong use, and replacement parts for scratching poles, cushions, carpets, and toys are available.

Best budget: AmazonBasics Cat Condo Tree Tower with Hammock Bed

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15.8 x 15.8 x 19.7 Inches
  • Weight: 9 lbs.
  • Max holding weight: 30 lbs.

Pros

  • Secure base
  • Dangling ball toy is replaceable
  • Assembly takes minutes

Cons

  • Hammock too snug for a chonky cat

This tower includes plush carpeting, an elevated hammock cat bed, two pillars wrapped in natural jute rope, and a hanging toy. The Amazon Basics cat tower is super easy to assemble and has a 15.7-inch base, but remember that this condo is best for small and medium-sized cats and might be too snug for a larger breed.

What to consider when buying the best cat trees

There are a few features to keep in mind when shopping for your new cat tree. It is a good idea to designate a space in your home for your cat and keep the limitations of that space in mind. Sprawling homes can accommodate a large cat tree, but a tight apartment might require a more compact design. Then, you will want to consider your cat’s activity level. Rambunctious kittens love to clamber up multilevel towers, but they are not as accessible for older cats; a cat with mobility issues will need a shorter model with wide platforms rather than a high-rise cat condo.

If your cat loves to scratch, it is important to choose a tower with a scratching post that they can’t wait to sink their needle-sharp nails into. The best cat tree will include a scratching material that you know your kitty loves, whether it’s sisal rope, jute, cardboard, or wood. And if your tabby loves to spread out, their dream tower will include ample space for afternoon catnaps. There’s a lot to choose from when it comes to pet products, so let’s break it down some more.

What’s the best for active cats?

The majority of house cats spend all day inside, and they need a place to exert their bundles of energy. If you’re looking to entertain a cat that seems hellbent on toppling your bookshelves, a tall cat tree is an easy way to redirect their attention. If you have multiple cats, a large cat tower can accommodate three to four felines and prevent territorial scuffles. Tall cat towers are also a good way to stimulate and challenge curious kittens.

The most important features to keep in mind when shopping for tall cat trees are durability and weight capacity. Yours will have to handle high-speed cat leaps, and you don’t want the tower to wobble or tip. If you have enough room for a larger cat tower, you will also want to ensure that it offers an assortment of interactive elements. The best cat tower will have scratching pads, a variety of perches, toy attachments, and condos to hide in.

What if I’m looking for a smaller cat tree?

If you live in an apartment or smaller home, you might not have room for a kitty skyscraper. Small cat towers are a great way to designate a spot for your furry friend without sacrificing precious living room space. Does your cat spend all day lounging by the window? The majority of small cat perches are window-level, which makes them perfectly suited for hours of cat contemplation. Although small cat towers are lower to the ground, you will still want one that won’t sway when jumped on. The best small cat tree will have a sturdy base, resilient scratching posts, and soft platforms for maximum relaxation.

What’s the best for larger breeds?

Your Maine coon might not fit on a regular cat perch, but that doesn’t mean he has to miss out on the fun. There are a variety of cat tower designs available that are built to lodge bigger cats. If your cat weighs over 15 pounds, their tower should be uniquely constructed to handle that extra fluff. When selecting cat towers for large breeds, you should ensure that the platforms are wide enough for them to fully recline and that they contain spare padding for optimal comfort. The best way to avoid tipping is with a two-pillar design, which prevents trees from leaning to one side.

What if I prefer a more modern design?

We know that your décor vision might not include a carpeted cat tower. Wooden designs are a sleek solution for those who prefer a more minimal aesthetic. Traditional designs might cause unwanted visual clutter, while a modern cat tower can blend seamlessly into a contemporary layout. Wooden designs may not be covered in plush fabric, but they are easier to clean and attract less hair. The best wooden cat tree will fit your modern style without compromising on kitty comfort.

What can I get for under $30?

We know that cat furniture can run you into the triple digits, especially if you’re shopping for a complex tower or a contemporary design. Luckily, there are options available for inexpensive single-platform trees. Cheap cat towers are sometimes made with flimsier materials, so you will want to ensure that what you pick is sturdy and claw-proof. The best cat tree on a budget will have durable construction, a soft bed, and tough scratching posts.

FAQs

Q: Where should I put the cat tree?

Buying the cat tree is only half the battle—you have to get your cat to actually use it. You might want to stick it in the most convenient or concealed location, but that is not always the most attractive spot for your cat. We recommend setting it up in a shared living space where your cat can keep tabs on you from the comfort of their perch. Proximity to a window is great for cats that love to birdwatch.

Q: How can I get my cat interested in my cat tree?

When you’re first introducing cat furniture to a kitty habitat, you should provide as many positive associations as possible. You can sprinkle the tower with catnip, reward them with treats when they show interest, and line their condo with used toys and blankets for a familiar smell.

Q: How many cat towers do I need for two cats?

With a multiplatform cat tower like the Amarkat, two friendly cats or kittens can coexist peacefully. If your two cats struggle to get along and display territorial aggression, it might be better to purchase more than one cat tower. Ultimately, the number of trees you need depends on the dynamic between your feline pair.

Final thoughts on finding the best cat trees

Cat towers are a smart solution for pet parents looking to keep their cats occupied and relaxed. The right cat products can resolve a scratching habit and entertain your pet while you’re away. From jungle-gym climbing trees to glossy wooden condos, the best cat tower will help your kitty feel truly at home.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cat trees of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cat scratching posts in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-cat-scratching-post/ Wed, 26 May 2021 12:35:29 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367099
A lineup of the best cat scratching posts cut vertically into fourths.
Amanda Reed

Cat scratching posts let your feisty feline have a paw-ty that doesn’t cost you your upholstery.

The post The best cat scratching posts in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best cat scratching posts cut vertically into fourths.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Beige cat scratching post and a brown cat SmartCat Pioneer Pet Ultimate Scratching Post
SEE IT

Sisal fibers and a wide base means this scratching post can handle it all.

Best cat tree The Vesper Cat Tree is the best wooden cat tree. Vesper Cat Tree
SEE IT

Your cat can perch, hide, or scratch.

Best budget Jungle print design cat scratching post Catit Cat Scratcher Boards with Catnip
SEE IT

Cardboard easily entices a cat, and also makes for a cheap scratching material.

Cats need to scratch, so the secret to keeping your stuff safe is giving them a scratching post they’ll want to sink their claws into even more. Felines are notoriously finicky animals, though, so it can be a little tough figuring out what they’ll want to scratch at. Your sectional may actually be a no-loveseat because your whiskered friend(s) keep tearing it up, but the right piece of cat furniture can be as attractive as white fur on a black sweater. Combined with some catnip, crunchies, and coaxing, and your pet will be purring in no time. The best cat scratching posts are designed for almost every cat and décor, and some are so cool that you might end up liking them as much as your cat.

How we chose the best cat scratching posts

According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, over 31 million households in the U.S. own a cat. That’s a lot of places for a cat tree. To find the best cat scratching posts, we looked at critical reviews and peer recommendations, performed a hefty amount of research, and conducted user testing with our own fur-ends. We made sure they were durable, sturdy, and enticing to cats. You want to get them away from your furniture, after all.

The best cat scratching posts: Reviews & Recommendations

A cat scratching post is a great gift for the cat owner in your life. They’re also perfect if your precious pet is a little too good at their job at the biscuit factory. Don’t stop your cat’s need to scratch; per the Humane Society, it helps them express emotions, allows them to mark objects with their scent, removes the dead part of their nails, and lets them get a good stretch in. One of our picks is a suitable choice for making your feline smile, just like the Cheshire Cat.

Best overall: SmartCat Pioneer Pet Ultimate Scratching Post

SmartCat

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 32 x 16 x 15.75 inches
  • Materials: Sisal; wood
  • Weight: 16 lbs.

Pros

  • Durable
  • Sisal is longlasting
  • Post doubles as a perch
  • Wide bottom prevents wobbling

Cons

  • Use depends on if cat likes it

If you’re looking for a great sisal scratching post that you won’t have to replace anytime soon, the SmartCat Ultimate Scratching Post is the one for you. Its handsome design is backed up by strong, durable material, and, as an added bonus, your cat will look very elegant perched on top of it.

Best cactus-shaped: PetnPurr Cactus Cat Scratching Post With Teaser Ball

PetnPurr

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15.7 x 15.7 x 26.5 inches
  • Materials: Sisal
  • Weight: 6.5 lbs

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Easy to assemble
  • Built-in toy

Cons

  • Reviews note that sisal rope frays easily

This cactus cat scratching post will blend in purrrfectly (sorry) with your houseplants while giving your cat a place to play, scratch, and relax. The built-in teaser ball is a nice little addition, and the base of the platform is sturdy enough to let your cat climb the cactus and channel that inner jungle cat. 

Best cat tree: Vesper Cat Tree

VESPER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 22.1 x 22.1 x 47.8 inches
  • Materials: Sisal, engineered wood
  • Weight: 40.5 lbs.

Pros

  • Included dangling sisal toy
  • Places to perch and hide
  • Memory foam cushions

Cons

  • Expensive

Available in a variety of sizes and colors, this well-constructed cat tree sets itself apart with its modern design. Memory foam cushions offer the ultimate in cat comfort, and multiple perches make it ideal if you have more than one cat. As a bonus, almost every model comes with a fun dangling sisal toy. Not sold on this one? Check out more of our favorite cat tree picks.

Best combination: ScratchMe Cat Scratcher Post & Board

URPRO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.32 x 17.32 x 6.11 inches
  • Materials: Cardboard
  • Weight: 4.5 lbs.

Pros

  • Made with recycled cardboard
  • Doubles as a bed
  • Can accommodate multiple cats

Cons

  • Cardboard doesn’t last as long as sisal

Made with 100 percent recycled cardboard, this is a great pet product for the eco-conscious cat owner who is also looking for a cat bed. Although cardboard doesn’t last as long as sisal, this cat product is well-made and won’t get torn to pieces overnight. Its circular design is perfect for cats that love to curl up while they nap, and it’s big enough to accommodate one large cat or two smaller ones. 

Best budget: Catit Cat Scratcher Boards with Catnip

Catit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 x 7.5 x 2.87 inches
  • Materials: Cardboard, paper
  • Weight: 1 lb.

Pros

  • Cheap and easy to replace
  • Enough room for even the biggest of stretches
  • Also doubles as a lounge

Cons

  • Cardboard doesn’t last as long as sisal

Cardboard attracts cats just like light entices moths. This no-frills cat scratcher board is a great option if you’re trying to save money. It’s big enough for even a large cat to lounge on and inexpensive enough that you won’t break the bank when you inevitably have to replace it. Another plus: it’s recyclable, too.

Things to consider when shopping for the best cat scratching posts

You know all those cute little things your cat does that make them so special and unique? Well, not only is destroying your furniture and clogging the vacuum with pet hair probably not one of them, but neither is how picky they can be when you’re trying to find them the best cat scratching post. Just as it can take trying a few different brands of food to find something they’ll eat, finding a scratching post can require a little trial and error. The best cat scratching post is the one your cat loves using.

Fortunately (or unfortunately, as the case may be), you may already have the most important piece of information you’ll need to help guide your search for these cat supplies. After all, If you’re reading this article, there’s a good chance your cat already went to town on something they weren’t supposed to. Luckily, the material and the texture of your (formally) beautiful sofa can tell you a lot about what your cat likes to scratch at. So, if you can find something that’s similar, you and your cat will be very happy. 

Finding a cat scratching post with as many lives as your cat

The marks of a great scratching post (besides the ones your cat makes!) are durability and design. Most cats love to scratch at sisal, and a high-quality cat scratching post will be made of sisal fabric as opposed to sisal rope. Sisal fabric lasts longer than rope and will become softer the more your cat uses it. Conversely, when sisal rope breaks down, the fibers become sharp and dislodged, creating a texture your cat will turn its nose up at. Sisal scratching posts need to withstand aggressive pawing, so look for ones with sturdy bases. For obvious reasons, you don’t want your cat to be able to knock it down, so look for one that’s a little on the heavier side, especially if you have a big cat that loves to scratch.

Tame your cat’s claws with a funky cactus cat scratching post

Looking for a cat scratching post that also doubles as a conversation piece? Who can say why, but there’s something particularly adorable about a cat going to war with a cactus. In addition to providing your cat with all the benefits of a regular scratching post (exercise, relaxation, territory-marking), cactus scratching posts add a touch of green to any living space that can be relaxing for humans, too. Cactus scratching posts are all the rage right now, so watch out for inferior pet products that have been rushed to market to keep up with demand. Look for models with a durable base that are made with high-quality sisal fabric. Cactus scratching posts may be a bit of a novelty, but the best ones will work and hold up just as well as any standard model. 

A tree your cat will love (no fire department necessary)

Cat trees (also known as cat condos) are designed to satisfy a variety of your cat’s needs in one place. Amenities include scratching posts, perching areas, built-in toys, and boxes for your cat to hide in when you have to use the vacuum cleaner. Like that of their human counterparts, cat real estate runs the gamut from modest one-bedrooms to enormous mansions. Factors to consider when shopping for a cat tree include size (seriously, some cat trees are huge), durability, and style. After all, cat trees are usually much bigger than standard scratching posts, so you’re going to want your cat’s new home-within-a-home to match your own décor. 

Scratch, nap, repeat

Scratching and napping are among a cat’s greatest pleasures, but if you live in a small apartment, you might not have room for a towering cat condo. Not to worry, though! Almost every home has space for a combination cat scratching post and bed. These are an excellent choice if you’ve noticed that your cat tends to scratch where they sleep, or you’re just trying to reclaim your bed as your own. The cat scratching material will attract your cat like a magnet, and once they realize they can curl up and nap there, it will likely become their new favorite hangout. 

Save your furniture and some cash at the same time

Budget cat scratching posts are usually made out of low-grade cardboard or sisal rope as opposed to compressed cardboard or sisal fabric. Inexpensive designs are a great option when you’re low on cash (perhaps because you just paid to have the couch reupholstered), but they probably won’t last as long as a more expensive version. They will almost certainly lack the bells and whistles of a cat condo, but they may suit your cat just fine if they aren’t picky about where they scratch. Keep an eye out for cheap material that looks like it might dislodge and pose a hazard to your cat. And if you’re buying a cheap vertical cat scratching post, make sure the base is heavy enough that your cat can’t knock it down. 

If you’ve implemented a scratching post and need a new couch, some say that velvet is a pet-friendly material, as it hides scratches easily and has no threads to snag. It lacks the woven, tactile feel cats love, so it can also deter them from scratching. This is only backed up by testimonials, so do keep that in mind. If you can’t buy an entirely new couch, see if you can at least buy a new couch cover.

FAQs

Q: Do cat scratching posts really work?

Cat scratching posts really work, but it may take some trial and error to find the one your feline friend likes. Scratching is essential for a cat’s mental and physical well-being, and if you don’t give the cat supplies they need for scratching, they’ll find something on their own that you might wish they hadn’t. Some cats like to scratch either vertically or horizontally, and some cats like to do both. Once you find one that they like, you’ll have a very happy cat.

Q: How do I get my cat to scratch on a new post?

You can get your cat to scratch on a new post by sprinkling some catnip on it and then placing it somewhere accessible. Cats often like to scratch after they wake up, so putting it near where they sleep is a good way to get them to use it. You can also reward your cat with a treat when they use their new post to reinforce the idea that it’s a good place to scratch. And if you see them scratching at something you don’t want them to, you can spray them with water or make a loud noise to get them out of the habit. 

Q: When should I replace my cat scratching post?

You should replace your cat scratching post when it’s been physically clawed to pieces or you notice that your cat isn’t using it as much as they used to. Most last between 6 months and 2 years depending on the quality of the material and how frequently your cat uses it. Sometimes a cat can dislodge pieces that may be hazardous to them, so if you see yours looking worse for the wear, it may be best to err on the side of caution and replace it. 

Final thoughts on the best cat scratching posts

The best cat scratching post is the one your cat loves to scratch at, whether it’s the $50 SmartCat Ultimate scratching post or a $6.99 piece of cardboard. Different cats like to scratch at different surfaces and in different directions, so keep an eye out for how your cat is already scratching to get an idea of what to buy for them. More expensive sisal scratching posts will last longer than cheaper ones, but none of them will last forever. Extra features like built-in toys and cubes for them to climb in are fun, but not essential. Scratching is a basic need for cats, and a basic but well-made post will often do the trick for them.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cat scratching posts in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best resin 3D printers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-resin-3d-printers/ Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=465854
the best resin 3D printers composited
Stan Horaczek

Build the Warhammer army of your dreams with these 3D printers.

The post The best resin 3D printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
the best resin 3D printers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X resin 3D printer product image ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X
SEE IT

The Mono X’s feature set is a cut above the usual suspects in the 3D printer game, especially in the build volume department.

Best for beginners Elegoo Mars 3 resin 3D printer product image Elegoo Mars 3
SEE IT

Due to its popularity, the Mars 3 has an absolutely ridiculous number of tutorials on Reddit and YouTube, and that’s what gives it a slight edge in the “beginner-friendly” department.

Best budget Creality Halot One resin 3D printer product image Creality Halot-One
SEE IT

A robust feature set makes this printer perfect for fresh hobbyists or beginners looking to cut their teeth in the 3D printing game.

From role-playing game miniatures to tool prototypes, resin 3D printers have changed the nature of many time-intensive hobbies. While they have a (somewhat unfair) reputation for being unwieldy and expensive, resin printers in recent years have become smaller, cheaper, and surprisingly easy to use. Whether you’re a Warhammer fiend who wants a top-of-the-line machine to print an entire opposing army or just a casual Dungeons & Dragons player who wants to dip your toe into the hobby, there’s a model that will work for you. Still, it’s best to familiarize yourself with the options before you commit to anything, as there’s a lot to learn on the hunt for the best resin 3D printer.

How we picked the best resin 3D printers

As a tech journalist with almost a decade of experience, I know how to determine which products are best for every level of consumer, from entry-level to industrial. I’m also a longtime RPG enthusiast and game-master with my own collection of tokens, so I know what discerning fans are looking for in their 3D printers. In putting together these recommendations, we consulted personal testimonials, consumer reviews, and tests conducted by top-quality professionals to determine which resin 3D printer is right for you, regardless of your priorities.

The best resin 3D printers: Reviews & Recommendations

Ultimately, it’s up to you to determine which of the above features is more important to you. The following resin 3D printers each excel in one area or another, often in multiple. Regardless of whether or not you plan to go all out for an industrial-grade solution or save a bundle in order to try crafting for yourself, one of these resin printers will probably suit your needs. (And, to make sure you consider all your options, you can check out our guides to filament-based 3D printers, as well.)

Best overall: ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X

ANYCUBIC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X offers the best vital features per cost of any consumer-grade resin 3D printer out there.

Specs

  • Build volume: 192mm x 120mm x 250mm
  • Resolution: 3840×2400 (4K)
  • Printing speed: 60mm/h
  • Printing accuracy: .01mm
  • XY axis resolution: .05mm
  • LCD: 6.23 inch Mono
  • MSRP: $480

Pros

  • Premium feature set
  • Reasonable price
  • Very fast

Cons

  • Not as easy to use as entry-level models

If you’re looking for the best overall bang for your buck in the resin 3D printer space, the ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X is your ticket. Though it’s technically the big brother of true entry-level machines like the Elegoo Mars 3—more on that later—ANYCUBIC is an extremely well-known manufacturer in the space, and there are plenty of online tutorials on how to use its devices on enthusiast forums like Reddit. 

The Mono X’s feature set is a cut above the usual suspects in the 3D printer game, especially in the build volume department. At 7.5 inches by 4.7 inches by 9.8 inches, the Mono X’s build area is more than big enough for any miniature you’re likely to want to build, except maybe Cthulhu. It also offers fast speeds, 4K resolution, and better Z-axis support than similar models.

Its price may be several hundred dollars more than other options, but in our opinion, the difference is more than worth it.

Best for miniatures: ANYCUBIC Photon Mono 4K

ANYCUBIC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The ANYCUBIC Photon Mono 4K excels at creating standard miniatures quickly and easily, and it’s not hard to master.

Specs

  • Build volume: 132mm x 80mm x 165mm
  • Resolution: 3840×2400 (4K)
  • Printing speed: 50mm/h
  • Printing accuracy: .01mm
  • XY Axis Resolution: .035mm
  • LCD: 6.23 inch Mono
  • MSRP: $250

Pros

  • Extremely competitive price
  • Fast, easy-to-use
  • Rich online community

Cons

  • Standard build volume
  • Touch screen issues

It might be smaller than its big brother, the Mono X, but it still packs a punch. The Mono 4K is the latest model of the ANYCUBIC Photon, one of the original resin 3D printers. Though it’s solidly in the entry-level price of $250 to $300, the Mono 4K is extremely similar to the X in terms of feature set. 

The 4K’s great resolution and standard build volume make it a very good option for users who want to make a large number of standard miniatures without much fuss. It’s quite easy to set up even for newbies, and its compact size means that it can sit on a small end table without calling a lot of attention to itself. At 50mm an hour max speed, the 4K will spit out miniatures very quickly once you get it set up, which is quite easy thanks to its online popularity.

If you’re an average user who wants to build an army of detailed orcs as fast as possible without breaking the bank, the Mono 4K is a great option.

Best for beginners: Elegoo Mars 3

Elegoo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Arguably the most famous resin 3D printer out there, the Elegoo Mars 3 is a great option for both beginners and experts alike.

Specs

  • Build volume: 143mm x 89mm x 175mm
  • Resolution: 4098×2560 (4K)
  • Printing speed: 50mm/h
  • Printing accuracy: .01mm
  • XY axis resolution: .035mm
  • LCD: 6.66 inch Mono
  • MSRP: $380

Pros

  • Very popular and intuitive
  • Good resolution
  • Slightly larger build volume

Cons

  • Somewhat expensive for what it is

As the follow-up to arguably the most popular resin printer of the last few years, the Mars 2, the Mars 3 has big shoes to fill. In fact, if you search “resin 3D printer” on any search engine, the Mars 3 will probably be the first one to show up. Overall, the Mars 3 lives up to its reputation as the easiest resin printer to use out there, and it offers a robust feature set, too.

The Mars 3’s specs are a little bit better than its main competitor, the Mono 4K, in almost every meaningful category, especially its build volume. However, reviews suggest that it’s not quite as fast as the Mono 4K over time. However, due to its popularity, you can find an absolutely ridiculous number of tutorials on Reddit and YouTube on how to use the Mars 3, and that’s what gives it a slight edge in the “beginner-friendly” department.

Overall, the Mars 3 is comparable in price to more premium resin 3D printers, but its ease of use and reputation make it a great 3D printer for beginners, especially if you’re intimidated by the hobby as a whole.

Best high-end: Original Prusa SL1S Speed Bundle

Prusa

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Prusa SL1S Speed might be expensive, but it’s the choice for resin-crafters who want to turn their hobby into a serious side hustle.

Specs

  • Build volume: 127mm x 80mm x 150mm
  • Resolution: 2560×1620 (2K)
  • Printing speed: 1.3 to 2.4 seconds per layer
  • Printing accuracy: .01mm
  • XY axis resolution: .049mm
  • LCD: 5.96 inch Mono
  • MSRP: $2,000

Pros

  • Extremely fast
  • Truly professional-grade
  • Supports easy post-processing

Cons

  • Very expensive
  • Some dated features

In the world of resin 3D printing, there are hobbyists, and there are small businesses. If you’re looking to make a serious buck selling your miniatures or other products on a storefront like Etsy—and you already have some experience with resin printing—the Prusa S1LS Speed is a strong option. Thanks to its vat tilting support and ultra-fast scanning speed, the Prusa is suitable for both precise industrial work (such as dental molds) and cranking out miniatures as fast as possible. Testing suggests it’s nearly double the speed of the Mars 3, for example.

However, you get what you pay for. At $2,000, the SL1S Speed is about eight times more expensive than an entry-level resin printer like the Mars 3. While that is certainly quite a pill to swallow, this is a “prosumer” model that’s intended to compete with industrial scanners in the $5k to $6k range. (You can even get it bundled with the CW1S, a curing and washing machine that makes post-processing much more efficient.) For a $2,000 machine, you could certainly argue that the SL1S’s lack of 4K support and small build volume are major stumbling blocks, but many small businesses aren’t going to miss those features compared to the volume it can spit out.

If you’re in the market for a high-end resin printer, the SL1S Speed is a great option. It’s definitely not suitable for your average consumer, however.

Best for large prints: ANYCUBIC Photon M3 Max

ANYCUBIC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The ANYCUBIC Photon M3 Max is a high-end resin 3D printer that supports massive builds at a fairly reasonable price.

Specs

  • Build volume: 300mm x 298mm x 164mm
  • Resolution: 6480×3600 (6K)
  • Printing speed: 60mm/hr
  • Printing accuracy: .01mm
  • XY axis resolution: .040mm
  • LCD: 13.6 inch Mono
  • MSRP: $1,300

Pros

  • Incredible build volume
  • Very high resolution
  • Massive screen

Cons

  • Large and unwieldy
  • Expensive

If “bigger is better” is your favorite mantra, the Photon M3 Max might be the resin 3D printer for you. Boasting a ridiculous foot-tall build volume and better than 6K resolution, this is a machine that can print a heck of a final boss for your D&D campaign. It’s also surprisingly speedy for its size, posting significantly better build times than smaller alternatives like the Mars 3 and the Photon 4K Mono.

However, its size has some downsides. The Photon M3 Max weighs more than 57 pounds, it has a much larger footprint than entry-level models, and its ultra-large builds are going to cost you a small fortune in resin. Also, its rated power of 120 watts is almost double that of smaller models, so watch that electricity bill. Its price point of $1,300 is definitely a step up from other printers, but considering everything it brings to the table, it’s fairly reasonable.

Overall, the Photon M3 Max is a serious machine for serious hobbyists and you probably already know if it’s the right resin 3D printer for you. If you’re in the market for a more newbie-friendly machine, you should look to its smaller cousins.

Best budget: Creality HALOT-ONE

Creality

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Creality HALOT-ONE is the perfect starter machine for price-conscious customers who want to try out a new hobby.

Specs

  • Build volume: 130mm x 82mm x 160mm
  • Resolution: 2560×1620 (2K)
  • Printing speed: 1-4 seconds per layer
  • Printing accuracy: .01mm
  • XY axis resolution: .050mm
  • LCD: 5-inch Mono
  • MSRP: $200

Pros

  • Ultra-low price
  • Decent specs

Cons

  • Can get better features for $100+ more

When you consider that even the cheapest 3D printers cost $400 to $500 only a few years ago, the $200 price tag of the Creality HALOT-ONE is pretty staggering to consider. But while it’s definitely a budget model, the HALOT-ONE has a robust feature set that’s perfect for fresh hobbyists or beginners looking to cut their teeth in the 3D printing game. Its 2K resolution is more than enough for most projects, and its standard build volume can fit a standard miniature. It’s not the biggest or the fastest, but for many users, the price probably matters more.

The main argument against the HALOT-ONE is that you can get 4K resolution and significantly faster speed from a Mars 3 or Mono 4K for around $100 to $150 more. However, that might be the difference in purchasing a resin printer or not if you’re on a tight budget, so it’s ultimately up to you to decide whether those features are worth it to you.

The HALOT-ONE is a nice little machine, and its price can’t be beaten. For many budding hobbyists, it’s a great place to start.

Things to consider before buying the best resin 3D printers

Buying a 3D printer can be pretty intimidating, especially if you don’t know much about the hobby. The best resin 3D printers cost anywhere from $200 to $2,000, so one is not a casual pickup. Before making your purchase, you’ll need to consider what exactly you want to use it for, as that will have a big impact on what printer you choose. For example, if you’re planning on creating intricate and/or oversized pieces for cosplay or substantial figures for RPG campaigns, you will need a printer with a larger build volume. You’ll also need to decide what level of detail you need from the printer, as that has a big impact on its cost. While a 4K capable printer is fairly affordable these days, 6K will raise the price substantially.

Regardless of what printer you ultimately buy, you’ll need to determine how comfortable you are working with resin, as you’ll need special tools and gear (such as a UV light and nitrate gloves) as part of your production process. If you’re willing to shell out, you can buy a washing-and-curing machine, like the Elegoo Mercury, in order to save yourself some legwork. Finally, you’ll need to reckon with the fact that resin itself is much more expensive than the alternatives, such as filament. However, the final product is more than worth it.

Size matters

Build volume is a measure of how large a product a resin 3D printer can produce. For example, a common build volume is about 5.5 inches by 3.5 inches by 7 inches, which is well within the typical range of a Dungeons & Dragons miniature. If you’re looking to make something bigger than that, you will need to purchase a printer with a large (or even extra-large) build volume. Generally speaking, printers with large build volumes require a bit more fiddling (and can be more prone to user error) than their standard-volume equivalents, but you can learn the ropes with a bit of effort.

4K, 6K, or 8K, oh my

The resolution of the 3D printer’s LCD will determine the level of detail it can inscribe on your beautiful miniatures. A 4K printer is considered the standard these days for all but ultra-budget models, and it’s more than sufficient for most projects. Still, if you want those details to really sing, you may want to consider a 6K (or even 8K!) option.

Mono is better than RGB

Yes, it may seem counterintuitive, but a 3D printer with monochrome LCD masking is better than one with RGB (or color) LCD masking. Monos are better at letting the UV light pass through than their colored alternatives, which means that each layer is scanned that much faster. RGB 3D printers are cheaper than monos, but even mono printers are fairly affordable these days. As such, unless your budget is extremely constrained, we recommend you get a mono, as they’re between 3-5x faster on average.

FAQs

Q: What’s the highest resolution resin 3D printer?

The current highest-resolution resin printer on the market is the Phrozen Sonic Mini 8K and the Mighty 8K. However, while they have great resolution, both of these printers have significantly worse consumer reviews than the above picks, which is why they did not make the cut.

Q: Can you reuse resin from failed prints?

Unfortunately, no, you can’t. Once the resin has been hardened, it will remain hard forever. You cannot melt it down and reuse it like you can with a filament 3D printer.

Q: Is resin printing toxic?

While resin printers are perfectly safe to use, you must use caution, especially when you’re first starting with the hobby. Yes, untreated resin is toxic to the touch—you must use nitrate gloves while handling it. You should also wear safety glasses or goggles when working with the machine to avoid eye damage from splashing.

Q: How long can a resin print sit before cleaning it?

Provided that it’s kept away from UV light—and from any action that might break it, such as a pet—a resin print can sit for as long as you need before curing or cleaning it. However, you should not get in the habit of leaving them lying around, as they can easily break.

Q: Are resin prints stronger than PLA?

No, resin prints are more brittle and breakable than their filament counterparts. However, resin as a material allows for far more detail than filament, so it’s a better choice for RPG miniatures and the like.

Final thoughts on the best resin 3D printers

3D printing is one of the fastest-growing hobbies out there and, while there’s certainly a learning curve, it won’t take you long to make the wizard of your D&D dreams. In general, newbies to resin 3D printers should stick to well-known brand names like Elegoo and ANYCUBIC due to their very large online communities and tutorial support. It might seem intimidating, but if you work at it, it’s not as hard as it looks.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best resin 3D printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best microwaves of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-microwaves/ Sat, 23 Jan 2021 22:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-microwaves/
kitchen with stools, an island, and silver appliances
Naomi Hébert via Unsplash

Is there anything as wonderful as a machine that can defrost meat and make a mug-cake in under three minutes?

The post The best microwaves of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
kitchen with stools, an island, and silver appliances
Naomi Hébert via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave sitting underneath a kitchen island on a wooden shelf Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave
SEE IT

This versatile pick is an inverter microwave, microwave, broiler, air fryer, and convection oven in one appliance.

Runner-up Toshiba Countertop Microwave Toshiba Countertop Microwave
SEE IT

This handy microwave comes with auto-bake and auto-roast and a range of pre-programmed sensor settings.

Best compact Panasonic Microwave Oven Panasonic Microwave Oven
SEE IT

This 0.8-cubic-foot model stands up to larger options with its 950-watt output and range of settings.

Some may say dogs are man’s best friend, but we firmly believe that title belongs to the microwave. An ingenious little invention, this kitchen appliance can make a huge difference when it comes to quick snacks, full meals, and delicious leftovers. The best microwave is more than just a tool to heat up cold coffee; these powerful machines are used to bake cup-sized cakes, steam vegetables, dry herbs, and even sterilize soil. They’re convenient for busy bees who are always running out the door and home chefs who need a helping hand in the kitchen.

Microwaves have become an everyday staple in most homes, which means they are widely manufactured and sold. Having so many options available at your fingertips can be overwhelming, so we are going to break down the things you should consider before pulling out your wallet. Get ready for some stellar movie-night popcorn and other favorite treats. (Might we suggest Trader Joe’s microwavable mac and cheese?)

How we chose the best microwaves

There are five key things to consider when purchasing a new microwave for your home. First, think about your kitchen style and the amount of available space; this will determine both the type and size of microwave you need. Next, take a look at the options and check out their specs, specifically the wattage; this will let you know how effective your machine will be. Finally, consider any settings or special features you’re hoping to take advantage of; the best microwave is miles ahead of simple defrost settings.

The best microwaves: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

Though this Panasonic microwave oven isn’t technically “smart,” it’s going to blow your other appliances out of the water. Not only is it an inverter microwave, but it’s also a broiler, air fryer, and convection oven, plus you can access multiple functions simultaneously. This practically doubles the settings found in a conventional microwave. On top of those functions, it’s equipped with a 30-minute keep warm setting, control lock, turbo defrost, and more. It has 1,000 watts of power behind the microwave and measures 22 by 13.4 by 17 inches.

Runner-up: Toshiba Countertop Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

Though certainly non-traditional, we love the convection models, specifically this convection microwave from Toshiba. It combines microwave and convection cooking with auto-bake and auto-roast menus and a full roster of pre-programmed sensor settings. With a power output of 1,000 watts, ten power settings, and additional features like warm-hold, buzzer silencing, and a child safety lock, this microwave is ready to help you whip up amazing meals.

Best compact: Panasonic Microwave Oven

Amazon

SEE IT

If you need something that will save you space, but you aren’t ready to relinquish cooking power, we suggest checking out this Panasonic microwave. With an impressive 950-watt output at only 0.8 cubic feet, this microwave is going to be able to stand up to larger models with ease. It is equipped with inverter technology for turbo defrosting, smart-cook settings to adjust power and cook time-based on the food, a child safety lock, and preset menu items.

Best high-wattage: GE Countertop Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

This GE countertop microwave is a great way to make meals for the entire family. It has 1,200 watts of power and a large turntable for an even, efficient cook. It has ten power levels, and multiple settings including auto defrost, keep warm, delayed start, and a “more or less” button. It measures 2.2 cubic feet, so make sure you measure your space before purchasing.

Best smart: GE Smart Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

This smart microwave from GE will keep you connected and your food from getting cold. It features the barcode scan-to-cook tool mentioned above as well as Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility so you can get dinner started from any room in the house. There are additional options for pre-programmed settings, sensor cooking, a customizable button volume, and safety locks. It will even send you push notifications when your food is done. It has a 900-watt power output and measures 0.9 cubic feet.

Things to consider when looking for the best microwaves

What settings and sensors should you look for?

The microwave’s brilliance doesn’t lie solely in speed of cooking time, but in the various settings and sensors available to elevate your meals.

Pre-programmed settings can heat popular products quickly or provide a targeted amount of time to cook through frozen foods thoroughly, the most common being the popcorn and defrost settings. As microwave technology improves, we are starting to see new and improved pre-programmed settings such as baked potatoes and coffee or tea re-heat. Pre-programmed settings work best in higher-end models equipped with special sensors to maximize effectiveness.

Sensor cooking monitors the amount of steam your food produces inside the microwave oven to calculate cook time. Accurate sensor cooking is an excellent feature for those of us who are continually under-cooking on the first go and then afraid of over-cooking on the second. Like pre-programmed settings, sensor cooking a dish is going to be most effective with higher-end models.

Additional, standard sensors and settings include programmable cooking, which allows you to choose select power outputs and timing for full control. 30-second or minute-plus options are helpful because they quickly let you tack on an extra 30 to 60 seconds of cook time without needing to plug in the numbers. Child safety-lock settings are increasingly being rolled out with popular microwave brands—because who can blame a kid for wanting to push all those glorious buttons? This setting allows you to create a code that must be plugged in before use, which eliminates accidents that can be started by microwaves that are turned on, especially if there isn’t anything to heat up inside.

Countertop, convection, built-in: What kind of microwave should you buy?

Before you can really decide on a specific microwave model, you’ll need to know which type is right for you. There are four types of microwaves: countertop, over-the-range, built-in, and convection. A countertop microwave is perhaps the most common. There’s no installation required, and it’s “portable” in the sense that it can go anywhere in the home; simply plug it in, and you’re ready to go. These models are typically cheaper than other types, which means they are also traditionally smaller.

Over-the-range microwaves are designed to be installed directly above your oven range. They often double as range hoods or exhaust fans and don’t take up any counter space. They need to be professionally installed but promise a luxurious look.

Built-in microwaves usually come into play with a kitchen cabinet redesign and also need to be professionally installed. Like over-the-range models, these elevate your overall kitchen design, saving you a significant amount of space. Both built-in and over-the-range models can be relatively expensive and typically won’t travel with you in a move.

Convection microwaves often mimic the style and portability of countertop microwaves. Still, they use a different method to heat food, though you can find convection techniques in over-the-range and built-in as well. There are no electromagnetic waves when it comes to convection models. Instead, this appliance uses a high heat temperature and an internal fan to circulate air. That means you can cook food in various ways similar to roasting, crisping, and baking. Convection microwaves can be pretty pricey, but the overall effect and preservation of flavor profiles on your favorite foods make the splurge worth it.

What’s the best microwave wattage?

Now let’s talk about power, or wattage. Electrical power is measured in watts, a product of voltage and current; essentially, it’s the power used or produced per second. Voltage measures the electric potential of energy; it’s the force that pushes charged electrons through a conducting loop to supply power. Those charged electrons make up the current. Wattage is volts (or joules per coulombs), multiplied by amperes of current (or coulombs per second). Of course, you can dive further into the science of wattage, but the main thing to remember is this is the way you can measure the overall power and functionality of your microwave.

Generally, the higher the wattage, the faster and more evenly your food will cook. A low-end microwave may produce 600-700 watts, while a high-end model can have power output between 1,000-1,200 watts. The best microwave packs at least 800 watts. This is the recommended wattage for microwave-specific dishes and recipes; it ensures the food cooks evenly throughout.

How big (or small) do you need the microwave to be?

Of course, one of the most important things to consider is size. This isn’t relegated only to how much space you have for these kitchen appliances but has more to do with how much food you need to heat during a single zap session. Of course, if you’re low on counter space but have room either above the oven or next to your cabinets, consider getting an over-the-range or built-in. Make sure you measure exactly how much room you have, especially if you’re ordering custom cabinets or racks to house your new appliance. If you want to save space, but still want something budget-friendly that can accompany you in your next move, consider a compact countertop, which typically measures 0.5 to 0.8 cubic feet.

If you’re primarily re-heating for one or two people at a time, you should be fine with a mid-size microwave, which typically measures 0.9 to 1.3 cubic feet. You might not be able to squeeze in a sharing platter of leftovers, but you will be able to fit enough dino nuggets to satisfy your sudden craving. For folks with families, chosen or otherwise, family size or full should fit your needs. Family size models measure 1.4 to 1.6 cubic feet while fulls are 1.8 to 2.0.

Keep in mind the height of your dishes as well. This may sound silly, but you’ll thank us when you realize your new microwavable thermos doesn’t fit. You always want room to spare when it comes to microwaving.

What special features do you need?

Our favorite special feature on the microwave market is simple and straightforward: silence. How many times have you snuck into the kitchen at 1:00 am to sneak a “midnight” snack only to be outed by the alarmingly loud beeps that sound upon completion, announcing you made pizza bagels to the whole house? Our answer: Too many times. Luckily, select brands include a silence all setting, which turns off all sounds.

Smart microwaves—or devices such as smart ovens—can also connect to your smartphone through WiFi and be controlled with virtual assistants like Alexa, Google Assistant, or select brand apps. Some have additional features that will allow you to scan the barcode on packaged food to determine cook time automatically, LED touch screen panels, and moisture sensors to avoid drying out your meal. Many models have options to disable the turntable, which helps when cooking or reheating food on uneven plates or dishes that are too wide to spin. Some smart microwaves can track your food routines to suggest customized settings, or boast power-saving modes, antimicrobial coatings, and additional options for heating techniques that include toasting and browning.

FAQs

Q: How often should I replace my microwave?

If you use your microwave as directed, clean it regularly, use microwave-safe dishes, etc., then you shouldn’t need to get a new one for at least a decade. Other tips include being gentle with the door, degreasing the grease filter, and utilizing the preset timers or monitoring your food to avoid overcooking and subsequent damage.

Q: Are microwaves safe? What about radiation?

While direct radiation exposure, especially ionizing radiation, can be dangerous, microwaves are very safe. Though it’s generally recommended not to press your body against the microwave while it’s heating food (not that we think you would), you don’t need to be concerned about radiation poisoning over time. The FDA has regulated microwave manufacturing since the ’70s to make sure models are protected against leakage. That being said, if your microwave is damaged in any way, it is best to take it to a professional to be safe.

Q: What are the best microwave brands?

There are a few brands we stand by, including Toshiba, Panasonic, and GE. These three companies are dedicated to producing high-end appliances for the home, and their microwaves are a testament to their mission. If the products listed above don’t float your boat or meet your specific needs, we suggest starting your search with these brands.

Final thoughts on the best microwaves

Hopefully, you are now well on your way to finding the best microwaves. Continue to keep in mind your needs, including space, size, and future meals or snacks you can’t wait to pop in and cook. As long as you pay attention to the specs and stick with some trusted brands, you should come away with a beautiful appliance for your kitchen. From soups to Bagel Bites, hot chocolate, to single-serving portions of pasta, you’ll be dining comfortably and conveniently before you know it.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best microwaves of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable generators in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-portable-generators/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585466
The best portable generators composited into a header image with four images
Stan Horaczek

Portable generators come in many shapes and sizes, but we'll help you pick the best one for your specific power needs.

The post The best portable generators in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best portable generators composited into a header image with four images
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Honda EU2200i Companion Portable Generator on a plain background Honda EU2200i Companion Portable Generator
SEE IT

This 46-pound generator provides plenty of power and runs quietly.

Best high-capacity Generac 7706 GP18000EFI Portable Generator on a plain background Generac 7706 GP18000EFI Portable Generator
SEE IT

A five-gallon fuel tank gives it a nine-hour run time at half capacity.

Best solar Jackery 1000 Plus Solar Generator on a plain background Jackery 1000 Plus Solar Generator
SEE IT

A pair of solar panels make this an ideal solution for true off-grid experiences.

A portable generator is useful in a wide variety of situations. For camping, it can help keep your RV or van conversion fully juiced and your devices topped off. At home, it’s easy to move into place when the utility power goes out. It provides the electricity necessary to use power tools at off-grid worksites. And it’s generally essential whenever and wherever you need power but don’t have access to a plug. Portable generators come in various forms, ranging from very small to exceptionally large (yet still mobile), and they can be fueled by gas, propane, or solar energy. Whatever the case, the best portable generators are relatively easy to move, durable, and dependable, and we’ve tested a bunch of them to determine which are your top picks for various purposes.

How we chose the best portable generators

I am what is commonly referred to as a “gear junkie” in that I am borderline obsessive about testing a wide range of tech tools, particularly those relevant to the outdoors and varying home DIY projects. Portable power generators not only rank among those tech tools in and of themselves but have also been essential to charging all the other electricity-hungry items like phones, laptops, drones, power tools, ebikes, and my trusty van conversion, not to mention an RV or home when the lights go out. I’ve also written guides about the best solar generators and inverter generators for PopSci.

That being the case, I’ve had the opportunity to test out generators of every variety, and I’ve combined that experience with insight from other PopSci writers who have tried everything from small, straightforward power stations the size of a shoebox to big, feature-rich behemoths designed to power a small army. Accordingly, I know which generators provide plenty of juice and which fizzle out under a full power load. Armed with this knowledge, I have spent over a decade reviewing generators and other equipment for outlets like Popular Science, Popular Mechanics, the Daily Beast, Thrillist, and more. Occasionally, I’ve arrived at split decisions for certain categories, so to break the tie, I’ve looked to input from my fellow experts as well as reviews from real-world buyers. 

The best portable generators: Reviews & Recommendations

The picks below span a range of sizes, intended uses, and budgets. Some are small and lightweight and designed for appropriately smaller power demands, while others are big on both size and output. All, however, are portable in some capacity, whether because they’re compact and easy to carry or equipped with mobility aids like wheels and handles. 

Best overall: Honda EU2200i Companion Portable Generator

Honda

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Super portable, durable, and intuitive to use, this is an outstandingly versatile, go-anywhere generator. 

Specs

  • Wattage: 2,200 peak/1,800 running
  • Power source: Gas
  • Weight: 46.5 pounds

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Rugged durability
  • Very quiet

Cons

  • Only moderate power output

It shouldn’t come as much of a surprise that Honda has topped our list. The company has been making outstanding generators for a long time, and the EU2200i is the perfect representation of how the brand manages to do a little bit of everything just right. 

Compact, lightweight, and easy to carry thanks to its sturdy handle, this is about as portable as generators can get. While its 2,200W output isn’t exactly going to replace an electrical line, it’s still a solid amount to keep an RV air conditioner going, power the hungriest of power tools, or keep your fridge and a few other essentials going during a blackout. The 20- and 30-amp outlets allow you to use a typical AC plug or larger RV plug, and it’s equipped with an array of safety features to make sure nothing goes awry. 

It’s also incredibly durable. I’ve hauled mine along through many camping trips, and I’m not exactly gentle with my outdoor gear. And thanks to its quiet operation, you can enjoy electrification in peace. 

Best high-capacity: Generac 7706 GP18000EFI Portable Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its exceptionally high wattage and reliable operation, it will handle whatever job you throw at it.

Specs

  • Wattage: 25,000 peak/18,000 running
  • Power source: Gas
  • Weight: 439 pounds

Pros

  • Super high power output
  • Reliable operation
  • Sturdy handle and wheels

Cons

  • Extremely heavy

When only the utmost power will suffice, look no further than the Generac 18000EFI. With its massive 18,000W running output, this monster will easily power a whole house, large-scale job worksite, or multiple RVs. Admittedly, its 439-pound heft takes a lot of liberty with the “portable” distinction, but its sturdy handle and wheels and well-balanced weight make it fairly easy to maneuver around. 

With its massive 5-gallon fuel tank, it will run for up to 9 hours on a 50 percent load, and an hour meter tracks usage and displays how much operating time it has left. Seven outlets spanning 20-50 amps provide plenty of high power port options, and it’s equipped with circuit breakers and other essential safety features. Powerful and reliable, this generator will deliver on pretty much any and all power needs. 

Best solar: Jackery 1000 Plus Solar Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Great portability, solid capacity, and lightning-fast charging make this the best mid-sized solar generator on the market. 

Specs

  • Wattage: 4,000 peak/2,000 running
  • Power source: Solar or wall
  • Weight: 9.92 lbs

Pros

  • Supremely portable
  • Extremely fast charging
  • Plenty of ports

Cons

  • Not intended for rugged use

Solar power generators have become a big hit as of late with the van life crowd in particular, and we’re a fan of Jackery. The Jackery 1000 Plus is the best mid-sized option out there thanks to its perfect fusion of input/output capability, paramount portability, and generally well-considered design elements. With 1,264 watt-hour capacity and 2,000W output, it’s the perfect choice for packing along on a camping trip or placing at the heart of your van conversion. Capable of charging in under two hours via a wall outlet or solar panel array, it has one of the fastest charge speeds around.

A number of smart design choices elevates its portability. Lightweight, perfectly squared, with a fold-flat handle, it’s easy to move, store, or build into a van conversion. It’s also expandable thanks to Jackery’s new add-on batteries, which essentially means you can bring along as much or as little power as you need. Jackery has also added the ability to monitor and adjust settings via an app, which makes it easier to use in general. 

Best for RVs: Champion Power Equipment 200988 4500 Watt Dual-Fuel Portable Generator

Champion

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: High portability, high power output, quiet operation, and dual fuel functionality make this a must for avid RVers. 

Specs

  • Wattage: 4,500 peak/3,150 running
  • Power source: Gas or propane
  • Weight: 97 pounds

Pros

  • Dual fuel versatility
  • Higher-end wattage
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Somewhat heavy

The Champion 200988 hits the sweet spot for RV generators by pretty much every metric. It runs on both gas and propane, making it easy to find fuel when out in the wild. Its 4,500W output is more than enough to power almost any RV—even with the air conditioner turned on. It’s relatively quiet, so it won’t ruin the outdoorsy mood. And it offers straightforward, intuitive operation. 

What’s more, it’s exceedingly rare to find a generator that delivers so much wattage in such a portable package. Compact, squared off for easy packing, and equipped with sturdy handles and wheels, it’s easy to bring along in the RV. While its weight is just under 100 pounds, not exactly featherlight, it’s also not unmanageably heavy. And while I prefer the dual-fuel version, there are also single-fuel gas and propane options that feature a remote start, allowing you to switch it on or off without leaving the comfort of your camper.  

Best for home backup: Westinghouse 9500 Portable Generator

Westinghouse

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Powerful, remote starting, and relatively mobile, this is the perfect generator to wheel into place when the power goes out.

Specs

  • Wattage: 9,500 peak/7,500 running
  • Power source: Gas 
  • Weight: 196 pounds

Pros

  • High wattage
  • Remote starting
  • Long lifespan

Cons

  • Pretty heavy

When the lights go out at home, the Westinghouse 9500 is a solid backup in every way you could want it to be. It’s certainly not light, but its handles and wheels make it easy to maneuver into place—my 70-year-old mother carts hers around with no problems. Its above-average wattage is plenty strong for most household demands, and its 6.6-gallon tank allows for an admirable 11-hour runtime. A remote starter allows you to switch it on without braving the storm. And Westinghouse generators are built solid, typically lasting through many years of use without issue.

It’s also equipped with plenty of smart safety features. Circuit breakers, low-oil auto shutdown, and rubber covers over the plugs reduce the potential for various risks. A (sold separately) smart switch allows it to switch on automatically when utility power goes out. And it’s relatively quiet, producing roughly the same decibels as a vacuum cleaner. For all practical purposes, it’s exactly what you want from a home backup generator. 

Best budget: Craftsman C0010020 2,200 Watt Portable Generator

Craftsman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Good specs and great portability in a low-cost package make this an outstanding budget pick.

Specs

  • Wattage: 2,200 peak/1,700 running
  • Power source: Gas 
  • Weight: 46.3 pounds

Pros

  • Very portable
  • Parallel capable
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Not for high-power use

The great thing about the Craftsman C0010020 is that it does a little bit of everything right, and it does it without breaking the bank. While its modest wattage probably isn’t going to keep an entire house or RV going, it’s plenty to keep a few essentials like the fridge, lights, and key devices powered—or even a lower-draw air conditioner. It’s parallel capable, meaning you can chain it to a second generator to double the output when you need more juice. It’s also lightweight, quiet, and dependably built. 

There are other generators out there in the $500 neighborhood, but if they deliver on all the promises above, I haven’t seen them.

Best dual-fuel: DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual-Fuel Portable Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: High power output, intuitive operation, and relative mobility translate into dual-fuel excellence.

Specs

  • Wattage: 13,000 peak/10,500 running on gas – 12,350 peak/9,975 running on propane
  • Power source: Gas and propane
  • Weight: 240 pounds

Pros

  • Dual fuel versatility
  • Very high power output
  • Helpful data display

Cons

  • Very heavy

The main benefit of a dual-fuel generator is in the name: the availability of two fuel options, which can be essential in an emergency situation. The DuroMax XP 13000HX delivers that versatility along with outstanding power output, intuitive operation, and reliable, long-lasting durability. I’m also a big fan of the data display, which provides useful information like voltage, hours of operation, and even a countdown to the recommended maintenance. A CO2 safety switch also detects carbon monoxide and then shuts the generator down if the levels become dangerous. 

This is definitely one of the heavier generators on the list, but it’s equipped with strong handles and smooth-rolling wheels that make it easy to move around. It also boasts a super-heavy duty 50 amp outlet, so in other words, this thing is a true beast. 

Most portable: Bluetti AC180 Portable Power Station

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As portable as they come with great stats all around, this is the definition of go-anywhere power. 

Specs

  • Wattage: 2,700 peak/1,800 running
  • Power source: Solar or wall plug
  • Weight: 37.4 pounds

Pros

  • Extremely portable
  • Solid power stats
  • Plenty of outlets

Cons

  • Dual solar inputs would be nice

If you’re looking for an ultra-portable box of on-the-go power, the Bluetti AC180 is it. The lightest and most compact on our list, it still has solid power chops thanks to its 1,152Wh capacity and ability to temporarily crank up its power output as high as 2,700W via the brand’s app. That capacity can be expanded via Bluetti’s new add-on batteries, and it can be fully charged within an hour. 

While adding a second solar input wouldn’t hurt, if you’re looking for a reliable box of power that you can bring along pretty much anywhere with ease, you’ve found it.

What to consider when shopping for the best portable generators

A portable generator tends to be a pretty big investment not only financially but in that it’s a piece of equipment that you plan to rely on—potentially in emergency situations—for many years to come. This being the case, there are several key considerations to remember when choosing the right one for your needs: 

Power output

First and foremost, you need a generator that will meet your electricity needs. When shopping for generators, you’ll typically see output expressed via two numbers, both of which are measured in watts (W). “Running” or “rated” output is the typical amount of watts produced at any given time, while “Peak” output is the amount it can produce in momentary surges, while switching on a power tool or air conditioner, for example. Read the wattage requirements for the various things you expect to power, total them up, and then look for a generator that delivers the appropriate output. Generally speaking, if you’re just looking to keep a few devices charged, 2,000W is the most you’ll need. For power tools, RVs, or a refrigerator, you should aim toward 4,000W. If you expect to be powering a full home, however, you will want at least 7,500W.

Fuel type and capacity

Generators almost always run on either gas, solar power, or, in the case of dual-fuel models, a combination of gas and propane. Which is right for you depends on considerations like access and the environment. Gas is typically the most convenient option as it can be acquired pretty much anywhere, though it pollutes more and tends to deliver louder operation. Adding the propane option provides greater versatility, which can be helpful if you’re out in the wild or in the event of an emergency, and it also produces less harmful emissions. (We love it in our grills, so why not our generators?) Solar is an environmentally friendly, nearly silent fuel, but it relies on the availability of sunshine and can’t deliver the same level of wattage as fossil fuels.

Next you need to consider capacity. The larger the fuel tank or battery capacity, the longer a generator will provide power, but it also increases the weight. If you plan on using your generator at home, a larger model that can be wheeled around is a fine choice. If you’ll be packing your generator along on camping trips, however, you’ll probably need to compromise some capacity in favor of lighter portability. 

Starting type

With gas or propane-fueled generators, you’ll almost always have the option to use a recoil cord and an electric starter, as it’s fairly standard for generators to come with both these days. The cord requires a lot of physical effort but will allow you to start the generator under any condition, while the electric start fires things up at the push of a button, though it won’t work if the internal battery is drained. Some models offer remote starters that you can fire up from the comfort of your home or RV. This isn’t really a consideration with solar generators as they tend to be plug-and-play.

Operating noise

Generators can be extremely loud, so volume should be a consideration if you don’t want to bother the neighbors at home or disrupt the peace and quiet while camping. While there are exceptions, typically speaking, the larger and more powerful a generator is, the louder it gets. The best portable generators tend to boast heavy shielding to reduce noise, though this only helps up to a point. 

If noise isn’t much of a concern, then go big and go loud. But if you want to minimize the racket, choose a smaller model, a dual-fuel that uses propane (which is somewhat quieter than gas), or the near-silence of solar.

Plugs

If a particular model doesn’t have the plugs you need, then it’s not much use to you. Most mid-large-sized generators come with AC outlets of 20-amp and 30-amp ratings, which will allow you to plug in most devices and RVs. Smaller units, especially solar, frequently don’t include a 30 amp port, so they might not work for your RV needs. If you’re looking for true max power output, you’ll need one of the few and far between generators with a 50-amp plug. 

FAQs

Q: Can I use my portable generator indoors?

Absolutely not! This can kill anyone indoors with the generator very quickly. Carbon monoxide can build up even in partially enclosed areas like barns or garages, so be sure to run them outdoors and away from windows. Solar generators, however, do not pose this risk as they produce no harmful gasses. 

Q: Are portable generators a fire hazard?

As with anything involving gas or propane, fire and explosion are a risk. To prevent the danger of fire, ensure you never over-fill the tank, clean up any fuel that spills, and never fill a generator while it’s hot from running. Here again, solar generators avoid this danger. 

Q: Can a portable generator operate in the rain or snow?

A generator should not be run while wet, as it can lead to damage or electrocution. Be sure to position it out of the weather or protect it with a cover of some sort.

Q: What happens if I overload my generator?

Overloading can cause the generator to overheat and become damaged, leading to serious damage to the electronic equipment being powered. If your generator isn’t rated to power everything you want it to, prioritize your needs to stay within its limits or get a bigger generator.

Q: How long can a generator run continuously?

That depends on the specific model and its fuel capacity, though it can range anywhere from 5 to 15 hours. Read all manufacturer recommendations carefully to ensure you stay within its operating time and avoid the risk of damage. 

Final thoughts on the best portable generators

A good portable generator can not only be useful when camping or off-grid, but it can be vital and even life-saving in an emergency. While theoretically, you want as big a generator as possible, you also want one that’s actually portable, so get a model suited to your needs rather than the largest you can find. Bigger isn’t always better, especially when it comes to mobility. Try to strike the balance between the two appropriate to your circumstances. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable generators in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 3D printer resin in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-3d-printer-resin/ Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586316
3D printer resin sliced header
Tony Ware

No matter what you want to print, there’s a resin for you.

The post The best 3D printer resin in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
3D printer resin sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Elegoo 8K 3D Printer Resin bottle with a figure next to it over a white background Elegoo 8K 3D Printer Resin
SEE IT

This resin works wonders with today’s best resin 3D printers.

Best value Sunlu ABS-Like Resin (3000G) bottle with a silver warrior figure in front over a white background Sunlu ABS-Like Resin (3000G)
SEE IT

A giant bottle of resin that has an excellent dollar-to-gram ratio.

Best for models black Anycubic 3D Printer Resin bottle with figurine next to it over a white background Anycubic 3D Printer Resin
SEE IT

It is a customer favorite that consistently displays sharp details.

You’ll need 3D printer resin for 3D resin printing if you have a resin 3D printer. It sounds like a tongue twister, but it is just a simple fact. Your printer almost certainly came with some resin, giving you an initial feeling of what your printer is capable of. But did you know that there are tons of styles and colors of resin that can completely redefine your builds? To help you make your next print a true work of art, we compiled a list of the best 3D printer resin bottles you can get, all with different styles and functions.

How we chose the best 3D printer resin

3D printer resin is the base of your prints. As a result, changing up your resin can have a giant effect on the look of your prints. Some resin holds shapes better and is made for premium details, while other resins come in cool colors or can be flexible. The variety is truly surprising, which is why we wanted to bring forward a variety of styles to you, giving you a wide variety of inspiration and intrigue for your next print.

The best 3D printer resin: Reviews & Recommendations

The following 3D printer resins represent the best in their respective categories. Each resin presented is unique in the way that it prints, but similar in that it has been used successfully by hundreds (if not thousands) of customers just like you. The resins here can be thought of as both superior in some way and a means of expression by the printer.

Best overall: Elegoo 8K 3D Printer Resin

Elegoo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 1000g
  • Colors: Space Grey
  • Characteristic: Opaque model

Pros

  • Supports high-details models
  • Low shrinkage
  • High compatibility
  • Non-brittle, low odor

Cons

  • On the expensive side

If you have an 8K 3D printer, which is considered the top-of-the-line for commercially available products, then you should check out this best-selling resin from Elegoo. It’s designed to be non-brittle and essentially non-shrinking so you can get the most out of detailed print projects. And while you should still ventilate, there will be reduced odors with this product.

While the Elegoo 8K 3D Printer Resin is specifically designed to work with their Saturn 2 8K LCD 3D Printer, it is widely compatible. It should work with nearly any DLP or LCD printer that uses 405nm light. Instead of compatibility, we find the main flaw of this resin to be the price. While not “expensive” it is a bit pricier than most, so it’s best to only grab this if you have a printer that can make use of its talents.

Best transparent: Siraya Tech Craft Ultra-Clear 3D Printer Resin

Siraya Tech

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 1,000g
  • Colors: Ultra-Clear
  • Characteristic: Transparent

Pros

  • Completely see-through
  • Anti-yellowing formula
  • Smooth and glossy after processing

Cons

  • Takes some experimentation

If you’re into painting your models, it doesn’t really matter what the base coloration is. But if you want to peer into your model or use lighting with it, transparent styles are the best 3D printer resin for you. Siraya makes an ultra-clear resin that has an ice-like appearance, becoming even more clear after processing. While the general consensus is that you will need to practice with this resin to get the effect perfect, it does turn out great results. A person with a 3D resin printer for cosplay can really run wild if they’re concentrating on smaller objects, such as baubles and lenses, as can jewelry makers. If you want other cool effects, Siraya Tech Craft Glow-in-the-Dark 3D Printer Resin is a cool alternative.

Best for models: Anycubic 3D Printer Resin

Anycubic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 1,000g
  • Colors: Gray, black, white, green, clear
  • Characteristic: Opaque

Pros

  • Sharp details
  • Low shrinkage
  • Customer favorite
  • Highly affordable

Cons

  • Easiest to use with Anycubic printers

Our guide to the best 3D printers for miniatures includes at least a couple of Anycubic printers. With resin like this, perfect for miniature makers, it makes sense, too. Anycubic’s 3D Printer Resin has low shrinkage, which might seem odd for miniatures, which you want to be small. However, shrinkage can be unpredictable, causing slight changes to models. As a result, this combined with the Anycubic resin’s ability to hold sharp details, makes it great for small figures. Customers love it for its quality and affordability, too, making it hard to find negatives. We can say, however, that the resin will work best with Anycubic printers, if only for the extensive ideal parameters charts the company provides.

Best color kit: Sunlu 3D Printer Resin Bundle 

Sunlu

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 4 x 500g
  • Colors: Multi-pack (Dark grey, black, clear, clear green)
  • Characteristic: Varies

Pros

  • Lots of variety
  • High (395 to 405nm) compatibility
  • Inspires creativity
  • Other options available

Cons

  • Smaller 500g individual bottles

Committing to a whole bottle of clear or colored resin when you aren’t sure you’ll like it can be costly as well as disappointing. As a result, we recommend getting kits with several bottles of different resins to experiment with. This particular kit has an assortment of solid and transparent colors, though other options exist on the store page, including a set of cute pastel colors. The only thing we don’t love about this set is what comes standard for such packs; the individual packs are smaller.

Best dual color: RepRapper UV Dual Color 3D Resin

RepRapper

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 500g, 1000g
  • Colors: Various
  • Characteristic: Dual color

Pros

  • Cool lighting effects
  • Water washable resin
  • Makes printing an art again

Cons

  • Awkward bottle design

As we get obsessed with the finer points of 3D printing, such as resolution, build area, and print speed, the cool factor can be totally forgotten. The two-tone effects of RepRapper resin bring back the inner artist in the 3D printer, however. Each bottle (coming in 500 or 1,000g, depending on color set) prints in a single resin style. When viewed, however, the two colors will appear in a spectrum depending on the amount of light present. Different angles will also make opposing colors pop out, producing a truly mesmerizing effect.

Best flexible: Superflex 3D Printer Resin

Superflex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 500g, 1000g, and 5000g
  • Colors: Clear
  • Characteristic: Flexible, transparent

Pros

  • Combines transparent and flexible effects
  • Playful, rubberlike material
  • Maintains durability

Cons

  • Quite expensive

If you want a floppy, rubbery finish to creepy crawlies, tentacles, or unexpected creations like towers, the Superflex 3D Printer Resin is a good choice. While different thicknesses will have it behaving in somewhat different ways, nearly everyone describes it as giving their prints a tough rubber feel. There are some pretty good (and successful) experiments with mixing this resin with other, more standard, resin among community members as well. To be fair, this is a pretty logical thing to do as the Superflex 3D resin does run on the more expensive side.

Best environmentally friendly: Elegoo Plant-Based 3D Printer Resin

Elegoo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 500g and 1000g
  • Colors: Gray, clear green, and white
  • Characteristic: Opaque or clear

Pros

  • BPA- and benzene-free
  • Soy-based design for less chemicals
  • Highly affordable

Cons

  • Hit or miss on the odor

When we think of environmentally friendly or “green” options, we usually expect to pay a huge price hike. Luckily, Elegoo’s Plant-Based 3D Printer Resin remains affordable while eliminating many chemicals typically found in resin and replacing them with soybean-derived substances. For example, this resin is BPA- and benzene-free so you can feel somewhat safer as you are working with it. One interesting thing about this product is the odor, which customers seem to have strong opinions about. Some report that it has a very low odor, while others completely detest it. No matter your opinion, this remains the best 3D printer resin for reducing your exposure to chemicals.

Best for large batches: Sunlu ABS-Like Resin (3000G)

Sunlu

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 3000g
  • Colors: Black, dark gray, gray, white
  • Characteristic: Opaque

Pros

  • Great cost per gram
  • Tough, non-brittle resin
  • Secure packaging
  • Highly-reviewed product

Cons

  • Mixing can be a challenge

There are a ton of things to like about Sunlu’s ABS-Like resin, as it is a fan favorite in its own right. What we wanted to highlight, however, was the incredible affordability of the 3,000-gram jug of this resin, which is perfect for printing larger sets that need the same characteristics. Its bottle is very secure and easy to use, but mixing large quantities of the resin is known to be a challenge.

Best budget: Monoprice Rapid 3D Printer Resin

Monoprice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: 250g
  • Colors: Black and gray 
  • Characteristic: Opaque

Pros

  • Small, affordable bottles
  • Wide compatibility
  • Perfect for small projects

Cons

  • Bulk buys may be cheaper

While large jugs of resin are great for large projects, if you just print occasionally, the best 3D printer resin for you likely comes in a smaller bottle. We find the Monoprice Rapid 3D Printer Resin to offer the smallest bottles of decent quality resin. While, if your goal is to save money in the long term, large bulk buys may be better, the 250-gram bottle of Monogram Rapid 3D Printer Resin is a fantastic deal for casual printers and is compatible with all UV resin printers.

What to consider before buying 3D printer resin

If you’ve read through our guide to picking the best 3D printer filament for FDM printers, you may already suspect that picking the best 3D printer resin is more difficult. In actuality, it isn’t that difficult. There are some common sense compatibility checks, but there’s a lot of freedom in resin choices you might not expect. Here’s what we looked at and why:

Brand

Brand loyalty isn’t necessarily something to encourage. 3D printers aren’t like home office printers, with companies like HP locking you into using their ink. Even the best 3D printer resin is just a fluid, after all.

That all being said, when a company makes printers and resin, they obviously test them out together. And they’ll tell you which of their printers will work with which resin, including optimal settings that they’ve discovered through large-scale testing. Just look at the Anycubic resin compatibility chart. If you have an Anycubic printer, you know the exact settings to use with this resin. This is one reason why we have resin from most major printer makers represented on the list.

Still, most resin has wide compatibility. If you have a 405nm spectrum printer, you will be able to find a variety of products compatible with it.

Bottle size

If you just want to make just a few prints in a given color or style, a small bottle will do. But what if you want to make a set of figures with the same character? Min-maxing bottle size or buying in bulk makes more sense.

The bottle sizes represented here are usually for 1,000 grams of product. However, bottles as small as 250 grams exist. Similarly, you can find large bottles for 2,000 grams or even 3,000 grams.

Ultimately, it is up to you to figure out what is the best 3D printer resin bottle size for your specific circumstances. However, in much the same way as you should get an extra can of wall paint for later touch-ups, consider grabbing an extra bottle of resin for long-term projects. You never know when your resin of the moment will get discontinued.

Character

Character, texture, color, call it whatever you like, but there is a distinct feel to each type of resin available. While even standard opaque resins will differ from each other in subtle ways, you can find extreme differences if you’re willing to search. With our list of 3D printer resin, you will be able to find something that can make your next project shine.

FAQs

Q: How much does 3D printer resin cost?

3D printer resin can cost as much as $50 per 1,000-gram bottle. Depending on the characteristics, brand, special qualities of the resin, and bottle size, you can find resins for considerably less. If you see a bottle for over $50, we highly recommend pausing and considering if you truly want it.

Q: Is resin or filament better?

Neither resin nor filament is better; rather, they do different things well. Resin 3D printers are good for details, smooth exteriors, and cool effects but use more hazardous materials and require curing. FDM printers, which use filament, are easier and generally safer to use but are typically of a lower resolution and are more likely to show “z-layers” after printing.

Q: What is the best type of resin printer?

The best resin 3D printers typically come from Anycubic or Elegoo. Just about anybody will be happy with the Anycubic Photon Mono X, though absolute beginners should go with the Elegoo Mars 3. If you’re on a budget, try the Creality Halot-One.

Final thoughts on the best 3D printer resin

The preceding list includes opaque, transparent, glow-in-the-dark, two-tone, and flexible resins. Though there are certainly others, we feel like these should give you a chance to open your creativity in the near future. 3D printing isn’t only a way to create copies of things entered into a printer, it is a craft and a way to express your true creativity. From standard, solid resins to neat light tricks, it really does feel that a resin 3D printer can do it all.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 3D printer resin in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best baby monitors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-baby-monitor/ Fri, 29 Jan 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-baby-monitor/
baby with flower pattern pants in a crib
Tuva Mathilde Løland via Unsplash

Technology allows you to have ears (and sometimes eyes!) on your baby at all times thanks to the best baby monitors.

The post The best baby monitors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
baby with flower pattern pants in a crib
Tuva Mathilde Løland via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Nanit Plus - Smart Baby Monitor and Wall Mount: Camera with HD Video & Audio Nanit Pro-Smart Baby Monitor
SEE IT

This high-definition video baby monitor features sleep tracking and night vision.

Best for vitals tracking A product image of the Owlet Smart Sock 3 Baby Monitor Owlet Smart Sock 3 Baby Monitor
SEE IT

A wearable smart sock allows parents to keep track of their baby’s vitals.

Best stylish Lollipop Baby Monitor with True Crying Detection Lollipop Baby Monitor
SEE IT

This baby monitor connects through an app and can detect crying, see in night vision, track sleep quality, and play lullabies and white noise.

People sometimes complain that modern parents are too nervous and overprotective and that parenting “back in our day” was a more relaxed and hands-off endeavor. But anyone with a newborn knows that the early days are a time of incredible joy … and intense neuroses. And if those supposedly “lax” parents of years past had access to the kind of technology we have now, we bet they’d be just as excited to use the best baby monitors.

In fact, in addition to being a practical and convenient way to check in on little ones, baby monitors give parents the freedom to take care of their other duties with peace of mind: They’re always just one cry, coo, or cough away from being by their baby’s side. Understanding your family’s living situation and personal preferences is key to picking the best baby monitor camera and baby items for you, so here are some things to take into consideration.

How we chose the best baby monitors

Being responsible for an entire living being is no easy feat—which means baby monitors have to be up to the challenge. Our selections are based on personal testing (we’re parents ourselves), research, reviews, recommendations, and user impressions from babies and parents—you’d be surprised to know who is more opinionated.

The best baby monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

With Wi-Fi capabilities and even built-in cameras, the best baby monitors will give you peace of mind as your little one slumbers peacefully in their crib. Here are our picks.

Best overall: Nanit Pro – Smart Baby Monitor

Nanit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This overhead baby camera uses computer vision for accurate sleep, sound, and motion tracking, and sends alerts about your baby to your favorite device.

Specs

  • Range: N/A
  • Batteries: N/A
  • HSA/FSA Eligible: Yes
  • Video: Yes
  • Phone-compatible: Yes

Pros

  • 1080p camera
  • Breathing band included
  • Personalized sleep coaching

Cons

  • Video history and data only free for one year

An award-winning, innovative baby monitor, the Nanit offers an impressive variety of video capabilities including 1080p HD bird’s-eye view, night vision, sleep tracking, sound and motion notifications, and temperature and humidity checks. You can even talk back to your baby, thanks to two-way audio. The Nanit Pro is compatible with iOS, Android, Kindle Fire, and Echo Show, which allow you to get sound, sleep, and motion alerts delivered to your devices. FSA/HSA approval gives you peace of mind when it comes to safety certification, and the included Breathing Ware gives you sensor-free motion monitoring for accuracy. Be aware that the Nanit includes a free one-year subscription to your video history and data, but after that, you’ll have to pay for access.

Best audio-only: Motorola Audio Baby Monitor

Motorola

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This audio-only baby monitor doesn’t lack features, which include app connectivity, a built-in nightlight, and a high-sensitivity microphone.

Specs

  • Range: 900 feet
  • Batteries: Yes, rechargeable
  • HSA/FSA Eligible: No
  • Video: No
  • Phone-compatible: Yes via app

Pros

  • App compatible
  • Download playable audio for baby
  • Built-in nightlight

Cons

  • Three-hour battery life

This audio baby monitor is a great option, as it’s powered by traditional radio connectivity up to 900 feet. Plus, it uses smart technology to connect to an app via Wi-Fi. A high-sensitivity microphone picks up even the slightest sound and can record and analyze noise to determine sleep quality. Two-way radio functionality allows parents to talk to and soothe a child through the monitor. You can also download songs and stories to play for your baby, as well as monitor room temperature and turn on a nightlight. Downloading the Hubble app on your device gives you access to sleep data and soundtracking.

Best stylish: Lollipop Baby Monitor with True Crying Detection

Lollipop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This flexible baby monitor packs motion and sound sensing in its compact, whimsical design.

Specs

  • Range: N/A
  • Batteries: N/A
  • HSA/FSA Eligible: No
  • Video: Yes
  • Phone-compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Mounts anywhere
  • App connectivity

Cons

  • Sleep tracking and continuous recording only free for 30 days

This unique-looking baby monitor comes in vivid pastels and is made out of flexible non-toxic silicone. The camera is encased in a round white built-in speaker that gives the device the look of a cute cartoon eyeball. Loaded with smart capabilities, it connects through an Android/iOS app and can accurately detect crying, see in night vision, track sleep quality, and play lullabies and white noise. Although the monitor offers sleep tracking and continuous video recording, it’s only free for 30 days—you’ll need to buy a subscription to Lollipop Care to get that functionality year-round.

Best for vitals tracking: Owlet Smart Sock 3 Baby Monitor

Owlet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This smart sock tracks important vitals like oxygen levels and heart rate, along with sleep quality indicators for in-depth data on your baby.

Specs

  • Range: 100 feet
  • Batteries: N/A
  • HSA/FSA Eligible: Yes
  • Video: No
  • Phone-compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Vitals tracking
  • Smartphone alerts
  • Sock is sturdy and comfortable

Cons

  • Expensive for a wearable children will eventually grow out of

Owlet’s smart baby monitor has advanced features which allow parents to track a baby’s vital signs and sleep quality indicators—including heart rate, oxygen levels, wakings, sleep state, movement, and more—with a wearable smart sock. Set up the base station within 100 feet of the baby’s crib and Bluetooth technology will transmit pulse rate and blood oxygen levels. The base station will glow depending on the levels reported, and parents will get alerts on their smartphones. The system can also measure room temperature and humidity levels. The company also offers the Dream Sock Plus, which tracks vitals for children up to five. And, the coordinating app includes sleep prompts and a digital sleep coach to help the wee one go to bed.

Best budget: VTech DM221-2 Audio Baby Monitor

VTech

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t need to shell out a lot of cash for a monitor that features customizable volume, two-way audio, and vibrating sound alerts.

Specs

  • Range: 1,000 feet
  • Batteries: 6 AAA batteries (Included)
  • HSA/FSA Eligible: No
  • Video: No
  • Phone-compatible: No

Pros

  • 16-hour battery life
  • 5-level sound indicator
  • Vibrating sound alerts

Cons

  • Battery takes 11 hours to fully charge

This highly rated baby monitor has a range of up to 1,000 feet and provides parents with a vibrating sound alert and LED-light visual when it detects sound. Additional features include a talk-back intercom that allows parents to soothe their baby, as well as a night-light feature and customizable volume. You can also choose to hear sounds from the baby unit all the time, or only hear sounds that exceed a certain level. The parent monitor can adjust the microphone sensitivity of the baby unit, and a belt clip on the parent unit lets you take it anywhere in the house.

What to consider when buying the best baby monitors

Gone are the days when monitors were little more than CB radios delivering crackling noises that might be your child crying or might just be static interference. The best baby monitors are essential, and are much more sophisticated and allow for more technology integration, mobile device usage, stat monitoring, and much more.

Knowing your own needs is important—for example, if you have a small living space, an audio-only model may suffice—and will ensure you get a device that does what it intends and works with your parenting style. Here are some of the variables to keep in mind as you research.

Video vs. audio

Opting for a baby monitor with a high-quality video camera along with traditional audio allows for immediate peace of mind: You can literally see and hear your baby in real-time. The best baby monitors offer high-def video, a wide-screen camera for optimal viewing, night vision, and an alert system if the little one is moving too much. Some cameras offer pivoting to change views, while others are stationary.

A video baby monitor gives parents access and control so they can relax (or, you know, get laundry done). Higher-end models even utilize HD video to obtain data that can then be analyzed to offer sleep-tracking guidance. Apps can take sleep footage and replay it in a timelapse reel, allowing you to observe your baby’s sleeping patterns.

While audio-only devices might seem old-fashioned compared to their shiny new video competitors, they still get the job done. One major advantage of these types of baby products is that they’re generally cost-effective. Some audio-only options even combine older radio technology with newer Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, as well as some neat bonus features, like a two-way radio, temperature monitoring, sleep analysis, and the ability to download soothing songs and stories to play for your child through the app

It’s important when buying any monitor, but particularly a radio-based one, to consider the frequency range: You need to be sure the signal reaches anywhere you plan to go, potentially even outside. The best baby monitors have rechargeable batteries with a good lifespan. When fully charged and within range, audio monitors can be very reliable, especially if you have spotty Wi-Fi in your home. Hybrid audio-only baby monitors combine older radio technology with the ability to connect via Wi-Fi and smartphones, which gives you more modes of use.

Design

If you don’t want your baby’s room to look like the surveillance hub at a casino, there are styles that combine form and function. Some baby monitors take the necessary camera feature and playfully turn the shape into a friendly robot; others try to minimize size and use rounded organic shapes in bright colors and soft silicone material.

While enjoying the look of the monitor is important, obviously nothing is more crucial than safety and functionality. The best baby monitors offer all the features you want and still look good.

Sleep stats

For the sleep-deprived tech-savvy parent, being able to study your baby’s patterns with the hope of improving them is a pretty cool feature. By gathering digital sound files, high-definition video, and temperature, humidity, and vitals info, apps can provide helpful guidance to get the baby (and you) to sleep. A smartphone app then relays detailed charts and information to help kiddos stay healthy and sleep soundly. Some monitors that provide sleep analysis do this through audio only, some through audio and video, and others include a wearable component to monitor the baby’s oxygen and breathing.

Vitals tracking

Your particular parenting needs will determine which features matter to you. For example, baby monitors that track vitals can measure a baby’s pulse rate and blood oxygen levels via wearables like a sock or blanket wrap, or other non-wearable gadgets. The data is then sent to the product’s base station, which keeps parents informed with real-time updates and alerts in case any abnormalities are detected.

No device will ever replace good parenting, so think of a vitals-tracking monitor as an extra protection measure, like wearing a high-tech belt with suspenders. Especially because technological errors can occur—like server crashes or the wearable getting placed in the wrong position—parents could potentially receive inaccurate results or false alerts. So they should only ever be used as an addition to—not a substitution for—good parenting.

Budget

There are a variety of baby monitors available with a budget in mind. In general, you can get simple video monitors that include one small camera and a transportable parent unit to see and hear your baby (including night vision) and monitor the temperature. However, most video monitors with higher ratings are over this price point. Most monitors in the audio-only category are under $50.

FAQs

Q: How much does a baby monitor cost?

Basic models typically cost under $100. Smart baby monitors warrant a higher price tag and can cost between $200-$400.

Q: How long do baby monitor batteries last?

It depends on the kind of baby monitor you purchase. An audio-only monitor can last anywhere from 8-16 hours. Battery-powered video monitors can last between 7-10 hours. Those powered by an AC adapter or power cord last for as long as you want them to since they’re outlet powered. However, in case of a power outage, make sure your monitor has a backup battery so you can make sure baby is safe despite the dark.

Q: What are the different types of baby monitors?

There are two main categories of baby monitors: audio-only and audio-and-video. However, with the advent of smart baby monitors, there are more subsets of monitors than ever before: audio, audio and video, Wi-Fi camera baby monitors with receivers, Wi-Fi camera baby monitors without receivers, movement-based baby monitors, vital tracking baby monitors, and so on.

Final thoughts on the best baby monitors

Technology has been rapidly changing the baby-monitor market. The best options provide you with a reliable and secure way to check in on your baby to be sure of their safety. With loads of choices, you can go big or small, high-tech or low—but whatever you decide, you’ve now got some of the best baby monitors currently on the market to choose from—so you and your little one can catch some much deserved Z’s.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best baby monitors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best carry-on luggage of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-carry-on-luggage/ Mon, 20 Sep 2021 13:24:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=395687
best carry-on luggage
Billy Cadden

Every traveler should have a sturdy, reliable carry-on bag.

The post The best carry-on luggage of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best carry-on luggage
Billy Cadden

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best soft-shell Travelpro is the best overall soft shell carry-on luggage. Travelpro Platinum Elite 21-inch Expandable Spinner
SEE IT

A classic carry-on with plenty of pockets.

Best hard-shell Samsonite is the best overall hard shell carry-on luggage. Samsonite Freeform Spinner
SEE IT

A trusty model with a great reputation.

Best budget Rockland is the best budget carry-on luggage. Rockland Melbourne Hardside Expandable Spinner Wheel Luggage
SEE IT

A great option for occasional travelers.

A solid carry-on bag is the best traveling companion you could ask for. Checking bags has become increasingly costly and unreliable in recent years, which makes a spacious carry-on worth its weight in frequent flyer miles if it can encompass everything you need for a trip. At this time, travelers can find a wide array of models to choose from—in different sizes, with either soft- or hard-shell exteriors and with either two- or four-wheels on them. There’s also a tremendous range in sticker price: You can find carry-ons for less than $100 to those that cost more than $1,000. In many cases, those really expensive models aren’t really worth the price. But for most of you, who we believe are more pragmatic and practical, we’ve put together a guide of the best carry-on luggage.

How we selected the best carry-on luggage

The editors and writers at Pop Sci have put millions of miles traveling, which has provided ample insight into what makes a good bag.

The first factor we considered when recommending a carry-on was price. Yes, you can buy a carry-on for more than $1000, but it’s not necessary. You can get a sturdy, reliable case for less than half of that and keep it basically forever.  We also chose our best budget carry-on, which cost less than a two-person tab at the airport Chili’s Express. But for those who don’t have a budget limit, we also chose two excellent high-end models. 

The next factor we looked at was the type of carry-on exterior: Most models came in one of two types–either a hard-shell or soft-shell exterior. Then, we considered a variety of other factors: What type of wheel system did it have? How well did the handle work on the carry-on? Were the zippers likely to brake? We also looked to see if the model was easy to pack and if it included any special interior or exterior features. We also considered whether the carry-on manufacturer included a decent warranty for the product.  

The best carry-on luggage: Reviews & Recommendations

Best soft-shell carry-on: Travelpro Platinum Elite 21-inch Expandable Spinner

Travelpro

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 23.5 inches x 14.5 inches x 9 inches
  • Weight: 7.8 pounds
  • 4 wheels

Pros

  • Strong stain-resistant nylon fabric
  • Special self-aligning wheel system
  • Handle extension has four stops
  • Comes with nice extras, like a garment bag

Cons

  • Heavy for a soft-shell carry-on

There’s a lot to like about this carry-on, which is also available at a very reasonable price. For starters, the Magnatrac wheel system allows all four wheels to quickly self-align once you move the carry-on, which makes maneuvering with a suitcase a breeze. The PowerScope aluminum extension handle has four different stops (36 inches, 38 inches, 40 inches, and 42.5 inches) to accommodate users of different heights. It also comes with a garment bag, which is nice if you’re traveling with a formal dress or suit that you don’t want to get wrinkled.

There’s a nice front pocket where you can store a laptop that’s easy to get to, and it even includes an external USB port with a dedicated power bank pocket, to keep your gadgets charged. It’s built exceedingly tough so it should last decades if you treat it right. Just watch out for those Cinnabon stains. 

Best hard-shell carry-on: Samsonite Freeform Spinner

Samsonite

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 21.25 inches x 15.25 inches x 10.0 inches
  • Weight: 6.5 lbs.
  • 4 wheels

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Sturdy exterior
  • Includes a TSA three-dial combination lock

Cons

  • Harder to fit into tight spaces

If you’re travelling with fragile items, hard-shell carry-ons, like this model from Samsonite, can offer better protection. It has four multi-directional, double-spinner wheels, which allows the Freeform Spinner carry-on to roll nicely over surfaces without stressing your arm or shoulder. It comes with a multi-stage, aluminum, push-button style handle, which is lightweight and has a comfortable grip. Moreover, it comes with a recessed TSA-compatible three-dial combination lock (which means you don’t need to keep track of keys).

Samsonite is one of the largest names in luggage on a whole, which has earned it some trust right off the bat. This particular line has been around for years and has improved over time. 

Upgrade soft-shell carry-on: Briggs & Riley Baseline-Softside CX Expandable Carry-On Spinner Luggage

Briggs & Riley

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 9 inches x 14 inches x 22 inches
  • Weight: 9.24 pounds
  • 4 wheels

Pros

  • Expansion technology: 25 percent more packing space
  • Built-in garment bag
  • Free TSA lock

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Although this Briggs & Riley expandable carry-on is quite pricey, we think it’s well worth the investment, particularly because of the extent to which the company stands behind the product. 

This model also includes some great features: It’s CX compression-expansion system gives this model the ability to expand the carry-on by as much as 25 percent more packing space. It’s made of ballistic nylon outer fabric that, the company says, “resists wear, moisture, dirt, and abrasion.” So, it’s durably constructed, inside and out. It also comes with a lockable double zipper pull, which keeps contents secure. There’s also a nice SpeedThru pocket, which allows you quick access to travel items at security checkpoints. There are some nice extras, too, including a built-in garment bag and a free TSA lock when you buy this Briggs & Riley model.

Upgrade hard-shell carry-on: Briggs & Riley Torq Hardside Carry-On 21-Inch

Briggs & Riley

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 9.06 inches x 13.98 inches x 21.06 inches
  • Weight: 6.82 pounds
  • 4 wheels

Pros

  • Scratch-resistant exterior
  • Built-in garment bag
  • Free TSA lock
  • Compartments for gadgets
  • Exterior USB port for charging phone

Cons

  • Expensive

This carry-on has the business traveler in mind: There’s a foam roll bar that neatly holds a suit or garment or 1-2 shirts and cinches them securely in place to prevent wrinkling. Plus, the garment panels have buckles that secures your clothes in place, minimizing wrinkles.

But there are a lot of compartments for consumer electronics, too: First, there’s an integrated padded laptop sleeve, for most 15-inch laptops. You also get a padded tablet slip pocket in front, for a 10.5″ tablet. Plus, access to another front pocket for storing a battery that you can connect to a USB port for charging your phone or other devices from the outside of the bag. And an RFID blocking pocket in the front compartment for holding credit cards, a wallet or passport, and protects your personal data from digital pickpockets.

The exterior has a scratch-resistant textured and also rolls on four, high quality double-spinner wheels. The aluminum telescoping handle has three stop heights. And it comes with a TSA-friendly combination lock.

Best budget: Rockland Melbourne Hardside Expandable Spinner Wheel Luggage

Rockland

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 22 inches X 13.5 inches x 9 inches (with wheels)
  • Weight: 7.5 pounds
  • 4 wheels

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Style of luggage protects fragile items better
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Not as durable

If you’re on a tight budget, this basic hard-shell carry-on should fit the bill. It’s a very inexpensive hard-shell carry-on that’s lightweight (under 8 pounds). The exterior is made out of ABS plastic, which is very lightweight (but it tends to be slightly less durable than polypropylene). It comes with four double spinner wheels and glides nicely over surfaces. Both the wheels and zippers are well designed, and the zipper system also allows you to expand the carry-on. You can also pull out the aluminum handle.

It’s great if you only travel infrequently or you travel by other means that don’t involve cramming it in and out of overhead bins all the time. 

What to consider when buying the best carry-on luggage

If you’re ready to start flying the friendly domestic or international skies, but you’re in need of a new carry-on, check below to see what factors you’ll want to consider before buying a piece of carry-on luggage. Here are some valuable points to consider when you’re looking to buy a new piece of luggage:

Size

Technically, for domestic U.S. flights, carry-on luggage should be 22 inches x 14 inches x 9 inches. However, travelers will tell you that most airport bins are actually a little bit larger than those dimensions. In other words, the bins will allow for a 23-inch tall carry-on, even though the limit is 22 inches. Additionally, most domestic flights mostly consider only the height of a carry-on. But if you’re nervous about the dimensions, most of our recommended brands offer smaller models. For international travel, you’ll need a slightly smaller carry-on—one that stands 21 inches or shorter.

Hard or soft sides?

By and large, most travelers tend to choose soft-shell carry-ons, in part, because it tends to fit more easily into overheads and when storing it. That little bit of flex might be the difference between closing the overhead and having to gate check your luggage. However, a hard-shell carry-on does have its merits, since it will often better protect the luggage, which can be important if you’re traveling with fragile items.

Weight

You should consider how heavy your carry-on will be, since that will actually add some weight to your overall luggage. In general, hard-shell luggage tends to be more lightweight than soft-shell. Most airlines have a weight limit around 40 pounds, so if your empty bag eats up too much of that allowance, you won’t have room for your essentials. 

Wheels

Most carry-on wheels come in one of two configurations: A four-wheel spinner carry-on or two-wheel roller. The upside of a carry-on with four wheels is it tends to be easier to push or pull, and it’s often easier on the arms. However, if you’re standing on an incline, you’ll need to hold on to it since it can roll away from you. Also, four-wheel models have wheels that extend, which take up space and can be easily damaged. A two-wheel model often has recessed wheels, which take up less space and avoid damage. The downside of using a two-wheel model is you’re forced to drag the bag behind you when rolling it.

Pockets and features

Be sure to look closely and examine all the other details on your bag. Make sure all the interior pocket and compartments are up to your expectations for your travel accessories. Also, examine the zippers and handles, and any other special features. You want lots of pockets, but not too many that you forget where you put things. It’s a balancing act. 

Style

Some pricey carry-ons almost look like they’re ready to take a walk on the catwalk, like a fashion model, although they might not be the one you need to take on your business trip or vacation. However, style is important. At the very least, consider if your carry-on comes in alternate colors. Additionally, make sure the handles and straps look solid and secure. 

FAQs

Q: What’s the size limit for domestic flights?

The size limit for carry-ons for most domestic flights in the U.S. is 22 inches x 14 inches x 9 inches. However, by and large, the size bins in domestic flights are a bit larger than those dimensions. In general, most domestic flights allow carry-ons that are 23 inches tall or shorter.

Q: What happens if your carry-on is considered too large?

When you’re at the gate and checking in, if your bag is shown to be too large (in the “sizer” at the gate), you’ll need to check it with the checked luggage, which is not stored in the airplane cabin. You’ll also most likely need to pay a fee.

Q: Which type is better—a soft-shell or hard-shell carry-on?

It really depends on personal preference: There are many soft-shell models available that come in many shapes, sizes, and styles. What’s nice about soft-shell models is that after your trip, they’re easier to store than hard-shell models, which don’t collapse or fold up. However, you can find some excellent hard-shell carry-ons that are lightweight and strong, and do a great job at protecting your personal items, clothes, and gear.

Final thoughts on shopping for the best carry-on luggage

When you’re looking to buy a new carry-on piece of luggage for either your professional or personal traveling, remember that you don’t necessarily need to spend a lot of money for a model that’s durable and versatile. But be sure to find out what features are really important to you. Also, read through the user reviews on Amazon and elsewhere to get a sense of what people liked and disliked about the product you’re considering. Then, once you’ve found the right carry-on (and don’t feel bogged down with an annoying piece of luggage anymore), you’ll find that you’re better equipped to transform your trip into a more enjoyable, and perhaps adventurous excursion or jaunt.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best carry-on luggage of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best compost bins of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-compost-bin/ Tue, 20 Jul 2021 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=380913
Detail shots of compost bins made by Vitamix, Redmon, Vivosun, and Vermihut.

Help guarantee a greener tomorrow by investing in one of the best compost bins available.

The post The best compost bins of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Detail shots of compost bins made by Vitamix, Redmon, Vivosun, and Vermihut.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A slate-colored food composter from called the Eco 5 from Vitamix against a plain background. Eco 5 FoodCycler by Vitamix
SEE IT

This pick from Vitamix allows you to convert your food scraps overnight into usable, nutrient-rich powder for your plants. 

Best countertop The NEW OXO Good Grips compost bin is the best for apartment dwellers. OXO Good Grips Compost Bin
SEE IT

This sleek composter is perfect for apartment dwellers who want to save their scraps but not attract bugs.

Best worm bin The VermiHut Plus is the best compost bin for yard owners VermiHut Plus Worm Compost Bin
SEE IT

Take composting to a new level with this worm compost bin.

Whether you’re looking to nourish your potted plants, foster a prized vegetable garden, or do your part to reduce food waste, an indoor composter is an environmentally friendly and effective way to turn your food scraps into usable dirt. But if you’re new to composting, it can be confusing to find the best compost bins. The good news is that composting at home is easier than you think, and it’s a great way to put your inedible and leftover food to good use. The canisters and bins on this list help initiate the process of breaking down food into nutrient-dense soil in which plants can thrive. 

How we chose the best compost bins

As a year-round home composter (yes, even through New England winters), as well as a vegetable gardener, I know how valuable the rich, nutrient-dense soil in a compost pile is as a fertilizer. And as a chef and home cook, I want to do everything I can to reduce the massive amounts of food waste in America. So, my list of best compost bins reflects personal experience, product testing, and research, including customer reviews and product specs. These composters are eco-friendly and easy to use. They’ll minimize smells in your kitchen and help your family turn regular food scraps into nourishing soil for your next produce crop.

The best compost bins: Reviews & Recommendations

According to the National Resources Defense Council, composting “adds nutrients and organic matter back to the soil,” a.k.a. black gold. This “benefits agriculture, reduces our reliance on synthetic fertilizers, diverts methane-producing organic materials from landfills, and improves soil’s water retention capacity so you don’t need to water as much.” Plus, composted soil is said to produce more delicious fruits and vegetables.

Despite how complicated it may sound, all you really need is the right composting bin or compost barrel and the desire to help the environment. Beyond that, according to the EPA, just find a shady, dry spot for your bin and moisten dry materials before you add them to the heap.

Best overall: Eco 5 FoodCycler by Vitamix

Vitamix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 5 liters
  • Dimensions: 10.9 inches L x 13.5 inches W x 13.8 inches H
  • Weight: 29 pounds

Pros

  • Turns compost into soil-grade material you can immediately use
  • Quiet
  • Large capacity

Cons

  • Expensive

Vitamix is known for making high-functioning kitchen appliances, and this indoor electric composter is no exception. Though it’s not cheap, this quiet and thorough food cycler does the job well every time and will last for years of regular use, making it one of the best compost bins. To operate the Vitamix machine, dump food scraps (including poultry bones, fruit rinds, and coffee grounds) into the interior bucket. Press the power button and walk away. The machine will first dehydrate, then grind your leftovers into a dry powder that’s compact, light, and easy to transport to the garden. 

The machine stays quiet and keeps smells at bay, thanks to interior carbon filters. This model also features reusable filters that you can fill with new carbon pellets for even more sustainability.  

Vitamix FoodCycler FC-50
Jen McCaffery

We’re also a fan of Vitamix’s smaller (and more affordable) FoodCycler FC-50, shown here. Just toss your vegetable peelings, egg shells, coffee grounds, and even chicken bones into the 2-liter container and press the on button. About four hours later, your scraps are turned into nutrient-rich soil you can use for your houseplants or in your garden.

Best tumbling: VIVOSUN Tumbling Compost Bin 

VIVOSUN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Plastic, metal
  • Capacity: 43 gallons
  • Dimensions: 26.25 inches L x 23.6 inches W x 36.5 inches H
  • Weight: 21.7 pounds

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Two chambers allow for different stages of composting
  • Air vents allow for circulation
  • Affordable

Cons

  • May be too large for small households
  • Expensive

This rotating batch compost bin is easy to use and mess-free. Two chambers let you alternate dual batches of compost, while the convenient tumbler lets you mix without getting your hands dirty. Adjustable air vents provide aeration for oxygen-rich soil, and a pair of garden gloves (included) let you excavate and plant your yard safely.

Best countertop: OXO Good Grips Compost Bin

OXO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 1.75 gallons
  • Dimensions: 8.3 inches L x 10.15 inches W x 12 inches H
  • Weight: 1.63 pounds

Pros

  • Attractive
  • Combats odor
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Small capacity

Though it has a small footprint, this OXO style gets the job done. Oxygen flows through the soft-close lid to combat odor and insects. It can also be switched to stay-open mode for ease when tossing in scraps. The internal bucket is removable and can be popped in the dishwasher, and its handle makes it easy to carry outside. 

Best pallet: Redmon Compost Bin 

Redmon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 6.62 liters
  • Dimensions: 13 inches L x 13 inches W x 8 inches H
  • Weight: 15 pounds

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Weather-resistant
  • Composter and turning tool in one
  • Aeration built in

Cons

  • May be too large for small households

Four access doors plus a top-lid make it easy to get scraps in and compost out. At 15 pounds empty and 26-by-26-by-30.75 inches, set it and forget it. Plus, this Redmon compost bin is made of post-consumer, UV-stabilized material that’ll stand up to all sorts of weather. 

Best worm bin: VermiHut Plus Worm Compost Bin 

VermiHut

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 40 liters
  • Dimensions: 17 inches L x 17 inches W x 33 inches H
  • Weight: 15 pounds

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Incorporates worms
  • Easy to set up

Cons

  • Some users say some worms escape

This 17-by-17-by-33-inch multi-tray option has additional components like an ant trap, plus multiple boards made of different materials (e.g., coconut fiber) for moisture control, fruit-fly deterrence, and odor removal.

Best budget: EPICA Compost Bin

EPICA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 40 liters 
  • Dimensions: 7.16 inches L x 7.16 inches W x 11 inches H
  • Weight: 12 pounds

Pros

  • Made of stainless steel
  • Features charcoal filter to fight odor
  • Affordable

Cons

  • No active composting function
  • Not very large capacity

This rust- and leak-proof Epica composting bin option controls odor with an airtight lid and replaceable charcoal filter. Plus, it won’t leach any toxic chemicals into your compost. 

What to consider when shopping for compost bins

Depending on how green (or not so green!) thumb your thumb is, ease of use should be the first consideration when choosing the best compost bin. The good news is that most models are relatively simple to operate. The right mix of materials—greens like foodstuffs and browns like newspaper and leaves—guarantees a nearly odor-free process. Beyond that, the process comes down to how much space you have and whether you’re comfortable adding insects to the mix.

Do you want an indoor compost bin or an outdoor compost bin?

The biggest variable between indoor and outdoor styles is odor. Composting—which, in essence, is accomplished by decay—can get stinky. Indoor composters tend to be smaller and more airtight, and they sometimes come with built-in filters. You could use your indoor bin as a layover for the backyard, i.e., a place to store scraps that eventually and quickly go into the bigger bin out back, assuming you don’t want what is essentially dirt and decay sitting on your countertop for weeks.

Would you prefer a nice and neat composting bin that fits on your countertop?

The upside to a countertop compost bin is that it’s small and tidy-looking, and you won’t have to schlep to the backyard every time you need to deposit a banana peel. The downside is, well, it’s small. Not just that, but without the tumbler feature of many outdoor models, you’ll either eventually have to transfer the contents of your countertop contraption to an outdoor one or do the tumbling yourself, i.e., using your hands or tools to mix the compost components together. Think of a countertop style as an add-on, not a fully functional composting system in and of itself (especially since it takes weeks for compost to fully develop).  

If you want an outdoor compost bin, how many chambers would you like?

Compost barrels and bins tend to come in two varieties: single- and multiple-chamber. The main difference is that a multiple- or dual-chamber composter allows you to compost multiple batches on a rolling basis. For example, you can keep adding waste to one chamber while the other cooks). Technically, you don’t even need a bin to compost (though it certainly makes it easier). Those with greener thumbs can create a compost pit or trench in the yard, no bins or barrels required. If ease is what you’re after, a dual-chamber tumbler—so you don’t have to manually mix the compost—is the way to go.

Are you cool with worms?

If you said, “Heck yes, I’m cool with worms!” that’s great news. The addition of worms can speed up the composting process in multiple ways. The worms eat all the food scraps you’ve put in the bin, and when they come back out again, voilà, it’s compost now! Also, their penchant for tunneling creates a naturally aerated environment for the decay to happen. If you’re down with worms, invest in a batch of red wigglers, a particularly efficient type of worm, at your local nursery or through Amazon. If you have an open-bottom composting bin in your backyard, no need to buy your own worms. The earthworms already in your yard will naturally gravitate to it. And if you’re more than just a little interested in worms, you could try creating your own wormery, a.k.a. vermicomposting. 

How do I know what’s compostable and what’s not? 

Eventually, you’ll get a natural sense for what you can and cannot compost. Until then, just defer to a trusted source, like the NRDC. As a general rule, avoid anything treated with pesticides, feces, dairy, charcoal, or fats. Do opt for leaves, shredded newspaper, coffee grounds, tea bags, and fruits and veggies. 

FAQs

Q: What is the best composter for beginners? 

The great news is that all composters are beginner-friendly! The choice comes down to whether you want to store your scraps inside, throw it all in a continuous composter outside, work on multiple compost batches with a multiple-chamber model, and whether you’re interested in a tumbling option. All are easy; they just require the right ingredients, tools, time, and expectations.

Q: How often should you turn your compost? 

Answers vary: Some sources say every four to five weeks. Others say two or three times a week. Others still say every seven to 14 days. Talk to the people at your local gardening center to get an answer. The key is not to over-turn. Too much tumbling will wreak havoc on your compost. It’ll disperse the heat inside the chamber, which is needed for the compost to cook.

Q: How do I choose a compost bin? 

Think about the space you have (a giant backyard or no outdoor real estate?), how much you want to spend, whether you want a compact style you can place on the countertop, whether you want the option to tumble, and if you want to cook more than one batch of compost at a time. You can always start with an affordable, small countertop version. If you find yourself loving the compost life, upgrade to a bigger, hardier backyard style. 

Final thoughts on the best compost bins for you

A composter is a can’t-lose proposition! Just deciding to give composting a go means you’re on your way to living more sustainably and potentially growing more delicious food for your family. Composting reduces the need for chemical fertilizers and lowers your carbon footprint. Which particular bin, barrel, or tumbler you choose comes down to your comfort level, personal taste, and aesthetic. Just pick the one that speaks to you, and you’ll be on your way to eco-hero status in no time. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best compost bins of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dog beds of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dog-beds/ Fri, 08 Oct 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367479
Dogs photo

Our good boys and girls need a little R&R, too, and these dog beds will give them the snuggly break they deserve.

The post The best dog beds of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Dogs photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A big brown dog laying on his bed in a grey color and with a neck supportive bed. PetFusion Ultimate Dog Bed
SEE IT

This memory foam orthopedic dog bed gives medium to large dogs plenty of comfort, with a removable waterproof cover for easy cleaning.

Best for large dogs Wanda being the best girl in Billy's human-sized Plufl dog bed Pfulfl Human Dog Bed
SEE IT

This plush bed is designed with plenty of room for an adorable pooch and her human.

Best washable A washable pet bed with a dog in it Newton Baby Washable & Orthopedic Pet Bed
SEE IT

This orthopedic mattress is designed to support your pup, regulate body temperature, and is designed with a cover and core that are machine washable.

Dogs need a place to rest and relax just as much as people do, and dog beds provide that definable space where dogs can escape or stay confined while they rest. While some beds may be a platform only, others have cradling memory foam and cooling technology to keep your pup comfortable. Add a washable cover, and you have a bed you and your dog can love. Bed designs range from simple to sophisticated, plush to flat. Your dog’s size, age, and preferences (if they have them) all come into play. The best dog beds fit the dog and the room and might look comfy enough that you’ll want to test them before handing one over to your pup. 

How we chose the best dog beds

As a dog lover myself, I combined my own experience, as well as that of other PopSci contributors familiar with dog products, into my search. I also conducted market research online, diving deep into customer impressions and scouring the features of numerous bed brands to find the best of the best. When choosing the best beds, I considered size, fabric, and frame choices, as well as durability and comfort features.

  • Size: Dogs come in all shapes and sizes. Some brands make beds that scale to fit the shapes of many different types of dogs, while other brands focus on just the pint-sized or the hippo-competitors. I picked some beds that are meant for all-size dogs but made sure to highlight a few size-specific picks.
  • Fabric and frame: I looked for beds that prioritized either machine-washable outer layers or stain-resistant materials. In my experience, an easily cleanable surface is an all-important feature of a dog bed (as is buying a vacuum for pet hair while you’re shopping). I also looked for especially tough frames on framed beds, as anything else could invite chewing and wear.
  • Durability: Chewing-prone dogs need a high-durability bed that won’t succumb to teething or canine anxiety in just a few weeks (and it can’t hurt to give them some interactive toys to keep them busy).
  • Comfort features: Memory foams, egg-crate textured foam, and bolsters are a few of the comfort features I prioritized in this list. 

The best dog beds: Reviews & Recommendations

Adopting a puppy can be one of the most exciting times in a new dog owner’s life. However, watching a dog grow up and mesh with the rest of the fur family is truly a treat—you remember the first time your dog walked over to the cat bed and decided they were friends. Along with dog crates, mattresses and beds are just some of the best dog items you can purchase to make Fido feel truly at home.

Best overall: PetFusion Ultimate Bed

PetFusion

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This memory foam bed gives big dogs support that contours to the dog’s shape, no matter how they lay. 

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 6
  • Machine-washable cover:  Yes
  • Colors: 3

Pros

  • Comes in XXL for bigger dogs
  • Waterproof liner protects the memory foam
  • Removable, washable cover and bolsters

Cons

  • Fabric holds onto fur

The PetFusion Ultimate Dog Bed comes in six sizes, but it’s the extra-large and extra-extra-large sizes that make it a great pick for large breeds. The memory foam support can handle the added bulk of a big body while contouring to a dog’s pressure points. A waterproof, durable fabric covers the padding and unzips down the full length of one side. The zipper makes it easier to remove the foam interior come washing time, which is important, as the exterior is machine washable and the interior isn’t. And, if that zipper breaks—or any part that breaks due to manufacturer defect—there’s a 36-month warranty that covers it.

The cover features soft, comfortable fabric. However, that fabric does hang onto fur, which is the one downside of this bed.

Best for small dogs: FuzzBall Fluffy Luxe Pet Bed

FuzzBall

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The FuzzBall made the cut for its soft plushness that gives small dogs big comfort. 

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 4
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes
  • Colors: 4

Pros

  • Machine-washable soft cover
  • Design lets small dogs snuggle in and feel secure
  • Luxe-looking design

Cons 

  • Not enough filling for some dogs

The FuzzBall Fluffy Luxe Pet Bed features an ultra-soft, machine-washable cover that comes in four colors. The bottom fabric has anti-slip silicone grips to keep the bed stationary for wriggly nappers. It is also waterproof to keep floors clean in the case of an accident. This bed includes bolsters around the edges with little cushioning in the center. That’s been surprising for some reviewers. However, the plush cover and bolsters are designed for dogs to snuggle into, using the bed almost like a nest. This model definitely gives off a luxe, cozy feel. However, some dogs (and owners) don’t like that there’s not as much padding in the center of the bed.

Best for large dogs: Plufl Human Dog Bed

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Plufl is a super-sized, comfy dog bed you can share with your pup.

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 1
  • Machine-washable: Yes
  • Colors: 4

Pros

  • Soft
  • Gel-infused cooling foam
  • Increased snuggle time with your dog
  • Machine-washable

Cons

  • Hard to fit cushions in the cover
  • Large for smaller homes

The Plufl is perfect for horse-sized dogs, multiple smaller doggos, or humans that want to lie around with their pups after a long, hard day. Looking at the Plufl, it feels like something that should have always existed. It just makes sense. I often stare over at my dog, Wanda, jealous that her bed looks a lot more comfortable than my couch.

The Plufl’s cooling gel-infused foam cushion helps keep everyone cool while providing a thick enough surface that prevents you from feeling like you’re lying on the floor. The plush pillow around the perimeter keeps your pet’s dog toys from rolling out and also provides a comfy pillow to lay your head on, easing neck pain.

The Plufl looks just like your standard fluffy dog bed, but it’s about three times the size—68 inches long by 33 inches wide. You’ll need a fair bit of space for this large dog bed, but the built-in handles make it fairly easy to lug around. And you can fold it in half for storage when not in use.

When putting the bed together, Plufl recommends you leave the two rolls of cushion unraveled and open for at least 24 hours. This will allow the material time to expand. The bed wasn’t the easiest to put together alone due to the large cushions. We’d recommend having someone else there to speed up the process. But the cover is removable and machine-washable, so don’t worry if your dog or your sweaty self stinks up the joint.

Choose from four colors: Grey, Charcoal, Biscuit, and a Blush pink.

Best with memory foam: Casper Dog Bed

Casper

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Casper has used its mattress know-how to create a super comfortable bed for dogs made with memory foam.

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 3
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes
  • Colors: 3

Pros

  • Supportive
  • Durable
  • Available in three sizes

Cons

  • Some users said the bed had a chemical smell

If you want your pup to be as comfortable as you are when you sink into your mattress at night, consider the Casper Dog Bed. The well-known mattress brand combined its engineering know-how with research on the habits of canines to develop these beds. They’re designed with supportive memory foam that will conform to a pooch’s shape and provide a cushion for their head. The nylon cover is machine washable, and the microfiber material can withstand plenty of scratching,

Best leather: Le Bed Leather Dog Bed

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This luxe bed features an orthopedic mattress that will provide your pooch with plenty of support.

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 2
  • Machine-washable cover: No, wipes clean with leather cleaner
  • Colors: 6

Pros

  • Sleek design for a dog bed
  • Provides orthopedic support
  • Durable

Cons

  • Expensive 

Love to indulge your pooch? For dogs with a taste for the good life, consider Le Bed’s Leather Dog Bed. This premium model is designed with a supportive orthopedic mattress with cooling memory foam that will cradle your pooch and help regulate body temperature. The supple leather cover is available in six shades: black, chocolate brown, cognac tan, slate gray, python, and bone (pictured). Cleaning the bed is easy as well. Just wipe clean with a damp cloth and use a leather cleaner.

Best for calming: BarkBox Bed

Why it made the cut: The BarkBox relieves stress with a cooling gel memory foam that helps to calm anxiety as it enhances relaxation.

Specs  

  • Number of sizes: 4
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes
  • Colors: 5

Pros:

  • Two-layer foam design supports and cushions
  • Water-resistant lining
  • Upholstery fabric cover that’s machine washable

Cons: 

  • Fabric can be loud

The BarkBox Memory Foam Bed is covered in a tough machine-washable upholstery fabric. The two-layer memory foam inner cushion gets extra protection with a water-resistant liner. Even better, every bed has a free toy, meaning your dog has an automatic emotional support toy to sleep with.

Dual layers of memory foam soothe restless animals. A gel foam top layer contours the body while removing body heat. It’s supported by a second layer of memory foam that adjusts to your dog as it lays on the bed. The only downside with this model is that the fabric’s rough texture can be loud if your dog is a restless sleeper.

Best for chewers: Kuranda Bed – Chewproof Design

Why it made the cut: The Kuranda’s high-strength PVC frame and choice of fabrics let you design a custom bed that resists chronic chewing. 

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 6
  • Machine-washable cover: No
  • Colors: 4

Pros

  • Custom fabric options
  • Tough, but lightweight PVC frame
  • Indoor and outdoor designs available

Cons

  • No cushioning

Kuranda beds don’t leave durability to chance with dogs that get bored or have anxiety. High-grade PVC creates a durable frame that can withstand the chewing of teething dogs. 

PVC is also lightweight, so you can carry this bed all over the home or yard without breaking a sweat. Owners get to pick from four bed colors and a choice of fabrics, including heavy-duty vinyl, ballistic nylon, outdoor vinyl mesh, or textured nylon. 

There’s no cushion for this bed, which means chewers can’t rip out the stuffing. However, it also means older dogs, or those with arthritis, may not get the extra-plush they want. And, if your dog is a very determined digger, they might be able to claw a hole in the fabric.

Best orthopedic: Furhaven Orthopedic CertiPUR-US Certified Foam Pet Bed

Why it made the cut: Older dogs and those with joint pain get relief from egg-crate textured orthopedic foam that contours and supports the body with gentle pressure relief.

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 5
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes  
  • Colors: 8

Pros

  • Egg-crate textured foam cushions while enhancing airflow
  • Soft faux fur, machine-washable cover
  • Bolsters provide a backrest or chin pillow

Cons 

  • Bolsters are only held on by the cover

Are you trying to help your beloved pup stay comfortable and sharp in its golden years? This bed will do just that. The Furhaven Orthopedic CertiPUR-US Certified Foam Pet Bed features egg-crate foam with gentle cushioning and excellent airflow. Bolsters on two or three sides (depending on the model) provide a pillow or back support. 

The bolsters on this bed are held on by only the cover only, meaning that they may not offer the greatest support. However, the cover itself is soft and machine washable. This bed may not be memory foam, but it supports achy joints and muscles with targeted texture and provides ample room for older dogs to get comfortable. 

Best washable: Newton Baby Washable & Orthopedic Pet Bed

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Both the core and cover are machine washable, making less-than-happy accidents even easier to clean.

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 3
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes 
  • Colors: One

Pros

  • Temperature regulating core
  • Easy to wash
  • Scratch-proof

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Limited size range

Every pet parent has known the struggle of Barkers mistaking the pet bed for a wee wee pad. Most pet beds either require spot-cleaning, or boast a removable cover. Get peace of mind that your pet’s bed is truly clean with the Newton Baby Washable & Orthopedic Pet Bed, which features a machine-washable core and cover. It’s orthopedic to support supple little heads and creaky joints, and the core is temperature-regulating to keep your canine cool all year long. The bed itself is made using Wovenaire technology, which was invented in Japan. The bed is created by extruding high-quality, food-grade polymer into a clear pool of water, which creates a resilient rectangle that’s 90% air by volume. The resulting product provides the comfort of foam and latex without the environmental drawbacks. If it’s good enough for fragile, soft little babies, it’s more than perfect for your fragile, soft little (fur) baby.

Best budget: MidWest Homes for Pets Bolster Pet Bed

MidWest Homes for Pets

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Quality isn’t sacrificed for price with this versatile, wallet-friendly pet bed.

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 8
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes  
  • Colors: 5

Pros

  • Fits in most crates
  • Lots of colors and sizes
  • Easy to wash

Cons 

  • Not thick
  • Sheds

Throw this bed in a carrier or a cage for transport, or leave it out for daily napping. Or do both, thanks to its price that makes it easy to purchase more than one to put in multiple places. The synthetic fleece keeps your dog comfortable in warm or cold climates and doesn’t wear down over time. Additionally, its stitching and construction allow it to resist wear and tear. However, the bed might not be best for older dogs, as it’s not thick. The bed also comes with a one-year warranty in case this bed slipped through MidWest’s product testing. Judging by the brand’s longevity—it’s been around for 90 years—you may not need to use it.

What to consider when buying the best dog beds

You can’t just get any dog bed for your pooch. They only deserve the softest, most comfortable pet bed on the planet since they are perfect angels who can do no wrong. However, there are some things to keep in mind when purchasing your dog a new bed to ensure their happiness—and your sanity so they don’t take bed-related anger out on your couch cushions.

Washability

We all love our four-legged friends, but they can really make a mess sometimes. A dog bed with a washable, waterproof cover will make your life infinitely easier. Check the cover’s washing instructions, as some may have to be line-dried, especially if they have a non-skid bottom.

Durability

If you’re spending a lot of money on a pet bed, you’ll want it to have longevity. Otherwise, you’re throwing money right into the hungry, voracious pit that is your dog’s mouth. Additionally, eating stuffing and fabric is not good for a dog’s stomach and could warrant a trip to the emergency vet—which means you’ll throw even more money right into the hungry, voracious pit that is your dog’s mouth. Either invest in a bed that includes structural features like triple-stitched seams, dense stuffing, and a puncture-resistant cover, or accept that nothing will satiate your pup like ripping apart a brand-new bed. In that case, make sure it’s made out of non-toxic materials and cheap so it’s easy to repurchase.

Size

Size matters. An extra-large dog needs an extra-large dog bed. But an extra-extra-large dog? Well, there’s a bed for him too. Beds designed for big dogs often feature more padding to account for the extra weight. Smaller dogs often feel more secure in a bed as pint-sized as they are. The wrong-sized bed could lead to a big dog that’s cramped or a small dog that feels exposed or insecure. 

Comfort

You wouldn’t want to sleep in an uncomfortable bed—why should your dog? More importantly, if your dog has joint problems or is older, a comfortable bed is a must-have feature. The best dog bed will support and cushion your dog’s body to prevent or manage any pain they may have. Your dog’s bed is their domain and helps them feel calm and stress-free. A comfortable bed can help prevent them from tearing up the house out of stress.

Extra features

Do beds really have extra features? Yes, they do. Much like there are fancy dog houses, there are dog bunk beds, luxury dog beds, and heated dog beds. The climate you live in, your dog’s breed, and your personal aesthetic might require a bed with extra features. Extra features may include reinforced corners, covered heavy-duty zippers, bolsters, or more.

FAQs

Q: Do dogs need a bed?

Most dogs need a bed. However, not all of them are picky. A simple cushion or raised bed may be all some dogs want or need. However, as your dog ages, he’ll probably need some cushioning and support to prevent aches and pains. A bed can also provide a space that’s just for the dog. Sometimes dogs try to encroach on the sofa or your bed. If a dog bed is available, it is easier to train the dog by giving them something that’s theirs. 

Q: Do dogs prefer hard or soft beds?

It depends on the dog. Some dogs simply need a platform that keeps them off the ground. Others have more delicate sensitivities and prefer a soft and cushy bed. As dogs age, soft beds can cause arthritis pain.

Q: Are Sealy dog beds good? 

Sealy makes excellent dog beds. If we were adding the best outdoor bed to our list, a Sealy dog bed would probably be the one. Their beds feature cooling foams and come in indoor or outdoor versions for the different lifestyles of our favorite four-footed explorers.

Q: What dog beds are indestructible?

Dogs always find a way to destroy something, but the Kuranda Bed boasts an anti-chew design. However, there are some things you can do to prevent a dog from destroying its bed, including trimming its nails and purchasing beds that feature tightly woven fabric so your dog’s nails can’t catch and cause a tear.

Q: How often should you change your dog’s bed?

If your dog bed is machine-washable, aim to wash it at least once a week to keep it fresh—and keep your dog clean as well. If your dog’s bed is looking like it’s been through some things, change it. A tattered bed can ruin the vibe of your living room and also pose a health risk. Taking good care of your bed, and purchasing beds made of high-quality materials will make a pet bed last longer for more daytime snoozes.

Final thoughts on the best dog beds

For an all-around high-quality, comfortable bed, the PetFusion Ultimate Bed gets the top prize. Its supportive cushion lets the dog sink into the bed. If your dog likes to chew and dig, the Kuranda Bed – Chewproof Design—with its PVC frame and tough fabrics—will probably last longer. Regardless of the best pet bed you choose for your furever friend, dogs deserve a warm, cozy spot to rest their head as much as we do. A comfortable pet bed can make all the difference in your dog’s quality of life when they come in from a snuffari, and help extend your furniture’s lifespan, too.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dog beds of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best vacuums for stairs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-vacuums-for-stairs/ Thu, 03 Mar 2022 18:07:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=427743
Best Vacuums for Stairs
Stan Horaczek

Clean upstairs, downstairs, and on every stair in between.

The post The best vacuums for stairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Vacuums for Stairs
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget Best Vacuums for Stairs Bissell Zing
SEE IT

The Bissell Zing is a durable, no-nonsense corded vacuum with a long reach.

Best overall Best Vacuums for Stairs Dyson V11 Torque Drive
SEE IT

The Dyson V11 Torque Drive is an incredible vacuum with a serious price tag.

Best for carpet Best Vacuums for Stairs Shark Cordless Pet Plus with Anti-Allergen Complete Seal
SEE IT

The Shark Cordless Pet Plus digs deep for pet hair and dander, but will also get deep dirt out of carpets.

Cleaning technology has improved by leaps and bounds in the smart home era—we have app-enabled cleaning devices and self-emptying robot vacuums—but finding a vacuum for stairs remains a serious challenge. Household staircases are typically very high-traffic areas and can build up dust and debris quickly—especially if you have pets or kids in the mix. But they are a challenge to clean. There are tons of vacuums on the market designed to make your day-to-day vacuuming routine as easy and streamlined as possible—but we’ve taken it upon ourselves to test and research some of the absolute S-tier options to help pick out the best vacuums for stairs.

How we chose the best vacuums for stairs

There are thousands upon thousands of highly rated vacuums on the market—which made narrowing our list down to just seven picks quite a feat. We wanted to choose a set of vacuums that worked for various lifestyles and household needs, including carpeted and hardwood flooring, homes with pets and kids, and winding or unconventionally shaped staircases.

To make our selections, we looked at hundreds of high-quality consumer reviews to learn about the little details that manufacturer descriptions don’t tell you, as well as tapping into our own testing to hone in on the absolute best of the bunch. We focused on crucial features like weight and bulk, suction power, and battery life for cordless models. We also kept budget in mind, examining vacuums at various price points to see where a little extra money makes a big difference and where it buys flashy features you don’t necessarily need.

The best vacuum for stairs: Reviews & Recommendations

The best vacuums for stairs will depend on your specific lifestyle and household—which is why we’ve included a spectrum of different vacuums to suit a variety of needs and budgets best. Read on to find the best vacuum for your household.

Best overall: Dyson V11 Torque Drive Cordless Handheld Portable Vacuum Cleaner

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Dyson V11 Torque Drive might be pricey, but it’s slim, ultra-lightweight, and offers superior suction power that makes it worth every penny.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.2 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hardwood floors
  • Weight: 6.68 pounds
  • Battery life: 60 minutes

Pros

  • Features up to an hour of run time
  • Includes various options to best suit different flooring
  • Extremely lightweight and easy to maneuver

Cons

  • You have to hold down the power button
  • Very expensive

A longtime favorite for its sleek, powerful, and wildly expensive vacuums, the latest Dyson V11 series is leagues ahead of the company’s original stick vacuum design—and happens to be one of the very best vacuum cleaners on the market right now. Of the two models available, we like the Dyson V11 Torque Drive, which features an LCD digital display that monitors performance and battery life.

The V11 Torque Drive has more than twice the suction power of similar cordless vacuums and offers an hour of run time between charges, making it a decent option for all flooring types and square footage. The cutting-edge stick vacuum also weighs in at less than 7 pounds, allowing for easy maneuverability on staircases and beyond and making it one of the best portable vacuums. 

It isn’t perfect, though. Like most other Dyson models, the V11 requires holding the power button down rather than simply flipping a switch. It’s a minor annoyance that might sour you on spending hundreds of dollars on it.

Speaking of which, the main drawback for the V11 Torque Drive and its screenless cousin, the V11 Animal—any Dyson product, for that matter—is the price. Depending on the retailer, the Dyson Torque Drive costs $570 or more. That’s a lot more money than most vacuums. You definitely get a higher class of product but it will be a serious barrier for most people.

Best for hardwood: Bissell Featherweight Cordless Stick Vacuum (3061)

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Featherweight Cordless Stick Vacuum has impressive suction, a lightweight design, and a removable handheld mode, which makes it great for cleaning stairs.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.26 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 5.8 pounds
  • Battery life: 20 minutes

Pros

  • Super lightweight design for superior ease of use
  • Great price point for the quality
  • Converts to a handheld vacuum

Cons

  • Poor battery life
  • Does not include a wall mount or stand

The Bissell Featherweight Cordless Stick Vacuum ranks high in our books for delivering solid suction for a basic cordless vacuum. Though it costs less than $120, the Featherweight Cordless offers a lightweight, ergonomic design similar to more expensive models from other brands. The powerful suction and lightweight design make this vacuum great for hardwood and laminate flooring.

This Bissell vacuum is also quite versatile (though it’s not a carpet cleaner, which is something the company is well-known for making). The ability to convert from a stick vacuum to handheld mode that can get into the nooks and crannies of your staircase without having to lug the whole frame up and down. That said, at just 5.8 pounds, the full-sized vacuum is extremely easy to maneuver.

The only big downside to consider is its battery life. At just 20 minutes per charge, you won’t cover very much ground in one sitting. It also lacks any wall mount or stand, which can make charging trickier than it needs to be.

Best for carpet: Shark Cordless Pet Plus with Anti-Allergen Complete Seal

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Designed to trap allergens like dust and pet dander, the Shark Cordless Pet Plus digs deep into carpets for the best clean possible.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.21 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 7.17 pounds
  • Battery life: 40 minutes

Pros

  • Anti-allergen seal
  • Lightweight and easy to use
  • Converts to a handheld vacuum

Cons

  • Not as powerful as other stick vacuums
  • Top-heavy design

The Shark Cordless Pet Plus features an “anti-allergen seal” to ensure 99.9 percent of allergens it sucks up, including particles of dust and pet dander, stay trapped in the vacuum. Its brush roll features long panels called “powerfins” rather than traditional brush bristles, which Shark claims can help the vacuum dig dirt out of carpet. They also prevent the vacuum from getting jammed up with pet hair and other debris that can accumulate in carpets or rugs.

Studies suggest carpets can harbor more dust and allergens than non-carpeted flooring and might even decrease the air quality in the home or office space. As such, the Pet Plus should be a well-appointed option for ensuring minimal particles are able to escape into the air.

Customers tend to praise the Shark vacuum adamantly, but some note that the lightweight design feels a bit top-heavy while in use. This might make the maneuverability on stairs slightly more difficult while getting used to the vacuum’s unique shape and design.

Best lightweight: Eureka RapidClean Pro

Eureka

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Eureka RapidClean Pro is among the lightest vacuums on our radar, and features a proprietary “swivel steering” feature that makes it especially maneuverable.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.18 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 5.26 pounds
  • Battery life: 40 minutes

Pros

  • Great price point for the quality
  • Compact, ultra-lightweight design
  • Very quick 40-minute recharge time
  • Combo floor vac and handheld

Cons

  • The suction power could be improved
  • Harder to repair than other vacuums

Eureka RapidClean Pro is a game-changer for those looking for an ultra-lightweight design that can easily go up and down the stairs without feeling like you’re doing a workout. The 5-pound vacuum is easy to carry and converts into a handheld mode to maximize mobility. Off the stairs, the RapidClean Pro features a special “swivel steering” head that allows for better maneuvering as you clean.

The RapidClean Pro’s 40-minute battery life is strictly average, but it only needs 40 minutes to recharge, which means you can rapidly clean large spaces.

One thing to note, especially if you plan to keep this vac around for a while. According to customer reviews, replacement parts can be hard to come by and often cost nearly as much as a new vacuum, so don’t expect to get a decade out of this one.

Best for pet hair: Bissell Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser features a “triple-level” filtration system and motorized brush tool that works to remove embedded hair and dirt.

Specs

  • Form factor: Handheld
  • Capacity: 0.18 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and upholstery
  • Weight: 3 pounds
  • Battery life: 17 minutes

Pros

  • Includes a variety of tools for carpets, upholstery, and hardwood flooring
  • “Triple-level” filtration system
  • Features a surprisingly large dustbin for a handheld

Cons

  • Terrible battery life
  • Handheld vacuum isn’t ideal for whole-house cleaning

Pet owners must work harder to ensure their floors stay clean and free of dander and debris—there’s no way around it. Thankfully, brands like Bissell cater specifically to those with furry friends at home who don’t want to settle for less than the best in cleaning technology. The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser features great features for picking up hair and dander, including a motorized brush tool that digs them out of carpet and upholstery seamlessly and a “triple-level filtration” system that traps allergens in its bag. Of course, powerful suction is also a major weapon for cleaning all dirt and dust, whether you have pets or not.

Customers rave over the quality and suction power that this small but mighty hand vacuum offers, but reviews lament the short battery life—a mere 17 minutes between charges. If you’re looking for a full-size vacuum that also works well on stairs, check out our “best for carpets” pick, the Shark Cordless Pet Plus, which has similar pet-friendly features.

Best suction: Dyson Gen5detect Cordless Vacuum Cleaner

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This powerful 2-in-1 cordless vacuum is designed with a whole-machine HEPA filtration that can help trap viruses.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: .2 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: All floors 
  • Weight: 7.6 pounds
  • Battery life: 70 minutes

Pros

  • Features advanced HEPA filtration to fight virus spread
  • Powerful suction
  • Converts to a handheld device

Cons

  • Expensive

Vacuums are designed to suck up pet hair and dust, but how about viruses? Dyson’s Gen5detect Cordless Vacuum Cleaner is up to the task. This powerful stick vacuum features whole-machine HEPA filtration, which captures more than 99 percent of particles, including viruses. Operating at up to 135,000 rpm, this stick vacuum provides powerful suction and uses Dyson’s illumination technology to reveal microscopic dirt on your floors and stairs. 

Users can switch between three cleaning modes: eco, auto, and boost. The Gen5detect comes with two cleaning heads: a Fluffy Optic that’s gentle on hardwood floors and a Digital motorbar head that deep cleans tile and other surfaces. It’s also equipped with a hair crew tool for pet hair and a crevice tool for deep cleaning on corners and stairs. The battery-powered vacuum also converts to a handheld device and runs for up to 70 minutes. And the LCD screen displays how much dust you’ve collected and how much time you’ve been vacuuming.

Best cordless: Samsung Jet 90

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The high-tech Samsung Jet 90 offers next-level innovation and convenience.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: .21 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 6.87 pounds
  • Battery Life: 60 minutes

Pros

  • Great battery life
  • Dual replaceable batteries 
  • Auto-empty dustbin

Cons

  • Requires more assembly than the average vacuum
  • Very expensive

The Samsung Jet 90 was made to outperform the average vacuum and do so stylishly. It feels like every element of the vacuum has a special feature: There’s an auto-empty dust bin for easy disposal, a five-layer filtration system that keeps 99.999 percent of allergens out of the air, and an advanced turbo-action brush head that allows for quick and easy cleaning on multiple surfaces at once (great for staircases with runners or carpet).

While it generally excels, some features stand out more than others. The Jet 90 features a charging stand that can recharge two batteries, so you can recharge and replace one to extend its long battery life. (It only comes with one battery, so you’ll need to buy a second to make that happen.)

Like the Dyson V11 Torque Drive, the Jet 90 costs a lot more than most of the competition, but it’s hard to ignore that it improves conventional cordless stick vacuum design in many ways.

Best budget: Bissell Zing Bagless Canister Vacuum (2156A)

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Zing Canister Vacuum might not offer the same bells and whistles as more expensive models on the list, but it’s powerful for its price and features a hose that makes navigating staircases simple.

Specs

  • Form factor: Canister
  • Capacity: 0.53 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 10.23 pounds
  • Battery life: N/A

Pros

  • Incredible price point for the quality
  • Features very good suction power
  • The canister is large and easy to clean

Cons

  • Heavier than other vacuums on the list
  • Doesn’t include spinning brush attachment

The Bissell Zing Lightweight is one of the best cheap vacuums for stairs that we’ve come across. The large canister-style vacuum, which stores dirt in a large, wheeled-base, and features a hose for sucking up dirt, offers incredible suction power and durability that should last for years without requiring maintenance or replacement parts. Additionally, the dirt cup filters and post-motor filter help to capture particles before they hit the air. Its filters can also be hand-washed and reused for years without worrying about the quality or efficiency waning.

Between the corded power solution and heavy canister design, the Zing is not the most convenient solution for stairs. With a generous 15-foot power cable and a 4-foot, 8-inch hose, you have a lot of room to maneuver. Plus, the corded design also means that you won’t have to wait around for your vacuum to charge or worry about replacing a battery, long-term.

Customers love the Bissell Zing for its surprisingly high-quality design and reliability at such a low price but notice it lacked certain attachments, including a spinning brush. As such, the vacuum head sits directly on the floor, making it difficult to pick up larger debris or crumbs.

Things to consider when buying a new vacuum for stairs

Having a robotic vacuum is great … until it pleads for help in the form of beeps and/or an automated voice message from a very nice robot person. When shopping for a vacuum with stairs in mind, you’ll want to check a handful of factors to ensure you purchase something that’s right for your particular needs and routines.

Weight

The first thing you’ll want to consider is whether you’ll feel comfortable carrying your vacuum up and down the stairs regularly. Some of the bestselling upright vacuums can weigh up to 20 pounds, which might not sound like that much. Still, it’s enough to make things difficult when you pick it up and put it down repeatedly on each step, not to mention the possibility that it might slip as you clean, especially on winding staircases. 

If you’re cleaning a lot of stairs and are in the market for a small vacuum, we recommend getting a lightweight vacuum that you can easily carry. If you have a large vacuum already that works for you, you could always get a handheld vacuum specifically for the stairs and other hard-to-reach places. Upright vacuums, though heavier, usually offer significant sucking power and are much more effective for carpeted surfaces, so we generally wouldn’t recommend them as your primary cleaner.

Corded or cordless?

You’ll also want to decide whether you want to opt for a cordless vacuum or something that plugs into the wall. Many modern vacuum cleaners feature cordless designs that make vacuuming the staircase much easier and safer than having to watch under your feet for a cord. 

That said, most cordless vacuum cleaners have terrible battery life. Many last under an hour on a single charge and take many hours to fully recharge. Based on our testing, a good option should last at least 40 minutes. While you may not need them to last all that long, there’s nothing worse than having your vacuum die on you mid-clean.

Corded vacuums also tend to last much longer than their cordless counterparts. Most cordless models feature rechargeable internal batteries, which will last many years but can’t be easily replaced when they lose the ability to hold a charge.

Cleaning hardwood vs. cleaning carpet

Vacuuming rugs and carpeted areas require an entirely different approach than vacuuming hardwood flooring. Carpets require more suction power to clean deeply and require a vacuum that can trap common household allergens, such as dust and pet dander, which get trapped out of sight in the depths of the textile. Some models are designed specifically as carpet cleaner vacuums that are both wet and dry vacuums, while others are designed for all floors.

Attachments

Vacuum attachments might seem like a frivolous add-on or freebie, but they can be useful tools to help you clean parts of your home that might be otherwise inaccessible. The most common vacuum attachments include:

  • Extension wand: A slim, elongated attachment that makes getting into hard-to-reach places much more feasible.
  • Upholstery tool: A wide-mouthed piece that targets upholstered items and fabrics like mattresses or furniture.
  • Crevice wand: Similar to the extension wand, the crevice wand has an angled opening that allows you to suck debris from tight edges and window sills.

FAQs

Q: How much does a vacuum for stairs cost?

Deciding how much to spend on a vacuum is a personal decision and may depend on budget, the size of your home, and how often you clean. You can get vacuums at various prices, ranging from $30 to nearly $1,000—many of the basic cordless models on our list cost between $100 to $200. You can get a basic corded model for less, but you may find the power and build quality of the vacuums gets less consistent as the price tag decreases.

Q: Are cordless vacuums good for stairs?

Cordless vacuums are generally much more convenient but especially helpful for cleaning stairs. Dragging a corded vacuum up and down your staircase can quickly become a safety hazard if you aren’t careful of your footing. That said, it’s important to remember that corded vacuums require much less maintenance and last longer since they don’t rely on a battery for power.

Q: Which vacuum lasts the longest?

The lifespan of a vacuum cleaner depends on a whole slew of factors, including quality, brand, style, and how well you take care of your vacuum. Most cordless vacuums will require a new battery or some other kind of maintenance after about five years, while corded vacuums can last up to a decade or more with proper care.

Q: Is Shark better than Dyson?

In a word, no. Dyson vacuums usually outperform Shark models regarding both suction power and air filtration. That said, Shark vacuums work well and are generally much more affordable than a Dyson, often costing hundreds more than the average vacuum. For many people, buying a Shark vacuum (or another brand) makes more sense than buying a Dyson because of the cost.

Q: How often should you buy a new vacuum cleaner?

It depends. According to Consumer Reports, vacuums last eight years on average. Some top-shelf vacuums can last up to a decade. Sometimes, vacuums can last even longer than that. One member of the PopSci gear team vividly remembers using a ’60s-era Electrolux Automatic G canister vacuum as a kid in the early 2000s. See if you can fix the problem before tossing.

Final thoughts on the best vacuums for stairs

Although they tend to be on the pricey end, there’s a reason that Dyson vacuums have a cult-like following: They really are some of the best on the market for their maneuverability and suction power alone. The Dyson V11 Torque Drive will make vacuuming stairs (and the rest of the household) a breeze—even if you have a carpeted staircase or share your home with pets.

That said, you don’t need to spend nearly $1,000 on a vacuum cleaner to get your house spic and span. I have personally owned the Bissell Zing, our budget pick, for over a decade, and it’s never required any maintenance. There may be better vacuums out there, but you can do the job with nearly any vacuum if you put your mind to it.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission 

to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best vacuums for stairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Arduino starter kits for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/best-arduino-starter-kits/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-arduino-starter-kits/
A lineup of the best Arduino starter kits on a white background
Amanda Reed

Arduino kits are a fun, hands-on way for beginners to learn how software and hardware interact.

The post The best Arduino starter kits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best Arduino starter kits on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Official Arduino Starter Kit is our pick for the best overall Arduino starter kit. Official Arduino Starter Kit
SEE IT

The company that started it still provides the best way to learn about coding.

Best beyond the basics The Sunfounder Mega2560 R3 Project Kit is our pick for the best beyond the basics Arduino starter kit. Sunfounder Mega2560 R3 Project Kit
SEE IT

This takes beginners beyond without major expense.

Best budget The Elegoo UNO Project Basic Starter Kit is our pick for the best value Arduino starter kit. Elegoo UNO Project Basic Starter Kit
SEE IT

Get started with coding and electronics for very little money.

Arduino kits are great for teaching students about science, technology, engineering, and math. The Interaction Design Institute in Turin, Italy, created Arduino in 2005 to provide people of all ages with an easy, inexpensive way to build electronic devices and control them with rudimentary code. By making Arduino an open-source platform, the Institute made the technology freely available to anyone, which led to a vast array of starter kits. Today, everyone from young children to seasoned professional techies use them to build everything from simple devices that turn on the lights to robots controlled remotely via WiFi. Given their popularity, there are a lot of kits available. We look at some of the best Arduino kits and break down what you’ll find and how to choose one suited to your project and learning goals.

How we chose the best Arduino starter kits

Arduino kits have many similarities, so making our selection was not easy. Often, with our reviews, there are several key components to highlight, but Arduino starter kits have dozens, if not hundreds, of elements. In this case, it’s not a very practical approach. What we’ve done instead is ensure that a kit includes key elements, then focus on how each kit satisfies the needs of a particular learner. Does it suit a complete beginner? An intermediate user? Does it meet the criteria for STEM learning? By doing that, we believe we’ve provided a broad selection that offers something for just about everyone.

The best Arduino starter kits: Reviews & Recommendations

Most Arduino starter kits are very affordable. That said, we included a premium option for those enthusiastic makers who want to develop multiple projects without having to shop for more components. Not surprisingly, larger kits also tend to offer greater versatility. No matter what you’re looking for, we’ve got an option here for you.

Best overall: Official Arduino Starter Kit

Arduino

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This kit, from the company that invented the Arduino system, teaches makers of all ages how software and hardware interact to produce real-world results.

Specs

  • Board: UNO R3
  • Number of Components: Over 100
  • Projects Included: 15

Pros

  • High-quality components
  • 170-page project book is easy to understand
  • Many additional free resources available online

Cons

  • Premium price
  • Software must be downloaded

Picking the best Arduino starter kit is no easy task, given the huge variety. That said, nobody has more expertise teaching beginners than the Arduino organization, and its official starter kit provides a wide-ranging yet easy-to-understand introduction to coding and electronics.

The Official Arduino Starter Kit is ideal for STEM learning or for adult hobbyists or professionals interested in these areas. It features the latest UNO R3 microcontroller board and more than 100 components. The array of switches, sensors, actuators, motors, and displays offers terrific versatility. The kit includes an excellent project guidebook. The Arduino software (called Integrated Development Environment, or IDE) isn’t supplied but is available as a free download.

Buyers pay a premium for the name, but the official Arduino starter kit is backed by an array of online resources that allow makers to expand their learning and undertake projects far beyond the 15 provided within this excellent kit.

Best beyond the basics: Sunfounder Mega2560 R3 Project Kit

Sunfounder

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Budget Arduino starter kits are great for introducing beginners to coding and electronics, but eager learners soon want more. The SunFounder kit provides the logical ‘next step’ and great value for money.

Specs

  • Board: MEGA2560 R3
  • Number of Components: 291
  • Projects Included: 40

Pros

  • MEGA2560 board offers increased versatility
  • Online tutorials extend capabilities
  • Convenient storage case

Cons

  • Not ideal for beginners

Inexpensive entry-level Arduino kits provide a great way to start learning about coding and electronics. But their versatility is somewhat limited, and those eager to continue learning may soon want more. Fortunately, they don’t need to spend a great deal of money to extend their skill set. This SunFounder kit offers an extensive collection of components and is great value.

The kit is based on the MEGA2560 board, which is larger than the UNO and provides a wider range of connectivity options. That allows users to employ more complicated wiring. Used in conjunction with items like an ultrasonic ranging module, joystick and tilt switch, makers can build more complex mechanisms. Although the kit includes 40 projects, many more can be developed using online resources.

Users must download the IDE separately. While SunFounder provides some code, it, like instructions, is not as comprehensive as it might be. It’s less detailed than some competitors’, meaning learners may have to find solutions elsewhere or use other online resources to maximize the kit’s potential. While these challenges are not difficult to overcome, we would not recommend this kit for beginners.

Best WiFi set: GAR Monster Starter Kit for Arduino

Goliath Automation & Robotics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s expensive, but the GAR Monster starter kit can help beginners build and control complex wireless systems.

Specs

  • Board: MEGA2560, UNO R3, NANO, ESP32 WiFi & Bluetooth
  • Number of Components: Over 500
  • Projects Included: None (see description)

Pros

  • One of the largest component collections available
  • Includes three different microcontroller boards
  • Wireless capabilities

Cons

  • Expensive
  • May be overwhelming for beginners

Goliath Automation and Robotics (GAR) claims its Monster starter kit for Arduino is second only to its $500 Colossus kit as the largest kit available.

While the Monster starter kit is not cheap, it is impressively comprehensive. Although it will definitely appeal to more advanced users, it includes basics like the UNO R3 board that make it suitable for beginners. As a maker’s skills and knowledge increase, the MEGA2560 board allows them to pursue more complex projects, and the NANO and ESP32 platforms make it possible to develop wireless systems. The GAR Monster starter kit is also compatible with Windows, macOS, Linux, Android, and Raspberry Pi.

The instructions are fairly basic, and the main repository for projects is online. GAR offers an expanding library, but that’s really just the start. Given the number and variety of components provided, those wishing to extend their knowledge will find literally hundreds of suitable projects on the internet.

Best budget: Elegoo UNO Project Basic Starter Kit

ELEGOO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Elegoo makes a number of highly-rated Arduino starter kits. This one may be the most affordable one you’ll find, but it offers all the basics needed to get started.

Specs

  • Board: UNO R3
  • Number of Components: Over 100, though many are duplicates
  • Projects Included: 8

Pros

  • Remarkably low cost
  • Good quality components
  • IDE included on CD

Cons

The Elegoo UNO Basic Starter Kit is designed for those who want to try Arduino without spending much money. It includes the UNO R3 microcontroller, a reasonable assortment of components, and a CD that contains a PDF tutorial and the IDE software.

The tutorials focus on introducing the concepts of using code to drive electronic devices. It is a valuable introduction for beginners. The tutorials are very informative, and produce real-world results like illuminating an LED, activating a buzzer, and other fun projects). That said, keen learners will soon seek more demanding challenges, and although they’ll find other projects online, the variety of components included in this kit may limit their ability to pursue them.

The kit offers a couple hundred components, but many of them are duplicates. For example, it includes five red LEDs, five green LEDs, etc. Although it includes 130 resistors, they are limited to 10 types. Every component has its use in basic projects, but this kit does not offer the versatility that might appear at first glance.

What to consider when buying an Arduino starter kit

Arduino is an open-source hardware and software platform, which means anyone can copy the designs to produce an Arduino starter kit. As a result, many are essentially clones of the original and are largely similar. That said, the quality and content of each kit can vary considerably. Here’s what to look for.

Boards

The core of every Arduino starter kit is a board that contains a microcontroller. This can interpret a signal (input) and perform an action (output) based on instructions supplied by the user. For example, pressing a button might turn on a light or move an object.

Arduino UNO, MEGA2560 and NANO are the most common boards, but many others are available. Each has its own specification, which will become of greater importance as a maker’s knowledge increases. Size may be a consideration if the goal is to build the board into, say, a robot or other confined space. UNO is the most basic and usually recommended for beginners. One of MEGA’s key features is the ability to accept more connections if the project’s wiring is complicated.

Projects/Tutorials

Most Arduino starter kits come with a number of projects or tutorials. These may be contained within a booklet or a DVD containing a PDF. Quantity varies from a single tutorial to the 40 projects included in our best value suggestion.

The creative possibilities of a particular kit usually exceed what is covered by the tutorials, however. Manufacturer’s websites, and those run by Arduino enthusiasts, provide almost limitless expansion and variation. Video tutorials are common. Note however that if they are not specific to a particular kit, buying additional components may be necessary.

Components

There are literally thousands of Arduino components and modules available. It’s certainly an area worth exploring. For beginners, it is undoubtedly easiest to buy a starter kit and follow the tutorials provided. A ‘breadboard’ is a key component, allowing circuits to be built without soldering.

While many Arduino components are available individually, there is a compelling argument for buying additional starter kits, even for those people who have gained some experience. This is especially true if a maker has a particular project or range of projects in mind. Larger starter kits frequently contain parts for related projects, and buying one can often be easier than compiling an extensive shopping list. They are convenient and may offer better value. Compatibility issues aren’t common—all components should follow the Arduino standard—but buying from the same manufacturer ensures everything works together.

FAQs

Q: How much does an Arduino starter kit cost?

The cost of an Arduino starter kit largely depends upon its complexity. The GAR Monster Starter Kit for Arduino, for example, which allows users to build wireless systems, has a list price of more than $225. But those looking to begin with a less expensive option can learn the fundamentals with the Elegoo UNO Project Basic Starter Kit.

Q: Which Arduino is best for beginners?

It’s a difficult question to answer because all Arduino starter kits are essentially aimed at those with little or no prior knowledge. Our selections above offer a variety of solutions suitable for all learning levels and budgets.

Q: What can you build with an Arduino starter kit?

It depends on the kit, though its contents usually give some idea. Once you understand the basics, you can build movement sensors, smoke or fire alarms, timers, air quality sensors, lighting controls, and basic robots. Every kit includes tutorials, but many others are available online. Once you’ve gained a little experience, you can also develop your own variations and share them with other Arduino engineers.

Q: What’s the difference between Arduino and Raspberry Pi?

In basic terms, Arduino is designed for real-world building of models and prototypes, using simple coding for control. It teaches the interaction between software and hardware. A Raspberry Pi is a mini-computer for learning programming and software development. It can be extended to activate hardware, but that’s not its primary purpose.

Final thoughts on the best Arduino starter kits

We can’t think of a better place to start the Arduino adventure than with the official Arduino starter kit. It provides a number of excellent examples of how software and electronics have real-world impact. However, it does come at a premium price. The Elegoo Uno is an Arduino starter kit for those who want to test the waters at minimal cost. Nevertheless, it has sufficient content to prove absorbing and deliver satisfying results.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Arduino starter kits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best beginner keyboards in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-beginner-keyboards/ Sun, 31 Oct 2021 08:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=405063
Four of the best beginner keyboards are sliced together vertically.
Abby Ferguson

If tickling the ivories tickles your fancy, but your budget and space are tight, these keyboards can expand your creative foundation.

The post The best beginner keyboards in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best beginner keyboards are sliced together vertically.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Yamaha YPT270 beginner keyboard is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. YAMAHA YPT270 61-Key Portable Keyboard
SEE IT

This feature-rich keyboard packs plenty of sounds, accompaniment tracks, and built-in lessons that can all be accessed via its LCD panel.

Best 88-key The Alesis Recital 88-key beginner keyboard is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Alesis Recital
SEE IT

Adjustable touch-sensitive keys, battery-powered operation, and a USB output make the Alesis Recital a flexible option for beginners and pros alike.

Best weighted The Donner SE-1 88 beginner keyboard is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Donner SE-1
SEE IT

The SE-1 combines a stylish, streamlined wooden frame with three pedals along with 88 fully weighted keys to make a perfect addition to any living room.

If you’re looking to start playing piano and don’t have the budget or space for the real deal, beginner keyboards can deliver everything you need to tackle the basics and help you build your skills. Some designs feature built-in learning tools, lessons, and play-along tracks. Most include banks of sounds for added versatility and easy musical experimentation. We’ve looked at some of the best beginner keyboards on the market and made recommendations based on their unique feature sets and our key considerations.

How we chose the best beginner keyboards

Shopping for the best beginner keyboard for your needs doesn’t have to be a mystery, but there are a few key factors to remember when purchasing. Here are some of the details we combined with our first-hand experience and peer recommendations when compiling this list:

Features. Whenever possible, we selected beginner keyboards that come with dedicated lesson and coaching functions to help users hone their skills and grow accustomed to playing piano. The picks that don’t include lesson functionality made the list due to their ability to emulate the feel and sound of a real piano, which is an incredibly helpful factor for honing precise skills.

Price and value. Keyboards come in a wide range of prices—stretching into the multiple thousands. We built this list with keyboards that are priced in a reasonable and accessible price bracket to ensure that users get the most value out of their purchase.

Brand and reputation. Each of these beginner keyboards is manufactured by reputable and longstanding brands with extensive experience in the musical instrument market. Going with an established manufacturer typically ensures that years of research and development support a product’s design. 

The best beginner keyboards: Reviews & Recommendations

Thanks to its straightforward playing mechanics, repeating layout, and massive range spanning seven octaves, the piano is one of the most unique and immediately rewarding instruments to learn. Whether you’re a newcomer to music or you’re a musician looking to branch out and expand your skillset, a piano’s highly visual and intuitive design offers a foundational reference point that’s directly applicable to other areas of music. The beginner keyboards below will help you get started on our piano journey, wherever it takes you.

Best overall: YAMAHA YPT270 61-Key Portable Keyboard

Yamaha

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight 61-key keyboard is a feature-rich learning tool that hosts an easy-to-use lesson system and an auxiliary input for jamming along to your favorite songs.

Specs

  • Number of keys: 61
  • Number of sounds: 401 voices, 143 styles
  • Lessons included: Yes, 3 lesson modes
  • Touch-sensitive: No
  • Dimensions: 12.48 x 37.01 x 4.09 inches
  • Weight: 12.4 pounds

Pros

  • Intuitive interface and built-in lessons with a visual component
  • Includes hundreds of accompaniment and song tracks
  • Compatible with auxiliary audio equipment for customizing practice

Cons

  • Keys aren’t sensitive to varying touch force
  • Sounds aren’t as realistic or dynamic as professional models

The YPT270 is a relatively compact portable keyboard from Yamaha that’s designed with beginners in mind. It features an LCD display and a whopping 401 built-in instrument voices. Plus, three lesson programs guide users from learning proper technique to memorizing basic melodies and chords. Its interface is very open-ended and allows users to harness the keyboard’s features for their own learning style, making it a great basic keyboard for becoming acquainted with the layout and feel of a piano.

Because the YPT270 is the best beginner keyboard, it lacks features that might appeal to intermediate-level players, like touch-sensitive keys and realistic sounds. It’s a great tool for basic learning and for creative experimentation, but if you aim to become accustomed to the feeling and sound of a real piano, a keyboard with some form of weighted and touch-sensitive keys like the Alesis Recital may be a better choice.

Best 88-key: Alesis Recital

Alesis

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Alesis Recital offers a robust emulation of the piano-playing experience thanks to its five premium voices and 88 touch-adjustable keys.

Specs

  • Number of keys: 25
  • Number of sounds: 5
  • Lessons included: Yes, 60 lessons
  • Touch-sensitive: Yes
  • Dimensions: 11.54 x 50.51 x 3.58 inches
  • Weight: 17 pounds

Pros

  • Offers mobile operation using six D batteries
  • Toggle between standard, lesson, and two-hand split modes
  • Packs bonus MIDI connectivity via USB

Cons

  • Full-size 88-key design may be too bulky for small spaces
  • Robust customization options are hard to access

Many beginner keyboards are scaled down to make them easier to store and play. But if you want to grow accustomed to the size and feel of a standard piano, an 88-key keyboard is the best way to get acquainted without committing to an actual acoustic piano. The Alesis Recital is the best 88-key keyboard for beginners, thanks to its true-size keys, premium sound banks, and user-adjustable key tension. All of these features aim to offer a playing experience as close as possible to that of a standard piano.

Beginning pianists will appreciate the Recital’s ability to operate using six D batteries for easy mobility and operation in spaces without wall power. It also packs three distinct operation modes. That includes a lesson mode that splits the keyboard into two identical zones for working alongside a piano teacher. As a bonus, users can connect the Recital to a computer via USB and use it to send MIDI information like a dedicated MIDI controller.

As an 88-key keyboard, the Recital measures 50 inches in length, which may be too large for some spaces. One other drawback to the Recital’s design is its control interface, which allows access to all of its lesson features but isn’t super intuitive to use.

Best MIDI: Novation Launchkey Mini

Why it made the cut: As the best MIDI keyboard for beginners, it includes beginner versions of Pro Tools and Ableton Live, making it a user-friendly tool for entry-level producers and beatmakers.

Specs

  • Number of keys: 25
  • Number of sounds: N/A
  • Lessons included: N/A
  • Touch-sensitive: Yes
  • Dimensions: 1.61 x 6.77 x 12.99 inches
  • Weight: 1 pound

Pros

  • USB bus-powered for portability
  • One-touch chord mode, arpeggiator, and more
  • Velocity-sensitive keys and pads capture nuance of every performance

Cons

  • Rich feature set brings learning curve to advanced configuration
  • No MIDI cable included

Unlike standard beginner keyboards, MIDI keyboards generally lack lesson modes and learning tools. Its primary use is for beat-making and virtual instruments within digital audio workstations (DAWs) and other music production software. The best MIDI keyboard for beginners should be easy and intuitive to use, offer plug-and-play functionality, and pack a host of flexible tools like sampler pads, programmable knobs, and transport controls. The Launchkey Mini from Novation includes all of these beginner-friendly functions. It even packs them into a compact 25-key form that’s entirely powered via USB, which means that it requires no extra equipment or adapters apart from a computer to function.

Other unique features of the Launchkey Mini include a dedicated arpeggiator mode for creating lush textures and unique patterns, an automatic one-touch chord mode for quick recording of musical ideas, and a panel of 16 velocity-sensitive pads for precise beat-making. Much of these features are easy to access and use right out of the box. But the Launchkey Mini also offers users the ability to tweak and customize an abundance of other advanced settings. This makes it a great all-around choice for beginners and professional producers alike, but accessing the keyboard’s advanced features requires a bit of arcane maneuvering due to its dense, compact design.

MIDI keyboards are slightly different from standard keyboards in that they’re meant to control sounds within a separate unit. Because of this, they don’t include any sounds of their own. If you’re a beginner pianist looking for an all-in-one learning solution, a MIDI keyboard is probably not the best first choice. However, if you’re looking to get involved in DAW-based music production or synthesis, the Launchkey Mini sports one of the best feature sets for budding producers.

Best weighted: Donner SE-1 88

Donner

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SE-1 is a stylish and affordable fully weighted 88-key keyboard that will fit right in with any living room.

Specs

  • Number of keys: 88
  • Number of sounds: 200 tones, 128 polyphony, 100 rhythms, 60 demo sounds
  • Lessons included: N/A
  • Touch-sensitive: Yes
  • Dimensions: 12.9 x 51.9 x 35 inches
  • Weight: 23 pounds without stand, 64.9 pounds with stand

Pros

  • Three heavy-duty pedals offer realistic feel and response
  • Includes wooden furniture stand for easy blending with decor
  • USB port sends MIDI information

Cons

  • Larger and heavier than other beginner keyboards
  • No dedicated lesson mode

As the best weighted keyboard for beginners, the Donner SE-1 offers an accurate piano-playing experience in a stylish and understated design. Despite this, it comes without the cost and bulk commonly associated with acoustic pianos, making it a good choice for use in homes of beginners and professionals alike. It features three zinc alloy pedals that emulate the sustain, dampening, and sostenuto functionality of standard piano pedals. And it includes a sturdy black wooden stand for an elegant finish. Apart from hosting 200 different tones, fully weighted keys, and an onboard recording function, the SE-1 also includes a USB port for sending MIDI information. It’s a surprisingly flexible unit that holds up in a variety of musical scenarios.

Because of its furniture-style design, the SE-1 digital piano is rather bulky and heavy compared to the other beginner keyboards on this list. This is technically one of its most unique traits, but the Alesis Recital (above) will better serve users who require 88 keys in a portable form factor. This keyboard also lacks a dedicated lesson mode, but the Bluetooth support allows you to use app lesson plans. Still, its metronome and recording functions are helpful learning tools—they just require some user control.

Best compact: Casio Casiotone CT-S500

Casio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This piano is easy to use and grows with the player as they get more experience.

Specs

  • Number of keys: 61
  • Number of sounds: 800 tones, 243 rhythms
  • Lessons included: No (must use Casio’s separate practice app to unlock lessons)
  • Touch-sensitive: Yes
  • Dimensions: 38.82 x 12.09 x 6.38 inches
  • Weight: 14.85 pounds

Pros

  • Plenty of tones to use
  • Touch-sensitive
  • Headphone output for silent playing

Cons

  • No felt strip at key pivots to keep out dust

Don’t let this piano’s size fool you. It packs quite a powerful punch with 800 total sounds and lots of controls for tone adjustment. And the piano can play dynamics better than its counterparts, thanks to Active DSP. Multiple line-out jacks allow you to connect a PA or other gear. You can even use the CT-S500 as a Bluetooth speaker. The sound it produces exceeds its size thanks to built-in speakers designed around Casio’s Horizontal Bass-Reflex System. A strap pin enables you to play without a keyboard stand.

The tone selection includes a back catalog of classic Casio sounds pulled from the company’s massive collection of older devices. It spans everything from cheesy ’80s effects to more professional sounds. Once you pick a specific sound, you can assign different parameters to four onboard knobs and adjust them in real-time during a performance. It’s a simple and quick way to control popular effects like distortion and wah.

If you’re feeling particularly ambitious, you can split the keyboard to get two sounds at the same time, each of which you can customize with the built-in knobs. A built-in LCD display provides real-time info but also allows you to save sound, effect, and rhythm presets that are easy to find later.

Best budget: Casio SA-81

Casio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SA-81 is portable and affordable, making it a great learning tool for kids and a fun creative tool for players of every age and level.

Specs

  • Number of keys: 44
  • Number of sounds: 100 sounds, 50 rhythms, 10 songs
  • Lessons included: No
  • Touch-sensitive: No
  • Dimensions: 23.78 x 8.31 x 2.24 inches
  • Weight: 3.08 pounds

Pros

  • Portable and kid-friendly design
  • Built-in drum pads with 50 rhythms and 100 unique tones
  • Built-in speakers and headphone output
  • Metronome, tuning options, and transpose features

Cons

  • Limited to eight simultaneous notes
  • Toy-like appearance, build quality, and sounds

The Casio SA-81 sits somewhere between the best budget beginner keyboard and a children’s toy, packing 100 fun sounds, five drum pads, 50 rhythm tracks, and a pedigree from a longstanding industry leader in keyboard design. It sports a compact 44-key design that functions using a separately sold AC adapter or six AA batteries (we recommend rechargeables), making it a good practice and songwriting tool for taking on the road. It’s also not nearly as bulky as other more expensive beginner keyboards, which makes it an easy addition to small spaces and homes.

Because it’s a compact budget keyboard, the SA-81 doesn’t match the size specifications or sound capabilities of traditional pianos by any stretch. It features a toy-like appearance and construction, and its sounds are strictly for fun. This may put a damper on a new keyboardist’s ability to excel at and connect with the instrument at large. Still, its low price and user-friendly interface make it a fantastic choice for cultivating musical interest and acquaintance in young children, as well as a great option for older players who want a reasonably priced secondary keyboard for fleshing out ideas or techniques.

Things to consider before buying the best beginner keyboards

Keyboards for beginners offer a wide array of features and qualities. It can be challenging to sort through the buzz to figure out what actually matters when selecting a keyboard. Below, you’ll find some of the key things to pay attention to when narrowing down your choices and finding the best option for your needs.

How accurately do you want your keyboard to emulate the sound and feel of a piano?

When it comes to its design and construction, the piano is a notoriously complex instrument that contains hundreds of strings and creates plenty of complex overtones. Many keyboards aim to model this sound accurately, but not all beginner keyboards are equipped with high-quality sounds or keybeds with realistic resistance and feel.

If you’re looking for a beginner keyboard that’s great at emulating the sound and feel of a traditional piano, you’ll want to pay attention to a keyboard’s action. Action refers to how hard or easy it is to press a key in order to produce a note. The keys on real pianos are weighted, so a weighted keyboard will give you a similar feel to traditional pianos. This does make the keys hard to press, naturally. As a result, it may not be suited for little hands or those wanting keys that are easier to press.

Your keyboard sound will largely be determined by the number and quality of its voices. For a classic sound, focus on a keyboard or electric piano with a few high-quality voice options as opposed to a large number of sounds. If you want more flexibility to cover a wider range of music styles, a keyboard with a wide array of voices and sounds will be best.

How many keys do you need?

Standard keyboards feature 88 keys, though they also come in a range of other key numbers. If you live in a small space, want a portable device, or just don’t want a big piano, a lower number of keys will result in a smaller keyboard. However, the fewer keys you have, the fewer octaves you’ll have access to as well. That may be limiting, especially as you learn. We suggest a minimum of 49 keys—which provide four octaves. This will allow you to easily play with two hands and explore plenty of octaves as you get started. If you want more room to grow, however, go with a higher number of keys.

Do you need portability?

If you want to pack your beginner keyboard for mobile play and practice, battery functionality is a must-have feature. Likewise, a smaller footprint and lightweight design will also be essential factors for most.

FAQs

Q: Do digital pianos feel like real pianos?

Real pianos have weighted keys, which provide some amount of playing resistance and allow pianists to play with a great range of expression and dynamics. Not all digital pianos feature weighted keys, so it’s important to look for that feature if you want to feel like you’re playing a real piano.

Q: Do you need weighted keys to learn piano?

Weighted keys aren’t a requirement for learning piano. You can learn about melody, harmony, and more without ever touching a weighted key. However, if you’re looking to perfect your technique and become acquainted with the physical response of a real piano, there’s no substitute for weighted keys.

Q: Is a 61-key keyboard good for a beginner?

Having 61 keys is more than enough for learning piano, as beginners likely won’t even need to access the far reaches of their keyboard in the initial stages of their education. Also, 61-key keyboards are relatively smaller and, therefore, slightly easier to add to an existing home or studio without taking up too much space.

Final thoughts on the best beginner keyboards

All beginners start with different levels of experience and goals. As a result, the best beginner keyboard for one person may not be the best for another. However, whether you are looking to simply play for fun, shopping for a young child to start on their musical journey, or aiming to get serious about the instrument, one of these keyboards will fit your needs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best beginner keyboards in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best mattresses of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-mattress/ Tue, 06 Jul 2021 09:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-mattress/
Textured details of mattresses from Helix, Tuft & Needle, Sealy, and Casper.

You'll get more shuteye when you find a mattress that suits your sleeping style and your budget.

The post The best mattresses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Textured details of mattresses from Helix, Tuft & Needle, Sealy, and Casper.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Helix Midnight Elite Mattress, which features a quilted white cover and two white pillows on top. Helix Midnight Elite Mattress
SEE IT

This award-winning, supportive mattress is known as the “tallest on the internet” for its 16 inches of thickness.

Best cooling A man with a laptop and a woman sitting on a Brooklyn Bedding mattress. Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe Cooling Mattress
SEE IT

Toss and turn no more with this mattress that features a cover made with cooling fibers and foam that absorbs body heat.

Best budget A white mattress made by Zinus in a wooden frame flanked by green shelves and a white rug. Zinus Memory Green Mattress
SEE IT

This affordable memory foam mattress is designed with three layers of foam to conform to the body and encourages airflow.

What better way to start your morning than by showing up well-rested, and what better way to rest than on a new mattress. With new technology and developments in sleep science, we know more about what it takes to get a good night’s sleep. Traditional coil innerspring models have evolved, and modern designs come with foam materials that can literally shape to our bodies. With cooling gels, foam, plush pillow tops, and breathable materials, we can stay cool, relaxed, and comfortable all through the night. Moreover, you’re no longer stuck shopping in stores with pushy salespeople. One of the best mattress can show up at your doorstep once you decide on the best option for you.

How we chose the best mattresses

While it’s easy to assume that all mattresses offer similar performance, a number of factors affect their functionality. Several years of experience covering home goods and furniture as well as extensive product research went into choosing our final curated selection. We reviewed over 30 mattresses and weighed a number of practical considerations when making our recommendations.

Type: Foam, innerspring, and hybrid mattresses all have their own benefits, so we considered all three types for this guide.

Firmness: There is no perfect mattress firmness level, so we made sure to include plush, medium, and firm options in this guide to suit a variety of sleep preferences.

Thickness: Mattresses range in height from about 5 inches to 20 inches. While thickness doesn’t necessarily relate to quality, most people do find a thicker one to be more comfortable. Taking that into account, we only considered mattresses with heights of 10 inches or more.

Trial period: Since buying a mattress is such a personal decision, many manufacturers offer trial periods for you to test them out to ensure the right fit for you. We gave preference to brands that offered trial periods of 100 nights or more.

Value: Buying a mattress is a major investment that can last a decade or more, so it’s worth it to save up to buy a high-quality model. That being said, we still considered value when making our recommendations and only included products that we considered to be a great price for the quality provided.

Size: In order to fairly compare the prices of all our recommended mattresses, this guide only features details for queen-sized mattresses (which measure 60 by 80 inches), though all models listed are also available in other sizes.

The best mattresses: Reviews & Recommendations

While we can’t always control the stress in our daily lives, we can control the quality and comfort of our nightly rejuvenation by selecting the best mattress for our bodies. The right bed will provide you with optimal support and comfort. Whether you prefer firm support or a plush, soft mattress, you can choose from many options in many price ranges, so we’ve helped narrow it down.

Best overall: Helix Midnight Elite Mattress

Helix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Height: 16 inches
  • Firmness: Medium
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Superior comfort
  • Designed with cooling technology
  • Made without harmful chemicals

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Requires deep-pocketed sheets

If you’re looking to upgrade your sleeping experience all-around, consider the award-winning Helix Midnight Elite Mattress. At 16 inches thick, it’s known as the “tallest mattress on the internet.” This hybrid mattress features a quilted top is designed with two layers of microcoils specifically designed for back support and five layers of high-density foam. The Helix also contains proprietary cooling technology that adjusts temperature for each individual user. Plus, you can rest easy knowing that these mattresses are Greenguard Gold-certified for using low amounts of potentially harmful VOCs. And you can test it out for 100 days to make sure it’s right for you.

Best memory foam: Tuft & Needle Mint Mattress

Tuft & Needle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Memory foam
  • Height: 11.5 inches
  • Firmness: Medium
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Adaptive foam adjusts to the body
  • Designed with cooling technology
  • Environmentally friendly
  • Works with most frames
  • Removable cover is machine-washable

Cons

  • Not springy
  • Not the best for people with larger builds

This memory foam mattress is made with multiple layers of foam to form a strong base, ceramic gel beads for support, and a cooling gel inside the mattress. The top layer uses T&N adaptive foam, which contours to your shape and releases tension in your limbs. What’s more, it is swathed in a breathable cover to help cool the body. And you can rest easy knowing that this model is Greenguard Gold- and CertiPUR-certified, which means it’s free from harmful chemicals. That said, you may miss the springiness of mattress coils and this option isn’t the best for stomach sleepers or people with larger builds.

Best hybrid: Casper Original Hybrid Mattress

Casper

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Height: 11 inches
  • Firmness: Medium
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Made with recycled materials
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Features cooling technology
  • Hybrid model features springs and foam

Cons

  • Some users found it uncomfortable
  • May be hard on the back

Casper is one of the most well-known online mattress retailers and has carved out a niche on the market by creating well-made and affordable products that are consistently well-reviewed. This hybrid Casper mattress uses Zone Support which allows for optimal spinal alignment. On top of that, breathable foam helps to circulate air and release heat, so you don’t get too hot at night. It’s also made in part from up to 121 recycled bottles. The final touch? Innerspring coils add lift, bounce, and border support to the base.

Best cooling: Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe Cooling Mattress

Brooklyn Bedding

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Height: 13.25 inches
  • Firmness: Can choose between soft, medium, and firm
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king, split California king, short queen, RV king, RV bunk
  • Provides 100-night trial: Allows for 120-day trial

Pros

  • Designed with cooling fibers that absorb body heat
  • Available in soft, medium, or firm
  • Makes mattresses for RVs

Cons

  • Prominent logo
  • Mattress topper may buckle

Not going to be satified with any old mattress? Brooklyn Bedding provides more options to customize your mattress than most companies. The Arizona-based company allows customers to choose between soft, medium, and firm mattresses. And in addition to the usual lineup from twin through California king, Brooklyn also makes mattresses for RVs. 

But what sets the Aurora Luxe mattress apart is its cooling technology. The mattress features a cover made with cooling fibers and foam that absorbs body heat. The fibers also allow for plenty of airflow. And the hybrid model is made with individually encased coils that provide support, while foam layers help cushion the body for a satisfying night’s sleep.

Best for durability: Nod Hybrid by Tuft & Needle

Tuft & Needle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Height: 10 inches
  • Firmness: Firm
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Provides firm support
  • Smaller footprint
  • Less expensive

Cons

  • Some users found it didn’t help back pain
  • Returns can be challenging

This Tuft & Needle mattress offers a hybrid construction, with layers of adaptive foam, slow recovery foam, and a layer of pocket coils with a foam base. It’s topped with a stay-cool material to prevent the heat that is associated with some foam mattresses. The hybrid style allows for the bounce and structure of traditional models combined with the muscle-relaxing comfort of modern memory foam.

Best eco-friendly: Tuft & Needle Original Queen Mattress

Tuft & Needle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Memory foam
  • Height: 9.5 inches
  • Firmness: Firm
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Relieves pressure
  • Foam is infused with cooling gel
  • Features adaptive, high-density foam

Cons

  • Foam mattresses require time to fully expand
  • May have a chemical smell when delivered

While traditional foam mattresses caused sleepers to sink into the material, this pick from Tuft & Needle uses an adaptive foam that’s designed to provide a firm level of support without making you feel trapped.

The brand’s proprietary foam features an open-cell structure that adapts to your body position as you sleep and is infused with graphite and gel beads to make the material more breathable and provide a cooling effect. The materials used are certified by CertiPUR-US as being free of harmful chemicals.

With a medium firmness level, this mattress should be suitable for most sleepers, but back sleepers will particularly appreciate this level of support. Tuft & Needle offers a 100-night trial period in order to make sure the mattress is right for you. According to the manufacturer, 95 percent of buyers keep their mattresses after the trial period ends. Like most foam mattresses, this model needs up to 72 hours to expand after it’s delivered.

Best for back sleepers: Leesa Hybrid 11 Mattress

Leesa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Height: 11 inches
  • Firmness: Medium
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Hybrid design featuring pocket coils and foam
  • Features a ventilated comfort layer
  • Environmentally friendly

Cons

  • Because it comes rolled in a box, it will need time to expand
  • Some users say you can feel the springs

Back sleepers do best with a medium level of firmness that keeps their spines properly aligned when sleeping while also providing cushioning at key pressure points like the shoulders and hips. This hybrid model from Leesa features pocket springs covered in a top layer made from cozy memory foam. The comfort layer on top of the memory foam includes ventilation holes to prevent you from overheating as you sleep.

Innerspring mattresses are known for having higher levels of motion transfer than foam mattresses, meaning that if your partner gets up in the middle of the night, you’ll feel the mattress shift. This model, however, includes over 1,000 individually wrapped springs to reduce motion transfer. The coils span the entire mattress so you won’t experience issues with the edges or corners sagging.

While medium-firm mattresses are ideal for back sleepers, they’re also an excellent all-around pick if your mattress needs to accommodate various sleep positions. And in terms of materials, this mattress is CertiPUR-US-certified.

Best for stomach sleepers: Casper Sleep Element Mattress

Casper

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Foam
  • Height: 10 inches
  • Firmness: Firm
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Firm support for stomach sleepers
  • Perforated foam layer for air circulation
  • Made with sustainable materials

Cons

  • Foam mattresses requires up to 72 hours to fully expand

Casper’s Element mattress is a budget pick that’s constructed from three different types of foam and provides a firm support level. Stomach sleepers do best with a high level of support to alleviate the pressure placed on their chests, shoulders, knees, and hips.

The top layer features a comfortable memory foam that relieves pressure by contouring to your body. The middle layer is made from AirScape, a perforated foam that provides air circulation that’s beneficial for hot sleepers. The base layer is extra-firm and durable to provide the maximum level of support. As an added bonus, each mattress is made using eco-friendly textiles and is constructed with 121 recycled plastic bottles.

Best for side sleepers: Sealy Posturepedic Soft Feel Mattress

Sealy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Height: 13 inches
  • Firmness: Plush (soft); also available in medium and firm
  • Available in: Twin, twin XL, full, queen, king, split king, California king
  • Provides 100-night trial: Yes

Pros

  • Targeted support in the center layer
  • Cooling foam is great for hot sleepers
  • A moisture-wicking cover helps you stay dry
  • 13-inch thickness

Cons

  • Heavy
  • More expensive than some models

A plush mattress is best for side sleepers because they need cushioning on their pressure points. This model from Sealy combines an innerspring system with a gel foam top layer for a perfect balance of 13 inches of comfort and support. One unique feature of this model is that it has targeted reinforcement in the middle third of the mattress, which is where the heaviest part of your body needs support.

The 660 coils are designed to prevent motion transfer, and the brand’s Stable Edge Pro coil system ensures the edges of the mattress don’t sag. The Euro Top cushion layer includes SealyCool Air Gel Foam, which adds breathability, making sleeping comfortable no matter the temperature. Each purchase includes a moisture-wicking protective cover that will improve the mattress’s longevity. While this mattress is soft, the same one is also available in medium and firm.

Best budget: Zinus Memory Green Mattress

Zinus

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Memory foam
  • Height: 12 inches
  • Firmness: Plush (soft)
  • Available in: Narrow twin, twin, twin XL, full, short queen, queen, king, California king
  • Provides 100-day trial: No, provides 30-day trial

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Made without dangerous chemicals
  • Can support up to 500 pounds

Cons

  • Trial period shorter than most

Not looking to spend a lot? Typically you can find deals on foam mattresses; prices get lower as the size and thickness get smaller. The Zinus Memory Green Mattress, for example, is full size and measures 12 inches thick for under $400. This budget pick is made with three layers of foam to conform to the body, allow for airflow, and provide base support. The makers compress and ship it in a small box that expands within 72 hours of opening the package. And it’s also CertiPUR-US-certified.

Things to consider when shopping for the best mattresses

The mattress marketplace is full of options. With hundreds of models and manufacturers, finding the right choice can feel overwhelming. You can pick from traditional and new materials and price points that range from reasonable to a splurge. Also, consider what type of comfort and support you want. While you should ideally try the model out in person, many online purchases come with free trials and easy returns. Finally, you should understand the construction and materials used. You want your mattress to be durable and retain its shape for many years.

Innerspring vs. memory foam

First, you should understand the difference between innerspring vs. memory foam. Traditional mattresses are designed with what is called innerspring construction, which is made with steel coils arranged in various configurations. While some manufacturers advertise that the more coils the better the support—and therefore the better the quality—it’s important to consider the gauge of metal used in these springs. Thinner-gauge metal may not be as durable as a thicker gauge. Some are designed with a Bonnell-style coil or hourglass shape, a continuous wire coil, or individually pocketed springs. You can find highly rated mattresses made with all of these coil styles.

Why does it matter? Coil construction is responsible for the bounciness. The top of the innerspring construction mattresses can include special layers of cushioning, such as a pillow top layer or infused gel. Shifting positions tends to be easy with innerspring mattresses due to the bouncy quality. Foam layers and plush pillow tops added to the top help suppress the bounce by absorbing some of the vibrations.

Qualities of memory foam

Many mattresses today are completely constructed out of foam. The memory foam mattress was invented in the 1960s, designed to soften when you lie on it and mold to your body. Once you get up, it springs back to its original shape. The top models use foam to relieve pressure in areas of the body that may hold tension. This malleable material conforms to the body and is made with good motion isolation, which is convenient for couples. What’s more, the cost of these varies from budget to high end. That said, some negative attributes associated with some foam construction mattresses include an initial “off-gas” chemical smell that will dissipate after a few days of being set up and lack of bounce. The foam can also trap body heat.

Though many manufacturers use polyurethane to create their foam layers, others use latex as well. Some include both (so be wary if you have sensitivities). Specific foams offer cooling, support, and pressure relief. Additional varieties include high-density polyfoam, high-resiliency polyfoam, open-cell memory foam, gel memory foam, and varieties of latex foam.

Hybrid mattresses

Hybrid mattresses are made with both traditional construction (metal innerspring coil) and modern materials like foams and gels. They’re great for people who want the best of both styles of mattress. A hybrid has the sturdy support of the innerspring coil, better edge support, and durability along with the signature bounce. However, hybrids also incorporate the many benefits of new technology. Modern foam options offer superior comfort with the ability to mold to your body and relieve pressure in joints and muscles. Adding layers of foam or gel on top of the traditional base provides support and flexibility.

One of the complaints associated with foam-style mattresses is that it can be difficult getting in and out of bed. Sometimes the softness (lack of bounce) and molding quality can make the edge of the bed seemingly collapse when you sit on it. With an innerspring coil, you get some edge support and bounce that makes sitting on bed and getting out of bed easier.

Sleep position

Side sleepers are best served by a well-cushioned mattress because their hips and shoulders need to rest comfortably on the mattress. Back sleepers generally prefer a medium-firm option because they require plenty of spine support as well as cushioning for pressure points like the hips, lower back, and shoulders. Stomach sleepers should consider a firm mattress in order to provide support to the chest, stomach, knees, and hips. All-foam picks probably aren’t the best fit for stomach sleepers because they may cause you to sink in and put strain on your lower back.

Pain relief

The big question: Will it help you get a good night’s sleep? They will ensure that you wake up without any additional aches and pains and feel truly rested. The best mattress for back pain relief is a combination of flexibility and durability. It will conform to your body and provide full-body relief, but be supportive enough to not sink or sag.

People seeking pain relief should also consider temperature. Cooling fabrics, gels, and breathable fabrics will allow for an ideal sleeping experience with plenty of airflow. Look for ergonomic designs such as gel pads that help to align the spine, provide softer support under the shoulders, and firmer support around the hips and lower back.

Durability

Anyone who has spent a night tossing and turning in a friend’s basement on their ancient, broken mattress understands the importance of durability. The more durable the materials and construction, the more comfortable nights you will enjoy. Better quality spring construction will provide years of solid but flexible support. Look for foam that can withstand years of conforming to the body while remaining adaptable enough to return to its original shape after you get up.

The amount of wear and tear put on the bed is just one factor that affects its lifespan. A rarely used mattress in a seasonal beach house will last longer than one a child jumps on every night. Laboratories test this durability with simulations of normal use and offer an idea of how well they will hold up in time. The longer a mattress is able to retain its original shape, height, firmness, and side/back support, the more durable it is. A mattress that can withstand eight or more years of wear and tear earns a high rating of durability.

FAQs

Q: How much does a mattress cost?

The cost of a mattress ranges from about $3,000 for a premium pick like the Helix Midnight Elite Mattress to just over $300 for the budget-friendly Zinus Memory Green Mattress. In addition to cost, it’s worthwhile to consider the likely longevity of your purchase.

Q: How do you know when it’s time to replace your mattress?

Generally speaking, you should replace a mattress every 6 to 8 years. That being said, there’s no need to replace one that’s still comfortable and supportive. You’ll know it’s time to start shopping for a replacement if it begins to sag or you frequently wake up with back pain.

Q: Do you need a box spring?

Box springs were necessary when mattresses were thinner and less supportive, but most modern mattresses do not require a box spring and are designed to be used on platform-style bed frames.

Q: Is it better to sleep on a hard or soft mattress?

Our recommendations cover a variety of types and styles to best suit your needs. The Tuft & Needle Mint Mattress is one of our top picks because of its adaptive foam construction. Our recommended choice for those on a budget is the Zinus 10-Inch Memory Foam Mattress for its supportive base and comfortable memory foam layer.

Final thoughts on the best mattresses

Buying a mattress doesn’t have to involve hours of in-person shopping and haggling with salespeople. Now you can search hundreds of styles online and order them to your doorstep without hassle. Understanding the needs of your body, as well as the materials and construction, will help you pick a brand and model. Then find the best mattress and look forward to restful nights and serenity ahead.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best mattresses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best mini fridges in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/shop/best-mini-fridges/ Tue, 18 Feb 2020 19:21:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-mini-fridges/
The best mini fridges
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

A mini fridge is a small appliance that can make a big difference in a home office, dorm, even a bedroom, garage, or shed.

The post The best mini fridges in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best mini fridges
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall hOmeLabs Mini Fridge hOmeLabs Mini Fridge
SEE IT

The right balance between storage capacity, design, and price.

Best with freezer Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer
SEE IT

Keep your beverages chilled and your ice cream frozen.

Best budget Midea WHS-65LB1 Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator Midea WHS-65LB1
SEE IT

Chill your food and drinks for well under $150.

The mini fridge is a staple of dorm rooms, home offices, basements, hotel rooms, and any place you need cold beverages on hand without taking up much space. These mini drink dispensers are roughly half the size of a “normal” fridge, but their lower capacity and tinier footprint are the point. A bedroom fridge tucked in a corner can save you trips up and down the stairs, which is especially helpful at night. Similarly, one in the garage, TV room, etc., lets you concentrate on your task or TV. The best mini fridges provide undeniable utility wherever they’re installed, and they’re a relatively inexpensive appliance upgrade.

How we chose the best mini fridges

Our mini fridge recommendations are based on analysis and research into the best options to accommodate the most common use cases. Many of the best-known full-sized fridge makers also make mini fridges, so if you have brand loyalty (or just like consistency) you’re likely in luck. We focused on general-purpose mini fridges rather than a wine cooler, which is a similar but specialized appliance.

A mini fridge, much like a beverage cooler, has one job: keep drinks and food cold for an extended period of time. Some have a particular feature, like a built-in freezer, differentiating them from the pack, while others are more portable and easier to move around. Mini fridges can also vary some in price, so we included a more premium and cheap mini fridge to cover the widest budget range.

The best mini fridges: Reviews & Recommendations

Having cool beverages on hand is an attainable luxury and one that doesn’t require a cooler with wheels. Once you get used to having one of these mini fridges, you’ll wonder how you did without it.

Best overall: hOmeLabs Mini Fridge

hOmeLabs

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 17.4″D x 20.1″W x 24.5″H
  • Minimum temperature: 34°F
  • Capacity: 2.4 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $269.99

Pros

  • Mid-sized
  • Height-adjustable shelves
  • Freezer compartment

Cons

  • May not be large enough for your needs

The hOmeLabs Mini Fridge tries to be the Goldilocks of this product category. It’s not too big, not too small, and even has a freezer compartment—complete with its own temperature gauge—rather than a separate door. This makes it just right for most people. You can move its two shelves to four height levels to accommodate differently sized bottles and cans or remove one entirely if you’d like to chill a bottle of wine or a two-liter of water, seltzer, or soda. A pair of shelves built into the mini fridge’s door offers even more space, and metal bars will keep bottles from falling out when you open and shut the fridge.

This mini fridge’s built-in freezer isn’t that large but can hold a few pints of ice cream or ice cube trays if need be. Smaller frozen dinners could also fit inside if you’d like to keep them inside to microwave later. This mini fridge’s middle-of-the-road size is its greatest strength and only potential weakness. It’s just large enough to hold a couple dozen cans along with other perishables, but may not be big enough if multiple people are sharing it. If you’re on your own, we can’t find fault with this mini fridge, but if you’re planning to install it in a common space you may want something a bit bigger.

Best design: Frigidaire Compact Refrigerator

Frigidaire

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 18.5″D x 20″W x 34″H
  • Minimum temperature: 33°F
  • Capacity: 3.2 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $255.64

Pros

  • Modular shelving system
  • Large capacity
  • Ample door storage

Cons

  • No freezer

All mini fridges have the same basic design, but this model from Frigidaire has a couple of subtle extras that make it more versatile and convenient to use. The fridge comes with three removable shelves that can be moved to ten different positions. This is an extraordinary amount of flexibility to accommodate cans, bottles, and food storage containers of every shape and size. The door of Frigidaire’s fridge isn’t as modular as its main compartment, but it still has some convenient features.

First, the six can slots are angled outward, which makes them easier to reach for and grab immediately. A pair of shelves to the right of them can be used for small jars and taller cans or bottles, respectively. Finally, the bottom shelf is deep and wide enough to hold gallon-sized containers of milk, or bottles of wine and soda. It doesn’t have a freezer section, but we can forgive that, given the rest of its design.

Best splurge: Rocco Super Smart Fridge

Rocco

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 16″D x 24″W x 34″H
  • Minimum temperature: 37°F
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $1,500

Pros

  • Can accommodate bottles of all shapes and sizes
  • Controllable via an app
  • 10-year warranty

Cons

  • Price

This mini fridge may be designed for beverages, but it’s also one of the most innovative appliances we’ve seen in quite some time. Rocco’s Super Smart Fridge has five pull-out shelves, which can be adjusted to accommodate differently sized bottles and cans. These shelves can be separated into different “temperature zones” by pushing buttons on a control panel inside the fridge. This means your white wine and seltzers can be chilled to their ideal temperature individually.

Rocco doesn’t measure its mini fridge’s capacity in cubic feet but by how many bottles and cans it can hold. In one example, the fridge held five bottles of wine and 22 sodas (a mixture of bottles and cans), but your experience will vary based on what you’d like to keep chilled. You can keep an inventory of what you’ve got inside the mini fridge broken down by rack.

At $1,500, this mini fridge is a textbook definition of the term splurge, so the company offers a decade-long warranty with purchase against defects.

Best with freezer: Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer

Honeywell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 19.4″D x 18.5″W x 32.9″H
  • Minimum temperature: N/A
  • Capacity: 3.1 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $205.31

Pros

  • Separate freezer compartment
  • Fridge and freezer have in-door storage
  • Produce drawer

Cons

  • Limited modularity

A mini fridge freezer is very helpful to have if you’d like to use the appliance for more than just keeping drinks and leftovers cool for a few days. Honeywell’s mini fridge has a totally isolated freezer, complete with its own door and in-door storage area. It’s larger than the small freezer section built into hOmelabs’ mini fridge, and can easily hold a week’s worth of frozen dinners, ice cream, and other frozen treats.

This mini fridge’s freezer takes up a fair chunk of space, which does come at the expense of modularity. You can’t move this fridge’s shelves to different positions the same way you can with most models. This limits what you can store in the fridge’s main chamber, although the bottom shelf is actually a vegetable crisper, which makes this the best mini fridge for storing produce.

Honeywell made up for this mini fridge’s limited modularity by optimizing its in-door storage. There are two shelves and a vertical can dispenser in the door, which can hold most beverages. If you want the flexibility to freeze food from your mini fridge before it goes bad or to keep frozen foods inside when you don’t have time to cook, this is the one to get.

Best budget: Midea WHS-65LB1 Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator

Midea

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 17.7″D x 18.6″W x 19.4″H
  • Minimum temperature: 32°F
  • Capacity: 1.6 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Cube
  • Price: $135.21

Pros

  • Compact size
  • Built-in chiller box
  • Price

Cons

  • May not be large enough

If your space requirements are sparse, Midea’s Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator is the solution you’re looking for. While it has roughly half the capacity of our other mini fridge recommendations, Midea squeezed a lot of features into this square-shaped box. The biggest surprise is its chiller box, which will keep frozen foods or ice from melting.

There’s also ample in-door storage, with shelves purposefully cut out for a large bottle and smaller ones. This mini fridge only has one rack, which is understandable given its size. You can’t adjust its height, but you can remove it completely if you’d like to use the fridge with tall bottles or stacks of leftovers only. If your needs and budget are modest, Midea’s mini fridge gives you most of the features you’d find in large models in a smaller package.

What to consider when shopping for the best mini fridge

With so many options, choosing the right mini fridge for your home requires careful consideration. These were the factors we had in mind during our research.

Size and capacity

Size is critically important to consider when choosing a mini fridge. A mini fridge’s capacity is measured in cubic feet, and most models fall between 1.5 to 4 cubic feet. You’ll also need to consider the two fridge styles:

  • Cube — sometimes called countertop — fridges have capacities of less than 2 cubic feet. They’re generally between 17 and 21 inches tall, 18 and 22 inches wide, and 17 to 22 inches deep. This makes them compact enough to fit under a desk or on a shelf.
  • Tall mini fridges are freestanding and have capacities between 3.5 and 4.5 cubic feet. They tend to be 30 to 35 inches tall, 18 to 24 inches wide, and 19 to 26 inches deep.

Aesthetics

Since a mini fridge will be placed in a visible location, you should consider how it looks (though not at the expense of how it performs). Many cheap mini fridges simply come with a black or white finish, while more premium models have stainless steel exteriors.

Additional features

Mini fridges all share the same basic feature of keeping your food and beverages cool, but many have desirable additional features.

  • Temperature Control: Many models allow users to control the fridge’s internal temperature using a built-in thermostat.
  • Adjustable Shelves: This feature lets you configure your fridge to suit your specific needs best. This is helpful because the contents of your mini fridge can change from week to week or even daily.
  • Integrated Freezers: Some mini fridges include a small freezer compartment, which is ideal for storing ice cubes. These aren’t as performant as dedicated, separate freezers and can’t hold as much inside.
  • Two-Door Design: Two-door mini fridges have a separate freezer that offers higher performance and can maintain lower temperatures.

FAQs

Q: Do mini fridges use a lot of electricity?

Most of the mini fridges we’re recommending use around 220kw (kilowatt hours) per year, which translates to roughly $30 annually.

Q: Do mini fridges keep food cold enough?

Yes. According to the FDA, refrigerators should be kept at a temperature of 40 degrees Fahrenheit or lower to guarantee food safety. All of the mini fridges above can maintain a temperature in the 30s.

Q: Can one person carry a mini-fridge?

Most of our mini fridge recommendations weigh between 40 and 50 pounds, so we recommend two or more people carry them around.

Q: How much is a good quality mini fridge?

All of our mini fridges should last you several years and range in price between $129.99 and $1,499.99. A majority fall under $300.

Q: Do mini fridges need maintenance?

Mini fridges require the same amount of maintenance as a full-sized refrigerator. Wiping down its shelves with an all-purpose cleaner and dish towel each time it’s emptied out is the only maintenance you should have to perform, barring a technical glitch.

Final thoughts on the best mini fridges

A mini fridge is a single-purpose appliance that’s easy to overlook but provides a lot of genuine utility in a dorm or home office setting. It can be annoying to leave your room and potentially ruin your flow state just to get a bottle of water or other beverage. Similarly, if your home theater system is located in a basement, it’s far more convenient to have a mini fridge on hand when you’d like to grab a snack. Working on a project in the yard and hate having to head back into the house for a cold one? Add one of our top mini fridges to the shed and you won’t have to.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best mini fridges in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best infrared thermometers of 2023, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-infrared-thermometers/ Sun, 05 Nov 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585328
The best infrared thermometers help you keep a gauge on your health and your food.

These versatile devices can help you with everything from cooking to your health.

The post The best infrared thermometers of 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best infrared thermometers help you keep a gauge on your health and your food.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A yellow and black infrared thermometer gun made by Etekcity against a plain background. Etekcity 774  Infrared Thermometer Gun
SEE IT

This budget-friendly thermometer has a wide range, which makes it ideal for cooking and measuring the temperatures of fluids like oil.

Best for grilling A side view of the gray and black Cuisinart CSG-625 Infrared Surface Thermometer against a plain background. Cuisinart CSG-625 Infrared Surface Thermometer
SEE IT

This versatile device can help you cook meat and veggies evenly on the grill and also works for pizza ovens.

Best for humans A white Withings Thermo Smart Digital Thermometer with a green ring around the bottom against a plain background. Withings Thermo Smart Temporal Thermometer 
SEE IT

This non-invasive thermometer provides quick and accurate body temperature readings.

An infrared thermometer can be used in a variety of situations. From checking the temperature of your skillet before searing a juicy steak to finding out your child’s temperature to gauging the effectiveness of your home’s insulation—these little devices come in quite handy. However, there are numerous types of infrared thermometers to choose from.

“I find infrared thermometers extremely useful in the kitchen and use mine almost as much as I use more traditional thermocouple or probe thermometers,” says Michael Laiskonis, a chef at the Institute of Culinary Education. “They are indispensable for speed, accuracy, and hygienic reasons—but not always useful for all applications.” While it’s true you’d really need a meat thermometer to read the internal temperature of food, the best infrared thermometers can still be used in a variety of other scenarios.

How we chose the best infrared thermometers

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications including Forbes, CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, TechRadar, Better Homes & Gardens, Bob Vila, and, of course, PopSci. My recommendations for the thermometers are based on a mix of hands-on testing, research, and advice from two experts. I also weighed quality of build, accuracy, emissivity, price, and other features.

The best infrared thermometers: Reviews & Recommendations

There are various types of infrared thermometers. Whether you need one for your kitchen, outdoor grill, pizza oven; to take your family’s temperature; or to test components in your HVAC, automobile, or another industrial application, we’ve got you covered. One of these infrared thermometers is designed for your intended scenario.

Best overall: Etekcity 774  Infrared Thermometer Gun

Etekcity

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s not often that the best budget option offers so much versatility and has so many features. 

Specs

  • Temperature range: –58 to 842 degrees F
  • Adjustable emissivity: Yes
  • Distance to spot-size ratio: 12:1
  • Response time: 0.5 seconds
  • Accuracy: Not available

Pros

  • Wide temperature range
  • Emissivity Mode
  • Max/min/average temperature modes

Cons

  • Cheesy plastic body

The Etekcity 774 Infrared Thermometer Gun is our pick for the best overall infrared thermometer gun—and it’s also the best budget choice. The price is almost unbelievable, considering how much value the infrared thermometer gun provides. With a temperature range from -58 degrees to 842 degrees, along with non-contact measuring, you can stay a safe distance from hot areas. This makes it ideal to use in the kitchen or when grilling outdoors.

Other use scenarios include checking the surface temperature of your vehicle’s engine, checking your HVAC’s surface to ensure it’s working properly, and measuring fluid temperatures. In addition, the adjustable emissivity mode allows the device to measure the temperature on various surfaces, including steel, water oil, ice, iron, and plastic. The infrared thermometer has a high accuracy rate and a max temperature measurement to gauge the temp in a larger area.

The results can be viewed in 0.5 seconds or less on the LCD display. And the infrared thermometer gun comes in four colors: black/yellow, blue, orange, and yellow.

Best for pizza ovens: Ooni Infrared Thermometer Gun  

Ooni

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ooni Infrared Thermometer Gun has been calibrated specifically for cordierite baking stone but can also be used on other surfaces.

Specs

  • Temperature range: -22 to 999 degrees F
  • Adjustable emissivity: Yes
  • Distance to spot-size ratio: 10:1
  • Response time: Less than 300 milliseconds
  • Accuracy: 2% or 4 degrees F

Pros

  • Great for pizzas
  • Wide temperature range
  • Adjustable emissivity easily reads pizza stones

Cons

  • Best used for pizza ovens

Ooni is known for great pizza ovens, so it’s no surprise that the company also makes a great infrared thermometer. For starters, the Ooni infrared thermometer gun has a ridiculously wide temperature reading range of -22 degrees to 999 degrees F—and it’s accurate to 2% or 4 degrees F. This level of accuracy, combined with the ability to provide maximum, minimum, and average temperatures, lets you know the precise time to launch your pizza into the oven.

The non-contact Ooni infrared thermometer is specifically designed for cordierite pizza stones; however, since it uses an advanced emissivity setting, the infrared thermometer can also be adjusted to more accurately read temperatures on steel, cast iron, and other types of materials and finishes. The backlit LCD screen can easily be read, whether in direct sunlight or low light settings. There’s also a helpful color temperature ring on the screen, which indicates the recommended baking temperature range.

Best for grilling: Cuisinart CSG-625 Infrared Surface Thermometer

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Meat is too expensive to burn on a grill, and this infrared surface thermometer ensures you don’t overcook (or undercook) it.

Specs

  • Temperature range: –58 to 716 degrees F
  • Adjustable emissivity: No
  • Distance to spot-size ratio: 12:1
  • Response time: Not available
  • Accuracy: ±2%

Pros

  • Great for grills and pizza stones
  • Max/min temperature
  • Records temps up to 716 degrees

Cons

  • No adjustable emissivity

With the Cuisinart CSG-623 Infrared Surface Thermometer, you can locate hot spots and cold spots (so you can put meat where it cooks best and also position items—like veggies—that don’t need as much heat). Since you can’t see these hot and cold spots with the naked eye, the infrared thermometer allows you to make adjustments accordingly. With a readable temperature range of -58 degrees to 716 degrees F, it accurately records surface temperatures.

The LCD screen is easy to read, and the backlit function can be turned on or off as desired. The Cuisinart CSG-623 infrared thermometer can also be used with pizza ovens and other household appliances, like the oven and refrigerator, and even to determine how much heat is being generated by your computers and other electrical devices.

Best for humans: Withings Thermo Smart Temporal Thermometer   

Withings

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The contactless body thermometer can be used with babies, infants, kids, and adults—and readings can be saved to your smartphone.

Specs

  • Temperature range: 95 to 109.8 degrees F
  • Adjustable emissivity: N/A
  • Distance to spot-size ratio: N/A (0.5”  from forehead)
  • Response time: N/A
  • Accuracy: 0.4 degrees F

Pros

  • Medical-grade results
  • Supports up to 8 users
  • Connects via WiFi
  • Contactless

Cons

  • Expensive

The Withings Thermo Smart Temporal Thermometer is a safe, easy, and hygienic way to take the temperatures of every member of your family. You can get a contactless scan from babies, infants, kids, teens, and adults by holding the infrared thermometer 0.5 inches from the forehead. This non-invasive process eliminates the need to stick devices in ears, mouths, and other body cavities, and the 16 infrared sensors provide quick and accurate results. In addition, the LED indicator is color-coded based on whether the reading indicates the temperature is normal, elevated, or high. 

The infrared thermometer can also be synced via WiFi with your smartphone or tablet. After syncing, you can view historical data (for example, the temperature two hours ago, five hours ago, yesterday, etc., for up to 8 users). There’s also room for notes in the app, so you can also list the symptoms in the app, as well as which meds were administered on which date and at what time. This provides a helpful record that can be shared with doctors and other caregivers.

Best industrial: Fluke 62 Max Infrared Thermometer

Fluke

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This thermometer allows users to take accurate readings in potentially hazardous industrial settings.

Specs

  • Temperature range: -22 to 932 degrees F
  • Adjustable emissivity: Yes
  • Distance to spot-size ratio: 12:1
  • Response time: less than 500 milliseconds
  • Accuracy: 1.5%

Pros

  • Wide temperature range
  • Adjustable emissivity
  • Max/min/avg temp

Cons

  • Expensive

For industrial use, the fact that the Fluke 62 Max Infrared Thermometer is a non-contact device is particularly important. When working in hazardous locations or performing predictive maintenance, you want to be far enough away that you’re in no danger when trying to gauge the temperature. In other scenarios, it could just be inconvenient to get so close, such as when you’re diagnosing HVAC duct leaks, insulation, or blower motors; as well as mechanical readings for gears, shaft alignment, bearings, and hydraulics; or electrical panels, wiring and cables, etc.

Adjustable emissivity allows the infrared thermometer to provide accuracy when reading a range of materials. The large display is backlit for easy viewing in dark environments, and the durable device has an IP54 dust and water resistance rating—and has also been tested safe at a 9-foot drop.

Best temperature range: ThermoPro TP450 Dual Laser Temperature Gun

ThermPro

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Dual lasers make this infrared thermometer more accurate.

Specs

  • Temperature range: –58  to 1022 degrees F
  • Adjustable emissivity: Yes
  • Distance to spot-size ratio: 16:1
  • Response time: 0.5 seconds
  • Accuracy: ±1.5%

Pros

  • Dual lasers
  • Adjustable emissivity
  • Max/min/avg readings
  • Reads temps up to 1022 degrees F

Cons

  • Some users found the reading to be off

The ThermoPro TP450 Dual Laser Temperature Gun has, as its name states, dual lasers, and this helps it deliver the most accurate results. In fact, it’s accurate up to ±1.5%. The infrared thermometer also has a temperature range of -58 degrees to 1022 degrees—and the latter is the highest temperature on our list. The 16:1 distance-to-spot-size ratio is also the furthest distance on our list, allowing you to stand a considerable distance away and still obtain an accurate reading. Also, the 0.5-second response time is among the fastest on our list.

With a max/min/avg temperature, it’s easy to get a complete picture of the temperature in a given area. The device uses an LCD display with large numbers and a colorful background. The infrared thermometer is versatile enough to gauge the temperature in a grill, pizza oven, HVAC, swimming pool, vehicle, and many other scenarios.

What to consider when buying an infrared thermometer

Use

The most important thing to keep in mind when buying an infrared thermometer is how you’re going to use it. “Remember that it only measures the surface temperature of an object, and only at a specific point,” says Michael Laiskonis of ICE.

He uses his daily to get a quick, no-contact read on items like melted chocolate. “However, it can be less accurate with more dynamic preparations, like a boiling sugar syrup or hot frying oil, where temperatures can fluctuate from one spot to another.” 

For measuring internal temperatures—such as cooked meats—Laiskonis says you should use a probe thermometer.

Accuracy

The whole point of using an infrared thermometer is to accurately gauge the temperature in a given scenario. “I always look for accuracy: baking and candy-making require precision, so a device that promises accuracy to within ±1.5°F or better is a worthy companion,” advises Emily Laurae, a pastry chef and recipe developer.

Sometimes accuracy is listed in percentages, and 1.55 to 2 percent is a good range.

Adjustable emissivity

“Opt for a thermometer with a good emissivity range—that’s a fancy term for the tool’s ability to read various surface temperatures,” explains Laurae. “From the glistening surface of caramelizing sugar to the skin of a proofing dough, differing surfaces shouldn’t stump your device.”

Infrared thermometers with adjustable emissivity result in more precise measurements in different scenarios. For example, with some materials, like stainless steel, it’s more difficult to detect temperatures. However, adjusting the emissivity can provide a more accurate gauge.

Some companies, like Etekcity, provide an Emissivity Reference Chart with guidelines for making emissivity adjustments on materials like steel, water, oil, ice, iron, paper, plastic, sand, snow, heated food, frozen food, sand, carbon, and clay.

Non-contact feature

A non-contact infrared thermometer lets you measure the temperature from a safe distance. This allows you to stay far enough away from the source that you won’t burn your fingers on a hot grill or have air blown in your face when working with your HVAC. With a medical infrared thermometer, a no-touch option can reduce the risk of spreading disease between tested individuals.

Display

“A user-friendly design with a clear display is more than just aesthetics; it’s about ensuring you can catch a quick, accurate read in the midst of your tasks,” says Laurae. Some devices also have a colorful background that provides contrast and makes the numbers easy to read. Some models have an option to turn the background on or off. “Also, a hold function can be a lifesaver, locking in the last recorded temperature so you have a reference point as you go,” recommends Laurae.

FAQs

Q: Is an infrared thermometer a high-tech meat thermometer?

No, a meat thermometer is used to read the temperature inside of the meat, whereas an infrared thermometer reads the meat’s surface temperature. When cooking food, the internal temperature needs to be high enough to kill germs, and the only way to determine this is by using a meat thermometer, which is inserted into the food item.
 
“Infrared thermometers are perfect for gauging griddle readiness or the surface temp of your chocolate tempering, but they won’t tell you if your roast is done in the middle,” says Laurae.

Q: Why would I use an infrared thermometer to cook if I need to use a meat thermometer anyway?

Sometimes, it’s difficult to get a good reading with a meat thermometer, so you might have to move it from one spot to the next. An infrared thermometer can help you determine surface temperature so you’ll know where to put the meat thermometer.
 
It can be used to ensure that your pots, pans, and skillets have reached the correct temperature before you put food in them (for example, when you’re searing a steak). This can help you avoid overcooking or undercooking the meat. An infrared thermometer can also provide the temperature in a freezer.
 
“See this tool as a complement to your kitchen, not a replacement for your trusty probe thermometer,” says Laurae. “It’s like having an extra set of eyes that help ensure everything in your kitchen is exactly the right temperature.”

Q: What are some tips for using an infrared thermometer?

While specific tips and directions may vary by manufacturer, there are some general tips to help you get the most accurate measurement. For example, don’t try to measure the temperature through glass, smoke, or steam. When measuring glass temperatures, Etekcity recommends placing a strip of opaque material (like duct tape) on the glass and then measuring the temperature on the duct tape. Also, if the infrared thermometer is not designed to be used on people and animals, don’t attempt to do so. Only use medical thermometers for this purpose.

Q: Are infrared thermometer guns safe to use?

Yes, infrared thermometer guns are safe. However, when you’re using one, refrain from looking directly into the laser beam and never point it toward anyone else’s eyes, either. 

Final thoughts on the best infrared thermometers

The best infrared thermometers can be used in various scenarios, ranging from the kitchen to your outdoor grill, as well as to take the body’s temperature or gauge temperatures in industrial settings. The best option for you depends on usage scenarios and budget. However, we’ve provided a variety of options to help you zoom in on the infrared thermometer for your needs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best infrared thermometers of 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 15-inch laptops in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-15-inch-laptops/ Sat, 04 Nov 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585938
Laptops photo
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These large-screen laptops make it easy to run multiple apps at once on-the-go.

The post The best 15-inch laptops in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Laptops photo
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall MacBook Air with M2 MacBook Air with M2
SEE IT

Apple’s first lightweight 15-inch laptop hits the mark for portability and power.

Best touchscreen Dell XPS 15 Dell XPS 15
SEE IT

This laptop’s large touch screen allows it to walk the line between PC and tablet.

Best budget Microsoft Surface Laptop 5 Microsoft Surface Laptop 5
SEE IT

The Surface Laptop 5’s 3:2 aspect ratio and battery life make it competitive with laptops that cost a lot more.

Today’s 15-inch laptops perfectly balance portability and performance while offering a trifecta of benefits: ample screen real estate, a comfortable typing experience, and superior hardware, setting them apart from smaller models. This blend of versatility and capability makes laptops of this size an attractive computing solution. The larger display enhances productivity and immerses you in a rich multimedia experience. At the same time, the powerful hardware configurations enable seamless multitasking, all within a compact design that’s easy to transport. This combination of features provides the ideal platform to tackle an array of tasks, from web browsing and emailing to content creation, rendering the best 15-inch laptops a compelling choice for those seeking the best of both worlds.

How we chose the best 15-inch laptops

As someone who regularly works in coffee shops, libraries, and co-working spaces, I know the importance of selecting the right laptop for remote work. When away from your desk, you need a device that can handle various tasks, from editing pictures and videos to data analysis. My experience with the demands and nuances of remote work has given me valuable insight into what to look for in the best 15-inch laptops. Additionally, I’ve written about and tested laptops for publications like Popular Science, Best Products, and Forbes. Drawing from my extensive experience and expertise, I assessed these laptops based on factors like performance, design, portability, battery life, and affordability.

The best 15-inch laptops: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re a professional seeking powerful processing capabilities or a student on a budget, this guide will highlight models that suit different needs and financial constraints. These laptops span the gamut regarding power, display quality, and design, giving you options that align with your requirements. Do you prioritize multitasking or a high-resolution display? Our list of the best 15-inch laptops will ensure you find the model that delivers the features you need to get work done, whether you’re working from home or in an office.

Best overall: MacBook Air with M2

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 15.3-inch Liquid Retina
  • Processor: Apple M2 with 8-core CPU, 10-core GPU, 16-core Neural Engine
  • Memory: 8GB
  • Storage: 256GB

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Beautiful high-resolution display
  • Fantastic performance

Cons

  • Base model storage can fill up fast

The biggest MacBook Air to date is also the best, offering a beautiful display, powerful performance, and a sleek, lightweight design. The laptop features Apple’s latest in-house M2 processor, which offers an 8-core CPU, 10-core GPU, and 16-core Neural Engine. The resulting performance is impressive, nipping on the heels of Apple’s MacBook Pro with M2 chip. While the Air is targeted at everyday computing (e.g., working on documents, browsing the web, emailing), it can handle more intensive tasks like editing photos, videos, and graphics. 
`
The MacBook Air with M2 is 0.45 inches thick and weighs 3.3 pounds, making it easy to transport around campus or to a coffee shop. A six-speaker sound system offers excellent audio performance, and the 2880 x 1864 resolution screen looks phenomenal when streaming movies. The laptop also features a spacious keyboard with Touch ID and an expansive trackpad that supports multi-touch gestures. It all comes in the best design in Apple’s lineup, with up to 18 hours of battery life, making the MacBook Air with M2 the best overall 15-inch laptop available.

Best for gaming: MSI Vector GP66

MSI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 15.6-inch 1080p
  • Processor: Intel 12th Generation Core i9
  • Memory: 32GB
  • Storage: 1TB

Pros

  • Lightning-fast performance
  • Ultra-high refresh rate display
  • 32GB of memory

Cons

  • Loud fan noise

The MSI Vector GP66 earned a spot on our list of the best gaming laptops, and it’s making an appearance on this list, too. The gaming laptop boasts Intel’s powerful 12th-generation Core i9 processor, which features six performance cores and eight efficiency cores, plus the Nvidia GeForce RTX 3070 Ti GPU. The result is smooth, rapid performance that can easily handle the latest AAA titles, including Bethesda’s Starfield. Unsurprisingly, this is the most rugged laptop, given its thicker body, which accommodates the more energy-hungry specs required for gaming.

This particular model features 32GB of RAM and a 15.6-inch 1080p display. While the screen isn’t 4K, the lower resolution means you can play titles with more detailed graphics at higher frames per second. And it opens the door to advanced features like DLSS upscaling to improve gaming performance further. Our only qualm is the fans inside the MSI can get loud when it’s pushed to its limits. It’s something that doesn’t happen often, but it’s worth noting if you plan to game in a quiet environment. Still, for a gaming PC in laptop form, it’s hard to beat MSI’s Vector GP66.

Best touchscreen: Dell XPS 15

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 15.6-inch FHD+
  • Processor: Intel 12th Generation Core i7
  • Memory: 16GB
  • Storage: 512GB

Pros

  • Beautiful touchscreen
  • Sturdy, elegant design
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • 720p webcam
  • No USB-A ports

Our favorite Windows laptop deserves a spot on our list of the best 15-inch models. Dell has several laptops that are hard to beat, and the XPS line, in particular, is a favorite across the industry, offering excellent performance, portability, and design. The XPS 15, updated for 2023, rocks a 12th-generation Intel Core processor i7 (there are i5 and i9 configurations), up to 64GB of RAM, and a 15.6-inch FHD+ touchscreen.

The XPS 15 can be upgraded with a high-end NVIDIA graphics card, giving you plenty of power to play games and edit high-resolution videos. You can also configure the device with up to 8TB of SSD storage, which is plenty for applications, games, images, and video. There are two Thunderbolt 4 USB-C ports, a USB 3.2 Type-C port, and a built-in SD card reader. Other configuration options include a Full HD Plus (1920×1080) non-touch display and an Ultra HD Plus (3849×2400) touch display.

All said, the XPS 15 is the closest challenger to Apple’s M2-equipped MacBook Pro in terms of performance and design, and there are several configuration options to meet specific needs.

Best under $1,000: HP Envy x360 2-in-1

Specs

  • Display: 15.6-inch Full HD
  • Processor: Intel 13th Generation Core i7
  • Memory: 16GB
  • Storage: 1TB

Pros

  • Port selection
  • Sleek design
  • 2-in-1 functionality

Cons

  • Low-resolution display

The HP Envy x360 features a 2-in-1 hybrid design that lets you switch from laptop mode to tablet mode. The display hinge makes it easy to switch between the two and tailor the experience to your preferences—laptop mode for work and tablet mode for streaming videos. The display is decidedly low resolution at 1080p, but it keeps the price under $1,000, a worthwhile sacrifice in our book.

While the display is stuck at 1080p, the Envy X360 offers a good balance of design and performance, with an Intel 13th Generation Core i7 chip, 16GB of RAM, and 1TB of storage. This configuration also features Intel Iris Xe graphics, so you should be able to play your favorite games—but don’t expect to run the latest AAA titles on high settings. There is an HDMI 2.1 port, two Thunderbolt 4 (USB-C) ports, two USB-A 3.1 ports, and an SD card reader. If you’re just beginning your content creation journey, the Envy is an excellent option, and HP makes other quality laptops worth exploring.

Best budget: Microsoft Surface Laptop 5

Microsoft

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 15-inch
  • Processor: Intel 12th Generation Core i7
  • Memory: 8GB
  • Storage: 256GB

Pros

  • Excellent battery life
  • Sleek, lightweight design
  • Beautiful display

Cons

  • 720p webcam

Microsoft’s Surface Laptop 5 is an excellent option for those on a budget. The device features a premium aluminum build (unchanged from the Surface Laptop 4), with dimensions of 0.58 x 13.4 x 9.6 (HWD) and 3.4 pounds. The design is very much in the vein of the MacBook Air with M2, with a minimalist look that feels very high quality. And it’s available in a few colors, including platinum and black.

The 15-inch display offers a 3:2 aspect ratio and a crisp 2496 x 1664 resolution, so movies and other media look detailed. There are two ports—one USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) and one USB-A, giving you some flexibility to use different peripherals. There’s also a headphone jack, which is worth mentioning since the port is slowly disappearing from portable electronics. As a budget device, the Surface Pro 5 offers high-quality construction, excellent performance, and long-lasting battery life. 

For those on more of a budget, the Surface Laptop 4 is still available. However, you may sacrifice longevity since the device is already a few years old. 

What to consider when selecting one of the best 15-inch laptops

The good news is several excellent laptops in this size range cater to different preferences and budgets. We’ve rounded up the best options, whether your goal is content creation or hardcore gaming.

Processor

The brain of your laptop is the Central Processing Unit, or CPU. Modern Apple laptops feature the brand’s M1 or M2 system-on-a-chip. These processors (also available on Apple’s iPad Pro models) combine the CPU, graphics processing unit (GPU), security enclave, neural engine, and shared memory on a single piece of silicon. Meanwhile, newer Windows laptops generally feature either 12th or 13th Generation Intel Core i5 or i7 processors, offering 6 or 8 processor cores. 

To gauge a laptop’s computing power, it’s essential to consider its clock speed, measured in GHz, and the number of CPU cores. A processor with higher clock speeds and more CPU cores can perform tasks more rapidly and is well-suited for users engaging in resource-intensive activities such as high-resolution video editing. We recommend investing in a laptop with a robust CPU if your work involves multitasking, gaming, or content creation, as it’s not typically possible to upgrade the processor after purchase.

Graphics

The GPU is another critical component, one responsible for handling graphics-related tasks. It works alongside the CPU to render and display graphics on the screen, encompassing everything from visual rendering to gaming and video playback. Laptops either feature an integrated or dedicated GPU; integrated graphics, like those from Apple, find the GPU included on the same chip as the CPU. 

Laptops dedicated to gaming generally feature dedicated graphics cards with their own memory. However, it’s important to note that laptops with dedicated graphics tend to be bulkier and heavier, impacting their portability. Additionally, due to the increased power demand of dedicated GPUs, users may need to be more vigilant about monitoring their laptop’s battery life throughout the day.

Memory

Your computer’s Random Access Memory, or RAM, is integral to your laptop’s performance. RAM provides applications with a place to temporarily store and access data. If you multitask, you’ll want a laptop with more RAM—at least 8GB for more basic tasks or 16GB if you use creative apps. The more memory your laptop has, the faster it will complete tasks. Laptops typically don’t allow users to upgrade memory after the fact, so you may be stuck with the configuration you buy.

Display

When evaluating a laptop’s display, there are several things to consider. Screen resolution is one significant aspect to examine. Many of today’s best 15-inch laptops feature a 4K (3840×2160) display, offering sharper visuals that allow you to see more minor details in your photos and videos. More affordable models feature a 1080p (Full HD) display that’s fine for general use like web browsing, emailing, and school work.

Equally important is the display technology, with options including IPS for wider viewing angles or OLED for vibrant contrast. Some gaming laptops also feature high-refresh-rate panels for smoother animations. Accurate color representation is also essential for creative work, allowing you to achieve true-to-life visuals in your images and videos. For reliable color accuracy, aiming for a screen that covers at least 90% to 100% of the sRGB color gamut is advisable.

Some laptops support DCI-P3, which provides approximately 26% more color space than sRGB. This extended color range allows for more vivid and saturated colors, making it an excellent choice for tasks that demand vibrant imagery, such as professional photo and video editing.

Storage

Solid-state drives (SSD) have become the standard for data storage, employing more advanced technology than traditional hard drives. SSDs feature no moving parts, enhancing their speed and reliability. The absence of mechanical components results in quicker data access, leading to faster file and application loading times, a feature convenient for gaming and content creation. 

For most users, a laptop with a 256GB SSD is a sound choice, offering a good balance between performance and storage capacity. However, it’s essential to remember that data accumulates over time, so upgrading to a 512GB or even a 1TB SSD can be a wise investment if it’s within your budget. Alternatively, consider using portable hard drives for additional storage, which provides flexibility in managing large files and backups.

Connectivity

The ports on a laptop can expand its functionality. Traditional USB-A ports were once the industry standard and still serve a vital purpose. Still, high-bandwidth ports like USB-C and Thunderbolt 4 are becoming more common. These ports enable rapid data transfer, making importing and exporting media more efficient and convenient. An HDMI port allows you to connect your laptop to an external display, and a built-in card reader is handy for transferring media from cameras or memory cards.

You can use a USB hub to extend your laptop’s connectivity options if it doesn’t have all the necessary ports. However, built-in ports provide the most seamless and hassle-free experience, eliminating the need for additional accessories and simplifying your work setup. When choosing a laptop, consider the types and quantity of ports it offers to ensure they align with your requirements.

FAQs

Q: Is 15 inches too big for a laptop?

No, a 15-inch laptop isn’t too big. That said, its suitability largely depends on your specific needs. The larger display can enhance productivity for content creation, programming, or multitasking tasks. It can also provide a more immersive experience when gaming or watching movies. A larger display may not be necessary for basic tasks, including web browsing and emailing. The trade-off for a 15-inch laptop is a compromise in portability—it will be heavier and take up more space in your bag and on your desk. If you can manage the larger size, a 15-inch laptop isn’t too big.

Q: Are 15-inch laptops good for gaming?

Yes, a 15-inch laptop is good for gaming. This size is more or less the standard for gaming laptops, giving you the perfect balance of size and portability. That said, there is no best screen size for a gaming laptop; it comes down to what aligns with your preferences. There are gaming laptops with 17-inch displays, giving you an experience closer to a traditional desktop and monitor setup. Our guide to the best gaming laptops goes over different screen sizes in-depth, finding that 15 inches is the sweet spot.

Q: How far away should you sit from a 15-inch laptop?

Ideally, sitting about an arm’s length away or a distance of approximately 18 to 24 inches would be best. This will give you a clear view without straining your eyes. If you’re anything like me, there may be times when you sit a little closer, like when you’re gaming, watching a movie, or editing details in a photo or video. The optimal distance will depend on your activity and comfort level. It’s important to remember that you should take regular breaks to help combat eye strain. It can be as simple as walking around your home for five minutes or looking at something in the distance for a short period.

Q:

Can you bring a 15-inch laptop on a plane?

Yes, you can bring a 15-inch laptop onto a plane in your carry-on luggage. The whole purpose of a laptop is its portability, and a plan is a common place for travelers to work. Tray tables in standard airline flights can generally accommodate laptops, including 15-inch models. Remember, you will likely have limited space to work, so you may not have room for additional accessories, including a mouse. To ensure a smooth experience, check with the airline or consult their website to see if they provide specific dimensions or guidelines for electronics usage on your flight. We also recommend stowing your laptop in a well-padded case or bag when you travel for protection.

Final thoughts on the best 15-inch laptops

The MacBook Air with M2 is the best 15-inch laptop, featuring an impressive balance of power and portability. It’s on the expensive side for casual use, but it should last for years. It offers many of the MacBook Pro’s best features, including Touch ID, MagSafe charging, and a comfortable scissor-switch keyboard. If the MacBook Air with M2 isn’t your jam, options are abundant in this size range. All of our picks are worthy of your consideration, and what you choose comes down to your preferences and budget. Whether you’re a creative professional seeking top-notch performance or a student looking for a reliable and stylish companion for the semester, the MacBook Air with M2 offers a compelling choice that bridges the gap between power and convenience, making it a versatile option at this size.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 15-inch laptops in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Dell laptops in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dell-laptops/ Sat, 04 Nov 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586064
A lineup of the best Dell laptops cut into fours vertically.
Amanda Reed

Dell’s laptop lineup offers something for every budget and every user—with some particularly sweet gaming options thanks to Alienware.

The post The best Dell laptops in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best Dell laptops cut into fours vertically.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Dell XPS 15 9000 on a plain background Dell XPS 15 9000
SEE IT

The Dell XPS 15 9000 is an excellent all-around laptop for anyone who wants to do a some of everything on an elegant, sleek machine.

Best for gaming The Alienware m18 laptop on a plain background Alienware m18 AMD Gaming Laptop
SEE IT

It offers many different configurations aimed at gaming enthusiasts with the cash to throw into the finer details to ensure blistering speeds and an immersive experience. 

Best budget A Dell Inspiron 15 3530 Laptop on a plain background Dell Inspiron 15 3530 Laptop
SEE IT

A solid computing choice without making as many compromises as a sub-$500 device.

Dell’s laptop lineup offers options for every computing need, from a kid tackling schoolwork to an engineer designing a plane. In fact, there’s a good chance a school or workplace issued you a Dell at some point, thanks to the company’s reputation for reliable performance, durable builds, and affordability. To pick one for yourself, list how you plan to use it, your budget, and your must-have features, and we’ll help you find one that checks all the boxes. Are you a casual user, a student, a content creator, a gaming enthusiast, or all of the above? This guide will help you check off your must-have features and pick from the best Dell laptops.

How we chose the best Dell laptops

There’s not a single Dell laptop that is perfect for everyone. The company’s laptop options range from Chromebooks under $500 to high-powered workhorses that cost thousands, so it helps to understand its leading laptop brands and their most common users. We extensively researched and analyzed this, drawing from a multitude of sources, including our own PopSci reviews, peer recommendations, critical analyses, and user testimonials, to meticulously curate a refined selection for you.

The best Dell laptops: Reviews & Recommendations

Dell’s Inspiron laptops offer wallet-friendly options targeting general computing needs, like streaming videos, emailing, creating social content, and other assorted, more personal computing needs. The XPS line is Dell’s premium line for creative users who need more multitasking power for intensive programs like photo and video editing. Gamers can choose between Dell’s G Series or the LED-lit options of Alienware. Business users, whether small businesses or enterprises, should look at the Latitude, Precision, and Vostro lines that prioritize powerful processors and security. And we’ve got the perfect choice from each of these below.

Best overall: Dell XPS 15 9000

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.6 x9.1 x 0.71 inches
  • Weight: Starts at 4.2 pounds
  • OS: Windows 11 Pro
  • Processor: Intel i7-13700 (13th generation)
  • RAM: 16GB DDR5 SDRAM
  • Storage: 512GB SSD
  • Graphics: Intel Arc A370M Graphics
  • Screen size: 15.6 inches, 1920 x 1200 resolution
  • Ports: 2 Thunderbolt 4, 1 USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C with DisplayPort, 1 SD card, headphone jack
  • Battery life: Up to 18 hours

Pros

  • Aluminum body
  • Sturdy, elegant design
  • Good battery life
  • Backlit keyboard

Cons

  • 720p web camera
  • No USB-A ports
  • Pricey

The Dell XPS 15 9000 is an excellent all-around laptop for anyone who wants to do some of everything on an elegant, sleek machine. The XPS series is Dell’s premium line to rival Apple’s M2 series of MacBooks. A longtime favorite of reviewers and consumers, a version ranks as PopSci’s overall pick for best Windows laptop, and it’s one of favorite 15-inch laptops in general.

The XPS 15 is hard to beat for performance, and its well-designed, portable aluminum body weighs just over four pounds. The entry-level XPS starts at $1,600 and is loaded with the latest Intel i7, 16GB of RAM, 512GB of storage, and Intel Arc A370M Graphics. That’s plenty for graphic design, video editing, and some gaming, but it can be configured for more powerful processing and graphics. It can be maxed out to an Intel i9, up to 64GB of RAM, 8TB of storage, and Nvidia GeForce RTX options. The XPS 15 allows two screen options: the full high-definition plus, non-touchscreen option that measures brightness of 500 nits, or an OLED touchscreen of 400 nits. One sore spot is the 720p high-definition webcam, though the video-obsessed may want to upgrade with one of our picks for the best webcams for streaming. The other sore spot is the splurgy price, though deal hunters can still find refurbished models with 12th-generation processors to save some cash.

Best for students: Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 Laptop

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.36 x 8.92 x 0.73 inches
  • Weight: Starts at 3.48 pounds
  • OS: Windows 11 Home
  • Processor: Intel i7-1355U (13th generation)
  • RAM: 16GB LPDDR5
  • Storage: 1TB M.2 PCIe NVMe SSD
  • Graphics: Intel Iris Xe Graphics
  • Screen size: 14 inches, 1920 x 1200 resolution
  • Ports: 2 Thunderbolt 4, 1 HDMI, 1 USB-A, 1 SD card reader, headphone jack
  • Battery life: Up to 11 hours

Pros

  • Backlit keyboard
  • 1080p front-facing camera
  • Fingerprint reader
  • Privacy camera

Cons

  • Not super bright screen
  • A little heavy for form
  • Stylus compatible but not included

Sometimes flexibility is what makes a device, and that includes the Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 Laptop. Students can use this hybrid machine as a traditional laptop, comfortably typing out long papers, and then set up as a tent for movie-watching to decompress. Scribblers and doodlers can purchase a compatible stylus to use as a tablet thanks to its 360-degree hinges. For about a grand, it includes the latest generation Intel i7 processor and 16GB of RAM, showcasing enough power to be one of PopSci’s best laptops for college and for working from home. It’s suitable for video conferencing and chatting with two mics, a 1080p webcam, and Dolby Atmos speakers (though don’t expect soundbar-level performance). The full high-definition plus screen has a good resolution, but at only 250 nits, it isn’t as bright as others and could be challenging in very sunny rooms.

If you burn through the 2-in-1’s advertised 11 hours of battery life, it has an ExpressCharge feature that will help you reach up to 80% power within an hour. It’s also EPEAT Silver registered and Energy Star rated and ships in 100% sustainable materials.

Best for gaming: Alienware m18 AMD Gaming Laptop

Alienware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.15 x 12.59 x 1.05 inches
  • Weight: 9.32 pounds
  • OS: Windows 11 Home
  • Processor: AMD Ryzen 9 7845HX
  • RAM: 32GB DDR5
  • Storage: 1TB M.2 PCIe NVMe SSD
  • Graphics: Nvidia GeForce RTX 4080
  • Screen size: 18 inches, 1920 x 1200 resolution, 480Hz
  • Ports: 3 USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 ports, 1 USB-C 3.2 Gen 1, 2 USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 ports with DisplayPort, 1 RJ45 Ethernet port, 1 HDMI 2.1, 1 headphone jack, 1 power-adapter port, 1 mini-Display port, 1 SD-card slot
  • Battery life: Up to 3 hours, 21 minutes

Pros

  • Customizable
  • Alienware Cryo-tech calling system
  • Full numeric pad

Cons

  • Very heavy for a laptop
  • Poor battery life
  • Ports placed in the back

The Alienware m18 AMD Gaming Laptop is a beast in size and power and the top of the line of Dell’s gaming laptops. It offers many different configurations aimed at gaming enthusiasts with the cash to throw into the finer details to ensure blistering speeds and an immersive experience. The base model starts under $2,000—reasonable for a gaming laptop—but quickly climbs as you tack on upgrades to tackle AAA gaming.

The entry model weighs 8.5 pounds and goes up from there depending on-screen options (either 165Hz or 480Hz refresh rates) and processors. We opted for mid-range specs—32GB of RAM, an AMD Ryzen 9 7845HK processor, and a Nvidia GeForce RTX 4080 graphics card—and hit $3,000 and a weight of over nine pounds. Part of the weight is the Cryo-tech cooling system on the CPU and GPU, plus four fans and a vapor chamber to pull heat away from sensitive components. Technically, this machine is a laptop, but it’s clearly aimed at replacing gaming PCs with a smaller format. Laptop ports usually appear on the sides for fast access. On the m18, they line up across the back—snazzily encircled by LED lights no less. That’s the ideal spot to keep desks free of cords connected to a G-sync monitor—but not for a laptop that gets moved around a lot. The three-hour battery life is underwhelming, even for a machine with a heavy workload. For an Alienware laptop, the design is somewhat tame. Still, it has its signature hexagonal grills, programmable lighting zones, and RGB keyboard (unless you want to opt for an ultra-low-profile CherryMX mechanical keyboard).

Best budget gaming: Dell G15 5530 Gaming Laptop

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.06 x 10.8 x 1.02 inches
  • Weight: 5.84 pounds
  • OS: Windows 11 Home
  • Processor: Intel i7-13650HX (13th generation)
  • RAM: 16GB DDR5
  • Storage: 1TB M.2 PCIe NVMe SSD
  • Graphics: Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060
  • Screen size: 15.6 inches, 1920 x 1080 resolution, 165Hz
  • Ports: 3 USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 ports, 1 USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 ports with DisplayPort, 1 RJ45 Ethernet port, 1 HDMI 2.1, 1 headphone jack
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours, 31 minutes

Pros

  • Customizable
  • Backlit keyboard
  • Full numeric pad
  • Alienware-inspired cooling system
  • One-button Game Shift mode activates fans

Cons

  • 720p webcam
  • Heavy
  • Poor battery life

If the Alienware m18 is too much gaming laptop, take a look at the Dell G15 5530 Gaming Laptop, which liberally borrows from its subsidiary’s design but has a price tag of around $1,300. The G15 is better than entry-level, capable of handling AAA gaming thanks to the latest Intel i7 processor, a Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 graphics card, and a full high-definition screen with a 165Hz refresh rate. Unlike the sleek wedges that dominate laptop shapes, the G15 is a blocky, gray laptop with weird angles around the hinges—what Dell calls a retro design, but we call potentially laptop-bag unfriendly. It also weighs more than six pounds, thanks to an “Alienware-inspired” cooling system with ultra-thin fan blades, four heat pipes, and vents all over the place. It also has a 720 webcam, which is only meh if you plan on live streaming.

Best for working from home: Dell – Latitude 15.6″ Laptop

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.09 x 9.19 x 0.9 inches
  • Weight: 3.56 pounds
  • OS: Windows 11 Pro
  • Processor: Intel i7-1355U (13th generation)
  • RAM: 16GB DDR4
  • Storage: 512GB M.2 2230 PCIe NVMe SSD
  • Graphics: Intel Iris Xe Graphics
  • Screen size: 15.6 inches, 1920 x 1080 resolution
  • Ports: 2 Thunderbolt 4 ports with Power Delivery and DisplayPort, 1 USB-A with PowerShare, 1 USB-A 3.2 Gen 1, 1 HDMI 2.0, 1 RJ45 Ethernet, 1 headphone jack, 1 micro-SD card slot, 1 nano-SIM slot, 1 smart card reader slot
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours, 31 minutes

Pros

  • Backlit keyboard
  • Excellent port selection
  • Features to improve video conferencing

Cons

  • Plain design
  • OK battery life

Despite how powerful gaming laptops can be, they aren’t necessarily the best for working at home. Consider a productivity-focused machine like the Dell – Latitude 15.6″ Laptop. For about $1,200, you can get an Intel i7 processor and 16GB of system memory to crunch through databases, code, or designs. The latest model has larger fans for better heat dispersal. Dell also packs more security and privacy features, like fingerprint readers and “onlooker detection” to alert you when someone’s peeping at your screen, and a sign-in feature that detects your presence and locks the laptop when you leave it. It also has a wide range of ports, from the latest generation of USB-C with display protocols to older USB-A, which many of your older peripherals use.

For improved video conferencing, the latest Latitude models include WiFi 6E and 5G connections for speed and a 1080p webcam with light sensors to enhance the picture and audio tools that help remove background noise and reduce echoes. And while the Latitude is just another average-looking laptop, it passes military standards for durability, so it should safely make it from home to the coffee shop and back again.

Best budget: Dell Inspiron 15 3530 Laptop

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.11 x 9.27 x 0.67 inches
  • Weight: Starts at 3.5 pounds
  • OS: Windows 11 Home
  • Processor: Intel i5-1335U (13th generation)
  • RAM: 16GB DDR4
  • Storage: 512GB M.2 PCIe NVMe SSD
  • Graphics: Intel Iris Xe Graphics
  • Screen size: 15.6 inches, 1920 x 1080 resolution
  • Ports: 1 USB-A, 1 USB-C, 1 HDMI 1.4, 1 SD 3.0 card slot, 1 headphone jack
  • Battery life: Up to 9 hours, 15 minutes

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Privacy shutter for webcam
  • Numerical keypad

Cons

  • Plain design

At under $700, the Dell Inspiron 15 3530 Laptop offers a solid computing choice without making as many compromises as a sub-$500 device (though there are models below that price threshold that still perform admirably). It features a 15.6-inch high-definition screen and a roomy keyboard with a numerical keypad. That’s spacious for a laptop that weighs less than four pounds. The webcam is the better 1080p, and it sports two microphones for better video chat sound. It also features the most recent generation of an Intel i5 processor, though it sports fewer cores than the i7. While it’s a plain Jane in the laptop world, it still has ample power for multitasking and most everyday computing tasks.

What to consider when buying the best Dell laptops

The right laptop is the one that does the jobs you need and want to do, all without breaking your budget. Let’s break down the essential factors to consider when hunting for the ideal laptop companion.

Price

Dell’s laptop families target different users and have price points. Dell offers devices under and near the $1,000 mark, including 2-in-1s and traditional laptops that handle most everyday tasks like web browsing, editing documents, and streaming. However, expect to shell out between $1,500 to $2,000 for more robust systems and more than $2,000 for premium options for business and gaming platforms.

Portability

Do you plan on carrying your laptop, or is it a desktop alternative? For the former, look for devices with 13- to 16-inch screens that weigh three to five pounds. Laptops with 17- and 18-inch screens are better suited to staying on a desk or moving only occasionally. Gaming laptops tend to be heavier and bulkier due to their graphic components and cooling systems, though they have slimmed down in recent years.

If you’re on the move, assume you won’t always have a plug available. Many laptops boast about workday-length battery life, though that will depend on the brightness of your screen and what applications you’re running.

Processors, memory, and storage

The central processing unit is what performs computations. It’s hard to go wrong with Intel’s i5, i7, and i9 or AMD’s Ryzen options in Windows laptops. For quick task completion, look for more cores and higher clock speeds (measured in GHz). You don’t need top-of-the-line specs for everyday tasks, but power users, creatives, and gamers should seek out the max and most recent generation within their budgets.

Random access memory grants applications a place to temporarily store data, which means the more you multitask, the more RAM you want. For the lighter side of computing tasks, 8GB of RAM will be acceptable, but jump to 16GB or more if you’re using several applications simultaneously. Manufacturers allow upgrades to RAM prior to purchase but generally can’t upgrade it later. Ditto storage. We recommend 512GB as a starting point but consider 1TB for extensive media and large programs. 

About gaming laptops

Gamers face unique considerations for laptops that non-gamers don’t. In a word, it’s speed. The fancier the graphics in a game, the more RAM you’ll want. A safe bet is 16GB, but 32GB is better. You’ll also want the latest processors—13th generation Intel or AMD Ryzen 6000 series—and graphics cards like Nvidia’s 30-series GPUs to display graphics at higher frame rates. How fast the screen can update per second—aka, the refresh rate—also matters. Refresh rates range, but common ones are 60Hz, 144Hz, and 240Hz. We recommend at least 140Hz for AAA gaming. How do you know what you need? Games release minimum systems requirements, so start with your favorites. However, meeting a game’s minimums risks becoming obsolete sooner.

FAQs

Q: Are Dell laptops good laptops?

The company has been a market leader for a reason. Dell offers various laptops, including education-focused budget models, premium competitors (to challenge Apple, Lenovo, HP, etc.), and budget and high-end gaming machines, so take time to find the model that fits your needs best. Dell is known for quality-built hardware and being a good value for the money.

Q: Do Dell laptops last long?

Laptops don’t have an expiration date. However, they generally last three to five years. Their life depends significantly on how much and how hard you use it—and yes, even how carefully you handle it. After all, one spilled drink on a keyboard can deliver an early demise, while some laptops chug on and on until they can’t load a web page. Buying a computer with more processing power and memory can help delay obsolesce. 

Q: Is Alienware owned by Dell?

Alienware, known for high-performance gaming hardware, was founded in 1996 and gets its name from its founders’ fondness for the sci-fi series, “The X-Files.” It’s been a subsidiary of Dell since 2006.

Final thoughts on the best Dell laptops

The Dell XPS 15 9000 shines as our top choice, offering a blend of sleek design and robust performance. On a budget? The Dell Inspiron 15 3530 Laptop is a solid, cheaper choice under $700, balancing performance and affordability. Students seeking versatility will appreciate the Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 Laptop, while professionals working from home should check out the enhanced security features of the Dell-Latitude 15.6″ Laptop. Gaming enthusiasts can match their skills and budget to two options: either the affordable Dell G15 5530 Gaming Laptop or the top-of-the-line Alienware m18 AMD Gaming Laptop.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Dell laptops in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best latte machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-latte-machines/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586039
The best latte machines
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Nailing perfectly customized at-home coffee can seem like a tall order, so we’ve collected espresso machines we think you’ll love a latte.

The post The best latte machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best latte machines
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder
SEE IT

A touchscreen provides guidance that ensures the perfect cup every time.

Best splurge Jura Z10 Aluminum White Jura Z10 Aluminum White
SEE IT

Accept no compromises, and extract every molecule of flavor from your grounds.

Best budget Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine
SEE IT

You don’t need to break the bank to make a latte at home.

Pumpkin spice love or hate aside, many of us tuck into lattes (and run to our latte machines) in the colder months for what can only be described as the coziest version of caffeine. It’s a security blanket for the soul, hygge we can cradle in our hands. Recreating a barista-quality latte macchiato or vanilla latte at home can be done, but it can be a challenge to get it just right. Latte machines come in a wide variety of styles, ranging from automatic wonders to maximal stainless-steel altars of dials, tubes, and built-in grinders to determine. Some require only the ability to select from a menu, while others need practice and patience. We’ve filtered through dozens of brands to find the best latte machines for anyone considering upgrading their at-home coffee options.

How we chose the best latte machines

For this roundup, we put our longtime caffeine addictions to good use, pulling from our collective experience, hands-on use, and expert and customer opinions to make recommendations. There’s a learning curve to making a great latte, and you don’t need a dedicated machine. You can pair one of PopSci’s picks for best espresso machines (or a Moka pot) with recommended milk frothers for a manual experience. For this roundup, however, we focused on machines with milk-based drink capabilities built-in that often do most of the work for you. 

The best latte machines: Reviews & Recommendations

A latte sounds simple enough to make. It’s just espresso and some steamed milk … at least, in theory. In practice, there are the proportions of espresso to milk, how foamy the milk is, whether it’s enhanced with additional syrups or spices, and all sorts of customizations that transform this versatile indulgence into your latte. The more a drink is explicitly tailored to your tastes, the more experimentation it takes—and that’s without mentioning latte art yet. But, like in any laboratory, a successful experiment requires the right equipment for the job, and that’s what we’ve got here.

Best overall: Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.9 inches D x 13 inches W x 16.4 inches T
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Capacity: 67.6-ounce water tank capacity

Pros

  • Step-by-step guidance
  • Assisted tamping
  • Built-in grinder
  • Alternative milk settings
  • 3-second heat
  • Saves up to 8 customized drinks
  • Comes in four colors

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Significant counter space required
  • Hard to tell when water or beans are running out

Sometimes, when you’re learning, you need someone’s hand to hold during each step of a new process. That’s what Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder does and why it’s our pick for the best overall at-home latte machine. It’s an excellent match for someone who loves espresso but has been intimidated by the thought of pulling their own shots (I’m looking at you, me).

A touchscreen walks you through every step of every drink on its menu. For example, select a latte, and the built-in burr grinder will portion grinds directly into the portafilter. You hit the lever for the built-in 22 lbs. tamper, and the Impress Puck System examines the result. Via the screen, it may prompt for more grinds or ask you to remove some. When you get a green check, you move the portafilter to the brew head, and the machine takes over. The Touch Impress includes a frothing wand and milk jug, and the “MilQ” system has presets for handling different types of milk, including almond and oat milk. However, the machine does not help you with how much or how to pour—that’s what you’ll have to figure out on your own. The jug includes minimum and maximum markers, but anyone making a traditional macchiato will toss out unused milk.

The allure of this semi-automatic machine is that it makes you feel like you’re doing more than you are, beeping corrections when the portafilter isn’t quite full or needs to be tamped again while still making some tasty espresso. It’s also a remarkably clean system. Anyone who’s dealt with a traditional machine or pouring freshly ground beans from a grinder knows how that dust gets everywhere and is magically staticy, but that is not the case here. There are a few downsides, including the roughly $1,500 price tag. And it’s hard to tell when beans or water is about to run out, and only a standard mug or shorter fits under the brew head. That’s not uncommon, however, which is why pictures of espresso machines usually feature shot glasses instead of travel mugs.

Best compact: Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine

Solis

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17 inches D by 7 inches W by 12.5 H
  • Weight: 18 pounds
  • Capacity: 67.5 ounces

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Heavy-duty tamper
  • Multiple baskets for portafilter
  • Temperature control
  • Programmable shot volume
  • Multiple color options

Cons

  • Need a separate grinder
  • No guidance

When counter space is at a premium, consider the semi-automatic Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine, which is a comparatively compact six inches wide. The machine is aimed at beginners who want to customize their espresso drinks, but you have to do the work.

The simple interface looks like only four buttons—and it is—but you can program the volumes of single and double shots, as well as the brewing temperature. Other subtle features put the Perfetta Plus above other similarly sized machines, like PID temperature control, low-pressure pre-infusion, a steam wand that rotates 360 degrees, hot water for tea or an Americano, and a cup-warming tray. It heats up in under a minute and has a programmable auto-shutoff.

Especially for a machine that’s just over $300, the Perfetta Plus accessories well. It comes with single and double wall filters for the portafilter, a stainless steel milk jug, a measuring cup, and shockingly sturdy tamper rather than flimsy plastic versions other makers include. The manometer (aka the dial on the machine) displays the extraction pressure of each shot. You’re aiming for about 9 bars of pressure, and this little dial can help you diagnose drinks that don’t turn out quite right. However, that’s going to take trial and error. This machine doesn’t follow recipes or have a screen for guidance. You’ll also need a separate grinder unless you opt for pre-ground beans or E.S.E. pods.

Best Nespresso machine for lattes: Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

Nespresso

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8 inches D x 14.4 inches W x 10.8 inches T
  • Weight: 11.4 pounds
  • Capacity: 34-ounce water tank capacity

Pros

  • One-touch milk-based drinks
  • Adjustable foam levels
  • Additional platform for smaller cups
  • Removable parts are dishwasher-safe

Cons

  • Noisy operation
  • All-plastic body
  • Limited customization

The Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi embraces speed and nearly one-touch pick-me-ups. The best Nespresso machines work well for people who want robust coffee, prefer to avoid the fuss of grinding beans or foaming with a milk wand, and are content to have a machine do most of the work. You must, however, be comfortable buying coffee by the capsule. 

At shy of $700, the plastic body is a little disappointing, but it comes in chic monochrome white or black. Like most Nespresso machines, it roars as it brews. The device prompts users through clean-up steps, pushing water through the tubes and connections to prevent build-up, but the sequence takes a little practice.

Is Nespresso espresso? Going by espresso’s water temperature and pressure specs, no. However, it hits the spot for many a latte lover, and it’s hard to beat the ease of use. It stands in a smaller footprint than most other options on this list.

Best for iced drinks: De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches D by 10.5 inches W and 15.1 inches T
  • Weight: 24.7 pounds
  • Capacity: 60 ounces

Pros

  • Highly automated
  • Makes more than 40 drinks
  • Built-in grinder with 13 settings
  • Four user profiles for one-touch personalized coffee
  • Brews 8-, 12-, and 16-ounce drinks
  • Can fit travel mugs

Cons

  • Large footprint
  • Mostly plastic body

The De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine can make more than 40 different coffee drinks with minimal user effort and is our pick for the best for iced drinks. The colorful touchscreen features a menu of drinks grouped by cold, hot, or to-go, and it walks you through every step, right down to how many ice cubes to put in a cup. For iced drink lovers, what could be better? It does a lot, but it also costs a lot, at about $1,800.

The built-in conical grinder must be adjusted when you change beans, which some users report takes practice to get right, depending on what drinks you make the most. One difference from other latte makers—two things, actually—is that the Eletta Explore comes with two different milk carafes for producing hot and cold foam. Both carafes detach so they can be stored in the fridge when not in use, and the machine has a cleaning cycle to be performed after each milk-based beverage is made.

Another feature that is rare on espresso makers is a removable tray that allows a reasonable-sized (16-ounce, not a mega Stanley) travel mug to fit beneath the brew head.

Best splurge: Jura Z10 Aluminum White

Jura

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17. 7 inches D by 12.6 inches W by 14.9 inches
  • Weight: 27 pounds
  • Capacity: 81 ounces

Pros

  • Highly automated
  • Built-in grinder with automatic tuning
  • Makes more than 30 drinks
  • App-compatible
  • Adjustable dual spouts

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Huge footprint
  • No milk container included

If price is no object, the Jura Z10 may be the super-automatic of your dreams. The Swiss-designed machine costs about $3,600, depending on color, and features designer touches like a blue-lit water reservoir and golden lighting at the spouts. The maker has a cult following for its flavor, design elements, and advances in brewing.

This massive machine makes more than 38 drinks with little user involvement, though you can dive into customizations, including temperatures and the fluffiness of foam. Select from the 4-inch color touchscreen or connect to the Jura Operating Experience app. (Get it? J.O.E.) The built-in grinder adjusts the coarseness according to the drink being made. This step can take considerable trial and error when done manually. The Z10 also boasts multiple cold-brew drinks, like cold brew cortados and cold brew flat whites. We’ve never heard of these before, but Jura’s cold brew recipes skip the heating element and push pressurized water through grinds.

The brew is finished in minutes, not the hours and hours of a traditional cold brew method. One serious kick in the pants is that the Z10 doesn’t include a milk container. It does have a tube, which you could, if you want, connect to the Z10 and drop it in a gallon of milk. This is either super annoying or secretly brilliant that you don’t have to clean another container—but that might depend on what mood you’re in. There are, of course, optional accessories like a branded glass container or a milk cooler.

Best budget: Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine

Mr. Coffee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.6 inches D x 13 inches W x 14.3 inches T
  • Weight: 14.2 pounds
  • Capacity: 22-ounce water tank capacity

Pros

  • Simple button interface
  • Can do single or double shot-based drinks
  • Removable, automatic milk frother

Cons

  • Minimal control for milk texture
  • Milk carafe has multiple components to clean

At about $225 and frequently on sale, the Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine offers an affordable, simple machine with one-button operation and the flexibility to use whatever beans you choose.

With no grinder built-in, you need to fill the portofilter with the included measuring scoop and tamper. Lock in the portafilter, line up the milk carafe’s spout, and pick whether you want a one- or two-shot latte or cappuccino. Mr. Coffee handles portioning the milk—it will manage any milk, but no unique settings. When the drink is complete, run the “clean” function that pushes steam through the milk carafe connections and pop it back into the fridge. Users also note that the frothed tends to be loud, but that’s the case with many of this style machine.

What to consider when deciding between the best latte machines

Latte machines wildly vary in how much skill and coffee know-how they take to use. If your main focus is to have an appliance do the work, consider an automatic, semi-automatic, or capsule machine. Fully or super-automatic machines could be described as a barista in a box. They follow preprogrammed recipes and often have a milk carafe or hopper for hands-off steaming. They handle grinding the beans of your choice, measuring them, tamping them, brewing them, and measuring the milk for you, too. These machines zero in on producing a consistent drink repeatedly regardless of the user’s coffee knowledge.

Like making sourdough bread, lattes can be a hobby. Sometimes, you want to hone a craft even when it’s simpler and easier to buy the end product. Suppose you want to make The Perfect Latte. Consider a semi-automatic machine for maximum control. These machines require you to pack a portafilter with finely ground beans and tamp them to perfect flatness. The device controls water flow and usually has a wand for steaming milk. You handle portioning, pouring, and, if you have the skills, the foam art. These machines also take skill—or at least the willingness to troubleshoot if a drink misses the mark. Is it old beans? Is the grind too fine? Too coarse? Is the flow slow because the tamping isn’t right? Decide whether this sounds like an enjoyable puzzle to solve or a pain.

Capsule machines hit the spot for folks who don’t want to mess with beans. Drop a premeasured, preground pod, and the machine does most of the work for you. Most capsule systems feature automated milk carafes, but some have wands to allow more control.

Price

We’ve all likely heard skipping our daily lattes will lead us to financial freedom. It’s terrible advice, but lattes aren’t a cheap habit whether you’re dropping by a local shop or picking out a machine for home. Prices range wildly from $100 to easily $1,500. Models from prestige brands can be thousands. Many automatic latte machines include built-in grinders, tampers, and frothers, but buying all these coffee devices in one appliance doesn’t necessarily translate into paying less overall. A large part of what you’re paying for is the automation and not having to remember recipes yourself. Pick the price point that makes sense for your budget, and prioritize the features in that range.

Budget models often last three to five years, while higher-end models can last 12 to 15, according to commercial coffee supplier Majestic Coffee. I scored a deal on a Nespresso Lattissma Pro Espresso Machine about seven years ago, and it still works as well as the day I unpacked it, despite using it most days. (Note: I descale it whenever it tells me to.)

Milk matters

What’s the difference between an espresso machine and a latte machine? A square is a rectangle, but a rectangle is not a square. An espresso machine can make lattes but doesn’t necessarily have a milk-steaming component. A latte machine does. Because latte machines require espresso, they also often make black versions of espresso drinks (think lungos and ristrettos).

Selecting a latte machine with a carafe or hopper takes the guesswork out of coffee-to-milk ratios by following the programmed recipes. They froth milk to set times and consistency and then shoot it into the finished beverage. The only control a user has is usually twisting a dial for denser or fluffier foam.

Other models feature wands to use with a stainless steel milk jug. Some have wand controls to adjust texture and temperatures, while others follow a set program. A steam wand is the way to go when you want to pour the milk and foam yourself.

All milk doesn’t froth the same, whether you’re talking about whole or skim cow milk or alternatives like almond or oat. Some machines come with settings to indicate what type of milk needs foaming and adjust settings accordingly. Manual options will take experimentation.

Size

Dream of a beverage station stocked with fresh beans, carefully curated mugs, dainty little spoons, and all the assorted coffee accessories needed to start an at-home cafe? A latte machine is likely to be the centerpiece of such a station. In other words, they are big, steady fixtures, not something that gets put away after use to get back your counter. Consider how much space you’re willing to dedicate and look at how much space you have beneath upper shelves or cabinets, particularly if you’re scoping out models with a built-in grinder. They’re tall, and you need room to maneuver, whether refilling the beans or the water tank.

For a smaller space, skip the various built-ins, particularly if you have already snagged one of our picks for best coffee grinders.

FAQs

Q: What latte machines do Starbucks use?

Sorry, folks, Starbucks uses commercial-grade machines made by Thermoplan AG to crank out espresso-based beverages. The partnership has gone through a few different versions of the devices, and the companies continue to develop products together, according to a press release on Thermoplan’s website, touting an August visit from the Starbucks executive team. The Swiss manufacturer specializes in high-volume restaurant appliances and also makes lines for McDonald’s and Costa Coffee.

Q: Is an espresso machine the same as a latte machine?

A latte machine is an espresso machine with a built-in method for steaming milk. We’ve selected machines to suit latte lovers’ tastes; however, you can have an espresso maker and a separate way of preparing the milk, like one of our best milk frothers. Or you can skip the machines entirely and do everything manually.

Q: Can you make a latte with a regular coffee machine?

No. An espresso shot requires finely ground beans and a certain amount of pressure to extract a syrupy brew. Traditional drip coffee makers rely on hot water but no pressure. The result is a thinner, less concentrated drink than an espresso shot. That’s all by nerdy definitions of espresso and lattes. Of course, the Internet begs to differ, and the web is full of hacks to make a latte-like brew with so-called regular coffee makers.

Final thoughts on the best latte machines

Each latte machine presents its own set of unique features and nuances. The Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine’s educational touchscreen guides you through making each up. The Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine hits a sweet spot of affordability and function, while the Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine caters to those with space constraints without compromising on the customization of their coffee. The Nespresso Gran Lattissima by De’Longhi streamlines the process with the convenience of capsule-based brewing.

For enthusiasts seeking an array of drink possibilities, the De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine stands out, offering a multitude of choices and even accommodating iced beverages, albeit at a higher price point. For connoisseurs with a penchant for luxury and technological finesse, the Jura Z10 Aluminum White offers a rich array of options and a high level of automation.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best latte machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best clothes steamers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-clothes-steamers/ Thu, 02 Sep 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=393908
Steamery X Cirrus clothing steamer in a hand in front of a plant and a window
Stan Horaczek

You don’t need to bust out the iron for crisp duds. A garment steamer makes fighting wrinkles quick and simple.

The post The best clothes steamers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Steamery X Cirrus clothing steamer in a hand in front of a plant and a window
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Jiffy steamer is our pick for the best clothes steamer. Jiffy Classic Personal Clothing Steamer
SEE IT

This pro-grade steamer is ready for anything if you have the space and cash.

Best for travel Kexi is our pick for the best clothes steamer. Kexi Portable Travel Steamer
SEE IT

A folding handle makes this steamer very easy to pack into any suitcase.

Best pro on a budget PurSteam is our pick for the best clothes steamer. Pur Steam Professional Heavy Duty Steamer
SEE IT

This full-sized steamer folds down for easy storage despite its large tank.

Whether you’re on a Zoom call or hitting the town, wrinkle-free clothing is essential for an elevated, put-together look, which is why you need a steamer. The best clothes steamers are the perfect alternative to traditional ironing, since they’re super easy to use, convenient, and don’t require an ironing board. Some are even compact enough for travel, so you can steam those crumpled-up shirts from your suitcase before seeing the sights.

But steamers aren’t only for clothing. They can spruce up your best pillow shams, drapes, bed skirts, wall hangings, or tapestries. To ensure you’re purchasing a steamer of top quality and durability, we did our research to find you the best six clothes steamers to keep your fabrics smooth and looking fresh.

How we selected the best clothes steamers

There are several crucial points to consider when selecting a steamer. We looked at efficiency. How fast does said steamer heat up and get out those creases? Nobody wants to stand there for twenty minutes going over the same wrinkle.

Safety was also of utmost concern since we’re dealing with hot steam. We want to ensure the product has built-in safety measures so you won’t get burned. And finally, we looked at the cost. Whether you’re using this steamer for professional use, travel, or quick, routine maintenance, we want to make sure you’re getting the most bang for your buck.

Best high-end: Jiffy Classic Personal Clothing Steamer

Jiffy Steamer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sturdy construction and a large water reservoir for marathon steam sessions.

Specs

  • 128-ounce reservoir
  • 2 hour steam time
  • Corded

Pros

  • Super-durable and well-crafted
  • Huge water tank for long steaming sessions
  • Suitable for commercial use
  • Impeccable reputation with pros

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

For those who appreciate the finer steams in life, this steamer is perfect for both personal and light commercial use. With 1300 watts of steaming power, it has a whopping two-hour steam time per filling, perfect for bulk session. The metal head has brass pins in the steam holes, creating extra hot steam for those tougher creases. 

It features solid die cast aluminum outer housing for added durability, as well as a 5.5-foot flexible hose, which comes in handy for big lengths of fabric like curtains. While this is the heaviest model on our list (at almost 18 lbs), the 360° easy-roll casters on the base makes moving around your space a breeze.

The metal, brass, and wooden construction help justify the higher price point. However, having a metal steamer does mean it’s a heavier product than your plastic alternatives. 

Best for delicates: Steamery X Cirrus

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This meticulously designed steamer has a stainless steel front plate and meticulous steam output to protect expensive textiles.

Specs

  • Corded
  • 2.8 ounce reservoir
  • 20-second heat-up time

Pros

  • Stainless steel face is very smooth and easy on delicate fabric
  • Very steady steam production
  • Quick heat up
  • Lime scale trap for helping with hard water

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Tiny reservoir

Steamers excel when it comes to de-wrinkling delicate items that you’d never hit with an iron. The Steamery model offers a super-smooth stainless steel face that glides very easily across any material. I’ve used it on everything from silk shirts to thick hoodies with no issue. Some steamers can sputter and spit big drops of water onto material, which can also be tricky with delicate fabrics. The Steamery emits a very steady stream of steam with little to no sputtering.

It’s not without its faults. The small reservoir will only get you 10-15 minutes of steaming before you need to refill so this is meant for volume jobs. But, most people aren’t steaming tons of clothes at once anyway. It’s also pricy, but that’s partly a result of its very high-end design. It also comes with a padded mitten that goes on the other side of the fabric as you steam to help pull out the wrinkles. That usually comes at an extra cost. If you have lots of expensive clothes or you just really want to avoid water blobs marking up your clothes as you steam them, then this upmarket model is worth considering.

Best for professional on a budget: Pur Steam Professional Heavy Duty Steamer

PurSteam World’s Best Steamers

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Maybe you’re a fashion stylist, model, or blogger. Perhaps you’re a fashion influencer and have to ensure your clothes are top-notch and wrinkle-free. This heavy-duty steamer from Pur Steam hits all our pressure points for a high-quality, professional-grade steamer making it our pick for the best clothes steamer for professional use. 

Specs

  • 85-ounce reservoir
  • 60-minute steam time
  • Corded

Pros

  • 60 minutes of continuous steaming
  • Customizable controls
  • Multiple included attachments
  • Powerful output

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Big
  • No auto-shut-off

With a 2.5-liter water tank that heats up in under a minute, you’ll have sixty minutes of continuous steaming, ensuring you don’t have to keep running to the sink to refill between garments. 

It also features a four-level steam adjustment for customizable control, lots of useful attachments, including a deluxe multifunctional hanger and a  fabric brush. The pant press helps get perfect creases. It even comes with its own mini ironing board because sometimes you want to take a two-pronged approach to wrinkle elimination. For safety, a burn-prevention cap that prevents opening the water tank keeps you safe. This feature set makes it a total steal at this price point.

While any professional steam system is obviously going to be significantly larger than a portable, the adjustable height makes it considerably more versatile. You don’t have to hang your garments on the shower curtain rod to steam them. It easily folds down to fit in any closet.

Best for travel: Kexi Portable Travel Steamer

Kexi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quick-heating steamer has a handy flat smoothing surface that takes the place of add-ons. 

Specs:

  • Foldable
  • 12-minute steam time
  • Corded

Pros

  • 40-second heat-up time
  • Robust safety features
  • Pulls double duty as an iron
  • Foldable

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Takes a while to cool

This leak-proof, travel-friendly clothes steamer with a foldable handle from Kexi is as efficient as it is stylish. With 25 g /min of steam output and a high temp flow, it’s able to quickly remove all the wrinkles out of your garments in under 3 minutes. Plus, it only takes 40 seconds to heat up.

One feature we love is the protruding corner at the top of the steamer, mirroring the top of a traditional iron. This can be used to smooth out buttons, seams, and collars and eliminates the need for added attachments, which saves space.

It’s also loaded with safety features. The garment steamer will automatically shut off after 12 minutes of continuous operation, and has a built-in temperature control so it won’t overheat. This keeps both you and your items safe from potential burns.

Best 2-in-1 steamer & iron: SALAV 2-in-1 Handheld Clothes Steamer

SALAV

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The wide ceramic face works just like an iron in addition to the typical steaming function.

Specs

  • 5-ounce reservoir
  • Corded
  • Variable steam time

Pros

  • Works as both a steamer and an iron
  • Attractive design
  • Very easy to pack due to its small size
  • Affordable
  • Heats up quickly

Cons

  • Small, but heavy
  • Dual-purpose devices always require compromise
  • Small reservoir

Multi-tasking gadgets are great when they can actually deliver While most of the time a steamer can get the job done, sometimes you’ll find a fabric that prefers a dry ironing approach to eliminating wrinkles. It’s nice to have the option, especially for under $60.

This steamer side features an ultra-long heating chamber for extremely efficient output, making for incredibly powerful steam action that’s ready in under a minute. The dry ironing features ceramic-coated metal, which is safe for even temperature-sensitive delicates. 

The steamer’s mouth is wide enough for super-quick steaming, and it’s a total space saver if you don’t have room to store a steamer, iron, and ironing board. It’s particularly handy if you regularly switch back and forth between fabrics and surfaces like in a home staging situation.

Things to consider when shopping for the best clothes steamers

Steamers work by using electrical energy to warm up the water you’ve filled into the product’s reservoir. Once heated, it turns the water into water vapor, which shoots out of a nozzle you’ll point toward your garment. The steam loosens the fabric and acts like an eraser for wrinkles.

Type

Before you begin shopping for a garment steamer, though, you should figure out the type of steamer you require. There are three main types of steamers:

  • Portable. These are steamers specifically for on the go or travel use, as they are the smallest in size (small enough to fit into a suitcase or weekend bag). The features will depend on the model, but these models often forego some bells and whistles in the name of saving space.
  • Upright. Upright steamers are often used by professionals, as they take up much more space than a handheld or portable. The base sits on the ground with a long hose and nozzle for the steam. The main perk is they have longer continuous steam time, since they’re more powerful. 
  • Handheld. Handhelds are a blend of portable and upright. They’re usually medium-sized, so you can transport them in a pinch. . Usually, the main difference is size. Some will come with attachments, like a brush head.

Size

If you’re primarily looking for a travel steamer, for example, you’ll want something compact that can easily fit in a suitcase or travel bag. If you only plan to use it at home and have room in a closet, an upright offers more power and extra features.

Heating time

You don’t want to be standing around forever waiting for your steamer to heat up. Generally, your steamer should be able to heat up around the 60 second mark. If you’re waiting for more than two minutes, find a different option. 

Safety features

Make sure your steamer comes with burn-proof features like auto shut-off and a leak-proof nozzle. 

Water tank capacity

This matters most if you often have multiple items to steam. Steamers with a more generous water tank capacity save you time and hassle if you’re steaming in bulk. Smaller steamers are around 140 mL, while larger, professional-grade steamers can be around 2.5 Liters.

Steam settings

Some clothes steamers come with customizable steam settings (gentler or more powerful depending on the fabric you’re steaming). However, note that many budget-friendly options don’t usually come with multiple steam settings. This is usually reserved for higher end products.

FAQs

Q: Steamer vs Iron: Which is better?

This depends on what you are ironing and what is more comfortable for you to use. Many people find ironing to be difficult to master, whereas clothes steamers allow the hot steam to do all the work for you. Irons are also not as convenient or practical if you are traveling, unless your hotel comes with an iron and ironing board.

If your clothing or fabrics have beads, sequins, or other decorations that ironing could damage, you’ll want to opt for a steamer. Steamers are also much more compact to store if you don’t have extra space.

Irons, however, do offer more control if you have super tough creases to get out, especially on sturdier fabrics like wool. They’re also better if you want crisp edges or pleats on dress shirts or pants.

Q: What fabrics should not be steamed?

Anything that can melt should not be steamed. For example, if your garment has a plastic coating or decoration, these can melt when hit with super hot steam. Be careful when steaming silk, chiffon, and velvet. Try avoiding touching the nozzle to these more delicate fabrics to avoid damaging the items.

Q: What type of water should you feel your steamer with?

While many items say tap water is fine, you would probably benefit most from using distilled or purified water. This ensures you won’t get mineral buildup in your steamer, especially if you live in a place with hard water.

A final word about clothes steamers

The best clothes steamers create a more put-together, elevated look without having to store an iron and ironing board. Whether you’re going for a quick and simple approach or opting for more frills, purchasing a garment steamer is a worthwhile investment at any price point. While portable steamers can even be taken with you during travel, professional-grade clothes steamers are perfect for steaming in bulk. Enjoy your enhanced wardrobe!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best clothes steamers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric blankets to keep you cozy in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-blankets/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585946
A lineup of the best electric blankets on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Whether you're watching the game from the stands or snuggling on the couch, the right electric blanket can keep you warm (and potentially cut down on heating bills).

The post The best electric blankets to keep you cozy in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best electric blankets on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A grey Pure Enrichment heated blanket on a plain blanket Pure Enrichment PureRelief Radiance Deluxe Heated Blanket
SEE IT

Two controllers and a luxurious mink-inspired fabric make this a cozy addition to your couch.

Best cordless A navy Cozee electric blanket on a plain background Cozee Portable Battery Powered Heated Blanket
SEE IT

Stay warm at football games, tailgates, and more, sans cords.

Best budget A gray Sunbeam heated blanket on a plain background Sunbeam Premium Soft Velvet Plush Electric Heated Throw Blanket
SEE IT

Just the basics, done incredibly well.

Electric blankets are a great way to stay warm without running up the heat bill. If you’re the person in your house who wears at least three layers on them at all times, they can also keep you warm without having to put on half of your coat closet at once. They’re also a surefire way to get a cat on your lap, thanks to their enticing coziness that makes felines go feral. Cordless and smart electric blankets allow you to bring all that heated goodness with you to football games and other chilly outdoor events. They also can be controlled with your phone for ultimate temperature customization. Some even have two controllers so you and your blanket partner can set your perfect temperature. The best electric blankets let you sleep, watch TV, and read a book without having to turn up the thermostat. 

How we chose the best electric blankets

I hate to brag, but I am PopSci’s resident reporter on all things warm and heated. I’ve worked on stories about heated clothing, heated gloves, heated socks, hand warmers … if it involves heating up something, my freezing hands have probably touched it in some way, shape, or form. I also am a girlie who runs cold, so I also have personal experience to pull from. To separate the tepid from the truly warm, we combined this first-hand testing with critical reviews and user recommendations.

The best electric blankets: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s a tough life, testing all this, but I’m … warming up to it. And whether you’re wearing your own personal electric blanket around the house or sharing one with your honey on the couch, one of our picks can help heat up your night, too, with far less hassle than lugging around that infrared heater.  

Best overall: Pure Enrichment PureRelief Radiance Deluxe Heated Blanket

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Twin, Full, Queen, King
  • Heat settings: 10 heat settings between 87°F-105°F
  • Timer: Turns off automatically after 10 hours
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Two controllers for Queen and King sizes
  • Lots of heat settings
  • Soft 

Cons

  • Long auto turn-off time

If you want a blanket that’s a worthy addition or even replacement for your space heater, look no further than this luxe heated blanket from Pure Enrichment. It heats up in only five minutes, and a 5’9 cord means you can use it from plenty of spots in your home, from the couch to the bed to your office chair. Four different size options mean there’s a blanket for all heights. If you’re a fan of sleeping with an electric blanket, an easy-to-read LCD display and 10-second auto-controller lights prevent late-night fumbling. A 10-hour auto shut-off means you don’t have to worry about causing a fire if you sleep in. When it’s time to wash your blanket, simply throw it in the washer. Its anti-pill mink fabric keeps it soft wash after wash. This blanket was a favorite among all the people and pets in the house, thanks to its snuggliness and heat. 

Best wearable: Westinghouse Electric Snuggle Throw Blankets with Foot Pocket

Westinghouse

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: One size (70 x 50 inches)
  • Heat settings: 6 heating levels
  • Timer: 2-10 hours
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Built-in pouch for feet
  • Overheat protection
  • Can be worn multiple ways

Cons

  • Heavy

Do you remember the Snuggie, everyone’s favorite white elephant gift for a hot minute? We certainly do. And we also wish it came with more features. The Westinghouse Electric Snuggle builds upon the legacy of wearable blankets with souped-up additions. You can wear it like a robe, in front of you like a traditional blanket, or you can ditch the sleeves completely and use it as a regular throw. A pocket for your feet keeps your tootsies toasty, and six heating settings give you lots of temperature choices to pick from. You can adjust the length of the auto turn-off timer, and built-in overheat protection means you’re the only thing warming up—not your entire apartment. This blanket is better for lounging—it’s a little too heavy to wear while walking around the house.   

Best smart: Warmee Smart Heated Blanket

Warmee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Twin, Full, Queen, King
  • Heat settings: 5 levels
  • Timer: 30-minute increments from 30 minutes to 10 hours; One-hour increments from 10-12 hours
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Works with multiple voice assistants and phone operating systems
  • Thin wire
  • Has a luxe, plush feel

Cons

  • Need WiFi and app to control blanket

Ditch the controller completely with the Warmee Smart Heated Blanket. It has thin wire, meaning you won’t feel the heating elements as you’re using it. Also, the blanket itself is incredibly plushy and has a good weight to it. You can also control the blanket via Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, or via app (iOS and Android). Plus, we’re a huge fan of the time increment choices and heat settings. If your internet is out, you sadly won’t be able to activate the heat settings—this blanket only works when connected to WiFi. It’s also rather expensive compared to other blankets on this list. If you want the connectivity, however, we think it’s worth it.   

Best cordless: Cozee Portable Battery Powered Heated Blanket

Cozee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: One size (60×60 inches)
  • Heat settings: Three heat levels (Low, medium, high)
  • Timer: 2-3 hours, depending on heat settings
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Wireless
  • Battery does double-duty as a phone charger
  • Soft lining

Cons

  • Limited heat settings
  • One size

This battery-powered heated blanket is a great solution for keeping cozy without a wired controller or your phone, making it the best cordless heated throw blanket. The blanket is controlled using a square-shaped hub that doubles as the blanket’s battery. The electric blanket includes cables to charge this battery at home or in the car, as well as two USB cords so you can even charge your phone. At a high setting, the cordless heated blanket can only stay warm for two hours, which may be an issue depending on your intended use. We wish it came in more sizes, but its 60 x 60-inch throw size is flexible. 

Best for couples: Westinghouse Electric Blanket

Westinghouse

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Throw, Twin, Full, Queen, King
  • Heat settings: 10 heat levels
  • Timer: Adjustable timer with 12-hour shut-off
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Two controllers
  • Lots of heat and time settings
  • Machine washable

Cons

  • Takes 20 minutes to heat up 

There are small quarrels you experience in a partnership: How cold should we run the AC? Who is taking too much of the bedspread at night? Whose Netflix show gets watched this time? Agree on just doing your own thing with this Westinghouse electric blanket, which includes two controllers so each person can set the blanket to their ideal temperature and time. It’s machine washable, dryer-safe, and is one of our favorite heated throw blankets. Ten heat levels let you get incredibly close to your ideal temperature. It automatically shuts off after 12 hours, and the timer increases incrementally so that you can use the auto shut-off feature whenever. Finally, some harmony in your home. 

Best budget: Sunbeam Premium Soft Velvet Plush Electric Heated Throw Blanket

Sunbeam

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: One size (50 x 60 inches)
  • Heat settings: Three heat settings
  • Timer: Three-hour auto shut-off
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Soft fleece
  • Machine washable
  • Reversible

Cons

  • Heavy cord is cumbersome

If the situation is getting desperate and high heating bills have your wallet hurting, this budget-friendly blanket has everything you need to keep you warm. Three heat settings make choosing a temperature easy, and a three-hour auto-off feature is just the right amount of time to get comfortable. You can throw it in the wash and not think about the water bill. Hopefully, the savings from this blanket will help cover that. 

What to consider when buying the best electric blankets

Not all electric blankets are made alike. Here’s what you should look for before making your pick.

Heat settings

Some electric blankets have tiered settings: low, medium, and high. Others let you choose almost to the exact degree. If you’re OK with general settings, consider a controller with the former. The latter will let you customize how hot you’d like your blanket to get. 

Who is using the blanket?

If you plan on sharing the blanket with someone, dual controllers will help keep both parties under the blanket comfortable. However, if it’s just you, you can take up as much blanket as you want—and make it as hot as you want. 

Cords vs. cordless

Electric blankets either have a combination of controller, app control, or outlet plug. Take the Warmee versus the Cozee, for example. The Warmee is controlled via an app but includes an outlet plug. The Cozee is completely cordless and is controlled by a box-shaped battery that has buttons for all temperature and time controls. If a jumble of wires is not your jam, consider something completely cordless like the Cozee. If you are fine with an outlet plug but not a physical controller, consider something like the Warmee. Consider your preferences and then look for what kind of wires your electric blanket includes.

FAQs

Q: Is it safe to sleep with an electric blanket?

Heated blankets are perfectly safe to use while sleeping as long as they’re used correctly. Choose one with an automatic shutoff or overheat prevention feature so you won’t be kept up at night thinking about a potential fire hazard. Ensure you take good care of your blanket to prevent wires from shortening.

Q: Do electric blankets use a lot of electricity?

It shouldn’t increase your electric bill by much at all. It certainly won’t double it, either. A heated blanket is actually more cost-effective than heating up an entire room. Look for a heated blanket with temperature control to maximize the savings on your heating bill.

Q: Can I wash my electric blanket?

Most electric blankets let you unplug any external electrical elements, like plugs, cords, and controllers, that you should unplug before washing and drying. Not all heated blankets can be machine washed, so it’s very important to check the manufacturer details to make sure you’ll be able to clean your blanket properly.

Final thoughts on the best electric blankets

If things are getting chilly in your house, you might not need to turn up the heat, grab another blanket, or put on a sweatshirt over your long sleeve. Simply grab one of the best heated electric blankets, set it to your favorite temperature, and enjoy almost immediate heat. You can rely on one of these soft and smart throws to keep you warm, snuggly, and comfortable. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric blankets to keep you cozy in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best coolers with wheels in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-coolers-with-wheels/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585616
Four of the best coolers with wheels sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Keep your food and beverages from getting warm and your back from getting sore with these impressive wheeled coolers.

The post The best coolers with wheels in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best coolers with wheels sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A navy Yeti Tundra Haul wheeled cooler is placed against a white background. YETI Tundra Haul Wheeled Cooler
SEE IT

The YETI Tundra Haul offers more features than we can list, including the ability to keep hot items hot.

Best compact A glacier blue RovR RollR 45 Wheeled Cooler is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. RovR RollR 45 Wheeled Cooler
SEE IT

Good things come in small packages with this sporty-looking space-saving wheeled cooler.

Best budget A blue Coleman Chiller Series Insulated Soft Cooler is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Coleman Chiller Series Insulated Soft Cooler
SEE IT

You can’t beat this price for a wheeled cooler that can hold the equivalent of 42 cans.

Whether you’re entertaining at home, traveling, camping, or tailgating, a cooler with wheels is a game-changer. Having temperature-controlled beverages (and food) on hand can be the difference between joy and sadness. But lugging around a heavy cooler, that’s just pure misery. You want to work up a thirst from whatever fun activity you’re undertaking, not from roping in some poor friend or family member to carry the heavy cooler with you. The best coolers with wheels allow you to be self-sufficient without compromising quality.

How we chose the best coolers with wheels

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications including Forbes, CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, TechRadar, Better Homes & Gardens, Bob Vila, and, of course, PopSci. My recommendations for the best-wheeled coolers are based on a mix of hands-on testing and research. I weighed the quality of build, size, features, and price.

The best coolers with wheels: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether your old cooler wore out, you need a larger or more advanced model with wheels, or you’re looking for your very first wheeled cooler, we’ve got you covered. One of these wheeled coolers will make it easier to entertain at home, tailgate, go camping, or bring beverages to the team.

Best overall: YETI Tundra Haul Wheeled Cooler   

Yeti

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 28.25 x 18.62 x 19.5 inches
  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Capacity: 82 cans or 64 pounds of ice

Pros

  • Puncture-resistant wheels
  • Includes dry goods basket
  • Keeps hot items hot
  • Bearproof design
  • Compatible with dry ice
  • Various colors to choose from

Cons

  • Expensive

YETI is well-known for its drinkware, coolers, and more. In fact, the YETI Hopper Flip 18 tops our list of the best cooler bags, and the YETI Gallon Jug is our best overall choice for best gallon water bottles. The company has been building coolers since 2006, but the Tundra Haul Wheeled Cooler was its first cooler with wheels—and it was worth the wait.

The YETI Tundra Wheeled Cooler features two inches of insulation combined with pressure-injected polyurethane, an interlock lid system, and a freezer-quality gasket. These components lock in cold temperatures and keep heat out. Unless you’re packing hot items, in which case the cooler works in reverse to keep the heat in. The wheeled cooler can also be used with dry ice (frozen carbon dioxide that provides more cooling power than regular ice).

The wheels are virtually indestructible, so the cooler can easily withstand rocks, gravel, and even splintered marine docks. The wheels can also handle sand, but it may be difficult to roll over such soft terrain. Also, the handle is made of welded aluminum and offers grips that are comfortable to handle.

The vortex drain system makes it easy to drain water from the cooler, and the bearproof design keeps your goods (if not you) safe from hungry carnivorous mammals. And the color choices are plentiful, including navy, canopy green, charcoal, cosmic lilac, camp green, Nordic purple, rescue red, tan, and white.

White Yeti Roadie cooler on wheels with its lid open sitting on a very green lawn in the sunshine.
Brandt Ranj

Need to haul a few dozen fewer cans but still want that legendary YETI build? We’re also big fans of the more recent Roadie line, including the Roadie 60 shown here.

Best compact: RovR Roll R 45 Wheeled Cooler 

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 22.5 x 218.9 x 19.3 inches
  • Weight: 39 pounds with land bin, 34 pounds without
  • Capacity: 60 cans or 10 pounds of ice

Pros

  • Sporty, space-saving design
  • 8-day ice retention
  • All-terrain wheels
  • DeepFreeze dry bin
  • Bearproof design
  • Plenty of color choices

Cons

  • Handle is slightly flimsy when fully extended

The sporty-looking RovR Roll R 45 Wheeled Cooler looks like a miniature version of my mid-engine MR2 Spyder—which, admittedly, looks like a miniature version of a full-size vehicle. It also happens to make our list of the best coolers. The 45-quart cooler is the perfect size for my two-seater car and is also ideal when space is either limited or you don’t need a giant cooler. (Note: Rover does make 60-quart and 80-quart wheeled coolers, and in addition to glacier and chili pepper, other color choices include desert, magic hour, midnight, powder, moss, and Gobi.)

The deep freeze-dry bin is deep enough to hold wine bottles upright, or it can also be used to store clean ice for beverages. The wheeled cooler also offers compartments to store various types of items (meat, veggies, etc.) separately—but also below food-safe temperatures recommended by the FDA. The latches are tight enough that it takes a minute to open them, and the drain plug makes it easy to channel the water out. Also, the custom rubber gasket seals the cold air inside, which allows the cooler to provide up to eight days of ice retention. 

In addition, the telescopic handle lets me find the right height for comfortably wheeling the cooler around. When the handle is fully extended, it feels rather flimsy, but at lower heights, it’s fine. The 9-inch all-terrain wheels are puncture-resistant and make the cooler easy to navigate.

There are also a lot of cool RovR Roll R 45 accessories that you can purchase separately and attach to the anchor points, like a prep board, double cup holder, umbrella/rod holder, collapsible bin, and bike trailer kit.

Most durable: ORCA 65 Quart Wheeled Cooler

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 32 x 20 x 19 inches
  • Weight: 41 pounds
  • Capacity: 54 cans

Pros

  • Durable roto-molded construction
  • Large but lightweight wheels
  • Cargo net
  • Plenty of color choices

Cons

  • Bulky
  • Expensive

ORCA’s 65 Quart Wheeled Cooler is large enough for all of your needs. The generously sized cooler is certainly big. However, the large wheels are lightweight enough to make it relatively easy to transport, and the wheels are designed for any type of terrain. The pull handle is also large enough for up to two people to comfortably pull the cooler—although it can also easily be towed by one person as well.

The 41-pound cooler can hold up to 54 cans, or the equivalent amount in other types of foods and beverages. Its roto-molded construction makes it strong enough to serve as seating, and it’s also rugged enough to stand on.

The cooler can retain ice for eight days, and the molded drain channel drains quickly. In addition, it features a cargo net, which provides additional storage. The padlock fastening hole can accommodate a padlock to keep the cooler’s contents secure. Cooler color choices include blaze orange, charcoal, navy, seafoam, tan, and white.  

Best features: Igloo 70 Quart Premium Trailmate Wheeled Rolling Cooler  

Igloo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 34.59 x 19.7 x 23.61 inches
  • Weight: 34.7 pounds
  • Capacity: 112 cans

Pros

  • Dry storage
  • Umbrella/fishing hook holders
  • Bottle opener
  • Butler tray
  • All-terrain wheels

Cons

  • May be too small for some people

At first glance, it looks like one of NASA’s cadre rovers or something on PopSci’s list of best dual-fuel generators, but the Igloo 70 Quart Premium Trailmate Wheeled Rolling Cooler is, indeed, a cooler. And it’s loaded with features, like a lockable storage compartment that’s water-resistant and can keep a phone, sunglasses, car keys, and other small items dry and secure. Underneath it is a storage pocket that can securely hold sunscreen and other items.

There’s also a food basket inside of the sporty-looking cooler to keep food items dry (such as a sandwich and some fruit). The removable butler tray can be mounted on the handle and has two built-in cup holders to hold cans or bottles, as well as space for other items. When not in use, the tray can be stored underneath the cooler’s lid. There are four self-draining cup holders, in addition to a bottle opener, and two accessory slots to hold umbrellas or fishing rods.

The oversized (10-inch) wheels can be used on any terrain, and the telescoping handle can adjust to the most comfortable height. This cooler also has a threaded drain plug that’s compatible with a garden hose for easy cleanup. The tie-down loops can accommodate bungee cords, allowing you to tie down blankets, towels, and chairs. It is available in rugged blue, spruce, carbonite, bone, olive/black, white/black, and gray/black.

Best budget: Coleman Chiller Series Insulated Soft Cooler

Coleman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.32 x 13.32 x 19.97 inches
  • Weight: 7.2 pounds
  • Capacity: 42 cans

Pros

  • Holds up to 42 cans
  • Lightweight
  • Handles on the side
  • Extra storage

Cons

  • Only two color choices
  • 12-hour insulation limit

When you hear the brand Coleman, you might think grills and camp chairs, maybe lanterns or tents. But, eventually, a childhood memory of one of their coolers will flicker through your mind. The brand has been producing affordable, dependable outdoor accessories a long time, and the Coleman Chiller Series Insulated Soft Cooler is an economical option. And since we like to provide a range of choices, we chose this one because it’s also one of the best soft-sided coolers with wheels. It only weighs 7.2 pounds when empty and can hold up to 42 cans—or the equivalent. The exterior is eco-friendly and made from recycled polyester fibers. It looks like a piece of carry-on luggage—except it’s insulated.

The cooler uses TempLock insulation, which is designed to keep drinks cold for 12 or more hours. That is far short of the almost-week-long timeframe of many hard coolers. However, we realize that some people may find hard coolers too heavy to lift and even navigate with wheels. This Coleman soft cooler offers a telescoping handle that easily adjusts, and there are also handles on either side for easier lifting. It sits upright, and the wheels are on the back, so the cooler is gently tilted backward to use the wheels. There’s also plenty of additional storage with the zippered front compartment and the inside mesh pockets. It’s leakproof, and the hard plastic liner is removable to clean. The color choices include deep ocean and black.  

What to consider when buying the best coolers with wheels 

Use

How you plan on using the cooler is an important factor to consider. For example, if you’re just rolling it around your patio or backyard, your needs will differ from someone pulling the cooler up a steep, rocky hill. Likewise, if you just want to keep your cans and bottles cold for a few hours, your needs will be different than if you need to keep items at the desired temperature for several days.

All wheeled coolers have handles. However, when transporting the crate long distances, a telescopic handle can allow you to find the most convenient height. 

Weight

Wheels make coolers significantly easier to transport. However, keep in mind that after you load ice, cans, and bottles, the cooler will be significantly heavier, even when wheeling it around. Also, unless you’re only using it in your backyard, you may need to lift and lower the wheeled cooler to get it in and out of your vehicle, so keep this in mind as well.   

Capacity

Some wheeled coolers can hold the equivalent of 40 cans, while others can hold the equivalent of over 100 cans. So always note the capacity limit when choosing the right option for your needs.

Other features

All of the hard coolers on our list have seal-tight gaskets, excellent insulation, and tight latches, so we didn’t feel the need to highlight this every time. However, some wheeled coolers have other built-in features, such as butler trays, bottle holders, and bottle openers, as well as exterior storage. These features may be built-in, or they may be accessories that you can purchase separately.

In addition, some coolers can accommodate dry ice, which can keep food and drinks colder/frozen for a longer time frame than regular ice.

FAQs

Q: How long can a wheeled cooler keep the contents cold?

How long a wheeled cooler can keep content cold varies depending on the cooler. However, many wheeled coolers promise a seven to 10-day ice retention rate.

There are some steps that you can take to help the wheeled cooler work at maximum efficiency. For example, before you plan to use it, RovR recommends bringing the cooler inside of the house (assuming you normally store it in the garage or outdoors) and leaving the lid open. YETI suggests pre-chilling your cooler by loading it with ice a few hours prior to loading it up. How you pack your cooler also makes a difference, so you may want to study up on that if you need your ice to last as long as possible.

Q: How can I stop the wheeled cooler from developing bad smells?

Be sure to clean your cooler immediately after use. Usually, soap and warm water are sufficient. For heavy-duty cleaning, instructions may vary by manufacturer. For example, YETI recommends a 6:1 solution and warm water and bleach, used with a sponge or mildly abrasive rag.

Q: Do wheeled coolers really keep bears out?

Some wheeled coolers (like YETI and RovR), when used with manufacturer-recommended locks, are approved by the Interagency Grizzly Bear Committee as a bearproof design.

Final thoughts on the best coolers with wheels

Don’t get us wrong; we love our insulated water bottles. But sometimes you need drinks to share, not to mention meals to cook. The best cooler with wheels will make it a lot easier to transport ice and beverages from one location to the next. Some coolers even provide separate compartments for food, storage spaces for umbrellas, fishing rods, butler trays, and even a place to store your smartphone and keys. The best option for you depends on usage scenarios and budget, but we’ve narrowed this crowded field down to help you zoom in on the best wheeled cooler for your needs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best coolers with wheels in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 3D printers for kids in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-3d-printers-for-kids/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585278
Four of the best 3D printers for kids are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Modern 3D printers offer much greater accessibility than previous models.

The post The best 3D printers for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best 3D printers for kids are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The white Toybox 3D Printer for Kids is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Toybox 3D Printer for Kids
SEE IT

The Toybox is one of the few 3D printers specifically designed for kids and includes a large catalog of ready-to-print toys.

Best budget The black and red XYZprinting Da Vinci Mini Wireless 3D printer is places against a white background. XYZprinting Da Vinci Mini Wireless
SEE IT

The enclosed printing area and budget-friendly price make this a great kid-friendly 3D printer.

Best for teens The black Monoprice Voxel 3D printer is placed against a white background. Monoprice Voxel
SEE IT

The Voxel offers plenty of bells and whistles for more flexibility as your teen learns to 3D print.

Dedicated 3D printers for kids can be a fantastic and fun way to encourage young minds to create and learn. 3D printers once required huge budgets and hyper-specific skills, but they have become very accessible in recent years. Now, these devices come in small, affordable versions that you can keep in your home. Some are even specifically designed for kids and can encourage problem-solving and creativity. They can also help teach subjects like science, art, and engineering. Whether you are looking at a device for fun, education, or both, the best 3D printers for kids offer an ideal mix of usability, flexibility, and accessibility.

How we chose the best 3D printers for kids

When choosing the best 3D printers for kids, we evaluated more than 15 printer brands and over 40 models of printers. We looked at performance, price, safety features, customer reviews, built-in features, and lifespan. We evaluated warranties and feedback from experts. Best-seller lists and purchaser responses were also taken into account. We included products that are appropriate for a variety of ages and skill levels to offer a well-rounded list for readers and those interested in child-friendly 3D printers.

The best 3D printers for kids: Reviews & Recommendations

While there are some very easy-to-use and kid-focused 3D printers, be aware that depending on the age of the child, a 3D printer will likely require adult supervision and help. The components of 3D printers get hot, and it can take some problem-solving to design items and use some of these devices. Luckily, the devices below are all ideal for beginners, making it easier for you to get started, even if you are new to the world of 3D printing. 

Best overall: Toybox 3D Printer for Kids

Toybox

SEE IT

Specs 

  • Weight: 6.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 7.4 x 7.4 x 9.05 inches
  • Build volume: 2.7 x 3.1 x 3.5 inches
  • Compatible materials: PLA plastic
  • Print speed: Up to 60 mm/s

Pros

  • Simple, one-touch function
  • Comes with a growing catalog of ready-to-print toys
  • Includes multiple colors of filaments
  • Uses non-toxic PLA

Cons

  • Pricey for what it is
  • Build space is rather small

The Toybox 3D Printer for Kids is an ideal model for kids as young as eight who are interested in 3D printing. It was specifically designed with younger kids in mind, which means ease of use and simplicity at every turn. Printing is a single click away, with buttons and clickable images on the display screen so kids can easily run the show once they get the hang of it. Our reviewer found it to be a “fun factory for kids and beginners.”

With a huge catalog of toys, all you have to do is load and hit “print.” New toy builds are added weekly, creating an endless supply of projects to create. But you aren’t limited to what’s in the catalog; the Toybox app also allows for custom designs. The Toybox comes with eight rolls of filament in different colors, so you can get started right away without pricing out sizes or styles.

The Toybox is also our top 3D printer for kids due to its excellent safety features. It features an enclosed print area to keep curious hands away from hot elements. The easy-peel print bed means kids can take the prints out without needing a knife. And it uses non-toxic PLA (Polylactic Acid) plastic for filament, so you don’t have to worry about any harmful fumes. The small footprint and lightweight design are also a plus. 

Best budget: XYZprinting Da Vinci Mini Wireless

XYZprinting

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 22.1 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.18 x 13.19 x 15.36 inches
  • Build volume: 5.9 x 5.9 x 5.9 inches
  • Compatible materials: PLA, Tough PLA, PETG, Carbon PLA, Metallic PLA
  • Print speed: Variable

Pros

  • Compatible with laptops, personal computers, or smartphones
  • Can heat to the suggested printing temperature in less than one minute
  • Offers a resolution of up to 200 microns
  • Affordable compared to other 3D printers

Cons

  • Only compatible with size 600G filament
  • No integrated display

The Da Vinci Mini Wireless 3D printer is one of the best budget 3D printers thanks to its absurdly fast heat-up time, which eliminates any downtime before printing. It requires very little setup; simply plug it in, connect your device, and go. This is a great feature for kids (or impatient adults). It’s also a surprisingly rare feature among 3D printers; most require assembly or calibration before they’re functional. Meanwhile, a boxed-in printing area prevents the potential for burns and locks away heated progress from small hands. 

You can use this 3D printer with a variety of filament types, including multiple types of PLA and PETG, though they each must be 600G. Speeds are kept in check with a nozzle and print bed that move simultaneously without sacrificing small details. A 200-micron printing delta will also keep projects accurate and looking great, but printing at that highest resolution will slow down the print time significantly.

At just 22.1 pounds, the Da Vinci Mini can easily be moved or stored away while still offering sizable printing abilities. As a “mini,” it’s extremely versatile and able to tackle a number of projects larger than its size suggests. Keep in mind that there is no integrated display, meaning it requires you to connect a device such as a laptop or phone in order to work. 

Best for speed: AnkerMake M5C 3D Printer

AnkerMake

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 20.94 pounds
  • Dimensions: 21.77 x 20.27 x 12 inches
  • Build volume: 8.66 x 8.66 x 9.8 inches
  • Compatible materials: PLA, PETG, ABS, TPU, and PLA-CF (Carbon Fiber)
  • Print speed: Up to 500 mm/s

Pros

  • Easy assembly with 3-step setup
  • One-click printing with access to free model library
  • Very fast printing
  • Accepts many different materials

Cons

  • Rather noisy
  • No display

Waiting around for a print to finish isn’t fun for anyone, especially impatient kids. But before you even get to printing, you’ll have to build the 3D printer. Luckily, the AnkerMake M5C is quick and easy to set up, with only three steps. You can be up and running in roughly 15 minutes. When it comes time to print, it is one of the fastest 3D printers on the market, with speeds up to 500 mm/s. You’ll still get 0.1mm print precision with those speeds, so you’ll have quality prints as well. 

The MC5 works with a wide range of filament types and can even print multicolor designs. You’ll have access to a free model library, so don’t need to figure out how to design your own if you don’t want to. It features automatic bed leveling and an easy-to-remove printing surface, which are both ideal features for beginners. 

There are some downsides to the M5C, especially as a 3D printer for kids. This isn’t an enclosed printer, so it is best suited for older children or used with supervision. There isn’t a built-in display, so you’ll need access to a computer, tablet, or smartphone in order to print. And the fan is pretty loud, which may be an issue for some. But it offers quality prints at a budget-friendly price, so we think those issues are worth it for those focused on fast printing speeds. 

Best for teens: Monoprice Voxel

Monoprice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 28.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.9 x 15.7 x 15 inches
  • Build volume: 5.9 x 5.9 x 5.9 inches
  • Compatible materials: Any
  • Print speed: Up to 60 mm/s

Pros

  • Supports all of the most common types of filament
  • 2.8-inch touchscreen control panel 
  • Built-in camera to monitor print jobs
  • Easy to set up and use

Cons

  • Lengthier heat time
  • Touchscreen is cramped

The Monoprice Voxel is a 3D printer that comes with plenty of upgrades, including assisted leveling and hotspot capabilities. You can connect even without WiFi and then watch the progress from a built-in camera that allows you to check in or adjust when you’re out of filament. These alone are a perk for the price, let alone combined. Plus, they are both extremely rare in the world of electronics; few 3D printers offer their own hot-spotting abilities or remote camera options built directly into the device. 

The Voxel is easy to set up and use, so your teen should have no issues getting the hang of it. You can swap the print nozzle out in seconds with no tools needed. What tools you need come with the device, so you won’t have to hunt them down on the internet. It features a built-in sensor that alerts you to low filament levels and even pauses prints until you reload. 

Meanwhile, it prints at 60mm per second, whipping through any project up to 5.9 by 5.9 by 5.9 inches. The removable and flexible print bed makes it easy to remove your models when printing is done. Should it get damaged, you can swap it out for a new one. The entire printing area is enclosed, providing a level of safety for peace of mind. Offering lots of bang for the buck, this printer has plenty of bells and whistles without complicated knowledge to put it into action. 

Best for learning: FlashForge Finder 3

FlashForge

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: ‎36.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 18.5 x 15.9 inches x 16.4
  • Build volume: 7.7 x 7.9 x 7.5 inches
  • Compatible materials: ABS, HIPS, PETG, PETG PRO, TPU 95A flexible filament, and third-party filaments
  • Print speed: Up to 180 mm/s

Pros

  • No assembly required
  • Operates at just 50 decibels for quiet printing
  • Multiple connectivity options
  • Comes with two interchangeable build plates

Cons

  • Not fully enclosed
  • Requires bed leveling before you can start printing

The FlashForge Finder 3 is designed for beginners wanting to learn the art of 3D printing. It comes fully assembled and comes with any tools you may need for maintenance down the road. You will need to level the bed before you start printing, but the process is quick and easy with the on-screen prompts.

The Finder 3 works with all of the most common filament types, even those from other manufacturers. That includes flexible filaments for when your child gets the hang of the basic materials. There is a low filament sensor and print recovery function so that you can resume printing where you left out should the power go out or you run out of filament mid-print. 

One big plus of the Finder 3 in a home setting is the quiet operation. It runs at 50 decibels, so if your kid is an avid printer (maybe they’re just getting into cosplay and working through some kinks), you won’t have to deal with constant loud noise. You’ll get two different build plates—a glass plate and PEI magnetic steel sheet—allowing you to experiment with printing on different surfaces. It also works with multiple sizes of nozzles, providing even more flexibility as you learn. 

Things to consider before buying a 3D printer for kids

When choosing the best 3D printers for kids, you have some decisions to make. Like any technology, there are products with flashy add-ons (and the flashy price tags to go with them), 3D printers that offer the basics, and everything in between

Learning curve and ease of assembly also play huge factors in whether or not your little one will enjoy the overall process. Kids can have shorter attention spans than adults, while 3D printers that have complicated maintenance issues will go over young users’ heads. 

Safety

When it comes to choosing a 3D printer for kids, safety is one of the first features you’ll want to keep in mind. One of the best ways to ensure a 3D printer is safe for kids is to purchase a version that is fully enclosed. A 3D printer with an open printing area can expose hot elements to curious hands, while a boxed-in version will be closed off while printing. If you opt for an open design and are using the device with young kids, you will want to supervise the printing process closely. If you are buying a printer for an older kid, however, you may be fine with an open 3D printer.

Another important safety consideration is the type of filament you’ll be using. Some filaments, such as ABS, PETG, and nylon, can produce harmful fumes while printing. You’ll need to use these in an area with proper ventilation but may want to avoid them altogether with kids around. PLA is one of the best filament types for kids as it is considered food-safe and non-toxic. Not all 3D printers can use every type of filament, however, so be sure to check compatibility before purchasing.

Printing speed

Kids are typically not the most patient folks. As a result, a 3D printer with relatively fast printing speeds may be a smart move to keep them engaged. Many devices will offer various printing speeds based on print quality (listed as resolution). Faster speeds generally mean lower resolutions. A print speed of at least 60 mm per second will be a good starting point, but you can also opt for a model with faster speeds.

Another aspect to consider is how long it takes to load your next printing color or to replace parts after they’re worn down. This can often take place mid-print, and if you don’t do your research, you could be stuck with a model that needs ample cooling or load time. 

3D printing with kids and sensory disorders

If you have a child who is sensitive to various senses, planning around that factor is at the forefront of your mind at all times. Take note that some senses that may trigger kids include loud noises, strange sounds, smells, and the feel of the plastic at various stages. 

Luckily, you can plan around these changes. Some models offer quiet printing, while the fully enclosed 3D printers for kids may help with fumes and noise as well. Be sure to look carefully at specs and features if you need to be cautious about sensory disorders. 

FAQs

Q: How much do 3D printers cost?

3D printers vary greatly when it comes to price. They typically start around $170 and can go up to nearly $1,000, it’s important to look at the features, size, and abilities that are important to you before purchasing. Not all budget models are low-quality, and not all luxury price tags are worth their weight. Refer to the above features to help find the best 3D printer for kids that will best meet your budget and expectations.

Q: Can a kid use a 3D printer?

Absolutely! Many 3D printer models are great for kids of all ages and skill levels. That said, they will likely involve participation on your part, and some require adult supervision, especially depending on the age of your children. 

Be sure to pay attention to various features to find one that is most appropriate for your kids. Some main features to consider are the size and weight of the 3D printer, if it has a closed-off printing area (which locks away heated elements of the printer), and the sound level. You should also consider your child’s interest level in building and planning, as some models offer far more sophisticated options.

Q: What age is safe for 3D printing?

Every child is different, but thankfully, there are many levels of 3D printers available. So long as you plan to help with the setup and printing process, kids can start as young as five to six years old. (So long as they are mature enough to keep their hands to themselves and follow instructions.) Starting around eight or nine, kids will be able to get more involved in the process, especially with models geared toward little kids.

Q: Are 3D printers hard to use?

Available 3D printers come with all skill sets in mind, from those who have never once even thought about using a 3D printer to those who have years of experience building electronics and attaching relevant software. Before purchasing a model, look at its capabilities and level of difficulty so you can easily find one that meets your expectations, wants, and preferred performance level.

Q: Can I make toys with a 3D printer?

Yes, you can absolutely make toys with a 3D printer. Many kid-focused printers will even come with a library of toys that are ready to print without any design input from you or your kid. They are also great devices for printing miniatures.

Final thoughts on the best 3D printers for kids

While many people still consider 3D printers advanced machines meant for older users, the current generation of devices can be a great way for little ones to flex their engineering and creative muscles. We recommend something that’s easy to set up and use but still offers room to grow for those who really take to it. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 3D printers for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save on Greenworks snow blowers and winter tools before Black Friday at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/greenworks-winter-tool-deal-early-black-friday-2023/ Wed, 01 Nov 2023 17:09:14 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585242
A Greenworks snow thrower in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

If you've moved past your shovel era, consider entering the age of snow shovels and throwers with this Greenworks tool deal at Amazon.

The post Save on Greenworks snow blowers and winter tools before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Greenworks snow thrower in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Sure, you’ve amassed a variety of heated clothing to keep you warm while shoveling snow, but your back is silently screaming at you to stop being a cheap masochist and buy yourself something beefier. Thankfully, you can do just that while staying true to your thrifty nature with 15 percent off Greenworks tools for winter and beyond.

Greenworks 80V 20″ Brushless Snow Thrower, 5.0Ah Battery $314 (Was $499.99)

Greenworks

SEE IT

Greenworks makes some of our favorite snow blowers, and this one is no exception. Compared to its wired cousin, the 13 Amp 20-Inch Corded Snow Blower, an 80V battery provide more efficiency and better performance. A 12-inch clearing depth and 20-inch clearing width help you clear your driveway or sidewalk in no time; a brushless motor helps you do so without waking up the entire neighborhood. And, a 180-degree rotating chute helps you displace the snow where you want it.

If you really can’t let go of that shovel, consider meeting in the middle with the Greenworks 80V 12″ Brushless Snow Shovel. A 25-foot throwing distance means you won’t have to recover with a heating pad on your shoulders afterward.

Grab these winter tools before the sale ends—and before everyone else gets the good idea to save their back this year.

Here are more Greenworks tool deals if you’re looking for something for right now:

The post Save on Greenworks snow blowers and winter tools before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hot water heaters for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-heaters/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=584678
The best hot water heaters composited together
Stan Horaczek

The right water heater for your home will keep your showers comfortable and your utility bills low.

The post The best hot water heaters for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best hot water heaters composited together
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater
SEE IT

The large 50-gallon storage tank is suitable for homes with five or more people.

Best value Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater on a plain background Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater
SEE IT

This point-of-use water heater can be installed directly under the sink for fast access to hot water on demand.

Best electric A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater on a plain background A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater
SEE IT

The water heater boasts double electric elements that can rapidly heat the contents of the 50-gallon tank.

Water heaters accomplish a simple but essential job: They provide the home with direct access to hot water. The cold water service for the home flows into the water heater, where it is heated and then sent out to the various sinks, showers, and water-using appliances throughout the dwelling. That part is simple, but choosing the right water heater for your needs and space isn’t quite as straightforward. Homeowners can get instant hot water with a tankless water heater or store hot water for future use with a tank-style water heater. Picking one can get complicated, but this list of the best water heaters can help get the right model for your home and lifestyle.

How we chose the best water heaters

Selecting a list of the best water heaters started with extensive research into a variety of products before the pool of potential appliances could be pared down. To eliminate products from the running, it was necessary to examine each water heater while considering the product specs and how they compared to other water heating appliances.

Top considerations include the type of water heater, fuel type, dimensions, flow rate of tankless water heaters, and the tank capacity of tank-style water heaters. Additionally, the availability and cost were assessed alongside these product specs to find the best water heaters across several categories. This list of the best water heaters was finalized only after researching and comparing the pool of potential products to select the top water heaters and eliminate the appliances that didn’t measure up.

The best water heaters: Reviews & Recommendations

Tankless water heaters are smaller than tank-style options, allowing them to be installed in tight spaces where a tank water heater could not. These water heaters provide instant access to hot water, though they may not be able to keep up with the demands of a large family. Tank-style water heaters have an element at the base of an insulated tank to heat the water. The tank keeps the water hot until it is needed. However, if all the hot water stored in the tank is used, then it can take about 20 minutes for the new water in the tank to heat up. While each specific product has its intended audience, it’s worth perusing all of the options as there’s always overlap, and multiple models may fit your needs.

Best overall: A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater

A. O. Smith

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Homeowners won’t need to worry about running out of hot water quickly with this bulky 50-gallon gas water heater.

Specs

  • Type: Tank
  • Fuel: Natural Gas
  • Dimensions: 22 inches diameter by 60.75 inches height
  • Capacity: 50 gallons

Pros

  • Large 50-gallon capacity
  • 40,000-BTU gas burner
  • Self-diagnostic electronic gas control and LED status indicator
  • Certified for use at high altitudes up to 10,100 feet

Cons

  • Bulky weight is difficult to maneuver at 165 pounds

While tankless water heaters will heat the water as it passes through the appliance, tank-style water heaters, like this appliance from A. O. Smith, store a large amount of hot water for future use. This A. O. Smith gas water heater has a large capacity storage tank that is capable of storing up to 50 gallons of water.

This tank-style water heater uses natural gas and a 40,000-BTU gas burner to heat up the tank’s contents. Gas water heaters can be more expensive than electric water heaters, though the cost of natural gas tends to be less than the cost of electricity, so these appliances are often more affordable in the long term. This appliance can also be used in locations that are high up in the mountains, with a certification for altitudes up to 10,100 feet.

Additionally, the gas water heater has a built-in self-diagnostic system that monitors the electronic gas control and uses an LED status indicator to communicate the system’s operational status. For added protection, this model also has a built-in safety system that reduces the risk of accidental flammable vapor ignitions. However, before investing in this unit, it’s important to measure the space and compare it against the product dimensions to ensure that the appliance will fit in the designated area.

Best value: Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater

Bosch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get hot water directly at the sink or shower with this 2.7-gallon point-of-use water heater.

Specs

  • Type: Point-Of-Use
  • Fuel: Electric
  • Dimensions: 10.75 inches depth x 13.75 inches width x 13.75 inches height
  • Capacity: 2.7 gallons

Pros

  • Lightweight design is easy to lift, hold, and position
  • Small size is suitable for installing under the sink or counter
  • Mountable design for floor or wall mounting
  • Instant access to hot water where it’s needed

Cons

  • Small capacity
  • Not suitable for whole-home water heating

Whole-home water heaters are the most common option for heating incoming cold water, but homeowners can also invest in a point-of-use water heater, like this Bosch Tronic model. This point-of-use water heater can work independently of the primary water heater for the home to provide hot water to a single faucet or shower, but it can also be set up to work in line as a backup for the primary water heater during busy periods throughout the day, like the morning or evening.

The small size and lightweight design make this water heater easy to carry and maneuver into position during installation. However, this also means that the water heater has a relatively small storage capacity of just 2.7 gallons, so it isn’t a good option for extended use or whole-home water heating. Mount the water heater on the floor, the wall, under the sink, or under the counter with the included mounting brackets. 

Best electric: A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater

A. O. Smith

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Heat 62 gallons of water in the first hour of use with the two 4,500-watt copper heating elements.

Specs

  • Type: Tank
  • Fuel: Electric
  • Dimensions: 20.5 inches diameter by 59 inches height
  • Capacity: 50 gallons

Pros

  • Large, 50-gallon capacity
  • Two 4,500-watt copper heating elements
  • Can heat up to 62 gallons of water in one hour
  • High energy efficiency and easy-to-use adjustable thermostat

Cons

  • Bulky 125-pound weight

This electric water heater by A. O. Smith has a large storage tank that can hold up to 50 gallons of water. The appliance uses non-CFC polyurethane foam insulation and factory-installed heat trap nipples to reduce heat loss and greatly improve the operating efficiency of the unit. The storage tank has a slim profile that fits into tight corners with only a 20.5-inch diameter and 59-inch height.

Despite the tall, narrow shape, this electric water heater is capable of heating 62 gallons of water in an hour by using the two 4,500-watt copper heating elements. These elements provide superior heating power to shorten the time it takes to heat the incoming cold water. Users can set the ideal water temperature using the built-in adjustable thermostat located on the body of the water heater. However, due to the size and weight of the water heater, it’s recommended to have at least two people when moving it into position.

Best gas: Rinnai Natural Gas Tankless Water Heater

Rinnai

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get instant access to hot water on demand at any sink, shower, or water-using appliance in the home with this tankless water heater.

Specs

  • Type: Tankless
  • Fuel: Natural Gas
  • Dimensions: 9.25 inches depth x 14.05 inches width x 22.95 inches height
  • Capacity: 7.5 gallons per minute

Pros

  • Compact size doesn’t take up a lot of space
  • Built-in temperature lock
  • Easy-to-read digital control panel
  • On-demand hot water up to 7.5 gallons per minute

Cons

  • Requires venting to the outside of the home

The main benefit of a tankless water heater is that users don’t need to wait for the water to heat up. Instead, this tankless water heater can warm 7.5 gallons of water per minute, providing the entire home with on-demand access to hot water. Also, due to the built-in temperature lock, homeowners don’t need to worry about kids or other home residents changing the temperature on the water heater.

While tank-style water heaters may take up an entire corner of a room, the compact size and shape of this tankless water heater make it easier to find space for the installation. However, the Rinnai gas tankless water heater operates using natural gas, so during the installation of this appliance, the plumber or installer will need to run venting to the outside to ensure that the exhaust does not build up inside the home.

Best tankless: Rheem 18kW 240V Tankless Electric Water Heater

Rheem

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This tankless electric water heater features flow control and self-modulation technology to improve energy efficiency.

Specs

  • Type: Tankless
  • Fuel: Electric
  • Dimensions: 3.5 inches depth x 14.5 inches width x 18.5 inches height
  • Capacity: 4.4 gallons per minute

Pros

  • Compact size for easy installation
  • On-demand hot water access
  • Ideal for small homes with one or two people
  • Flow sensor modulates energy consumption to meet hot water demands

Cons

  • Only supplies one or two fixtures simultaneously

Big, tank-style water heaters can be a great choice for large homes and big families with a high water demand. But these tank-style appliances take up a lot of space and aren’t really necessary when there are only a few people living in the home. With this in mind, the Rheem tankless electric water heater is an excellent alternative for homes with one or two people. The Rheem water heater has a built-in flow sensor and self-modulating technology that automatically modifies the amount of energy consumption to meet hot water needs.

This tankless water heater provides the home with on-demand access to hot water at any faucet, shower, or water-using appliance, so users no longer need to wait for hot water. However, it should be noted that this water heater can only supply one or two fixtures simultaneously, so it isn’t a good idea to take a shower while running the clotheswasher or dishwasher.

Things to consider when buying a water heater

Before purchasing a new water heater for the home, it’s important to gain a basic understanding of the types available, as well as the key factors that can affect the efficiency and operation of the appliance. Consider the type of fuel, the size of the water heater, and the capacity to determine the best water heater to meet your needs.

Type

The first factor to consider when looking into new water heaters is the type of model that would work best for the home. Traditional tank-style water heaters have commonly been used in homes in the past, but tankless options are quickly growing in popularity. Point-of-use water heaters provide another option for homeowners who don’t want to run out of hot water while showering or washing dishes.

Tank-style water heaters are the standard option for a home. Cold water runs into the water heater and is then heated up and stored in a large insulated storage tank for future use. This design ensures that there is a significant amount of hot water ready for use, but if the entire hot water supply is emptied, then users will need to wait for the cold water to be heated.

Tankless water heaters benefit from heating water as it passes through the appliance. This takes just a few seconds, allowing for on-demand hot water to the home. Additionally, tankless water heaters take up less space than tank-style. The drawback with these appliances is that they may struggle to keep up with hot water demands for a larger household, especially during the busy periods of the day.

Point-of-use water heaters can be either tank-style or tankless. The defining feature of these water heaters is that they are designed for installation at one specific faucet, shower, or other plumbing fixture. The intent is to ensure that there is always hot water available when someone wants to use the specific plumbing fixture. This can be a highly effective way to prevent the water from running cold in the middle of a shower.

Fuel

There are three main types, including electricity, natural gas, and propane.

Electric water heaters tend to be the least expensive to purchase and install, but the operating costs are typically higher due to the cost of electricity. These water heaters do not require venting, so they can be a good option if the home does not currently have existing ventilation for a gas water heater. And you could run some models off a portable power station in the event of weather that knocks out the mains.

Natural gas water heaters are a common option, though the installer may need to run ventilation lines for the exhaust. These appliances have a higher power output than electric models, allowing them to heat the water at a faster rate. However, natural gas water heaters tend to cost more to purchase and install.

Propane water heaters are less common than electric or natural gas units, but these appliances can be effective for small homes, point-of-use installations, or even for some RVs. The main issue that makes propane water heaters less appealing is that the homeowner or user needs to purchase or refill propane tanks for regular operation. But, if you already have a propane grill or a propane generator, this shouldn’t be a new experience.

Size

One of the main reasons to invest in a tankless water heater over a tank style is the size. Tankless water heaters have a compact size and shape that can fit in tight spaces where a large tank cannot. For this reason, tankless typically works better for small houses and condominiums.

Similarly, point-of-use water heaters don’t take up a lot of room, allowing them to be installed under the counter or under the sink. While a tank-style water heater does take up more space than the other water heater options, homeowners can find tank-style products with tall, narrow profiles that make it easier to install the water heater in a tight corner or small maintenance room. Just make sure to take proper measurements of the space and the water heater to ensure the unit will fit. Also, don’t forget to leave enough room for water lines, electrical connections, gas lines, and gas vents.

Capacity

For a tank-style water heater, capacity means the amount of water that can be stored inside the insulated tank. Typically, tanks range in size from about 30 gallons to 80 gallons, though most homes will have a 40- to 50-gallon capacity.

The capacity of a tankless water heater refers to the flow rate, as well as the amount of water that can be heated within a specific timeframe. Generally, the flow rate is measured in gallons per minute or GPM. Small tankless water heaters may only be able to produce three to four gallons of hot water per minute, while larger units may be capable of heating more than seven gallons per minute. For reference, faucets typically require 0.5 GPM, dishwashers require 1 GPM, washing machines require 1.5 GPM, and showers require 2 to 2.5 GPM.

FAQs

Q: What is the average life of a water heater?

The lifespan of a water heater is heavily dependent on how well the appliance is maintained, as well as the frequency of use. On average, a water heater will last about eight to 12 years, though some can last up to 20 years before needing to be replaced.

Q: How do I know if my water heater is going bad?

There are a few signs that you can look out for to help determine when it’s time for a water heater upgrade. One indication that the water heater isn’t working properly is that the appliance overheats. Additionally, if the appliance struggles to heat the water in the tank or keep up with heating demands, then it may be time for a maintenance call to clean any built-up sediment out of the water heater. If this doesn’t work, you may need to consider upgrading the appliance.

Q: Why is my water heater not getting hot?

When a water heater no longer heats up, it can be due to a variety of issues. Check to make sure the water heater breaker is on to ensure the unit is receiving power. If you have a gas water heater, verify that the gas valve is open and the pilot light is on. In some cases, the problem may be due to a significant sediment buildup in the bottom of the water heater. This can act as an insulating barrier, preventing the water from heating up. 

Final thoughts on the best water heaters

Hot water is a necessary part of everyday life. People use it to wash dishes, clean the house, do loads of laundry, sanitize household surfaces, and bathe. It can also be used simply to relax under the warm spray of the shower after a long day at work. With this in mind, a water heater is an important appliance that should be properly maintained to avoid any issues with the availability of hot water in the home.

Tankless water heaters are a suitable option for small families and small to mid-size homes. Even larger homes can benefit from the on-demand functionality of tankless water heaters, though you may need more than one unit to accommodate the water demands of the entire home. Tank-style water heaters are less expensive to purchase and can store a substantial amount of water for future use. However, when no one is home, the water heater will continue using energy to heat and reheat the tank’s contents, leading to energy waste. Consider the pros and cons of each type to decide on the best water heaters for the home.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hot water heaters for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Protect your home with this Blink security bundle early Black Friday deal at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/blink-outdoor-security-deal-amazon-early-black-friday-2023/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=584702
A Blink camera bundle patterned on a plain background
Amanda Reed

You've already taken advantage of great deals—make sure they end up in the right hands with this Blink bundle deal at Amazon.

The post Protect your home with this Blink security bundle early Black Friday deal at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Blink camera bundle patterned on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You’ve made your list and checked it twice, and now it’s time to wait for the holiday packages to arrive at your doorstep. However, someone else in the neighborhood could get a case of sticky fingers and snatch up that present you bought for yourself, your parent, or your precious pet. Prevent would-be porch pirates from stealing your hard-earned holiday magic with this Blink Whole Home Bundle at Amazon.

Blink

SEE IT

If you’re looking to give the gift of security or simply want to upgrade your current system, the Blink Whole Home bundle makes it easy. It includes a Blink video doorbell, Blink Mini, Sync Module 2, and Blink Outdoor 4 camera. Between the doorbell’s motion and chime app alerts to the outdoor camera’s weatherproofing and Alexa integration, you can rest easy knowing who has been naughty or nice at your doorstep.

Prime shipping means you can get this bundle fast—take advantage of this deal before it walks away with these savings in hand.

The post Protect your home with this Blink security bundle early Black Friday deal at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best attic antennas of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-attic-antennas/ Sat, 17 Sep 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=470190
Best Attic Antennas
Mike Epstein

Where else would you put it?

The post The best attic antennas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Attic Antennas
Mike Epstein

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is the best overall attic TV antenna. Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie
SEE IT

The Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is a  powerful antenna that you can tuck away in an attic.

Best budget GE Attic Mount HD Digital TV Antenna is the best budget attic TV antenna. GE Attic Mount HD Digital TV Antenna
SEE IT

The GE Attic Mount HD Digital TV Antenna gets the job done and costs less than our more powerful picks.

Best for rural areas Free Signal TV Marathon Plus HDTV Long-Distance Antenna is the best attic TV antenna for rural areas. Marathon Plus HDTV Long-Distance Antenna
SEE IT

The Marathon Plus HDTV Long-Distance Antenna is easy to set up, and gives you lots of range.

Streaming may be king, but cord-cutters still need a TV antenna to fill in the gap left by cable and pick up regional channels to watch sports and local news. Fortunately, the technology is better than ever—from classic, spiny, yagi antennas to modern flat models you stick on your window, there’s a perfect antenna out there for you, no matter your budget. And if you have access to an attic, the best attic antennas offer convenience and reliability. An attic antenna should give you a stronger signal than an in-room antenna while avoiding the hassles of having a rooftop antenna installed. It’s also the most discreet way to mount it. Besides, what are you using that space for, anyway? If you’re considering placing a new TV antenna in your attic, we can help you pick one of the best attic antennas for your space.

How we chose the best attic antennas

I’ve written about consumer technology for nearly a decade at sites like Digital Trends, GameSpot, and Lifewire as an industry journalist and critic. Most recently, I have covered home media and gaming here at Popular Science, including televisions and antennas. I also edit the Uber Engineering blog. Picking an antenna depends largely on your location, so the best antenna for a rural home would be complete overkill for someone living near a large city. Attic-mounting has more to do with placement than the antenna itself, so we’ve chosen a range of antennas at various price points and strengths, with a focus on quality and value. 

We’ve surveyed the best-selling, most reviewed, and most recommended products on the market and extrapolated a representative list of the best value options for a variety of price points and use cases. All of our recommendations are well-reviewed by customers and critics alike and come from brands we trust.

The best attic antennas: Reviews & Recommendations

In most cases, it makes sense to either get an outdoor antenna to mount on your roof or place an indoor antenna near a window in the same room as your TV. However, the third, less obvious option that splits the difference between the two: mounting your antenna inside your attic. Getting better signal quality out of the airwaves keeps free over-the-air broadcast TV relevant, even as we upgrade to 4K TVs and the broadcast environment shifts. You can upgrade any streaming setup with an attic antenna, which will bring free, local broadcasts to your living room without a gaudy black panel on your window or putting something on your roof. No matter your budget or needs, we’re confident that the best attic TV antenna for your home is here among these picks.

Best overall: Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie

Antennas Direct

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is a powerful and versatile antenna that you can tuck away in an attic.

Specs

  • Range: 70 miles
  • UHF/VHF: Both
  • Installation: Mast clamp
  • Gain: 17.4Dbi

Pros

  • Great performance
  • Flexibility from multiple aimable panels
  • Lifetime warranty on parts

Cons

  • Very large
  • Includes mounting hardware, but requires mast and coaxial cable

The four sizable rectangular panels of the Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie antenna are its greatest strength, and also make it well-suited for tucking away in an attic. Because the panels are mounted on two independently rotating masts, you can either spread them out to capture signals in different directions or focus them to better capture in a single direction. That versatility, paired with its 70-mile range and 17.4Dbi gain, makes it powerful enough for most situations. The only real tradeoff for all that power is its commanding size, at 3 x 4 feet, which is why it’s particularly perfect for hiding in your attic if you have the room, rather than commanding attention on your roof.

Best for rural areas: Free Signal TV Marathon Plus HDTV Long-Distance Antenna

FREE SIGNAL TV

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Marathon Plus HDTV Long-Distance Antenna offers great reach in a compact form.

Specs

  • Range: 110 miles
  • UHF/VHF: Both
  • Installation: Wall, pole, floor, ceiling
  • Gain: 40 dBi

Pros

  • Long range
  • Compact
  • Flexible installation

Cons

  • Expensive

The Marathon Plus HDTV Long-Distance Antenna looks more like a Wi-Fi router than a TV aerial but that sleek, compact appearance belies some serious power with a 110-mile range. Its compact, rectangular form also makes it extremely versatile in its installation, letting you clamp it to poles like most antennas but also hang it on the wall like a picture frame or place it on the floor. It’s expensive, but the performance and form factor are worth the investment if you want something powerful and discreet.

Best compact: Antennas Direct ClearStream 2V

Antennas Direct

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Compact and dependable, the Antennas Direct ClearStream 2V offers a great balance between size and power.

Specs

  • Range: 60 miles
  • UHF/VHF: Both
  • Installation: Wall, pole, floor, ceiling
  • Gain: 10.4 dBi

Pros

  • Great performance
  • Compact

Cons

  • Assembly required

Antennas Direct‘s ClearStream 2V sits in the middle of its smaller ClearStream line for windows and TV stands. The 2V stands out because of its longer range, UHF/VHF support, and pivoting mast for installation flexibility. It requires a little more day-one assembly than the other options on our list, and its unique design combining rings and a grid tends to stand out when used indoors or on your roof, but its range, features, and price are all on point, so it’s a perfect pick to set up in your attic.

Best for furnished attics: Antop AT-500SBS HD Smart Bar

ANTOP ANTENNA

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Simultaneously large and unobtrusive, the Antop AT-500SBS HD Smart Bar will blend right in with any modern home theater setup.

Specs

  • Range: 80 miles
  • UHF/VHF: Both
  • Installation: Wall mount, floor stand
  • Gain: N/A

Pros

  • Great performance
  • Sleek design
  • LTE filter

Cons

  • Large

The Antop AT-500SBS HD Smart Bar is almost 30 inches long, but its sleek, black form is designed to blend in among any other contemporary consumer hardware, looking more like a speaker bar or heat pump than a television antenna. It configures both vertically and horizontally, either free-standing or mounted onto the wall for maximum flexibility in getting the best possible signal. It delivers great performance with an 80-mile range and all sorts of useful features, including a 4G LTE filter to block interference from cell signals, and an adjustable range dial for tuning in precisely on signals.

Best budget: GE Attic Mount HD Digital TV Antenna

GE home electrical

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: Amazon

Why it made the cut: The GE Attic Mount HD Digital TV Antenna gets the job done and costs less than our more powerful picks.

Specs

  • Range: 60 miles
  • UHF/VHF: Both
  • Installation: Wall, pole, floor
  • Gain: N/A

Pros

  • Flexible installation with included hardware
  • Great performance
  • Inexpensive

Cons

  • Lower range

The GE Attic Mount antenna is a solid performer from a dependable brand that’s designed specifically to be hidden away in your attic. The included mounting hardware and helpful instructions should make it a breeze to install on the wall, floor, post, or ceiling. At 60 miles, it’s a lower range than the other indoor/outdoor antennas on the list, but its performance is solid within its reasonable range, especially for its price.

What to consider before buying an attic antenna

When you put an antenna in an attic, you can set up either an indoor or outdoor antenna. Whatever you pick, ensure you’ll have the hardware necessary to secure it. Since you don’t need to worry about how it looks, an unfinished attic likely provides the most flexibility of any option. You can secure it to the floor, ceiling, walls, support posts, or a window if you have one. The higher up from the ground you can get, the longer its effective reach becomes.

Before picking out a new TV antenna, you should do a little research and find out how far away your local signals are. There are several free tools, such as the Federal Trade Commission’s DTV Reception Maps, that will let you type in your address to find nearby local stations. They’ll also show you useful information on each station, including its distance, signal strength, frequency band, and relative position. (You may need some of this to optimize your antenna position.)

For over 95% of homes in the United States, you should be able to get local affiliates of FOX, CBS, ABC, NBC, The CW, and PBS, plus any nearby local channels. Your ability to watch faraway channels will depend on the signal strength of the station and your antenna’s range.

HD and 4K

Gone are the days of coaxing an image out of crackling white static by delicately manipulating set-top antennas like a locksmith. In 2009, a federal government mandate forced all over-the-air (OTA) TV broadcasts in the United States to transition to digital signals, rather than the older analog format. Digital broadcasting is much more information efficient (only sending changes from frame to frame, rather than replicating the whole image every single time), so your local news and sports are likely going out in beautiful 1080p, or possibly even 4K. Many people report that the picture quality of an OTA broadcast is better than what you get from a cable provider, which compresses the signal more in order to serve it packaged alongside all the other channels.

Range and gain

The most important spec to keep in mind with a new antenna is its range, which gives you an approximate indication of how far an antenna can reach to still pick up a broadcast from a nearby station. Your actual range may vary a little bit, depending on the particulars of local interference, like trees, buildings, and hills. Again, an OTA mapping tool can tell exactly what stations are in your area, and how much range your antenna needs to pick them up.

After range, most antennas will list gain, which indicates how well an antenna can pick up distant signals in one particular direction. The higher the gain—listed in dBi, or “decibels relative to isotrope”—the more focused an antenna’s reception. Theoretically, a zero-gain antenna would perfectly detect any signal on the edge of its range in every direction. In reality, every antenna will be at least slightly better at picking broadcasts when it’s pointed toward the source of the signal. A high-gain antenna is useful when you need a lot of range and most or all of your signals come from one particular direction, such as the nearest major city.

UHF and VHF

Every channel broadcasts on specific frequency bands, all of which fall into one of two categories: UHF and VHF (short for ultra- and very-high frequency). Channels operating at higher frequencies can send information more efficiently but within a slightly smaller range. Most channels take that tradeoff and broadcast on UHF now, though there are some stragglers on VHF bands. 

Most UHF antennas can pick up VHF signals even if they aren’t built specifically to receive them, so you shouldn’t worry too much about being unable to pick up VHF. That said, if enough of your stations will be in VHF, it may make sense to pick a VHF-compatible antenna.

FAQs

Q: Do antennas in the attic work? 

Yes! As with any antenna placement, the particulars of your space and any local interference will affect performance, but installing an antenna in your attic is a solid option. It splits the difference between small indoor antennas designed to sit near your TV, which usually have lower ranges, and large roof-mounted antennas. Just be prepared to experiment a bit with placement to get the most bang for your buck.

Q: Can an attic antenna attract lightning?

No, an attic antenna is inside your house, shielded by your roof, so it should not attract lightning.

Q: Does putting a TV antenna high above the roof give a better signal? 

Yes, it does. Generally speaking, placing your antenna higher reduces interference and produces a better signal. That’s why an attic is a great option: You get your antenna high off the ground without actually installing it on the roof, which can be complicated and dangerous to do yourself.

Final thoughts on the best attic antennas

We live in the age of streaming, but you shouldn’t give up on broadcast TV just yet. Antenna technology keeps getting better, so now you can pick up crisp HD content without ever leaving the comfort of your home. Indoor antennas are feasible for many but, if you’ve got access, the best attic TV antennas can be a great way to boost your performance without going through the hassle of running cable outside and onto your roof.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best attic antennas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best alarm clocks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-alarm-clock/ Mon, 04 Oct 2021 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=398979
A lineup of the best alarm clocks cut verically into fourths on a plain background
Amanda Reed

These alarm clocks help you fall asleep, stay asleep, and wake up better.

The post The best alarm clocks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best alarm clocks cut verically into fourths on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Hatch Restore 2 alarm clock beside a phone with the Hatch app pulled up on a plain background Hatch Restore 2 Sound Machine
SEE IT

As the light changes from red to orange to white—just like a real sunrise—your brain is cued to wake your body gently.

Best smart A blue Amazon Echo Dot 5th generation on a blue and white background Echo Dot with clock (5th Gen)
SEE IT

The built-in Alexa virtual assistant makes this a wise choice for your smart home.

Best modern Tivoli Audio Model One Digital Gen. 2 is our pick for the best alarm clock. Tivoli Audio Model One Digital (Gen. 2)
SEE IT

A smart speaker that turns back the clock.

For many of us, smartphones are the last thing we check at night and the first thing we check in the morning, so it makes sense just to use your phone as an alarm clock since it’s sitting on the nightstand anyway. But if you’re hoping to actually get good sleep, finding an alarm that fits your space and routine is far superior. With features like lights that help you wake up naturally and noises to help you sleep soundly, not to mention connectivity that lets them serve double-duty as smart speakers, these clocks are more than just something to dread in the morning. Whether you’re helping your kids sleep train or packing for a business trip, you’ll be set with our picks for the best alarm clocks.  

How we chose the best alarm clocks

We selected the best alarm clocks by taking the necessary, well, time. We tested products with our families, waded our way through expert and real-world user opinions, and determined what models lived up to manufacturers’ claims. When it comes to sleep, people have very different needs, so that’s why we considered a range of clocks. The best alarm clock for one person may be a sunrise clock that wakes them up with changing light, while the best clock for heavy sleepers may have bells that seem downright rude to lighter sleepers. By considering all the features available, we arrived at a well-rounded list that can help you feel well-rested around the clock and help cure your smartphone addiction.

The best alarm clocks: Reviews & Recommendations

Don’t let the constant battle between Daylight Savings Time, Standard Time, and your body wage uncontrollably! Whether you’re looking for the best sunrise clock for a natural wakeup or the best alarm with nature sounds, the following are natural choices for the bedroom.

Best overall: Hatch Restore 2 Sunrise Alarm Clock

Hatch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With an impressive 22 light colors and an expansive volume of sleep sounds, this sunrise clock lets you customize your bedtime routine, helping you to fall asleep easily, sleep soundly, and wake gradually. 

Specs

  • Product dimensions: 7.5 x 2.75 x 5.75 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop 
  • Display: Digital
  • Power source: Outlet

Pros

  • Sleek design
  • Multiplatform compatible app
  • Always-expanding sound content
  • 22 light colors

Cons

  • Expensive

Whether you feel like reading in bed or drifting off to sleep, 22 selectable colors (controlled, along with brightness and volume, via soft-touch buttons or connected smart device) mean you can always get the right soft glow from this tabletop alarm, avoiding harsh, eye-straining blue hues. Through the app (available for iOS and Android), you can connect this smart sunrise alarm clock to WiFi and create a customizable sleep routine that emits the right lights and sounds to help you drift off and reach a deep slumber. In addition, a subscription option lets you access meditations, sleep stories, and a more adjustable ambiance. And, in the morning, the light will naturally wake you up by mimicking the rising sun (though there’s no snooze button, you can’t pause the dawn).

Best with nature sounds: JALL Wake-Up Light Sunrise Alarm Clock

JALL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The built-in nature sounds, like ocean waves and birdsongs, combined with the sunrise feature help create a natural wakeup. 

Specs

  • Product dimensions: 3.5 x 7.2 x 7.2 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop 
  • Display: Digital
  • Power source: Outlet

Pros

  • Affordable
  • 20 brightness settings
  • Snooze button (up to 5x)

Cons

  • Less customization than other clocks

Featuring dual alarms, an FM radio, a reading light/nightlight, a USB-charging port, and built-in sounds, this sunrise alarm serves a full spectrum of functions whether it’s dusk or dawn. It has seven built-in sounds—including crashing waves, babbling brooks, and wind—making it one of the best alarm clocks with nature sounds. Plus, it can be set to all seven colors of the rainbow, with 20 levels of brightness possible for every color. At night it can be an atmosphere lamp, and in the morning it can gradually come to life across 10, 20, or 30 minutes (with a 9-minute snooze option you can trigger up to five times).

Best smart: Echo Dot with clock (5th Gen)

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Echo Dot gives you access to Alexa right from your alarm, meaning, if your home is properly connected, you can control the thermostat, lights, and TV, etc., from your bed. 

Specs

  • Product dimensions: 3.9 x 3.9 x 3.5 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop 
  • Display: LED
  • Power source: Outlet

Pros

  • Sleek design
  • Eco-friendly features
  • Alexa access
  • Snooze button

Cons

  • Requires third-party apps to play music as an alarm

This Amazon alarm is our pick for the best smart speaker with an alarm clock that brings the power of Alexa to your bedside. Access the virtual assistant to set alarms, turn off the lights, play music, and operate whatever else you’ve got looped into your wireless smart home system. The LED light ring at the bottom of the smart alarm has 10 brightness settings, meaning it can serve as a reading light or a nightlight—or go entirely dark. The Echo Dot also has several environmentally conscious features, including a low-power mode that saves energy while the device is idle and a cover made of 100 percent post-consumer recycled fabric.

Best for kids: I.Code Time To Wake Up Alarm Clock

ICode

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is the best alarm clock for kids because it gives your little one the sun and the moon so they can learn when it’s time to wake up.

Specs

  • Product dimensions: ​​4.7 x 3.9 x 4.7 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop 
  • Display: Digital, with LED lights
  • Power source: Outlet

Pros

  • Sun and moon icons for sleep training
  • 28 sounds
  • Clearly marked controls

Cons

  • Single alarm means toddlers may resist napping during the day when the sun icon is displayed

Especially during summer days of long light, parents know that it can be hard getting your toddlers to understand when it’s time to slumber. This alarm for kids helps them learn by allowing you to set when the moon and sun icons appear, signaling that it’s time for bed or time to wake up. You can choose from noise or light alarms and even select sounds to sleep by. The clock includes 28 audio options, from nature sounds like rain and birds to white noise. Kids can choose between eight LED colors, with three brightness settings, or opt to have the clock cycle through all of its available LED displays.

Best modern: Tivoli Audio Model One Digital (Gen. 2)

Tivoli Audio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This WiFi-connected alarm offers the benefits of a smart alarm clock without unnecessary bells and whistles. It’s got a distinctly retro look, and it even functions as a regular (over-the-air) radio. 

Specs

  • Product dimensions: 5.5 x 8.7 x 4.5 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop 
  • Display: Digital
  • Power source: Outlet

Pros

  • Retro style
  • Robust sound
  • Easy to set up use

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Connected, but no built-in virtual assistant

While you could read an in-depth look at the Tivoli Audio Model One Digital (Gen. 2), our pick for the best modern alarm clock and best splurge, the bottom line is that this cool alarm clock-speaker pairs old-school looks with new-school technology. The retro aesthetic comes from the fabric grille, real wood cabinet, and pleasingly analog dial of this shoebox-sized speaker, while the modern capabilities are showcased via seamless WiFi connectivity and a rich, powerful sound for its size. It supports an array of apps through AirPlay/Chromecast/Bluetooth—including Spotify, Pandora, etc., as well as Netflix, Disney+, and anything else that streams—but it also has an antenna that can collect the signal of your favorite FM radio stations. While this model has been supplanted by the Model Two, the newer model drops the radio and changes up the look, so the Model One remains one of several solid bedside options from the company.

Best for travel: Travelwey Digital Travel Alarm Clock

Travelwey

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This no-frills device folds up small and doesn’t bother with features like date, temperature, and stopwatch, making it a simple-to-use travel alarm clock.

Specs

  • Product dimensions: 3.5 x 3.5 x 1.18 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop/Handheld 
  • Display: Digital
  • Power source: 2 AAA Batteries

Pros

  • Compact
  • Affordable
  • Easy to use
  • Clear display

Cons

  • Bland look
  • Single digital tone

Why make things more complicated than you need? This pocket-size alarm is perfectly simple, a small digital clock displaying the time, letting you set an alarm—and that’s about it. Turn the alarm on and off with a single, large button on the front, and illuminate the digital display with a 5-second light. Weighing just .022 pounds and featuring a clean digital display, this alarm is the best travel alarm clock and is as easy to carry as it is to read.

Best budget: Peakeep Twin Bell Alarm Clock

Peakeep

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The price is right, and the bold old-school style makes it even better.

Specs

  • Product dimensions: 4.13 x 5 x 6.5 inches
  • Mounting type: Tabletop
  • Display: Analog
  • Power source: 1 AA Battery

Pros

  • Retro style
  • Affordable
  • Loud ring for heavy sleepers

Cons

  • Minimal features
  • No snooze button

If you have trouble waking up and don’t want to spend what you would for some of the other alarms, this Peakeep may sound right. Selling for $15.99, the Twin-Bell alarm is designed to be one of the best cheap alarm clocks for heavy sleepers because it rings loudly and has no snooze button—the only way to turn it off is to flip the switch on the back. Plus, research shows that the snooze button only messes with your head. The loud bells don’t mean this analog clock will keep you up at night, though, because the second-hand sweeps silently rather than ticking like the midcentury clocks to which this pays homage.

What to consider when shopping for the best alarm clocks

From display type to sleep sounds, the best alarms can be very different from one device to the next. Here are some of the top features to consider when shopping for the best alarm clock. 

Display 

There are really only two types of displays, though some smart alarm clocks allow you to choose between both types of faces. Digital displays tend to offer a cleaner look, but some people love the throwback style that analog offers. 

Advanced features

Even though there are only two basic types of displays for the alarms, the look of those displays can vary greatly. That’s partly to do with LED lights. LED lights can be used to display the time, such as with the Amazon Echo Dot, or they can also be used to add features. For instance, sunrise alarm clocks adjust the brightness and color of LED lights to help you fall asleep or wake up. LED lights can also allow an alarm clock to function as a reading light or a nightlight, or they can signify when you’ve activated your virtual assistant.  

Sounds 

Many of us are still haunted by the obnoxious beeping or buzzing of our childhood alarm. But the best alarm clocks today have many sound options—from streamed music to traditional FM radio to pleasant nature sounds—meaning you no longer have to be jolted out of your sweet dreams. If you don’t want to fiddle with apps, look for alarms with lots of built-in sound options. But Bluetooth connectivity is relatively easy to set up and can allow your smart alarm to wake you up with pretty much anything your smartphone is capable of playing. 

Another noteworthy point in the audio department is that some of the best alarm clocks don’t just wake you up, they can also help you stay asleep. They accomplish this, in part, via embedded white noise or nature sounds or they let you play soothing audio via a synced app.  

Connectivity 

Some alarm clocks keep it simple by design, displaying the time and waking you up at the right hour. But other clocks are smart-home devices, letting you stream apps or other audio content over Bluetooth and/or WiFi. Smart alarm clocks can also give you wireless control over all the features of your smart home. Turning the lights off downstairs or activating a security alarm at the front door can be as easy as communicating with your alarm. For some, this provides peace of mind, while for others, all that technology in an otherwise simple device is more of a headache.  

FAQs

Q: What is the average cost of an alarm clock?

The average cost of an alarm clock varies—a lot. You can spend anywhere from $10 for a simple, compact travel alarm clock to more than $300 for the best smart alarm clocks.

Q: What is the most effective alarm clock?

The most effective alarm clock depends on your needs. If you have trouble waking up, you should look for the best alarm clock for heavy sleepers, featuring a loud sound that can’t easily be turned off. If you prefer to wake up in a more natural way, look for the best sunrise alarm clock, which adjusts the lights’ brightness and color to mimic a real sunrise and stimulate your body’s cortisol levels. If you’re looking for an alarm clock that can communicate with your virtual assistant, look for one of the best smart alarm clocks.

Q: Are light alarm clocks worth it?

Light alarm clocks can absolutely be worth it. You can find some sunrise clocks for $50—though the best sunrise clock on our list costs more than twice that amount. They allow for a more natural wake-up by changing the color and brightness to simulate a real sunrise, stimulating your body’s natural cortisol production. They often also include other features like Wi-Fi connectivity and built-in sounds, letting you customize your wake-up routine. 

Final thoughts on the best alarm clocks of 2023

Perhaps you sleep with your phone to use it as a sleep tracker. Or maybe you’ve gone the other direction and are thinking your phone would be better off spending nights on the couch. Either way, you can benefit from some tableside assistance. If your goal is better sleep, the best alarm clocks can deliver that with lights and sounds that create a soothing environment. If you’re trying to detach from your phone, then an alarm is pretty much a necessity if you need to wake up on time. Don’t phone it in; pick up one of the best alarms today.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best alarm clocks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best propane fire pits of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-propane-fire-pits/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 20:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=584472
The best propane fire pits composited
Stan Horaczek

A propane fire pit provides familiar comforting flames with no mess or struggle with starting.

The post The best propane fire pits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best propane fire pits composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Bali Outdoors Propane Fire Pit on a plain background with flames Bali Outdoors Propane Fire Pit
SEE IT

This sturdy table provides a solid addition to pretty much any an outdoor living space.

Best portable Bond Manufacturing Aurora Portable Steel Propane Gas Fire on a plain background with fire Bond Manufacturing Steel Propane Gas Fire Pit
SEE IT

This barebones burner provides ample flame from a surprisingly light and compact body.

Best for camping UKIAH Tailgator X Portable Gas Fire Pit on a plain backround with no fire UKIAH Tailgator X Portable Gas Fire Pit
SEE IT

It’s relatively easy to move around, but its durable construction makes it great for adventures.

Nothing fights the short days and cold nights better than a toasty blaze from a propane fire pit. These convenient devices can provide warmth, brighten up the ambiance of a backyard patio, or act as a gathering point for crisp end-of-the-year outdoor get-togethers. Propane fire pits require less labor than traditional fire pits. There’s no wood to gather, no kindling to light, no real need to worry about tending to the fire. Simply hook up a gas tank, ignite the fire while it’s low, and set the intensity to your preferred level. You don’t get that wood smell, which can be lovely, but you also don’t have the level of clean-up required with an ash pan or half-burned wood. Propane is the way to go if you want to turn a fire off and on rather than tend to it. Whatever your needs—ambiance or heat—if you have the desire, let propane light your fire. These are the best propane fire pits of 2023.

How we chose the best propane fire pits

We compared spec, prices, reviews, and customer satisfaction for dozens of models of propane fire pits, weighing different use scenarios against one another. Sizes, shapes, and intended area for installation were weighed against versatility, efficiency, and ease of use. Additional safety features or unique capabilities were considered strong bonuses. Eventually, we correlated all of our favorite models into different categories, with special attention paid to our favorite overall model, as well as those that give a lot of bang for the buck (best value) and the cheapest model we can recommend (best budget).

While some of these propane fire pits are better-loved than others, your aesthetic preferences, the space in which you plan to use the fire pit, and the specific situations in which you want to use your fire pit should help you decide which of our recommendations best fits your needs. If you’re looking for wood-burning fire pits, we also have you covered. We’ve done extensive research on the best smokeless fire pits, the best portable fire pits, and the best outdoor fire pits, which together include wood-burning and gas options.

The best propane fire pits: Reviews & Recommendations

Before you can warm up your hands over a nice toasty fire, you need to pick the right model for your space an your lifestyle. Be sure to check out all of the options before deciding which one is worth your money. While most of these models are intended to be placed on outdoor patios, some are portable and can be taken beachside or on a camping trip—though not a nature trek. Most of them are designed to be more for ambiance and light than pure heat, but do watch out for the maximum BTUs (British Thermal Units) of each model. BTUs are a measurement of heat, so if you’re looking for a fire pit that will bring the warmth you expect, look for the highest numbers. Just make sure you keep an extra propane canister in the storage shed or outdoor storage box.

Best overall: Bali Outdoors Propane Fire Pit

Bali Outdoors

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 78.5 pounds
  • Height: 24 inches
  • Material: Alloy Steel, Stainless Steel, Ceramic
  • Structure: Table
  • Maximum BTUs: 60,000

Pros

  • Attractive, understated design
  • Table style adds more useability
  • Multiple shapes and sizes available
  • Good-looking rectangular flame zone
  • Competitive price

Cons

  • Build quality of table frame is not quite as study as more expensive models
  • Ignition isn’t always consistent
  • Takes upwards of an hour or two to assemble

Bali Outdoors offers a wide variety of propane fire pit shapes and sizes, all offering some of the same features: most hide the propane tank within the body of the fire pit, creating a more attractive patio piece. Some feature table tops around the flame source and covers, meaning they are functional pieces even when they are not lit. And the price of these items is extremely competitive, not far above budget and small portable fire pits.

While the whole line of Bali Outdoors fire pits is good, we most strongly recommend the 24”x24”x48” 60,000 BTU fire pit table. The blue glass fire rocks are very attractive, assembly is relatively simple, and the table looks as fashionable as options three times its price. The downside is that the steel of the table itself is a bit lighter and less sturdy than more expensive fire pits. It may be in your best interest to tie the table down to move it to a safe location in the event of a big storm to avoid damage.

However, there aren’t many more attractive, effective, and inexpensive options that will make you happier to sit and bask in the glow of the flames than the Bali Outdoors line. Our recommended table is perfect in front of an outdoor couch or a pair of chairs. Keep in mind that the glass flame guard you may see in some pictures is an optional (but recommended, for aesthetics more than anything) accessory. Scoring high in quality of flame, aesthetics, ease of use, and value, the Bali Outdoors Propane Fire Pit line, especially the 24” x 24” x 48” table, is our best overall propane fire pit.

Best portable: Bond Manufacturing Aurora Portable Steel Propane Gas Fire Pit

Bond Manufacturing

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 18 pounds
  • Height: 14.65 inches
  • Material: Stainless steel / metal
  • Structure: Non-collapsible, locking lid
  • Maximum BTUs: 54,000

Pros

  • Quick, easy set-up
  • Locking lid acts as a carrying handle
  • Very light for a propane fire pit
  • No assembly required
  • Auto-ignition feature works well

Cons

  • Separate propane tank adds weight as space
  • Somewhat awkward shape to fit amongst a lot of luggage
  • Small fire compared to non-portable

For some of us, propane is so wonderful that we want it every which way. Heck, we may even want to grill with it. But we certainly want it on the go if we have a smaller, lighter fire pit that can be considered portable. That’s where the Bond Manufacturing Aurora Portable Steel Propane Gas Fire Pit comes in. The gas burns clean, and stones are used for both aesthetics and to help contain the flames. You can get a consistent 50,000 BTUs, with a maximum of 54,000. The set-up is really easy on the Aurora, as the all-in-one-piece pit has a locking lid that makes it easy to carry and keep its lava rocks contained. Your propane tank will likely be the more awkward and heavy item to join you at the beach or campsite.

However, that 20-pound tank is going to more than double your load, making this portable fire pit a bit less portable. Of course, if the portability is just setting up at different spots in and around your yard, it’s not that big a deal. But you certainly can’t go trekking with this fire pit, and if you want to go camping or to the beach, you’d best have a van or flatbed truck to help you haul it.

However, the price and quality of this unit, among those that could be deemed portable, is second to none. In fact, the small size and utilitarian (rather than aesthetic) design are the only things that keep the Aurora from being a contender for best overall. Instead, it’s the best portable propane fire pit of 2023.

Best for camping: UKIAH Tailgator X Portable Gas Fire Pit

UKIAH

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 22.6 pounds
  • Height: 17.52 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Structure: Non-collapsible, magnetic lid
  • Maximum BTUs: 48,000

Pros

  • Extremely durable
  • Magnetic lid is useful and convenient
  • Flame is easy to control
  • Boxy shape packs extremely well into a car

Cons

  • Low BTU output
  • Industrial aesthetic is not for everyone

Another portable propane fire pit, the UKIAH Tailgator X Portable Gas Fire Pit is built for camping. The design is the first clue; when the magnetic lid is on, the Tailgator becomes a solid cube that is far, far easier to pack in a trunk, truck flatbed, or behind the back seats of an SUV than any other propane fire pit we found. While your 20-pound propane tank may be a bit more unwieldy, the Tailgator, with its built-in handles and sturdy but not overwhelming 22.6-pound weight, is a breeze to pop into and out of a vehicle. It’s also a very durable design, built to withstand some battering from wind, keep dirt and debris out of the rock area, and its steel alloy frame is easy to clean with a cloth (later, of course, when it’s unplugged from propane and cool).

The trade-off is a weaker flame than other models. The Tailgator only produces 48,000 BTUs, on the lower end of propane fire pits, so you may need to huddle a little closer to it than other, stronger models. This does result in less fuel use over time, however. Another possible drawback is that the boxy metal design is very “built Ford tough,” almost military in its look, which may not fit the cozy and/or natural vibe you’re looking for from a fire. Other more traditional designs may fit your decor better when used on the patio or backyard than the Tailgator.

If you can look past the weaker heat and the industrial design, the Tailgator offers a lot to love, especially if you’re going to be taking it somewhere in the back of your vehicle. It also can take a beating from the elements. For these reasons, it’s the best propane gas pit for camping.

Best modern: COSIEST Outdoor Propane Fire Pit Table 

COSIEST

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 50 pounds
  • Height: 11.8 inches
  • Material: Faux stone
  • Structure: Round base
  • Maximum BTUs: 40,000

Pros

  • Very aesthetically pleasing
  • Other options with similarly eye-catching designs
  • Easy to move (though heavy)
  • Good customer service reputation
  • 5

Cons

  • Propane tank cover table sold separately
  • Low heat output
  • Low profile needs similarly low-set seating

For a lot of people, the look of a fire pit is more important than the heat. It’s supposed to fit the design of an outdoor space, give a certain feeling when viewed, and generally add a touch of class to a poolside area or deck. That’s what COSIEST offers with its line of fire pits, our favorite of which is a sculpture-like, low-set round design. The off-white faux stone is extremely attractive, and the modern styling of the concentric rings of the table gives it a high-class look that would fit in next to the swimming area of a Hollywood Hills mansion. There are other options too: a more contemporary hexagonal design or more classic rectangular ones.

The main drawback of COSIEST’s fire pits is the need for accessories to really make the whole look work as best it can. A propane tank cannot fit inside the fire pit itself, so you may want to get a table tank cover accessory (though the hose will still be exposed). You also might want to purchase the glass guard for the flames to really make the look pop. The glass not only protects hands and objects from coming in contact with flames but creates an extra twinkling light effect that spreads out and improves ambiance. This is also the kind of fire pit that may look better with fire glass as its fill item rather than lava rocks, so you’ll need to source those separately.

The second drawback is the weaker flame and low profile of the table. This isn’t necessarily a big problem with how you want to use your fire pit. If you’re more about light than heat, the 40,000 BTUs are plenty. However, this fire pit will look strange and small next to furniture with higher-set seats. Make sure you have couches or chairs that dip a bit lower or choose a taller design.

The accessories drive the price up, making the COSIEST line a bit more expensive overall. However, if you care about modern styling more than pure heat power, the COSIEST Outdoor Propane Fire Pit Table is the best modern propane fire pit.

Best steel: Cuisinart COH-600 Chimenea Propane Fire Pit

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 45.5 pounds
  • Height: 48 inches
  • Material: Steel
  • Structure: Circular pit with directional hood
  • Maximum BTUs: 40,000

Pros

  • Sturdy and attractive
  • Directional hood allows you to put heat where you want it
  • Easy to assemble
  • Can get 9 hours off a 20-pound propane tank

Cons

  • Low BTU
  • Design may block eye line if placed in the middle of furniture

You may not expect a fire pit from Cuisinart, a brand better known for food processors, but here we are in the modern, diversified business landscape. Not only is there a Cuisinart propane fire pit, but it’s also really good. Solidly and attractively constructed, the Cuisinart Chimenea Propane Fire Pit has a unique design that shields heat except for about 120 degrees of opening, letting you get much more out of the relatively low 40,000 BTUs than you expect (as long as you’re near the opening). While you do have to put it together yourself, the construction is quite easy—as long as you follow the instructions—and you’ll be able to do it quickly. A nice side of the low BTUs is low fuel use compared to stronger fire pits; you can get 9 hours out of a 20-pound tank.

On the negative side, the high height of this pit with the hood (4 feet) means it could easily be in your eye line if you place it amongst furniture. The hood isn’t optional or removable; it’s part of the design, so you have to be sure you want this kind of fire pit before you buy it. If you plan to arrange your patio furniture in a semi-circle around this fire pit, it’s less of an issue.

The Chimenea is not portable. It’s quite heavy and large. Part of that is there’s a compartment to hide your 20-pound propane tank, which increases the overall size but is also a nice feature, so there’s not an unattractive tank lying around. With its few drawbacks and many nice features, the Cuisinart Chimenea Propane Fire Pit is the best steel propane fire pit as long as your space works for its design.

Best value: Camp Chef Ponderosa Fire Pit 

Camp Chef

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 47.5 pounds
  • Height: 15.1 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Structure: Circular with lid
  • Maximum BTUs: 64,000

Pros

  • Really strong heat
  • Sturdy construction
  • Technically portable
  • Reliable starter

Cons

  • Heavy for a portable fire pit
  • Profile is quite low for non-camping use

Our best-value propane fire pit dang near took best overall, so its relatively low price makes it a great value. The Camp Chef Ponderosa Fire Pit can pump out a whopping 64,000 BTUs, which means big, heat, great for warming you while camping. The shape and size of the Ponderosa is excellent for portability, even though it’s a bit heavy if you’re going to be taking it to a campsite or the beach regularly. It’s quite a low-rising fire pit, which means on a patio, you’re going to want to pair it with similarly low-rise furniture. The heat, which is wonderful, does tend to burn through fuel quickly.

Perhaps its aesthetic is the Ponderosa’s biggest weakness. It has a very “campfire” vibe to its shape and look, rather than a stylish piece of furniture. If you’re going for a rustic vibe in your backyard, that may be a plus. If you’re looking for something slicker, the value of the Ponderosa might not be worth it, and you may want to go with a table design.

Overall, the Ponderosa is a strong candidate for best overall propane fire pit, but its camping aesthetic and low position makes it a little less—but only a little—ideal than our top model. Its competitive price, however, means it’s the best-value propane fire pit on the market.

Best budget: Barton Propane Outdoor Gas Fire Pit Table 

Barton

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 81.57 pounds
  • Height: 25 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Structure: Table
  • Maximum BTUs: 46,000

Pros

  • Versatile styling that fits with most patios
  • Houses the propane tank within the table
  • Low price

Cons

  • Weaker heat than other tables
  • No cover for heating area to convert into a full table

If you’re in the market for a table-style propane fire pit and are looking to not spend much money, the Barton Propane Outdoor Gas Fire Pit Table might be exactly what you’re looking for. It’s a weaker heater than our top table from Bali Outdoors and doesn’t feature as many options, but it’s a great starter model, considering you can usually get it for under $200.

Like most other table models, the Barton Table hides the 20-pound propane tank inside, meaning there’s no unsightly tank to spoil the vibe. Instead of lava rocks, this table uses fire glass, an aesthetic that many prefer. Of course, if you’re more of a lava rocks person, you can buy those separately and replace the glass with them. A wind/fire guard is available separately, but Barton doesn’t seem to offer a cover for the heating element, meaning, unlike the Bali Outdoors model, you can’t convert this fire pit into a regular table when it’s not in use. The Bali also produces 14,000 more BTUs, meaning the heat travels much further, giving you more arrangement options for furniture, but Barton’s 46,000 BTUs do the job for a standard four-sided arrangement.

While the retail price isn’t particularly “budget” award-worthy, this Barton model is almost always on sale, and as of writing was only $170. At that price, it’s a great starter fire pit for a patio or an additional accent fire pit if you’re looking to expand your seating arrangements. The nice look, standard features, and great price make the Barton Propane Outdoor Gas Fire Pit Table the best budget propane fire pit.

What to consider when choosing a propane fire pit

Once you’ve decided that you want to go propane, there are only a few other questions you need to ask yourself before choosing a fire pit. The first is perhaps the most important: Do you want a smaller, portable fire pit, or do you want your fire pit to essentially be a piece of outdoor furniture. If you choose the former, you’ll likely end up with a small, circular, all-flame fire pit. These more resemble camping fire pits aesthetically, even though they are using propane gas instead of wood. If you want a stationary fire pit or fire pit table, you’ll want to consider the aesthetic that your outdoor space features. Rustic? Modern? Casual? There are some fire pits that, for all their benefits, may look out of place with the decor you’ve already chosen. Finally, is your fire pit more for aesthetics, or are you really looking for a strong heat source for warming yourself and your guests up outside? If it’s the latter, really pay attention to the BTU (British Thermal Unit) heat measurement that each fire pit can output. The higher the BTUs, the toastier you’ll feel.

FAQs

Q: How do I make my propane fire pit flame bigger?

It’s going to be all about pressure (which makes the gas shoot out quickly and to higher heights) rather than pure fuel. The hose should be properly placed without any objects on top of it and without loops or sharp turns. I would not recommend trying any aftermarket modifications to your propane fire pit or hose yourself. It’s too easy to create a defect or damage that can result in your fire pit becoming unsafe. If you aren’t getting what you believe to be an adequate flame, contact the manufacturer and see if there’s possibly something wrong with your fire pit or have any modifications installed by a professional. 

Q: How long does a 20-pound propane tank last on a fire pit?

At maximum output, you should get 4 hours of flame from a 20-pound tank. At moderate output, double that. Fire tables are usually designed to run at maximum output.

Q: Should a propane fire pit be high or low pressure?

Propane fire pits should be at a maximum of 11” WC, which means 11 inches of water column. This is the pressure that an 11-inch high column of water would exert. This converts to around 0.5 PSI (pounds per square inch), the method of measuring air pressure in tires. This is a higher pressure than natural gas.

Q: What temperature is a propane fire pit?

The hottest part of the fire can reach 1500 degrees Fahrenheit or around 815 degrees Celsius. The BTUs of a propane fire pit (the heat that the flames radiate) are anywhere from 30,000 to 60,000 depending on the size of the fire pit.

Q: Do propane fire pits use a lot of propane?

Yes. If you don’t keep your flame modest, you can find yourself going through a ton of gas. You may want to keep a spare tank or two on hand at any given time (safely and securely stored, of course).

Q: Are propane fire pits unhealthy?

An outdoor propane fire pit is not inherently unhealthy. Of course, you don’t want to breathe in pure propane gas, that could be fatal. And you never want to use a propane fire pit indoors, as incidental gasses such as carbon monoxide that can do damage or worse could build up without ventilation. But a properly ventilated space (such as an outdoor patio) with a properly-use propane fire pit should pose no health risk.

Q: How much ventilation does a propane fire pit need?

You need at least 20 square inches of ventilation for a propane fire pit. Any commercial propane fire pit will have proper ventilation built-in. Only use your propane fire pit outside.

Q: What size propane tank do I need for a gas fire pit?

The vast majority of propane fire pits are designed to be used with a 20-pound tank.

Q: How many years is a propane tank good for?

An American-made and certified propane tank is considered fine for use up to 12 years after it is made. In Canada, the limit is 10 years. Recertified tanks may be as low as five years. There should be markings on your tank to let you know when it was manufactured or last certified.

Final thoughts on the best propane fire pits

A fire pit can really be the final piece that pulls a backyard together. It gives a patio a focal point, a spot around which family and friends can gather to chat, eat, or relax. And when the sun goes down, the fire produced can give an incredible ambiance that really is unmatched by electrical lighting. Plus, you’ll warm the area in a way that lets you minimize the use of heavier clothing, even on chillier nights. Ghost stories, reminiscing, or telling jokes become enhanced. There’s a certain magic to fire-lit nights and a ton of convenience and control that comes with choosing propane over wood fires. Any of these fire pits can bring that magic home because they are the best propane fire pits available right now.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best propane fire pits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best desk lamps of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-desk-lamps/ Tue, 24 Aug 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389906
The best desk lamps will light up your work day.
Tima Miroshnichenko, Pexels

You'll see working at your desk in a whole new light with these modern desk lamps.

The post The best desk lamps of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best desk lamps will light up your work day.
Tima Miroshnichenko, Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Eppiebasic Architect Clamp LED Desk Lamp is the best overall. Eppiebasic Architect Clamp LED Desk Lamp
SEE IT

This helps cut down on screen glare and reduces eye fatigue.

Premium pick The Dyson Lightcycle Morph Desk Lamp is our premium pick. Dyson Lightcycle Morph Desk Lamp
SEE IT

This model tracks your real-life environment to best suit your needs.

Best for e-reading The BenQ E-Reading LED Desk Lamp is the best for e-reading. BenQ eReading LED Desk Lamp
SEE IT

Easy to transport and adjust.

Desk lamps help you hone in on your work—even as the day wears on and you’re on that third cup of coffee. Proper lighting can reduce eye strain and keep you focused on the task at hand. With so many options to pick from, we selected desk lamps that will go easier on your eyes, optimize valuable desk space, and are designed with adjustable settings to accommodate any task. These desk lamps provide plenty of wattage to brighten your day. From high-tech picks like auto-adjusting lamps from Dyson to simplistic styles from Lite Source, there’s a lamp to suit any desktop. So whether you’re looking to complete a modern office, cut down on glare, or reduce tech-borne bacteria—here are some of the best desk lamps to upgrade your workspace.

How we chose the best desk lamps 

To select a range of the best desk lamps, we considered design, features, and cost. The desk lamps you see in this roundup are optimal for work environments—we avoided any bulky picks that would take up valuable desk space. We also looked for products that would reduce common workplace issues like eye strain and poor lighting. These picks are all LED-equipped for efficiency and color consistency. 

Work setups can change by the hour, so we also only recommended desk lamps that could adapt to any task. These desk lamps are all designed with adjustable brightness features, so you won’t be blinded by a too-harsh bulb or have to squint as you finish up late-night tasks. 

While some picks are more design-focused for those with an eye for aesthetics, others are equipped with phone chargers and clocks that provide added functionality. Rather than balancing office tech, you can combine the necessities in one multifunctional product. It’s worth remembering, though: extra bells and whistles don’t make up for a sub-par lighting experience. These are desk lamps, first and foremost.

The best desk lamps: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you work from home or from an office, the right desk lamp is essential to getting the job done, right up there with a good desk organizer. They’re also an important part of your office decor. These sleek designs incorporate smart features to help you save space. here are some of our modern favorites.

Best overall: Eppiebasic Architect Clamp LED Desk Lamp

Eppiebasic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Eppiebasic Lamp clamps onto the edge of your desk to save valuable space and cuts down on-screen glare.

Specs 

  • 24 watts of light
  • 31.5 inches wide
  • 45-degree angle

Pros

  • Easy to install
  • No flickering
  • Flexible neck
  • Variable brightness

Cons

  • Dim function stays on when powered off
  • Limited adjustability

If you stare at a screen all day, you’re probably familiar with the struggle of illuminating your monitor and keyboard without creating a distracting glare on the display. Whether you’re an architect, designer, or IT wiz, EppieBasic specializes in desk lamps that give your entire desk setup a light that makes work brighter and better. That’s why we selected this 45-degree angled LED desk lamp as our top pick overall. This 31-inch long light bar covers the width of your workspace without spilling onto your monitors. 

It’s designed with 24-watt LED lights that are bright enough to light a multi-monitor workstation. This lamp also automatically adjusts to your workplace environment, with five dimming levels and four color temperature modes to suit your surroundings.

If you want to create a clutter-free workspace, this pick also fits the bill. Unlike other designs, this lamp clamps onto your desk behind your monitor or laptop to reduce clutter and give you more space. The sensitive touch buttons allow you to easily control the light intensity, while the flexible silicone neck can easily adjust to any angle.

Best value: OttLite Thrive LED Sanitizing Desk Lamp

Ottlife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: OttLite’s sanitizing technology can help eradicate bacteria in your workspace and provide wireless charging.

Specs

  • 14-26 inches tall
  • 5 x 4 inch base
  • 5V USB port

Pros

  • Adjustable brightness
  • Vivid LEDs
  • Flexible neck design

Cons

  • Phone charge function is slow
  • Smaller light, less surface area
  • Base is small, less stable

It’s no secret that our tech and workspaces can breed bacteria, but just how dirty are they? Studies have shown that they’re extremely gross. If you want to keep your workplace as germ-free as possible without the hassle of daily cleaning, this desk lamp from OttLite will zap bacteria on the spot—no Clorox needed. OttLite has its own patented technology to make your desktop cleaner, simply by flipping the switch. 

The SpectraClean technology in this desk lamp works to continuously break down bacteria, fungus, and mold while still providing you the bright light you need to avoid eye strain. SpectraClean uses light outside of the UV spectrum to effectively disinfect antimicrobials that are suspended in the air or on surfaces. This pick is also designed to mimic natural daylight with LED, so you can feel more energized and comfortable while working indoors. This modern design also has integrated wireless charging, so you can power up your phone or tablet right from the desktop. 

If you like to move around throughout the day to keep comfortable, this lamp also features a flexible neck with a 14- to 26-inch height adjustment, so you can go from nighttime reading lamp to lighting up your desk monitor. 

Best for e-reading: BenQ eReading LED Desk Lamp

BenQ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The BenQ lamp comes with adjustable settings and can easily travel from your office space to bedside.

Specs 

  • 90 cm lighting width
  • 1,800 lux illumination

Pros

  • Sturdy build
  • Ample adjustability
  • Clever illumination pattern

Cons

  • Sensitive touch controls
  • No built-in charge ports
  • High price

Your desk setup can change by the day—or even by the hour. From midday Zoom meetings to nighttime Kindle reading, your desk lamp should have adjustable settings and shape to accommodate whatever task is next. This swing-arm desk lamp has three points of articulation, which lets you adjust the height and angle to create the ideal lighting, no matter the task. It’s easy to move but stays put when you get it just where you want. With options in gold, silver, and blue, this pick can suit any interior. 

The curved head on this lamp provides less light in the center and brighter light at the edges to keep glare off of your computer display. Because of its sweeping design, it can cover a wide area with illumination without a huge light source. With the touch of a button, you can also adjust the color temperature and brightness of the light for versatility throughout the workday. The auto-dimming mode can detect your surroundings and adjust its settings accordingly, giving you the best light to avoid eye strain.

Best for small spaces: LumiCharge LED Smart Adjustable Desk Lamp

Lumicharge

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The universal charging dock on the LumiCharge LED lamp ensures that you can charge any kind of device, with no plug-in needed.

Specs 

  • Comes with 10-watt wireless charger
  • 14 inches tall

Pros

  • Adjustable light positioning
  • ON/OFF for LED clock display
  • Motion sensor

Cons

  • No battery backup to save clock functions
  • Rotating charger port can be too flexible

It’s easy to get distracted and feel cluttered when your smartphone is sitting on your desk all day, especially if you also have a charger for it. That’s why multifunctional office tech, like this LED lamp from LumiCharge, can maximize your space while giving you all the innovative features you need to keep on top of work. LumiCharge’s name describes the brand perfectly — both illuminating your space and giving your devices the battery power to get through the day. 

The LED system has three hues and 10 levels of brightness to choose from to suit any setting. For those that hate stumbling into a pitch-black room, you can opt to use this lamp’s built-in motion sensor. When the sensor detects movement in a dark room, it will light up so you don’t stub your toe in the middle of the night. If the motion-sensor function isn’t for you, the lamp comes with a sensor block so you can easily disable this feature. 

If you’re tired of picking up your phone to check the time, this desk lamp also gives you the time, date, and temperature on its LED display. This pick also offers a convenient universal charging dock and 10W wireless charger, which saves valuable space that would otherwise be taken up by tangled cords. 

Best for aesthetics: Lite Source LS-306BLK LED Desk Lamp

Lite Source

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you prefer to keep tech hidden for a sleek interior, Halotech’s matte black finish gives a sophisticated look while still offering modern features.

Specs 

  • 19 inches high by 29 inches high
  • 8 watt LED bulb
  • Lightbulb included

Pros

  • Pure white light
  • Stays cool
  • Adjustable brightness
  • Sturdy construction

Cons

  • Finicky dimmer button
  • Not as long-lasting as the halogen version of the lamp

Lite Source was founded in 1983, which has given the company plenty of time to fine-tune its tech with elegant design and sleek features. If you prefer a contemporary, artistic design over more utilitarian models, this matte-black metal pick can fulfill both form and function. Though the lamp is tall, it’s designed with a sturdy counterbalance and weighted base to keep it stable as you adjust it. The slim design also frees up valuable desk space, so you can have a well-lit workstation that still has plenty of room for all your other necessities, like work materials, printers, and laptops. 

This LED desk lamp also offers a convenient touch dimmer switch so that you can tailor the lighting to your preference. The metal shade surrounding the 8W bulb also tilts to direct the light, so you can illuminate your keyboard, documents, or laptop without straining your eyes.

Best splurge: Dyson Lightcycle Morph Desk Lamp

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Dyson’s innovative algorithm uses data to pinpoint what kind of lighting best suits your environment.

Specs 

  • 20.5 inches tall
  • LED lifespan is 181,000 hours
  • 11.2 watts

Pros

  • Range of light colors and levels
  • Automatic adjustments
  • Minimalistic design

Cons

  • High price point
  • Power button is too close to other controls
  • No option to turn off the auto-adjust feature

This morph desk lamp tracks your local daylight to create optimal brightness that suits your space. The innovative algorithm uses your local time, date, and GPS location to create the perfect color temperature and brightness level to create a natural amount of ambient light. 

The light can also reduce blue-light exposure in the evenings to help with eye strain and fatigue brought on by staring at your screen. You can also select the Relax or Ambient position, which instantly reduces the amount of blue light your eyes are exposed to. All these high-tech features come at a higher price point than your average desk lamp, but if you’re looking for a luxury product to accentuate your workplace, this pick fits the bill. 

Things to consider when buying the best desk lamps

Surface area

Workspace is precious, so when you’re picking a desk lamp, consider how much space you have. Most modern desk lamps are designed with a smaller base to optimize your desk space while still providing proper lighting—other designs even have clamps that attach to the edge of your desk and take up no space at all. 

Angle and adjustability

When lighting a work area, look for a lamp that brightens your materials without shining directly in your eyes. Monitor lamps that hover above your laptop or monitor are a great way to reduce eye strain, or you can opt for a lamp that has an adjustable head to accommodate your unique work environment. 

Added features

Like most modern tech, desk lamps have gone through some serious upgrades to offer updated features that improve your workflow. From LED clocks to adjustable light warmth to wireless phone chargers, there’s no shortage of added features that can clear up valuable workspace and optimize your workday. 

FAQs

Q: Are LED desk lamps bad for your eyes?

It’s no secret that dim light or fluorescent overhead lights can cause eye strain and fatigue, but what about the more modern option of LED desk lamps? One common concern is that some LED desk lamps have a very slight, even imperceptible flicker that can cause eye strain. For this reason, we recommend looking for a desk lamp that states clearly it has no flicker. 

Q: How long do LED desk lamps last?

LED bulbs have longer lifespans than any other bulb, meaning an LED desk lamp can outlast other non-LED options. An LED bulb can run for approximately 50,000 hours before it needs replacement—so it’s safe to say a high-quality LED desk lamp will be with you for the long run.

Q: What brightness should a desk lamp be?

You want plenty of illumination for your workspace, so we recommend anywhere from 450 lumens to 1,000 lumens. For anyone who has more detail-oriented tasks like crafting, drawing, or designing, a brighter bulb will better serve your desk.

Q: What is the difference between a table lamp and a desk lamp?

A table lamp is otherwise known as an ambient light—designed to warm up a larger space like a room or study. On the other hand, a desk lamp is a task lamp, specially designed for smaller spaces and with the aim of reducing eye strain as your work.

Q: What is the purpose of desk lamps?

Desk lamps are designed to reduce eye strain, fatigue, and give you light you need throughout the day. They brighten your workspace and materials so you can stay laser-focused on any task.

Final thoughts on the best desk lamps

The right light is an essential part of your work experience, and the best desk lamps can help make your experience healthier and more enjoyable. Whether you’re looking to make the most of a small space or create a smart workspace, our picks will help you create a space that energizes and inspires you daily.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best desk lamps of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best webcams in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-webcams/ Mon, 03 Jan 2022 00:05:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=403562
The best webcams
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Find a webcam that makes you look better, not worse.

The post The best webcams in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best webcams
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Logitech C920e Logitech C920e
SEE IT

The Logitech C920e is a video conferencing workhorse with all the right features for work and play.

Best with built-in Lighting Ankerwork B600 AnkerWork B600
SEE IT

The AnkerWork B600’s built-in light bar shines bright and stands out from the competition.

Best budget Microsodt HD-3000 is the best webcam. Microsoft LifeCam HD-3000
SEE IT

An upgrade over your laptop’s built-in webcam for under $25.

With so many people working remotely or hybrid, webcams have gone from being a useful PC accessory to a must-have gadget. Many laptops have built-in webcams, but using a dedicated webcam gives you a clearer picture and more customization options for video calls. Other important features, like improved low light performance, autofocus, and bokeh (background blur), also differentiate dedicated webcams from laptop or monitor cameras. The best webcams will give your fellow participants a better look at you and allow you to come off as far more professional.

How we chose the best webcams

Most laptops—and even some external monitors—have built-in webcams, but the restricted angles and resolutions often mean we’re not looking our best on calls. There are DIY solutions if you’d like to eke out the most performance from any webcam, which you should also consider when deciding whether you upgrade today or down the line. But if today is the day, we’ve compiled some top-notch webcams for you to pick from, combining personal experience with user and peer recommendations. We stuck with reputable, well-known brands to make sure that the web cameras we selected would provide consistent experiences to most users and that they would be available at common electronics stores, both online and physical. Further, we sought to pick a variety of webcams with different features to fit a host of needs for different users.

Best webcams: Reviews & Recommendations

Now that you know how to pick out a webcam, let’s talk about the best of the best. These computer cameras should address the different needs of different types of users, from streamers to office power users to casual video callers. Frankly, if you pick a webcam from a reputable brand, it’s tough to make a bad choice. But it’s just as difficult to make the best choice.

Logitech

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Logitech C920e is a fully featured video conferencing workhorse.

Specs

  • Max Video Resolution and Framerate(s): 1080p at 30FPS
  • Sensor Type: 3 megapixels
  • Focus Type: Autofocus
  • Mic Type: Stereo
  • Field of View: 78°
  • Lens cover: Yes
  • Additional Software Required: Logitech Capture (free)
  • Mounting Options: Monitor or Tripod Mount
  • Price: $67.90

Pros

  • Affordable without sacrificing quality
  • Full HD video
  • Good autofocus
  • Included privacy shutter

Cons

  • Built-in mic isn’t great

Logitech’s tech accessories, from mice and keyboards to computer speakers, are generally well regarded for their quality-to-price ratio, and its C920e webcam is no different. The 1080P webcam will set you back well under $100 and offers all the essential features you’ll need to justify the upgrade from your laptop or monitor’s built-in computer camera.

Its resolution is solid—1080P is still the standard in the webcam world, though 4K models are becoming increasingly popular—and it has a pair of built-in microphones, which is handy in a pinch (or if you keep your laptop lid closed). It lacks cutting-edge AI features like face detection, but the C920e does support autofocus, which will keep your face looking sharp if you move around.

Lights on the outer rim of the external camera’s lens enclosure shine blue when the camera is recording, which is a good privacy feature, or reminder to close your video chat window. If you prefer even more privacy, you can pull down the webcam’s attachable physical privacy shade to guarantee there’s no snooping going on. The Logitech C920e is a perfectly good entry-level webcam that’s equally suited for business and personal video calls. It’s going to be a big upgrade over your computer’s built-in camera, and a tech accessory you should never have to upgrade unless your needs change substantially.

Best with built-in lighting: AnkerWork B600

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AnkerWork B600’s built-in light bar is bright and stands out from the competition.

Specs

  • Max Resolution and Framerate(s): 2K at 60FPS
  • Sensor Type: 4 megapixels
  • Focus Type: Autofocus
  • Mic Type: Four-microphone array
  • Field of View: 95°
  • Lens cover: Yes
  • Additional Software Required: Ankerwork (free)
  • Mounting Options: Monitor or Tripod Mount
  • Price: $199.99

Pros

  • Large light for a lot of coverage
  • Higher-than-HD resolution
  • Multiple microphones

Cons

  • Price

Good lighting is arguably more important to ensuring a webcam’s video quality than its resolution, but not many of us are lucky enough to work from sun-soaked rooms. AnkerWork’s B600 solves that issue by having a wide light bar, which spans the entire width of the admittedly wide webcam to ensure even lighting. Some webcams have a light ring, but we like the larger bar because it’s bigger and brighter.

While the B600 was designed for use in challenging lighting situations, its marquee feature is hardly the only reason we’re recommending it. Its 2K resolution is higher than most webcams, and better yet, it can record and stream video at up to 60 frames per second at that level. Similarly, Anker made the most out of the B600’s width by building in four microphones and a pair of speakers into the webcam. When you’re done using it, the light bar flips down over the camera’s lens, which guarantees privacy.

In our tests, the video quality from the B600 was very clear and didn’t require external light, even in a completely dark room. Through the free AnkerWork software, we could change the light bar’s brightness and color temperature—from cool and blue to warm and amber—to better match our clothes and skin tone. You can also change the light bar’s brightness by swiping the webcam’s touch-sensitive front face. There’s a line you can use as a guide, so you’ll know where to swipe. For the best results in an extremely dark room, you’ll want your face close to the camera for the maximum exposure to light.

The software also allows you to enable automatic light adjustment, which will use AI to automatically highlight your face more brightly using both the light bar and software. The B600’s maximum field of view is 95 degrees, but you can adjust it to 78 and 65 degrees if you’d like a tighter crop. On the audio side, we could definitely detect better sound than our laptop’s built-in microphones could provide at the same distance. If you keep your laptop in clamshell mode while connected to a monitor, this hardware feature will prove invaluable.

There’s no getting around the AnkerWork B600’s relatively high price, but the guarantee of good lighting is hard to pass up.

Best for streaming: OBSBOT Tiny 2 4K

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The most versatile webcam we’ve tested is also a must-have for serious streamers.

Specs

  • Max resolution and framerate: 4K at 30fps, 1080p at 60fps
  • Sensor type: CMOS
  • Focus type: Autofocus
  • Mic type: Dual noise-reduction
  • Field of view: 180°
  • Lens cover: No
  • Additional software: OBSBOT Webcam
  • Mounting options: Monitor or tripod mount
  • Price: $329

Pros

  • Excellent image quality
  • Useful AI features
  • A fully-loaded app

Cons

  • Price

OBSBOT’s Tiny 2 4K typifies the idiom “you get what you pay for,” and it’s the streaming webcam by which all of our other webcams are judged. Its 1./1,5″ CMOS sensor takes in a lot of light, so you’ll get a less grainy image in lower-light situations, and features like PixGain HDR (high dynamic range) ensure the colors of everything it’s recording looks accurate. If you stream in 4K, your viewers will appreciate the level of crispness of your video, especially if the window is shrunk into only a corner of the screen while playing video games.

The Tiny 2 4K’s big innovation is AI, which allows the camera’s lens, which sits on a magnetic base, to rotate, keeping you in frame. If you move, the camera moves to match you automatically, with no intervention required. If you give presentations on stream or want to use the Tiny 2 4K as a gaming camera, this can be a big help. When the camera is no longer needed, it flips downward. OBSBOT’s excellent hardware is paired with a truly incredible piece of software, which gives you complete control over features like noise reduction, camera positioning, and filter application. It’s by far the deepest webcam software we’ve gotten our hands on, and makes the Tiny 2 4K appealing to serious streamers.

This webcam’s $350 price tag is steep, but you’re getting a lot of features for the price. If you’d like a webcam for streaming that’s guaranteed to make you look your best, OBSBOT’s Tiny 2 4K is the best choice.

Best 4K: Logitech Brio

Logitech

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With 4K resolution, the Logitech Brio is the best resolution you can get on a webcam.

Specs

  • Max Resolution and Framerate(s): 4K at 30FPS, 1080p at 60FPS, 720p at 90FPS
  • Sensor Type: CMOS
  • Focus Type: Autofocus
  • Mic Type: Omnidirectional Stereo
  • Field of View: 90°
  • Lens Cover: Yes
  • Additional Software Required: Logitech Capture (Free) or Logitech Tune (Free)
  • Mounting Options: Monitor or Tripod mount
  • Price: $168.21

Pros

  • 4K video
  • Windows Hello support
  • Adjustable field-of-view

Cons

  • Price

If you’re constantly on camera for work, you’ll want to step up from the Logitech 920e to its bigger sibling, the Brio. This is a 4K webcam, which offers a big jump in video quality—mostly by way of clarity—while retaining all of the key features that made us recommend Logitech’s more entry-level model. The Brio has a lot of neat audio and video features, which are nice to have if you record in more challenging environments. Its noise-canceling microphone will tamp down unwanted sounds—sirens, buzzing fridges, external hard drives—so the people on your call can hear your voice more clearly. It won’t compare favorably to using a dedicated microphone, but it’s still nice to have.

On the video side, the Brio’s high resolution is complemented by automatic light correction, which will adjust how you look based on the conditions in your room. It won’t save your skin the same way the AnkerWork B600 will in an extremely dark environment, but it’ll compensate for weak lights. One feature the Brio and AnkerWork’s webcam have in common is the ability to switch between three different focal lengths to get the right crop. This can be adjusted through Logitech’s free software suites.

This webcam was also certified to work with Windows Hello, which allows you to log into a PC using facial recognition. If you work with Windows, the Brio can expedite your login time after a restart. On the other end of the spectrum, the Logitech Brio’s built-in privacy shade can cover its lens when you don’t need to video conference anymore. If you don’t mind the cost of upgrading from an HD to a 4K external camera, the Logitech Brio is an excellent webcam for any use case.

Best for content creators: Razer Kiyo Pro

Razer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As the best webcam for content creators, the Razer Kiyo Pro can shoot at a variety of orientations and aspect ratios that other webcams can’t.

Specs

  • Max Resolution and Framerate(s): 1080p at 60FPS
  • Sensor Type: 1/2.8″ Sony STARVIS
  • Focus Type: Autofocus
  • Mic Type: Omnidirectional Stereo
  • Field of View: 103°
  • Lens cover: No
  • Additional Software Required: Razer Synapse (Free)
  • Mounting Options: Monitor or Tripod mount
  • Price: $119.99

Pros

  • Adjustable field of view
  • Adaptive lighting sensor
  • HDR support

Cons

  • HDR limits frame rates

If you’re creating videos for social media and don’t want to invest in a vlogging camera, Razer’s Kiyo Pro is the solution. The webcam 1080p webcam can record video at up to 60 frames per second and allows you to switch between 80-, 90-, and 103-degree fields of view, so you can get the perfect crop for your shots without getting out of your seat. The camera’s adaptive light sensor will compensate for dim lighting, while its HDR (high dynamic range) support will make colors pop.

Most webcams don’t support HDR, even though everything from TVs to smartphones can play back high dynamic range videos. The only drawback is that enabling HDR will limit the Kiyo Pro’s framerate to 30fps. This is unfortunate but unsurprising given the external webcam’s sub-$200 price tag. On the other hand, the Kiyo Pro’s omnidirectional microphones have no such compromises and can record 16-bit 48kHz audio. Its audio quality will be impacted by the construction and size of your room, but you can expect better-than-average results if there aren’t any loud noises around.

Content creators need reliable hardware to keep their audiences engaged and prevent quality dips from reducing their reach. The Razer Kiyo Pro was designed with these uses in mind, and it’s a great option whether you’re a casual lifestyle blogger or want to dip your toe into livestreaming.

Best budget: Microsoft Lifecam HD-3000

Why it made the cut: If your needs are basic, you don’t need pro-grade features or the price that comes along with them.

Specs

  • Max Resolution and Framerate(s): 720p at 30FPS
  • Sensor Type: CMOS
  • Focus Type: Autofocus
  • Mic Type: Omnidirectional
  • Field of View: 68.5°
  • Lens Cover: No
  • Additional Software Required: None
  • Mounting Options: Monitor mount
  • Price: $24.02

Pros

  • Price
  • Mount can act as a stand
  • Autofocus is an unexpected feature for a webcam in this price range.

Cons

  • No bells and whistles

There’s an entire swath of cheap webcams available, but Microsoft Lifecam HD-3000 is the one we recommend to anyone looking for an inexpensive upgrade to their home office setup. The HD-3000 costs well under $30, and its tech specs reflect that. It tops out at 720p—less than full HD—and can only record video at 30 frames per second. It does have autofocus, which we wouldn’t expect from a webcam in this price range.

Another plus to the HD-3000 is its relatively diminutive size. This is the smallest webcam we’re recommending, which means it’s also the easiest one to travel with if that’s one of your concerns. Microsof’s Lifecam HD-3000 is a basic tool to get your video calls done without breaking the bank. If your needs and budget are modest, this webcam will still outclass the one built into your laptop.

What to consider before buying webcams

When preparing to pick a webcam, you’ll want to think about how you plan to use it. Are you going on Zoom calls every day at work? Maybe you’re looking to start streaming on Twitch? Do you only need a webcam for streaming, or will you also use it to record videos and take photos? Some key factors and features may lead you to one webcam or another as you figure out your specific needs.

Resolution

Picking the right webcam starts with its resolution. You want your camera to create the clearest possible picture for the other end. You don’t want to use a resolution lower than 720p, as it will appear grainy and pixelated. A 720p picture is readable, but not especially sharp; 1080p, often referred to as “Full HD,” is the sweet spot. 

Above 1080p, you will get diminishing returns, especially for streaming and video calls. In general, 4K webcams are expensive, and many video call services, such as Zoom, do not support 4K video. A 4K webcam is really only necessary if you’re recording footage for a film project or know for certain that you need that additional clarity.

Framerate

The other video spec you’ll want to check after resolution is frame rate, measured in frames per second (FPS). This is the speed at which the camera captures images. For reference, most films are at 24FPS, TV runs at 30FPS, and gamers prefer 60FPS for fast-paced gaming. Most webcams record at 30FPS when set to their highest resolution settings, though 60FPS isn’t unheard of. Some webcams may split the difference and offer 60FPS recording, but only at a lower resolution. In those cases, we’d argue you should prioritize resolution for your webcam and stick with 30FPS.

Built-in microphone

Many webcams come with a built-in microphone, allowing them to be a one-stop shop for video calls. Though some webcams get better audio quality than others, they generally tend to be clear enough for conversation but don’t deliver the crisp, clean audio of dedicated USB microphones or an interface with a standalone mic. If you’re streaming or care about delivering the best possible audio in video calls, you will likely need a separate mic, but most webcams are fine for standard meetings and chats.

Physical privacy options

A camera plugged into a compromised computer can quite literally be a window into your home. There are plenty of measures to take to avoid someone hijacking your webcam, such as downloading one of the best antivirus suites, but the simplest fix is often best. Many webcams come with physical lens covers to curb how much access a digital intruder can get. If the camera is physically blocked, it can’t be used to spy on you.

Ease of setup

A webcam doesn’t need to be a complicated piece of equipment. Some allow for advanced configuration to get the best possible picture, but the best ones get you pretty close without any tinkering. If you’re planning to produce livestreams or cut video, you may want to check and make sure the camera plays nice with all the app(s) you plan to use.

Lighting

When perfecting your video call setup, a good webcam helps but can only go so far. To look great on Zoom, you need a well-lit room. There are lots of options for improving and evening out your lighting—sometimes moving a couple of lamps around will do the trick. But if your room is dark, or your face isn’t properly lit, you might consider buying a ring light to brighten you up. There are even webcams with built-in lighting that might help.

FAQs

Q: Are webcams better than my laptop camera?

It depends on what webcam you buy, but usually, webcams are better than your laptop camera. Where built-in webcams are usually small and discreet, a dedicated webcam’s larger frame and lens allow for better image quality. There’s room inside your webcam for a lens stack, a set of multiple lenses that can produce a clearer picture under a wider set of circumstances. As a general rule of thumb, a dedicated piece of hardware will deliver better results than a built-in component.

Q: Is 720p good enough for a webcam?

A 720p webcam isn’t ideal, but will get the job done in many cases. It’s good enough for home use and can get the job done if you just need your picture to look good in a little box in the corner of a screen. If you’re going to create content or lead virtual meetings in a professional setting—something where you want to make a strong impression—we’d recommend the sharper picture of a 1080p webcam.

Q: What webcam works best with Zoom?

Nearly every webcam is compatible with major video conferencing platforms, including Zoom, Microsoft Teams, and Discord. In some cases, you may experience software issues with low-quality cameras from lesser-known brands, but generally speaking, your webcam should work with Zoom.

Q: How much do webcams cost?

This depends on their resolution, AI features, microphones, and other hardware. Our recommendations range in price from $25 to well over $300.

Q: How many megapixels is good for a webcam?

Webcams are unlike phone and standalone cameras in that their quality is quantified in resolution rather than megapixels. For the best video quality, choose a webcam that’s 1080p or, if you can stretch your budget, 4K.

Q: Is 4K better than a 1080p camera?

Yes. A 4K webcam will record a clearer picture than an HD (1080p) webcam can. The 4K camera’s increased resolution can capture both more of an area and more detail. Because 4K webcams are more expensive, they also typically have better low-light performance and autofocus capabilities.

Final thoughts on the best webcams

The standard for webcams has reached a pretty high bar. Nothing on this list goes below 720p resolution or 30FPS for standard functionality. All but one offer built-in microphones and are compatible with major video conferencing and streaming software. It’s hard to get a bad webcam. Finding the best webcam for your needs is a bit tougher, but the Logitech C920s set the standard for getting a quality picture with ease across every app and platform. As you can see, there’s room to optimize for specific uses, particularly streaming video games on Twitch, but that’s a discussion for another time.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best webcams in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>